Cabral Gold
Annual Report 2023

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 20-F (Mark One) ☐   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ☐   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 OR For the fiscal year ended _______________ OR ☐   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to OR ☒   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Date of event requiring this shell company report: November 3, 2023 Commission File Number: 001-41856 Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Not applicable (Translation of Registrant’s name into English) Ireland (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) Ten Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland (Address of principal executive offices) David Nock Tel.: +353-1-920-1000 Ten Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland (Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person) Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one-tenth of an Ordinary Share, each at an exercise price of $11.50 per one-tenth of a share ($115.00 per whole Ordinary Share) Trading Symbol(s) CREV CREVW Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the shell company report: On November 3, 2023, the issuer had 1,875,184 ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding. Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☒ Emerging growth company ☒ If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ † The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP ☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒ Other ☐ If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐ If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☐ (APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes ☐ No ☐     TABLE OF CONTENTS EXPLANATORY NOTE CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION PART I Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable Item 3. Key Information Item 4. Information on the Company Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions Item 8. Financial Information Item 9. The Offer and Listing Item 10. Additional Information Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities PART II Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies. Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds. Item 15. Controls and Procedures. Item 16. [Reserved] PART III Item 17. Financial Statements Item 18. Financial Statements Item 19. Exhibits Page 1 2 3 4 4 7 7 53 62 62 80 85 87 88 89 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 166 Table of Contents EXPLANATORY NOTE On November 3, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Twin Ridge”), Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (formerly known as Poppetell Limited), a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (the “Company” or “MergeCo”), Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company with Australian Company Number (ACN) 128 274 653 listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (“Carbon Revolution”) and Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“MergerSub”), consummated the business combination pursuant to the terms of a Business Combination Agreement, dated November 29, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time, pursuant to which, among other things, Twin Ridge merged with and into MergerSub, with MergerSub surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with shareholders of Twin Ridge receiving Ordinary Shares (defined below), in exchange for their existing Twin Ridge ordinary shares and existing Twin Ridge warrant holders having their warrants automatically exchanged by assumption by the Company of the obligations under such warrants, including to become exercisable for one-tenth of an Ordinary Share instead of one Twin Ridge ordinary share, in proportion to the exchange ratio (the “Business Combination”). In addition, Twin Ridge, Carbon Revolution and the Company implemented a scheme of arrangement under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and a capital reduction under Part 2J.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed, dated as of November 30, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Scheme Implementation Deed”), which resulted in all shares of Carbon Revolution being canceled in return for consideration, with Carbon Revolution issuing one share to the Company (resulting in Carbon Revolution becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) and the Company issuing Ordinary Shares to the shareholders of Carbon Revolution. The Company had no operations prior to entering into the Scheme Implementation Deed and Business Combination Agreement. The Company’s sole purpose was to become a holding company following the Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Company became the direct parent of  Carbon Revolution. The Company’s ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 (“Ordinary Shares”) and the warrants to acquire one-tenth of an Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per one-tenth of an Ordinary Share ($115.00 per whole Ordinary Share)  (“Public Warrants”) are trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “CREV” and “CREVW”, respectively. The Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of Ordinary Shares. This Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (the “Report”) is due within four business days after the consummation of the Business Combination. 1   Table of Contents CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events of the Company. Forward-looking statements include statements other than statements of historical fact, including statements about the Company’s expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies, financings and expectations for the Company’s business. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may”, “can”, “should”, “will”, “estimate”, “plan”, “project”, “forecast”, “intend”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “seek”, “target” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements in this Report are based on information available as of the date of this Report and Company management’s current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date. We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws. Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements were reasonable at the time made, they cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, volume of sales, performance or achievements. Moreover, no one assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider the cautionary statements contained or referred to in connection with the forward-looking statements contained in this Report. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, our actual results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ include: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • changes in domestic and foreign business, market, financial, political and legal conditions; inability to obtain financing, equity, debt, or convertible debt financings to fund our operations on favorable terms or at all (including where such inability results in additional costs being incurred, and/or additional funding not be available, under existing financing arrangements); our failure to meet financial covenants and other key covenants under existing financing arrangements; our failure to meet operational targets required to be achieved in order to qualify for additional funding under the OIC Financing (defined below); growth in demand for our wheels being lower than expected, or eventuating later than expected (including but not limited to delay in commencement of wheel programs); increase in prices of labor or materials, or adverse movements in foreign exchange; disruption to global supply chains; disruption to customer business as a result of industrial action by workers involved in automotive supply chains; our relationships with suppliers and technical partners may deteriorate; risks relating to our bespoke equipment and production process to create a highly complex and innovative product; downward pricing pressure from customers; changes in our competitive position or market share; the inability to maintain the listing of the Company’s securities on a U.S. securities exchange; the inability to complete any private placement financing, the amount of any private placement financing or the completion of any private placement financing with terms unfavorable to us; holders of Preferred Shares (as defined below) gaining certain governance and control rights, in the event of certain triggers under the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association; obligations and restrictions that restrict our ability to engage in some business activities under the terms of the OIC Financing, which may restrict our ability to do business and take advantage of certain opportunities; the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination and related transactions; risks related to the rollout of our business strategy and the timing of expected business milestones; the effects of competition on our future business and our ability to grow and manage growth, establish and maintain relationships with customers, and retain management and key employees; risks related to domestic and international political and macroeconomic uncertainty, including the Israel-Hamas and Russia-Ukraine conflicts; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us or any of our respective directors or officers; the impact of any pandemic or other public health crisis, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and governmental responses; risks related to Carbon Revolution’s industry; changes in laws and regulations; and other risks and uncertainties described in the section of this Report entitled “Risk Factors.” 2                                 Table of Contents PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION Except as otherwise indicated or required by context, references in this Report to “we”, “us”, “our”, the “Company” or “MergeCo” refer to Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450, and its consolidated subsidiaries. Trademarks, Trade Names and Service Marks The logos, and other trademarks or service marks of the Company appearing in this Report are the property of the Company. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this Report are presented without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This Report contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of other entities. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this Report are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Financial Information The terms “dollar,” “USD” or “$” refer to the U.S. dollar and the terms “AUS” or “A$” refer to the Australian Dollar, unless otherwise indicated. Carbon Revolution’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian Dollars and have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). Carbon Revolution has made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this Report. Accordingly, any numerical discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding. Market and Industry Data This Report contains industry, market and competitive position data that are based on general and industry publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, some of which may not be publicly available, and our own internal estimates and research. Third-party publications, surveys and studies generally state that they have obtained information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations and contain projections and estimates of the future performance of the industries in which we operate that are subject to a high degree of uncertainty. We caution you not to give undue weight to such projections, assumptions and estimates. 3         Table of Contents ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS PART I A. Directors and Senior Management Management and Board of Directors The following sets forth the names, business addresses and functions of the Company’s directors and senior management as of November 3, 2023. The Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that the Company Board of Directors (the “Company Board”) has three classes of directors with the directors of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Class I directors shall serve a term expiring at Company’s 2024 annual meeting of shareholders, Class II directors shall serve a term expiring at Company’s 2025 annual meeting of shareholders and Class III directors shall serve a term expiring at Company’s 2026 annual meeting of shareholders. Name Directors Mark Bernhard Lucia Cade Jacqueline A. Dedo Jacob Dingle James Douglas Burt Jordan Robert A. Lutz Matti Masanovich Dale McKee Executive Officers Jacob Dingle Gerard Buckle David French Ashley Denmead Jesse Kalkman David Nock Age Position and Class 59 56 62 52 56 56 91 51 63 52 54 61 41 55 50 Class II Director Class II Director Class I Director Class III Director Class III Director Class II Director Class III Director Class I Director Class I Director Chief Executive Officer and Director Chief Financial Officer Vice President Operations Chief Technology Officer Director of Sales and Business Development General Counsel and Company Secretary Directors Mark Bernhard. Mr. Bernhard has served as a director of Carbon Revolution since June 2019 and a director of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. He has been as a non-executive director of Bapcor Limited (ASX: BAP) since March 2022, and a director of Healthy Male, a non-profit organization, since August 2020, and chairs its Audit and Risk Committee. He previously worked at General Motors for over 32 years, including as the Chairman and Managing Director of General-Motors Holden Australia from July 2015 to August 2018 and as the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Shanghai-GM from November 2011 to June 2015. Mr. Bernhard holds a Bachelor of Business (Accounting) from Monash University and a Master of Business Administration from Deakin University. He has studied Transformational Management at Stanford University and is a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. Mr. Bernhard is an experienced executive, leveraging his skills in mergers and acquisitions, significant technological changes and adverse business conditions. 4                         Table of Contents Lucia Cade. Ms. Cade has served as a director of Carbon Revolution since August 2018 and a director of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. She currently also serves on the boards of South East Water as Chair; Paintback as Chair; and Urban Utilities, Future Fuels Co-operative Research Center, Engineers Australia, and Methodist Ladies College. Ms. Cade previously served as a director of FLAIM Systems Pty Ltd from 2020 to 2022; Regional Investment Corporation from 2018 to 2021; PuriflOH Limited from 2018 to 2019; Energy Pipelines Co-operative Research from 2015 to 2019; Western Water Corporation from 2005 to 2010, and from 2012 to 2015 as Chair; and Australian Water Association from 2007 to 2014. Ms. Cade holds a Bachelor of Civil Engineering, a Bachelor of Economics, a Master of Engineering Science all from Monash University, and a Master of Business Administration from the Melbourne Business School. Ms. Cade is a Fellow of Engineers Australia and Fellow of Australian Institute of Company Directors. Ms. Cade brings to the Company Board significant board and executive experience that spans various industries, including utilities, manufacturing, and energy research and investment. Jacqueline A. Dedo. Ms. Dedo has served as a director since the closing of the Business Combination. Since May 2015, Ms. Dedo has served as a co-founder of Aware Mobility LLC, which is focused on the development, investing, partnering and application of both electrified propulsion and connectivity tools, platforms and applications. Prior to May 2015, Ms. Dedo served as President of Piston Group and held various positions with Dana Holding Corp, The Timken Company, Motorola, Covisint LLC, Robert Bosch Corporation and Cadillac Motor Car Company. Ms. Dedo received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Kettering University. Ms. Dedo serves as a member of the board of directors of Li-Cycle Holdings Corp. (NYSE: LICY) since August 2022 and Workhorse Group Inc. (Nasdaq: WKHS) since May 2020. Ms. Dedo brings to the Company Board over 30 years of global automotive, off highway, industrial and aftermarket experience. Jacob Dingle. Mr. Dingle started at Carbon Revolution as one of the initial investors and founders and has served as the Chief Executive Officer since 2012. Mr. Dingle has served as a director of Carbon Revolution since November 2008 and served as its Executive Chairman from 2010 to 2012. He has served as a director of the Company since December 2022. Prior to helping found Carbon Revolution, he served as Head of M&A and Corporate Development at Goodman Fielder from 2005 until 2010, and has also held consultant and managerial positions at Boston Consulting Group, L.E.K Consulting, and Tenix Defence Systems. Mr. Dingle holds a Mechanical Engineering Degree from RMIT University and a Master of Business Administration from the Melbourne Business School. He also is a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. Mr. Dingle brings his background in engineering, operations, strategy, and M&A, along with his founder experience, to all facets of the Company. James Douglas. Mr. Douglas has served as a director of Carbon Revolution since November 2011 and as its Chairman since 2012 and as a director of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. Mr. Douglas has been a Partner of Co:Act Capital since February 2022. He previously served as an Investment Director & Venture Partner of Acorn Capital Ltd from February 2018 to February 2023. He is a non-executive director of Export Finance Australia since 2020. Prior to his involvement in venture capital, he held a number of senior management roles at investment banks, including as Co-Head of Global Banking at Citi (Australia) from 2007 to 2010 and as Global Head of Consumer Products for Merrill Lynch (New York) from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Douglas holds a Bachelor of Law and a Bachelor of Science from Melbourne University. He also is a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. Mr. Douglas brings to the Company Board over 25 years of experience in investment banking and venture capital in Australia and the United States. Burt Jordan. Mr. Jordan has served as a director since the closing of the Business Combination. Mr. Jordan has served as the President and a director of Atlantic Coastal Acquisition Corp. since December 2020 and as the President and a director of Atlantic Coastal Acquisition Corp. II since December 2020. Previously, Mr. Jordan was an executive at Ford Motor Company from 1999 until 2020, where he most recently served as Vice President of Global Purchasing Operations and Supply Chain Sustainability. In this role, Mr. Jordan drove strategy transformation, growth and efficiencies through program delivery, purchasing strategy and supply chain sustainability. He has served as a non-executive director of Xos, Inc. (Nasdaq: XOS) since August 2021 and ABC Technologies (TSX: ABCT) since November 2021. Mr. Jordan holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Alma College in Michigan. He was also appointed to the United States Air Force Academy. Mr. Jordan brings to the Company Board extensive management, supply chain and global leadership experience. 5           Table of Contents Robert A. Lutz. Mr. Lutz has served as a director since the closing of the Business Combination. Mr. Lutz has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Lutz Communications since May 2010. Prior to Lutz Communications, Mr. Lutz held various positions at General Motors from September 2001 through December 2009 and served in an advisory capacity thereafter until he retired in May 2010, including, among other positions, Vice Chairman of Product Development, Chairman of General Motors North America and Vice Chairman Marketing and Communications. Mr. Lutz also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Exide Technologies from 1998 until 2002 and served on its board of directors until May 2004. Prior to his service at Exide Technologies, Mr. Lutz served in a variety of positions at Chrysler between 1986 and 1998, including as President and Chief Operating Officer, and at Ford Motor Company between 1974 and 1986. Mr. Lutz earned a Bachelor’s degree in Production Management from the University of California-Berkeley in 1961 and a Master’s degree in Marketing from the University of California-Berkeley in 1962. Mr. Lutz brings to the Company Board significant board and executive experience in the automotive industry. Matti Masanovich. Mr. Masanovich has served as a director since the closing of the Business Combination. Mr. Masanovich has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Catalent since July 2023. Prior to joining Catalent, Mr. Masanovich served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Tenneco Automotive from August 2020 until November 2022. Prior to joining Tenneco Automotive, Mr. Masanovich was Chief Financial Officer of Superior Industries International, Inc. between September 2018 and August 2020. Previously, he was with General Cable Corporation, serving from November 2016 to July 2018 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Masanovich served in various senior finance and accounting roles at Tier 1 automotive suppliers such as International Automotive Components and Aptiv (formerly Delphi). Mr. Masanovich holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Masters of Business Administration from the University of Windsor. He was also previously a chartered accountant with the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants. Mr. Masanovich brings to the Company Board extensive management and finance and accounting experience. Dale McKee. Mr. McKee has served as a director of Carbon Revolution since September 2018 and a director of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. Mr. McKee serves as director, honorary treasurer, and chair of the Audit and Risk Committee of Museums Board of Victoria and as Trustee of the Marion and EH Flack Trust. He previously served as a senior partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1993 to 2018. Mr. McKee is a former member of the Australian Auditing Standards Board. He holds a Bachelor of Business from Federation University and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia and New Zealand. Mr. McKee brings to the Company Board extensive experience with respect to audit, accounting, corporate governance, risk management, and capital markets matters. Executive Officers Jacob Dingle. See “—Directors”. Gerard Buckle. Mr. Buckle has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Carbon Revolution since September 2019 and as an officer of the Company since December 2022. From December 2015 to September 2019, he served as General Manager Southern Region for Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (a division of Incitec Pivot Ltd) and General Manager of Finance and Investor Relations for Incitec Pivot Ltd. He previously served as Chief Financial Officer at Olex Australia Pty Ltd, Orica Chemnet (a division of Orica Australia Pty Ltd) and Jetstar Airways Pty Ltd. Mr. Buckle is a chartered accountant in Australia, with a Bachelor of Business from Ballarat University and a Graduate Diploma of Applied Finance from the Financial Services Institute of Australia. Ashley Denmead. Dr. Denmead has served as an officer of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. Dr. Denmead is a founder of Carbon Revolution and an experienced executive with 18 years of experience developing and commercializing the technology to bring carbon fiber wheels to the automotive market. In the last five years, Dr. Denmead has maintained a position on the Carbon Revolution executive team, including as Engineering and Design Director and more recently becoming the Chief Technology Officer. During this period, he has been responsible for the company’s product design and technology direction. Dr. Denmead holds a Bachelor in Mechanical Engineering and Computer Science and a Doctor of Philosophy in Composite Materials both from Deakin University. David French. Mr. French has served as the Vice President Operations of Carbon Revolution since January 2022 and as an officer of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. He is a globally experienced automotive executive with extensive background in business planning and strategy, vehicle program delivery, product development systems and manufacturing leadership. From February 1984 to April 2019, Mr. French previously held senior management roles at Ford Motor Company of Australia Pty Ltd, including Programs Director, Commercials Vehicle Asia, Pacific and Africa. Mr. French also served as a director of Ford Motor Company of Australia Pty Ltd. He was a member of the PAC Group (USA), an advisory board with a special interest in business alliance development, from September 2020 to January 2022. Mr. French holds a Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering degree from the University of Adelaide. 6               Table of Contents Jesse Kalkman. Mr. Kalkman has served as Director of Sales and Business Development of Carbon Revolution since August 2022 and as an officer of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. Mr. Kalkman is an experienced sales executive with over 30 years of experience in the automotive industry at multiple Tier 1 automotive suppliers varying in size and products manufactured. He began his career in engineering and program management prior to transitioning to sales where he has spent the last 15 years in various roles. Mr. Kalkman served as Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing at Nexteer Automotive from October 2016 to December 2018, and then as Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer from January 2019 to June 2019. Most recently, he was the Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer of Sales at Mobex Global from February 2020 to September 2021. Mr. Kalkman holds a Bachelor in Mechanical Engineering from Kettering University and a Master of Business Administration from Northwood University. David Nock. Mr. Nock has served as General Counsel since August 2017 and as Company Secretary of Carbon Revolution since September 2017 and as an officer of the Company since the closing of the Business Combination. From 2012 to July 2016, he served as Regional Commercial Director of Oakley Asia Pacific (Luxottica). From 2006 to 2011, he served as Regional General Counsel for Quiksilver Asia Pacific. Earlier in his career, Mr. Nock was corporate counsel at ACP Magazines and solicitor at Minter Ellison. Mr. Nock holds Arts and Law Degrees from the University of Melbourne and a Master of Business Administration from Melbourne Business School. The business address for each of the directors and executive officers of the Company is Ten Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland. B. Advisers Goodwin Procter LLP, New York Times Bldg, 620 8th Ave, New York, NY 10018, has acted as U.S. securities counsel for the Company and Carbon Revolution and will continue to act as U.S. securities counsel to the Company following the closing of the Business Combination. Arthur Cox LLP, Ten Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 T380, has acted as counsel for the Company and Carbon Revolution with respect to Irish law and will continue to act as counsel for the Company with respect to Irish law following the closing of the Business Combination. Herbert Smith Freehills, Level 24, 80 Collins St, Melbourne VIC 3000, has acted as counsel for the Company and Carbon Revolution with respect to Australian law and will continue to act as counsel for Carbon Revolution with respect to Australian law following the closing of the Business Combination. C. Auditors Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, 477 Collins Street, Melbourne Victoria 3000 Australia, has acted as the accounting firm for Carbon Revolution since 2015. Marcum LLP, New York, New York has acted as the accounting firm for Twin Ridge since 2021. ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE Not applicable. ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION A. [Reserved] 7                     Table of Contents B. Capitalization and Indebtedness The following table sets forth the capitalization, cash and restricted trust fund balance of Carbon Revolution on an actual and pro forma combined basis as of June 30, 2023, after giving effect to the Business Combination and the OIC Financing. The actual column for Carbon Revolution is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included in this Report. Capitalization and Indebtedness As of June 30, 2023 Cash and cash equivalents Restricted Trust Fund Carbon Revolution common stock Share based payment reserves Carbon Revolution reserves Accumulated losses Total stockholders’ equity Debt: Borrowings (current) Borrowings (non-current) OIC preferred shares (unsecured) OIC Reserve Fund Obligation (unsecured) Total Capitalization and Indebtedness Carbon Revolution (A$ in thousand) Notes Pro Forma Combined (A$ in thousand) 19,582  14,677  34,259  386,432  -  7,166  (377,867) 15,731  13,829  70,833  -  -  84,662  100,393  1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 5 29,757  67,467  97,224  436,835  24,757  7,166  (483,568) (14,810) 13,829  70,833  42,834  52,790   180,236  165,476  Notes (1) Under the header “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information”. (2) Represents restricted trust fund in escrow as part of the Orion Financing transaction that is contingent on completion of the Transaction. Such amounts remain in escrow until the achievement of certain performance conditions by December 2024. A$14.7 million relate to restricted trust fund as part of the New Debt Program and A$52.8 million relates to restricted trust fund as part of the OIC Financing. (3) Amounts derived from “Pro Forma Combined” column of the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet As of June 30, 2023 contained under the header “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information”. (4) Represents the unsecured preferred shares on issue classified as a liability as a consequence of the 5 year redemption term of the OIC Financing issued on completion of the Transaction. (5) Represents the obligation to issue preferred shares upon completion of specified performance milestones by December 2024 as part of the OIC reserve fund arrangement. C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds Not applicable. 8                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Table of Contents D. Risk Factors You should carefully review and consider the following risk factors and the other information contained in this Report, including the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in these risk factors, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may have a material adverse effect on the business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to the other information included in this Report, including matters addressed in the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”. We may face additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, which may also impair our business or financial condition. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein. Risks Related to the Company’s Financial Condition and Liquidity The Company may be unable to obtain sufficient financing to pay its expenses. The Company is not yet profitable and does not yet derive positive cash flows (and does not expect to through the cash flow projection for the 12-month period from November 4, 2023 (the “12 Month Cash Flow Projections”)). In order to remain viable or to be considered viable, and to cover anticipated cash outflows over the 12 months commencing November 1, 2023 and to allow the Company to continue as a going concern, $42.3 million is required to be raised over that period including through use of the Committed Equity Facility (as defined below). The Company has entered into agreements for a Structured Equity Facility (“OIC Financing”) for up to US$110 million in funding with OIC Structured Equity Fund I Range, LLC and OIC Structured Equity Fund I GPFA Range, LLC (fund vehicles affiliated with Orion Infrastructure Capital) (“OIC” and, collectively, the “OIC Investors”) subject to satisfying various conditions precedent to each tranche of funding. This is discussed below. If the Company is unable to raise sufficient funds within the timeframes required, the Company will need to successfully implement other funding or liquidity options, if it is possible to do so, including other financing, working capital financing, delaying or reducing operating and capital expenditure, securing customer pre-payments, and securing deferred supplier payments. Additional capital raised by the Company (including through use of the Committed Equity Facility and further tranches of the OIC Financing) will be dilutive to existing shareholders. There are risks associated with the 12 Month Cash Flows Projections, including but not limited to: • • • • • there may be a delay in the availability of the Committed Equity Facility (the Committed Equity Facility will not be available until after the Company’s resale registration statement has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)) and there is no guarantee that the Company will satisfy the applicable conditions precedent for closing further tranches of funding under the OIC Financing (discussed below); as the terms of the Committed Equity Facility will require Yorkville Advisors to purchase additional shares under the Committed Equity Facility beyond an overall ownership of 9.99%, the Company may have access to materially less than the US$60 million headline figure of the Equity Purchase Agreement entered into in connection with the Committed Equity Facility (the “Equity Purchase Agreement”); the Company may not be able to raise further equity funds from sources other than the Committed Equity Facility or the OIC Financing (assuming the Company is able to close further tranches of funding under the OIC Financing, which is not guaranteed) in the amounts and within the timeframes necessary for the Company to remain solvent and to comply with its liquidity covenants, on satisfactory terms, or at all; customers and suppliers may not agree to provide the support sought from them; and the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections are subject to achievement by the Company of its financial and operational targets. In the event that the Company has insufficient funds, and the required funding is not available within the timeframe and in the amounts needed, the Company may need to enter external administration, liquidation or examinership. Based on the factors above, a material uncertainty exists which may cast significant doubt as to whether the Company will continue as a going concern and therefore whether they will realize their assets and discharge their liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the financial statements. 9   Table of Contents The Company is not yet profitable or cash flow positive and it may take longer for the Company to reach profitability or become cash flow breakeven than anticipated (or it may never occur), and the Company may not be able to obtain financing to fund its operations on acceptable terms, or at all. The Company is not yet profitable and currently does not generate enough funds from its operations to fund those operations (and does not expect to through the 12 month forecast period of the 12 Month Cash Flow Projection). The Company has a limited operating history and has not yet become profitable, which means that its operating history does not provide a meaningful basis for investors to evaluate the business or its financial performance and future prospects. Accordingly, investors should consider the Company’s business and prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties, expenses and challenges that may face an early stage business. While we currently anticipate that the Company will become profitable (on an earnings before interest, tax and amortization (“EBITDA”) basis) if it sells approximately 45,000 wheels per year and if other key business objectives are achieved, including a reduction in labor hours per wheel and a reduction in material cost per wheel, we may not become profitable at that volume, for various reasons, including if raw material and labor costs exceed our expectations. Further, it may take longer than expected for the Company to reach sales of 45,000 wheels per year. In addition, our financial projections may prove to be inaccurate and assume, among other things, the production schedules, pricing, cost of labor and materials, overhead and foreign exchange rate assumptions on which they were based are accurate and there are no unexpected delays or other changes. The Company must obtain other sources of cash, including from additional financings, to meet its operational requirements, until it generates positive cash flow from operations. Due to various factors, including the time lag between recognition of revenue from sale of wheels to customers to the receipt of payment for such sales, the Company will not become cash flow positive from operating activities until a period after becoming profitable at an EBITDA level. If and when the Company does derive positive cash flows from operating activities, it is expected that cash flow from investing activities in the ordinary course will be negative (due to ongoing capital investment in capacity expansion) and cash flow from financing activities in the ordinary course will be negative (due to the cost of servicing debt, including the New Debt Program, discussed below). On May 23, 2023, Carbon Revolution entered into the New Debt Program. The US$60 million financing established by the New Debt Program matures on May 1, 2027, bearing interest at a rate of 8.5% for the entire term of the financing, with payments due during the first 18 months consisting of interest only. On December 1, 2024, principal repayments will be required to commence, in an amount of US$2.0 million per month. These installments may place significant pressure on the Company’s cash flows during this period, in particular if the business is not operating cash flow positive by this point. These payments will divert available cash from use for other purposes, for example research and development or capital expenditure, and may ultimately impact the ability of the Company to meet its operational goals. Further, the terms of the New Debt Program and OIC Financing restrict the Company’s ability to raise further new debt, other than certain indebtedness permitted thereunder. Under the New Debt Program, if the Company does not complete a US$60 million Qualified Capital Raise (as defined in the program documentation), including the issuance of equity or subordinated debt that does not require certain payments until at least 180 days after the repayment of the New Debt Program, by December 31, 2023, then an additional $1,500,000 in cash and 50,000 Ordinary Shares would be required to be provided upon the earlier of our refinancing or repaying the New Debt Program or the maturity of the debt (May 1, 2027). The 50,000 Ordinary Shares shall be reduced by one Ordinary Share for every US$300 raised over $45 million. Drawdowns under the Committed Equity Facility do not qualify as a Qualified Capital Raise. However, unrestricted funds received under the OIC Financing will qualify as a Qualified Capital Raise. The Company also has a supplier finance arrangement in place with a logistics provider for payables and order / invoice management service for the purchase and logistics management for certain raw materials. The outstanding balance of this arrangement will also vary according to the materials financed through this facility at any time (A$9.1 million as of June 30, 2023). 10 Table of Contents The Company’s ability to raise additional funds to meet its operational requirements and to meet its repayment obligations to noteholders under the New Debt Program, and its supplier finance provider, through debt (if permitted under the New Debt Program and the OIC Financing or otherwise approved) or the issuance of other securities will be subject to factors beyond the control of the Company, including factors affecting the economy and capital markets (including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and other global health conditions). There is no guarantee that such funding, whether debt (if permitted under the New Debt Program and the OIC Financing or otherwise approved), equity or otherwise, will be obtained or available on favorable terms, or at all. Any additional funding may include the issuance of a substantial number of warrants or other derivative securities that are convertible or exercisable for Ordinary Shares on terms that are dilutive to shareholders. The Company may also experience difficulties extending or replacing its existing lending facilities. Any inability to raise funds when required may adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity, this could dilute the interests of shareholders; debt financing, if available, may involve restrictions on financing and operating activities, and higher than expected interest and financing costs. Twin Ridge has entered into the Committed Equity Facility with Yorkville Advisors with respect to the future issuance of up to USD$60 million in Ordinary Shares (the “CEF” or the “Committed Equity Facility”), from time to time as the Company may direct. Under this Committed Equity Financing, for a period of three years from November 3, 2023, subject to certain conditions, the Company has the right to require Yorkville Advisors to purchase Ordinary Shares in a series of advances, with each advance being in an amount up to the greater of (i) USD$10 million or (ii) the aggregate trading volume of Ordinary Shares for the five trading days immediately preceding the Company requesting an advance. Such advances will result in a dilution of Company shareholders. Further, there is a risk that Carbon Revolution will not be able to fully draw down on the full USD$60 million of the CEF, or draw down on sufficient amounts as needed in accordance with Carbon Revolution’s operational needs, if the Company share price is lower than expected and/or if the trading volume of the Company’s Ordinary Shares is lower than expected because Yorkville Advisors is not required to purchase additional Ordinary Shares under the Committed Equity Facility beyond the CEF Ownership Restriction, or US$10 million (A$15.0 million) per Advance Notice (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), whichever is lower. The Company could fail to meet the financial covenants under the New Debt Program entered into on May 23, 2023. On May 23, 2023 (US ET time), Carbon Revolution entered into the New Debt Program. The US$60 million debt program established by the New Debt Program matures on May 1, 2027, bearing interest at a rate of 8.5% for the entire term of the debt program, with payments due during the first 18 months consisting of interest only. On December 1, 2024, principal repayments will be required to commence, in an amount of US$2.0 million per month. UMB Bank, National Association, a trust company (the “Trustee”) acts as trustee and as disbursing agent under the proceeds disbursing and security agreement on behalf of the noteholders and the Servicer. The proceeds disbursing and security agreement contains four financial covenants, which Carbon Revolution is required to meet: • • agreed threshold for revenue, assessed monthly on a rolling trailing six month basis with specific agreed targets for each testing period, with the first testing period being the 6 months expiring June 30, 2023; agreed threshold for Adjusted EBITDA, assessed monthly on a rolling trailing six month basis with specific agreed targets for each testing period, with the first testing period being the 6 months expiring June 30, 2023; • maximum capital expenditure (capex) limits, initially assessed on a rolling trailing six months with specific agreed maximum capex for each testing period with the first testing period being the 6 months expiring June 30, 2023, and moving to a rolling trailing 12 months basis in January 2024; and • minimum cash available requirements for each month until the average monthly EBITDA (based on the previous consecutive three months) of the Company becomes positive, following which the measure will be based on a current amount. Subject to the cure right available for the revenue and Adjusted EBITDA covenants described below, a breach of a financial covenant that has not been cured, entitles the Servicer to accelerate payment of the principal and interest owed under the notes, and enables enforcement of the security provided in connection with the New Debt Program. The New Debt Program is secured by all of the present and after-acquired property of Carbon Revolution and its subsidiaries (the “Carbon Revolution Group”), other than certain excluded property (including certain excluded intellectual property). 11     Table of Contents The revenue and Adjusted EBITDA covenants are subject to cure provisions. In the event of revenue or Adjusted EBITDA performance falling below the covenanted threshold amount, the Company is permitted to make a payment equal to or greater than the shortfall, which will also reduce the principal balance owed on the debt program. The amount of the payment would be added as a permanent adjustment to the revenue for the relevant 6 month testing period. This cure right can be used up to five times over the course of the debt program but a maximum of twice in any four-month period. If the Company is not able to meet its financial covenants (including through exercise of any cure rights available to cure such breach), the Servicer may exercise their rights under the program documents, including accelerating payment of the principal and interest owing, enforcing upon the security, taking legal action, and commencing liquidation proceedings, any or all of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company, its business, financial condition and its creditors, as well as the value of its shares. The Company could fail to make payments when due or otherwise comply with other requirements under the New Debt Program, resulting in an event of default thereunder and acceleration thereof. In addition to the financial covenants described above, the New Debt Program contains a number of other positive and negative covenants and obligations binding on the Carbon Revolution Group. Under the New Debt Program, if the Company does not complete a US$60 million Qualified Capital Raise (as defined in the program documentation), including the issuance of equity or subordinated debt that does not require certain payments until at least 180 days after the repayment of the debt program, by December 31, 2023, then an additional $1,500,000 in cash and 50,000 Ordinary Shares would be required to be  provided upon the earlier of our refinancing or repaying the New Debt Program or the maturity of the debt (May 1, 2027). The 50,000 Ordinary Shares shall be reduced by one Ordinary Share for every US$300 raised over $45 million. Drawdowns under the Committed Equity Facility do not qualify as a Qualified Capital Raise. However, unrestricted funds received under the OIC Financing will qualify as a Qualified Capital Raise. The New Debt Program documents contains other customary events of default, including (amongst other things): • • • • failure to make a payment due under the agreement by the due date; existence of circumstances which could result in a material adverse effect; a change in control of the Carbon Revolution Group, which would include the departure of our Chief Technology Officer, Ashley Denmead, if a reasonably acceptable replacement has not been appointed within 90 days or 120 days; events of insolvency, judgment debt, asset seizure and impairment of security; • material misrepresentation; and • if any portion of the guaranty ceases to be in full force and effect. An event of default entitles the Servicer to exercise their rights under the New Debt Program documents, including accelerating payment of the principal and interest owing, enforcing upon the security, taking legal action, and commencing liquidation proceedings, any or all of which would have a material adverse effect on Carbon Revolution, its business, financial condition and its creditors, as well as the value of its shares. 12               Table of Contents Risks Related to the OIC Financing There are no assurances as to when the closing conditions for the additional tranches of funding under the OIC Financing, the Reserve Release Closings or Subsequent Closings, will be satisfied. On September 18, 2023, the Company entered into the OIC Documents (as defined below) with the OIC Investors and Carbon Revolution (for the limited purposes set forth therein), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell (i) up to an aggregate of 1,100 Preferred Shares, which are not convertible into Ordinary Shares, and (ii) the OIC Warrant to acquire the OIC Warrant Shares.  On November 3, 2023, the Company closed the Initial Closing under the terms of the OIC Purchase Agreement (as defined below) and received the initial $35 million tranche in funds.  The OIC Purchase Agreement provides for additional closings, called Reserve Release Closings and Subsequent Closings (each as defined under the terms of the OIC Purchase Agreement), which are subject to closing conditions and other impediments to closing, including some that are beyond our control, and we may not be able to close such subsequent closings and be eligible to receive the associated funding tranches on the terms described therein or at all. For example, Subsequent Closings under the OIC Purchase Agreement may take place within twenty-four months following the Initial Closing, with such proceeds to be used for the development, construction, and/or retooling of future manufacturing facilities. The conditions precedent for such Subsequent Closings include the Company’s adherence with a budget approved by the OIC Investors, delivery of a capex plan to the OIC Investors regarding the use of Subsequent Closings proceeds, and the approval of the transaction by the OIC Investors’ investment committee in its sole discretion, among other closing requirements. Similarly, the Reserve Release Closings are subject to the satisfaction of certain performance metrics and/or the obtaining of additional financing by the Company. There are no assurances that the closing conditions to a Reserve Release Closing or a Subsequent Closing under the OIC Purchase Agreement will be satisfied or that the associated funding tranches are received. If we are unable to meet the closing conditions for one or more of the Reserve Release Closings or Subsequent Closings of the OIC Financing, we may be forced to renegotiate the OIC Financing on less advantageous terms. If we are unable to close  the additional tranches under the OIC Financing, it would significantly alter our business strategy, impede our prospects for growth and we may become illiquid. Further, we may not be able to identify suitable financing to replace the OIC Financing, and even if we were to do so, we may only be able to consummate them on less advantageous terms. The terms of the OIC Financing impose obligations on us or restrict our ability to engage in some business activities, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The OIC Documents contain obligations and other financial and operating covenants that place restrictions on the Company. For example, the Company has provided the OIC Investors a right of first offer for 24 months from November 3, 2023, and has agreed to use best efforts to obtain aggregate gross proceeds of $20 million in one or more funding transactions by a certain date. From the Initial Closing and until all the Preferred Shares are redeemed in full, the Company Board cannot undertake certain matters (i.e., the Structured Voting Rights Matters) without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares then in issue, including, but not limited to, the issuance of securities having rights senior or pari passu to the Preferred Shares, the entry into a material contract, the disposal of assets above a certain amount, undertaking a change of control transaction, senior management changes, the adoption of an operating or capital expenditures budget, incurring general and administrative expenses above amounts set forth in a budget, making capital expenditures above a certain amount or entering into joint ventures. These restrictive covenants reduce the Company’s flexibility in conducting its operations, limit its flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry, and limit the Company’s ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest, including the ability to take advantage of other business opportunities that may arise, any of which could materially adversely affect the Company’s growth prospects, future operating results and financial condition. In the event of certain triggers under the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, holders of Preferred Shares will gain certain governance and control rights. In connection with the OIC Financing, the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that from and after the occurrence of certain triggers, being the failure to effect a mandatory redemption, failure to obtain the required consent of the holders of Preferred Shares in issue before undertaking a Structured Voting Rights Matter, failure to obtain a Share Capital Reduction Order within 60 days of November 3, 2023, failure to undertake Further Share Capital Reductions in accordance with the OIC Financing purchase agreement and a failure of the Company to abide by the right of first offer requirements in the OIC Financing purchase agreement (collectively, “Springing Rights Events”) until (a) all of the Preferred Shares are redeemed in full or (b) if earlier, in the case of a Springing Rights Event occurring other than from a failure to effect a mandatory redemption of the Preferred Shares, until the non-compliance by the Company with the relevant obligations referred to therein giving rise to the Springing Rights Event (x) if capable of rectification, is rectified to the satisfaction of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares in issue or (y) is otherwise waived in writing by the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares, such holders shall be entitled to direct the directors of the Company with respect to certain “Springing Rights Matters” (as set out in Schedule 2 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association), which include the entrance into, termination of, or amendment to certain material contracts, determination of operating and capex budgets, actions related to management hiring, termination, and compensation, issuance or redemption of securities, and the initiation or undertaking of a change of control transaction, among other matters. If a Springing Rights Event were to occur, the Company’s directors and management may have reduced flexibility in conducting operations and engaging in activities that they may otherwise consider to be in the best interests of the Company, including entering into certain contracts, determining budgets, actions related to hiring, the issuance and redemption of securities or a change of control transaction, any of which could materially adversely affect the Company’s growth prospects, future operating results and financial condition. In addition, in exercising their consent rights in respect of the Structured Voting Rights Matters, the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares may withhold consent to various actions that the directors of the Company may otherwise consider to be in the best interests of the Company. 13   Table of Contents Our ability to raise capital is partially subject to receipt of the consent of the holders of the OIC Warrant; if we do not receive such consent from such holders and/or are unable to raise the requisite amount of capital, our financial condition business, operations and growth plans will be adversely affected. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, the OIC Warrant contains restrictions on the Company’s ability to raise equity capital in certain circumstances. The Company shall obtain the consent of the holders of the OIC Warrant prior to (i) issuing Ordinary Shares at a price per share lower than the maximum discount of 25%; (ii) issuing Ordinary Shares such that the holders of the OIC Warrant would be diluted to less than 10% of the aggregate number of outstanding Ordinary Shares calculated on a fully-diluted basis; or (iii) amending the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association in a way that would be materially adverse to the holders of the OIC Warrant. If we do not receive the consent of the OIC Warrant holders in the event we try to raise additional equity capital, this may adversely impact the Company’s cash position; and the Company may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or delay or eliminate material parts of its business strategy, including increasing production capacity, engaging potential new customers or the development or advancement of new or existing technologies or solutions and geographic expansion; and our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operation and ability to operate may be materially and adversely affected. The Company will need to raise additional funds by equity, debt, or convertible debt financings, to support its growth, and those funds may be unavailable on acceptable terms, or at all. As a result, the Company may be unable to meet its future capital needs, which may limit its ability to grow and jeopardize its ability to continue its business. The Company will need to raise additional capital to fund operations in the future or finance future acquisitions. If the Company seeks to raise additional capital in order to meet various objectives, including funding operations, increasing production capacity, developing existing or future technologies and solutions, increasing working capital, acquiring new customers, expanding geographically, and responding to competitive pressures, capital may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all and such issuances may be dilutive to Company shareholders. Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit the Company’s ability to take advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute stock ownership. Further, the terms of the New Debt Program and the OIC Financing restrict the Company’s ability to raise further new debt, other than certain indebtedness permitted under the terms of the New Debt Program and the OIC Financing, and the terms of the OIC Financing require the consent of the holders of the OIC Warrants to the raising of equity capital in certain circumstances. If adequate additional funds are not available, this may adversely impact the Company’s cash position and the Company may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or delay or eliminate material parts of its business strategy, including increasing production capacity, engaging potential new customers or the development or advancement of new or existing technologies or solutions and geographic expansion; and our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operation and ability to operate may be materially and adversely affected. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of the Company’s securities irrespective of its operating performance. The stock market in general has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of the Company’s securities may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for the stocks of other companies that investors perceive to be similar to the Company could depress the Company’s stock price regardless of its business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of the Company’s securities could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future. Any inability to raise funds when required, or on favorable terms, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s continued development and growth, financial condition, and ability to operate. Risks Related to the Company’s Operations The Company’s customer contracts contain no take or pay provisions or other minimum purchase requirements and its customers may not order wheels as expected. The Company’s growth is predicated on various assumptions relating to demand for its wheels. Demand for Carbon Revolution’s wheels may be lower than anticipated because Carbon Revolution’s current original equipment vehicle manufacturer (“OEM”) supply contracts, which are typical of the industry, are not take-or-pay contracts, therefore customers are not committed to purchase a minimum number of wheels, and therefore, there is no guarantee that Carbon Revolution will secure the sales volume it anticipates from its existing customer contracts. There is also no guarantee that the Company’s projected revenue from awarded programs (referred to as “Backlog”) will eventuate at the levels expected. Orders made by OEM customers under those agreements may be lower than forecast by the Company for reasons outside the Company’s control, including if demand for the OEM’s vehicle on which the Company’s wheels are included is lower than expected or, where the Company’s wheels are an option on the relevant vehicle, customers elect to purchase the option less frequently than anticipated (thus the “take rate” being lower than anticipated). Lower than anticipated revenue from customer programs may also impact the Company’s ability to secure anticipated margin improvements through labor and materials cost reductions that are anticipated to be derived from scale. A lower volume of orders for wheels than expected may impact the Company’s ability to generate revenue and may therefore impact its financial performance and prospects. Lower and/or delayed orders for wheels will also delay the expected benefits to be derived from manufacturing scale, including lower production costs per unit, which would adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. Even if, over the life of a program, a customer does order as many wheels as projected by the Company for the life of the program, the customer’s ordering patterns may fluctuate and the orders for a particular period during the program life may be lower than expected. Such fluctuations resulting in lower than expected orders have occurred in the past. Wheel programs may not be awarded or may not be awarded in the expected timeframe or for the expected volumes. The Company’s view of expected volumes may not be achieved or may not be achieved within expected timeframes. The Company is in discussions with a range of OEMs about new wheel programs and has entered into detailed design and engineering agreements with some of them. However, OEMs may not continue discussions, the design and engineering agreements may not result in a formal program award, formal programs may be awarded later than expected, or vehicles in relation to which programs have been awarded may enter production later than expected. 14         Table of Contents This may be triggered by a variety of reasons such as supply chain or production difficulties of the OEM customer unrelated to the Company, the failure of the Company and the customer to agree on terms (particularly design and pricing for the relevant design) during the design and engineering phase or the agreement occurs later than expected, failure of a wheel to pass validation requirements in the design and engineering phase, or the OEM customer otherwise deciding not to proceed, or to proceed later than expected, with the vehicle launch, or not awarding the Company the wheel program. The financial projections do not factor in any general contingency to allow for changes in the OEM Production schedules (e.g., to reflect supply chain disruption, as has been observed over the past few years). The risk that OEMs do not continue discussions or that the design and engineering agreements do not result in a formal program award or result in an award later than expected may result in losing or delaying the opportunity to sell wheels or in later or lower sales than forecasted. Revenue from awarded programs may be lower than expected due to many factors including the demand for the relevant vehicle being lower than expected, and/or demand for the carbon fiber wheels being lower than expected (thus the “take rate” being lower than expected). Two engineering programs commenced by the Company have not resulted in a formal award. In one instance, this was a result of the relevant OEM deciding not to proceed with production of the relevant vehicle. There have also been instances of programs being awarded later than expected, or the OEM delaying the launch of the vehicle later than expected, resulting in delays to the start of production and sale of Company wheel programs. Any failure or delay to convert the pipeline of potential customers into additional contracts, delays to commencement of production, or lower than expected sales volumes from awarded programs, may result in the Company failing to meet its growth targets, which will adversely impact the Company’s ability to generate revenue. Failure to generate sufficient revenue will have a material adverse impact on the Company’s long-term financial performance and prospects. Failure or delay to convert the pipeline of potential customers into additional contracts will also delay the expected benefits to be derived from manufacturing scale, including lower production costs per unit, which would adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. 15   Table of Contents Wheel programs may commence later than expected due to the design development and engineering phase taking longer than expected. The commencement of wheel programs may be delayed due to various reasons. The Company may have limited resources in the design and development teams working on multiple programs in the engineering phase at the same time and accordingly, the teams may not be able to meet the program deadlines as a result of delays in the wheel design process or engineering challenges. Also, reaching agreements with customers on aesthetic exterior design may take longer than expected. In addition, prototypes may fail in testing during validation resulting in required rework. Such delays have occurred in the past. Delays in design and engineering may result in programs coming online later than expected and, therefore, production and sales commencing later than expected. In such a circumstance, the Company’s ability to generate revenue and profit may be adversely impacted. Delays in design and engineering will also delay the expected benefits to be derived from manufacturing scale, including lower production costs per unit, which would adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. Also, any delay in development or production of wheel programs or a lower wheel production volume than expected and agreed with the customer may result in damages claims of customers because of the Company not meeting contractual obligations or may adversely affect the Company’s reputation, profitability and ability to generate revenue and therefore, in turn, impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. The margin received by the Company for its wheels may be lower than expected. Similarly, the Company may not recover engineering and development or tooling costs from its customers to the extent expected. The price the Company quotes for a wheel depends on certain forecasts and assumptions regarding development costs, raw material costs, manufacturing costs, and desired margin. The Company has experienced and may in future experience higher costs per wheel than anticipated for various reasons such as: • manual labor hours required to produce wheels being higher than anticipated, higher materials or supply chain costs than anticipated, wheel programs may experience delays in development or production, or wheel production volume increases may not be as expected or may not materialize; • • • • • • the Company may not be able to achieve its manufacturing quality, volume and cost targets (including targets relating to reduction in labor cost per wheel and materials cost per wheel); the Company may not be able to increase its capacity to service customer demand or the cost to increase capacity may be more than expected, or it may otherwise be unable to execute its industrialization plans, including the Mega-line project, as planned; the Company may be exposed to volatility in demand, resulting in disruption to the Company’s operations and supply chain and increased costs; the Company may be manufacturing lower volumes than expected when production for the relevant wheel commences which would result in the benefits of scale being lower than expected, and the costs per wheel being higher than expected; the Company may not have the flexibility to adjust its raw material supply orders on short notice based on the fluctuations in its customer’s orders, which may adversely affect the Company’s profitability, cash flow and operations; or the Company’s equipment not performing to the level expected, or product quality not being to the level expected. As a result, the Company’s development costs, materials costs, labor costs or other overheads may be higher than expected or the Company may experience more or worse quality issues than expected. The Company has in the past incurred and may incur greater engineering, development or tooling costs in relation to a program than it expected when quoting. This may arise as a result of higher than expected inflation, changes in customer specifications or designs during the design and engineering phase, or wheel design or engineering challenges that were not anticipated when quoting. Due to the industry standard contracts with favorable terms for the Company’s customers, the Company may not be able to pass on all incurred costs for engineering, development or tooling or an increase of such costs to its customers. 16                   Table of Contents The inability to pass on such costs to its customers may materially and adversely impact the Company’s profitability, financial performance and prospects. The Company may not be able to achieve the manufacturing quality required or expected by its customers. Inadequate capability of the Company’s manufacturing processes and procedures to consistently produce the required quantity and quality of wheels, within the required customer timeframes, and at the expected cost levels has resulted in and may result in higher scrap rates and/or higher costs per wheel than expected, or shipping wheels late or not according to the customer’s specifications. These outcomes may result in our loss of customers or failure to obtain new wheel programs, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial performance. Additionally, the failure to achieve the desired quality targets has resulted in and may result in higher labor costs (in processing or rectifying wheels), additional management and engineering resources and overhead (addressing and solving quality issues), reduced production output, and/or reduced margins. It may also result in a reduced ability to access a broader cross section of the wheel market due to product costs that are higher than forecasted. Shipping wheels late has resulted in and could result in the Company being required to incur air freight costs and/or pay costs or damages to its customers. Shipping wheels not according to specification has resulted in and could result in the Company being required to replace such wheels at its cost. Shipping wheels not according to specification could also result in the Company being required to pay costs or damages to its customers or may result in warranty issues or product recalls. This in turn could result in negative reputational damage and could adversely impact the Company’s ability to secure new programs or retain customers, which would have an adverse impact on its ability to generate revenues. Failure to introduce new customer wheel programs into production at the expected quality levels may also result in higher costs and lower margins, which may adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. The Company may not be able to execute its plans to increase its capacity to the extent expected within the timeframes as expected and/or at the expected cost. The Company is not yet profitable and requires further scale, and a reduction in labor costs per wheel, in order to become profitable and to then grow profitability. The Company intends to further automate and industrialize its operations to achieve a substantial increase of its wheel production volumes and a material reduction in its unit costs of production. The Company also intends to further grow its wheel sales. As such, the Company’s ability to achieve these objectives is dependent, to a significant degree, on the success of its industrialization plans, including the first Mega-line, which is expected to deliver improvements in production scale and economics that will enable the Company to deliver large volume programs to a broader cross-section of the market. The process may take longer or cost more than anticipated, or unforeseen issues may arise during the engineering or commissioning process for new equipment, as has occurred in some instances in the past. Also, the capital cost of expanding operations may be higher than anticipated, resulting in a lower return on investment than expected. The industrialization plans, including the Mega-line, may not achieve the outcomes anticipated such as delivering the expected capacity increases, including but not limited to reduced cycle times, reduced labor hours per wheel, volumes, or other production efficiencies or cost reduction benefits. If the Company cannot automate and scale its manufacturing process to the extent anticipated, it may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and competitive position. New and larger volume OEM wheel programs, which the Company plans to commence production on the Mega-line, may experience delays or cost overruns if there are delays in completing the Mega-line, the Mega-line does not perform to expectations or other challenges arise in relation to the installation and commissioning of major equipment projects. This may result in lower revenue or margins than expected, or contractual claims (by customers for non-shipment or late shipment of wheels) against the Company. 17 Table of Contents The Company may not have the internal resources or capability or be able to employ or engage the appropriate capability, required in order to successfully build, install and commission new production assets or fully utilize the expected benefits of those assets once commissioned and in production. A delay in the expansion of capacity may lead to the Company foregoing new programs and, therefore, not earning expected revenue and potentially losing market share, and may also result in the Company becoming profitable and cash flow positive later than expected and thus continuing to rely on other sources of capital for longer than expected. The Mega-line project may impact production on existing customer programs, which may result in reduced revenue and damage to customer relationships and contractual claims against the Company which may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and competitive position. If the Mega-line project does not deliver expected volumes, production efficiencies or cost reduction benefits, future production lines built by the Company may also not deliver the expected volumes, production efficiencies or cost reduction benefits, or may cost more or take longer to implement, as a result. Due to industry standard contractual provisions which are favorable to the Company’s customers, the Company may be exposed to volatility in demand and changes to customer forecasts on short notice, resulting in disruption to the Company’s operations and supply chain and increased costs and lower margins. The Company may not be able to adjust its raw material supply orders on short notice to meet such demand, which may adversely affect the Company’s profitability, cash flow and operations. Under the Company’s current OEM supply contracts, which are typical of the industry, customers place firm orders with only limited lead times. While these orders are legally binding, volume predictions or forecasts provided by the customer are non-binding forecasts that the customer can materially change any time. Given that in many cases the Company’s arrangements with its suppliers require significantly longer lead times, the Company typically places orders for raw materials with its suppliers prior to having firm orders for its customers. To be prepared for delivering in accordance with the customer’s forecast, the Company may also have already invested in labor and equipment without being able to adjust the investment if the customer orders less or more than forecasted on a short notice. In situations where the OEM customer orders less than forecast, the Company may also incur additional storage costs for unused raw materials and the shelf life of the raw materials may expire, leading to the risk of such raw materials no longer being qualified to be used in production, which in turn may impact the Company’s costs and operations. In this situation the Company may also have underutilized labor. A reduction in the ordering volume may also impact the Company’s ability to meet its revenue forecasts. Conversely, the customer may significantly increase the volume in its binding orders compared to the forecast and that may lead to the Company being required to invest in additional labor or raw materials on short notice at higher costs, or otherwise be limited in its ability to fulfill orders in full or on time. Customers have in the past and may provide materially higher or lower orders than expected, and both scenarios may result in higher costs per wheel and cost inefficiencies, that can only be recovered from the customer to a very limited extent. That in turn may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and prospects. The Company is exposed to claims against it by its customers for late delivery or delivery of products which do not meet desired specification. However, the Company does not have the same ability to make claims against all of its raw materials suppliers for late delivery or delivery of materials which do not meet our specification. Under the Company’s contracts with its customers, the Company’s customers have in the past and may raise claims towards the Company for late delivery or delivery of wheels that do not meet the relevant specification. Some of the Company’s contracts with its suppliers contain terms that make it difficult for the Company to enforce delivery on time or compliance with the relevant quality requirements (including the specification), and/or limit the Company’s ability to recover from its suppliers in circumstances where the supplier has failed to deliver on time or in accordance with specification. A claim by a customer for which the Company has no or limited recourse may impact the Company’s profitability and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance and prospects. 18 Table of Contents The Company is exposed to price increases from suppliers and may not be able to pass those increases on to customers in full or at all. Under some of the Company’s current arrangements with suppliers, such suppliers have in the past and may increase their prices for raw materials based on an increase of prices of the supplier’s raw materials, labor costs, shipping and storage costs, government and legal regulations, energy costs, and/or other economic related factors. While some contracts require certain increased thresholds to be met first before any price increase can be claimed and evidence for the price increase factors to be given by the supplier (or the increase is index bound), the Company is exposed to price increases from its suppliers. On the other hand, given the industry standard contractual provisions which are favorable to the Company’s customers, many of the Company’s current OEM contracts include fixed prices and give the Company only limited rights to adapt the price. If consequently, the Company cannot pass on price increases of its suppliers to its customers, the Company’s profitability may be impacted, which, in turn, may adversely affect the Company’s financial performance and prospects. Because the Company’s wheel designs go through a validation process with customers, the Company may lack flexibility in sourcing validated materials from multiple suppliers, and therefore may be more exposed to price increases and supply shortages, than would otherwise be the case if it had flexibility to source from multiple suppliers (and swapping a validated material for an altered or different material may require some form of revalidation (partial or full)). Some of the materials used by the Company in its manufacturing processes are highly technical and only capable of being supplied from a small number of suppliers. Certain suppliers may not be readily replaceable, either due to their strategic importance and/or because the Company’s wheels are subject to rigorous validation tests undertaken by OEMs, and changing the supplier of a material may require re-validation of wheels which comes with inherent challenges. On its wheel programs, the Company typically only has single suppliers validated for key material inputs such as resin and carbon fiber. Due to the limited number of available suppliers for such materials and lesser competition compared to a multi-sourcing landscape, the Company has greater exposure to price increases from those suppliers than would be the case where multiple suppliers are readily available, and has in the past and may in the future be exposed to price increases from such suppliers with no guarantee that it can pass those additional costs on to its customers. In the event of a supplier failure or supply issues, for example where a supplier of OEM validated material components were to suffer a shortage in its own supply chain, force majeure, cease trading, or otherwise reduce business with the Company for any reason, the Company may incur increased costs to secure alternative sources of supply, the Company’s production commitments to OEMs may not be fulfilled (on time or at all), or the Company may be required to re-validate a wheel, which may involve delays in shipments to customers, increased costs (costs incurred in the validation process) or increased materials costs. These risks in turn may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operating and financial performance and its financial prospects. The Company’s relationships with suppliers and technical partners may deteriorate or there may be other issues with goods, services or equipment received from suppliers. The Company’s operations are dependent on the timely supply of raw materials, consumables, equipment and services that comply with the required specifications. The Company anticipates that the price it pays for key raw material inputs for production of its wheels will decrease as its wheel volumes (and consequently raw material orders) increase. It also intends to pass risk onto its suppliers should they fail to supply the Company as required. However, there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to negotiate the favorable outcomes with suppliers that it intends. 19 Table of Contents If there are shortages in materials, delays in receiving materials or parts from its suppliers, or if materials, consumables or equipment are outside the required specification, this has in the past and may impact the Company’s ability to manufacture wheels that may in turn result in the Company failing to supply its OEM customers in full on time or at all or with products which meet the required specification. As a result, the Company may have to respond to damages claims, may lose anticipated sales, or new programs, and may suffer reputational damage. the Company may have limited or no recourse for any liability that it incurs in this regard. In addition, the Company relies on technical relationships with various parties for the development, manufacturing, testing and validation of its wheels. the Company has developed a number of relationships with technology organizations and institutes that are key participants in the global advancement of carbon fiber and resin technology, including for example Deakin University, with which the Company conducts a variety of research and development activities. Deterioration of relationships with these parties may adversely impact the Company’s operations. In particular, this could result in inferior technological outcomes and additional cost and time in further developing the Company’s carbon fiber wheels. The Company relies on suppliers of services, such as freight providers, in order to provide timely delivery of products to customers. There is a risk that delays or failure in the delivery of services by such suppliers may result in delay in delivery of the Company’s products to its customers. Finally, the Company’s head office and manufacturing facility is located at a single premises at Deakin University’s Geelong Campus. Although this lease is a long-term lease with options to extend, in the event that this lease was terminated (for example for breach) or the Company was otherwise required to relocate, this could cause material disruption to the Company’s operations, cash flow, profitability and financial position. The above-described risks will be amplified by macroeconomic factors, and global or local disruptions, such as COVID-19. The occurrence of any of these events may adversely impact the Company’s operations and ability to generate revenue, and in turn may impact the Company’s financial performance and position. Loss or failure of key manufacturing infrastructure or equipment may impact the Company’s operations and lead to loss of revenue and/or increased costs. The Company’s wheel manufacturing process is complex and contains numerous distinct processes, many of which utilize specialized and bespoke equipment that is not readily replaceable. In addition, the Company intends to increase the size and complexity of its manufacturing facilities in connection with its industrialization. Currently, the Company has only one manufacturing facility and the loss or failure of this facility would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and position. Equipment necessary for the production of the Company’s wheels has in the past and may in the future break down, perform poorly, fail or be impacted by events within or outside of the Company’s control, respectively resulting in production delays, increased production costs or inability to meet vehicle program volume requirements. Such loss, failure or breakdown of key infrastructure or equipment has in the past and may in the future cause significant and/or sustained disruption or interruption to the Company’s manufacturing process. Such disruption or interruption may adversely impact the Company’s production capacity within a short period of time and the ability to meet customer on-time delivery requirements. Some equipment suppliers are based outside of Australia, and the rectification of equipment has in the past and may in the future be delayed or face additional challenges if travel restrictions (such as those in place as a result of COVID-19) prevent supplier personnel from visiting the Company’s manufacturing facility. Shipping wheels late or failing to ship wheels could result in the Company losing revenue and being required to pay air freight costs and/or costs or damages to its customers, or result in negative customer perception about the Company’s ability to meet its supply obligations under its supply contracts. This in turn could damage relationships with customers and adversely impact the Company’s ability to secure new programs with existing and new customers, reducing the Company’s sales and profitability, which would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and position. 20 Table of Contents Due to the bespoke nature of much of the Company’s manufacturing equipment, the business may potentially have a higher risk as compared to off-the-shelf equipment, that new commissioning of such equipment is delayed and/or the equipment supplier claims additional costs for modifications during the commissioning phase, that the equipment does not perform to the level expected or meet the process requirements or that the equipment breaks down or requires repair or refurbishment. The Company’s manufacturing equipment consists partly of off-the-shelf equipment (with or without modifications) and partly of bespoke equipment that is specifically designed and manufactured for the Company’s needs. Due to the innovative character of the bespoke equipment and limited experience and empirical data available to the supplier and to the Company, there is a higher risk, compared to off-the-shelf equipment, that the equipment does not meet the required functionality. Therefore, the Company has experienced and may experience delays in commissioning, and other equipment challenges, which may delay and interrupt the production process and/or adversely impact the operations of the Company. Challenges and delays in commissioning of new equipment have resulted in and may result in the Company shipping wheels late or not at all and being required to incur air freight costs and/or pay costs or damages to its customers. There is also a higher risk that due to the limited experience and empirical data, the required functionality cannot be determined in advance in detail. As a result, the Company has been required to and may be required to make modifications after commissioning to meet the Company’s needs. This in turn may result in increased costs of purchasing equipment than anticipated. There is also a higher risk with bespoke equipment that it breaks down and/or requires repair or refurbishment, resulting in equipment down time and potentially reducing production capacity and the Company’s ability to fulfill customer orders in full on time. Such repair and refurbishment may cost more than expected and/or take longer than expected. These risks may also result in the Company not being able to increase its capacity as quickly as planned or incurring greater than expected capital expenditure in order to meet capacity in a timely manner. The risks may also result in equipment not performing to expectations such that production quality is lower than expected or the expected reduction in manual labor per wheel is not as great as expected. Such consequences may impact the Company’s cash flow and profitability and thereby the Company’s financial performance and prospects. As a manufacturer of a highly complex and innovative product (which is continuing to evolve), and which requires bespoke equipment to be designed and produced for numerous steps of the production process, the Company is subject to inherent risks in the development and use of new technology, including equipment not performing to the level expected, product quality not being to the level desired, and manual labor required to finish wheels being greater than expected. The implementation of new technology, product innovations or manufacturing processes may be challenging and involve risks inherent in the development and use of new technology. The Company’s strategy involves the manufacture of one-piece carbon fiber wheels at scale. This involves complex technology and processes which have not been used before at scale, and foreseen and unforeseen challenges arise as a result. Such challenges have in the past and may in the future result in unexpected costs (in operating expenditure, cost of goods or capital expenditure), production delays, and exhaustion of management and engineering resources. Failure to properly implement new technology, product innovations or manufacturing processes may result in the Company’s product failing during trials, failing to gain customer approval or being difficult and more costly to profitably commercialize. The above risks have resulted in and may result in higher scrap rates and quality issues than anticipated after customer validation and commencement of production, which may lead to higher than expected production costs, additional expenditures on new production equipment or upgrades to existing production equipment, lower output, greater use of management and engineering resources, and other costs, and/or delays in deliveries to customers, which could result in the Company being required to pay costs or damages to its customers. 21 Table of Contents Failing to deliver to customer program deliverables may also result in reduced sales and negative customer perception about the Company’s ability to meet its supply obligations under its supply contracts. This in turn could adversely impact the Company’s ability to secure new programs, which could have an adverse impact on its ability to generate revenues which would adversely affect its operations, financial performance and position. New wheel designs for new customers or other changes to product and process may take longer to achieve customer validation than expected, may be more difficult to manufacture than expected, may cost more to manufacture than expected, or may result in more quality issues than expected resulting in lower returns than anticipated. The Company supplies its wheels to a variety of OEMs, and in order to respond to their requests for unique and innovative designs, particularly for high end performance and premium vehicles, the Company creates and manufactures a unique wheel design for each individual program. The Company also aims to implement improvements to its products, new production processes and other innovations. Due to the challenges that are also inherent with the development and implementation of new technology, as outlined above, changes to products and processes have taken longer and may take longer than expected to achieve customer validation, unforeseen challenges have and may arise in manufacturing the modified product, manufacturing costs have been and may be higher than expected, and more quality issues than expected have arisen and may arise resulting in less efficient production, higher scrap rates or costs per wheel than expected and thereby the Company losing the opportunity to realize all of the expected benefits of any changes. There is a risk that the price per wheel originally quoted by the Company to its customers does not account for and cover these unexpected developments and its cost increases, and does not result in a margin that delivers the expected level of profitability or profitability at all. Consequently, the Company may have to renegotiate prices and runs the risk that the customer rejects or does not adequately respond to this renegotiation request, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s profitability. The above risks may also have the effect that the Company’s customers lose the confidence in the Company’s ability to successfully implement modified products or processes. This may result in lower financial returns than anticipated and may negatively impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. Failure to have systems and processes in place, or failure to adhere to such systems and processes, that ensure robust compliance with contractual requirements, product specifications, and quality systems, resulting in increased cost, scrap or quality issues, or shipping of wheels not according to specification. The Company has developed procedures and workflows, and contract and risk management documentation, contract templates and forms, to identify, monitor and manage contractual obligations, quality and risks, and it continues to refine such documents and processes as it conducts its business. However, these documents and procedures may not be fully adequate, sufficient or effective in mitigating the Company’s risk exposure relating to contractual obligations and quality requirements, in particular as the Company is using complex technology that it constantly develops further. For example, the Company may fail to detect a batch of material supplied by one of the Company’s suppliers failing to comply with applicable specifications. Moreover, the Company is subject to the risks of errors and misconduct, including by its officers, employees and independent contractors, including non-compliance with policies and processes. These risks are difficult to detect and prevent or avoid and could result in damages claims of the Company’s customers due to late supply or supply of wheels that do not comply with the specifications, and may harm the Company’s business, operations or profitability. A lack of proper processes or non-compliance with established processes can also lead to a loss of the Company’s contractual rights due to failure to comply with required notification periods or otherwise forfeiting rights, that may in turn adversely affect the Company’s operations and profitability. 22 Table of Contents Although the Company seeks to maintain insurance and uses other traditional risk mitigation tools, such as third-party indemnification, where appropriate and feasible, to manage certain exposures, they are subject to terms such as deductibles, coinsurance, limits and exclusions, as well as risk of counterparty denial of coverage, default or insolvency. If the Company’s policies and procedures do not adequately protect it from exposure and the Company’s exposure is not adequately covered by insurance or other risk-mitigating tools, the Company may incur losses that would adversely affect its cash flows, financial performance and position. Customer return and warranty claims may be higher than expected. The Company has experienced and may experience claims from its OEM customers that wheels which have been delivered do not conform to specification. If wheels have been delivered that do not conform to specification, the OEM customer will return the wheels at the Company’s cost and the Company will be required to provide replacement wheels at its cost to the OEM customer. This may impact the Company’s reputation, financial performance and prospects. The Company or its OEM customers have experienced and may experience warranty claims from end consumers in relation to the Company’s wheels which they have purchased on a vehicle supplied by an OEM. Such claims may arise if the wheel suffers damage, has a fault or does not perform as expected. In such cases, the Company may be required to expend significant time and resources investigating such claims, even if the relevant wheels were found to have been supplied in accordance with specification and if there is no basis for a warranty claim. If there is a basis for a warranty claim, the Company will be required to provide replacement wheels at its cost. This may impact the Company’s reputation, financial performance and prospects. In the event of more serious warranty issues or warranty issues that represent a product safety issue, a product recall may be necessary. The Company has been informed that a limited number of wheels (less than 50) supplied on two of the Company’s earliest wheel programs have encountered slow air leaks in the rim and have been returned by the end consumer. No recall or field service action has been instigated, but the Company has received some warranty claims from the OEM customer. The issue is not a safety issue. The Company is investigating the root cause of the issue with its customer. A portion of the wheels which have been returned have been replaced, and the OEM customer has deducted the cost of the replacement wheels from amounts otherwise owing to the Company. The Company is investigating short and longer- term countermeasures, including an additional coating option, which has successfully completed temperature and pressure testing on coupons. The Company cannot assure you that one or more of these countermeasures will be successfully validated. The issue may be identified in a larger number of wheels in the same or other programs over time and one or more customers may make further warranty claims or instigate a recall or field service action. If it is determined that the Company is generally responsible for the costs of the coating option or other countermeasures, further wheel replacements and/or any other associated costs, such costs may be significant, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, its relationship with its customers, and its financial condition and prospects. See “—The Company may suffer reputational damage or incur liability due to poor product performance or failures, product recalls or other issues with its wheels.” and “—As a supplier in the automotive industry, the Company may be exposed to severe product liability claims, including claims for bodily injury and/or death.” for more information. The Company may suffer reputational damage or incur liability due to poor product performance or failures, product recalls or other issues with its wheels. The Company’s brand and the reputation of its wheels are an important factor in the Company being able to continue selling wheels and growing its volumes. The Company’s reputation and brand would be adversely impacted by material negative publicity, disputes and negative customer experiences. The Company’s reputation and its relationships with customers may be damaged as a result of negative end-user experiences due to poor product performance or product failures, adverse media coverage or other publicity (in relation to matters such as durability or impact resistance concerns, manufacturing defects, product recalls, warranty issues, product liability claims or failure to meet customer expectations). For example, the Company’s products are validated during industry standard laboratory and on-vehicle testing. Initial laboratory testing for wheels is not fully representative of operational conditions, but is used in the development process to gain confidence in the wheel design. For final validation, all of the Company’s OEM customers conduct their own on-vehicle testing which aims to be fully representative of the wheel’s integration into the vehicle system and performance under real world operational conditions. However, there is a risk that the OEM customer’s testing does not capture all conditions that their end users may expose the Company’s wheels to, or end users may misuse the Company’s wheels (for example, by using them on inappropriate vehicles or undertaking unauthorized modifications or repairs), and as a result the Company’s wheels may not function as expected which could lead to reputation and brand damage. 23 Table of Contents Product recalls can create significant costs for the Company that may not entirely be covered by the Company’s insurance. Product recalls may also lead to severe brand and reputational damage that results in reduced consumer demand for the Company’s wheels and/or to OEMs not awarding the Company any further programs. In such a case, the Company may lose market share to competitors, or the market for carbon fiber wheels may decrease. Damage to the Company’s reputation or the reputation of its wheels may also occur where another vehicle component that interacts with or relates to the wheel (for example, the tires or brakes) malfunctions or performs poorly, and it is perceived (whether correctly or not) that this is related to the use or performance of the Company’s wheels. Hence, damage to the Company’s reputation as a result of one or a combination of these factors may reduce the demand for the Company’s wheels, adversely impact existing relationships with key customers, suppliers, employees or government grant providers, and diminish the prospects of securing new programs with existing and new OEM customers, which in turn may adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and position. As a supplier in the automotive industry, the Company may be exposed to severe product liability claims, including claims for bodily injury and/or death. The Company may suffer reputational damage or incur liability due to poor product performance or failures, product recalls or other issues with its wheels. Such poor product performance or failures or other issues with its wheels may cause the Company to become exposed to the risk of product liability claims being brought against it, either by OEMs or end users of the Company’s wheels or other claimants. Being a supplier in the automotive industry and supplying safety relevant components such as wheels brings an inherent risk of potentially severe product liability claims involving bodily injury and/or death. Product liability claims and recalls may result in significant cost and management attention in defending and/or responding thereto. Product liability claims and recalls may require the Company to pay significant damages or an increase in insurance premiums, and it may result in reputational harm. Further, if the Company is not able to obtain sufficient product liability insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, this could prevent Company commercializing its products. Even if we are insured for a relevant category of risk, our insurance policies may not cover all possible claims, and covered claims may be costly and have material adverse effects on the Company’s activities, business, operating results, financial position and reputation, including that coverage will not exceed any applicable coverage limit. Likewise, a failure to succeed in defending any such claims may have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s activities, business, operating results and financial performance and position. The Company may be unable to retain and increase its workforce as required, or the cost of doing so may be higher than expected. Workforce engagement issues and industrial action may impact the Company’s operations and growth. Further, loss of or failure to replace or hire key persons may impact the Company’s operations and growth. The successful development and envisaged growth of the Company’s business will require retaining key management personnel and employees as well as having access to the services of additional technical, manufacturing and sales staff, alongside our current staff. We may not be able to attract and retain the services of such people, particularly given the competitive and specialized nature of the automotive industry. If the Company is unable to attract, retain and motivate its staff, the Company could face losses of or disruptions in its operations or in respect of strategic relationships, key information, expertise or know-how, and unanticipated recruitment, training and onboarding costs. In addition, in connection with the New Debt Program, if our Chief Technology Officer departs and a reasonably acceptable replacement has not been appointed within 120 days, we would be in breach of a covenant under the terms of the New Debt Program. 24 Table of Contents While the Company views workforce engagement as a priority and adopts a wide variety of measures to foster a culture of engagement, the Company may still not be able to attract and retain high performing employees and key personnel. Given the current employment market situation, the Company may not be able to replace key personnel with candidates of the same experience and skills; also, key personnel could leave us and join one of our competitors . The potential loss of know-how and the time to train new employees may create a loss of quality in certain aspects of wheel production and may also increase the safety risk for new employees and other employees who work with new employees. The most recent Enterprise Agreement has been certified by the Fair Work Commission, operating effective from July 11, 2023 to July 4, 2025. This agreement outlines pay rates and other conditions of employment. Where this agreement is silent or does not explicitly state an entitlement or provision, the relevant entitlement or provision of the Manufacturing and Associated Industries and Occupations Award 2020 covers or the National Employment Standards applies. The outcome of any future negotiation of a new Enterprise Agreement or any changes to an applicable Industry Award from time to time may increase the overall costs of running the Company’s business and such increased costs may not be able to be passed through to customers in full or at all and may adversely impact the Company’s margins and financial performance. If employees take industrial action, the Company could be exposed to loss to the extent the industrial action impairs the Company’s ability to meet production demand or causes disruption to the Company’s customers, if the relevant customer contracts do not include industrial action as a force majeure event or, even if they do, the Company is otherwise not able to rely on the force majeure provisions. A failure of the Company to increase and retain its workforce as required or if engagement costs are higher than expected, the Company’s growth may be limited, which may adversely affect the Company’s future financial performance and prospects. Additionally, the Company’s ability to effectively execute its business strategy depends upon the performance and expertise of its key personnel. These employees guide the Company’s business strategy and success, as they have extensive industry experience, technical knowledge and are responsible for maintaining relationships with customers and suppliers. Current employment market conditions are challenging and there is high demand for quality candidates in the competitive and specialized sectors in which the Company operates. Hence, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its key personnel, in particular those in critical roles, those with significant knowledge of the Company’s proprietary processes and know-how, and those who are key to maintaining customer and supplier relationships. The Company has experienced higher than usual staff turnover in certain critical areas, particularly during 2022, and may continue to experience such turnover levels, which may cause disruptions to its business and impact its ability to achieve its strategic plans. The loss of key personnel, any delays in their replacement, high staff turnover, or industrial action may adversely affect the Company’s operations and future performance and, thereby, the Company’s financial performance and prospects. Labor strikes in the U.S. automotive industry may have an adverse effect on the demand for the Company’s products and the financial condition of its customers. A substantial portion of the Company’s revenues result from sales to U.S. auto manufacturers a substantial number of whose employees are members of the United Auto Workers union (“UAW”). As the date hereof, the UAW has staged industry strikes at three US OEMs (“UAW Strike”) and the UAW and auto manufacturers reached tentative settlements. If the tentative settlements are not approved, the UAW strikes or any future strikes could affect plants to which the Company’s wheels are currently sent and lead to work stoppages that could disrupt the operations at such sites, resulting in delays, reductions or cancelations of orders for the Company’s products. In addition, increased labor costs generally or as a result of approval of the tentative settlements in connection with the UAW Strike may cause U.S. auto manufacturers to implement cost-savings measures, which may include reductions or cancelations of orders for the Company’s products or efforts to renegotiate the pricing or payment arrangements or terms for such products. Any delays, reductions or cancelations of orders, the lowering of the prices that customers are willing to pay for the Company’s products, or adverse changes to payment arrangements for the Company’s products, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s revenue, results of operations and financial condition. 25 Table of Contents Force majeure events may have an adverse effect on the demand for the Company’s products and on its supply chain and ability to manufacture according to customer demand, resulting in lower revenue and/or increased costs. Force majeure events could impact the Company’s operations. These events include but are not limited to acts of terrorism, international conflicts, fires, floods, earthquakes, labor strikes (including UAW strikes), civil wars, natural disasters, COVID-19 or other pandemics, epidemics or health emergencies, governmental restraint (including governmental restraints due to epidemics or pandemics) or other natural or man-made events or occurrences that can have an adverse effect on the Company’s business. The Company has only a limited ability to insure against some of these risks. If a force majeure event impacts the Company’s customers, there is a risk that the demand of the customer for the Company’s wheels decreases or is delayed. If a force majeure event impacts the Company’s supply chain, the Company may incur increased costs to minimize or mitigate delays or to secure alternative sources of supply. In such a case, the Company may not, however, be successful in finding alternative sources and it may not be able to fulfill its production commitments to its customers, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operating and financial performance and position and its relationships with its customers. Risks associated with COVID-19, other pandemics, and other macroeconomic factors may impact the Company’s operations and financial performance. The COVID-19 pandemic impacted the Company’s customers, resulting in production disruptions, shortage of components within automotive supply chains, and delays to vehicle launches. These developments impacted demand for Carbon Revolution wheels, including delays to program launch and reduction in revenues. Carbon Revolution also experienced disruptions at its own production facility (for example, due to employee absenteeism), supply chain disruption and increased supply chain and logistics costs. There is a risk that the disruptions posed by COVID-19 and governmental responses thereto will be reinstated. There is also a risk that other global events (for example, pandemics, terrorist activity or global or localized recessions or other macroeconomic developments, or international conflicts) may also result in disruption to the automotive industry, and may result in a decline in consumer demand for OEM vehicles. In turn, the Company’s customers may reduce or cease ordering wheels, or they may delay production plans (including as a result of supply chain shortages), which may reduce demand for carbon fiber wheels, or they may delay the launch of new programs for which the Company’s wheels are awarded. This may all adversely impact the Company’s ability to generate revenue. International conflict or other forms of international disruptions may cause supply chain disruption or shortages and may result in price increases for material inputs for the Company’s wheels, which may result in production delays and lower margins for the Company. Additionally, the Company may be required to hold larger levels of safety stock of the materials that it uses to make wheels than it otherwise would, resulting in higher storage costs, inefficient use of working capital, and increased potential for some materials to pass their expiry date, meaning they cannot be used in production. If the Company’s production is restricted as a result of disruption at its own production facility or as a result of supply chain shortages or delays in the future, the Company may not be able to meet production targets under customer contracts which may result in reputational damage and customer damage claims which could adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. In addition, the Company may continue to incur costs related to its obligations to pay employees or suppliers despite failing to generate revenue from customers, which would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s cash flow and financial position. The Russian-Ukrainian and Israel-Hamas conflicts or other similar disputes may have an impact on global supply chains, materials availability, materials costs and transport and logistics costs. The Russian-Ukrainian and Israel-Hamas conflicts or other similar conflicts may have an impact on transport and logistics costs of the Company, its suppliers or the Company’s customers. Such disruptions may increase the time and resources required to obtain critical raw materials and transmit finished product, which would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operations, profitability and ability to generate revenue. 26 Table of Contents The Company’s business may be impacted by climate change, existing or new environmental regulations, and related risks. The Company’s operations, suppliers, and customers may be directly or indirectly affected by climate change, extreme weather events, and other natural disasters caused by climate change. Extreme weather events, and other natural disasters caused by climate change may directly impact the Company’s production facility, interrupting or disrupting its ability to supply wheels to customers in full on time. This may result in a loss of anticipated sales, a deterioration in relationship between the Company and its customers, and reputational damage. It may further result in damages or costs claims from customers to the extent that the Company is not able to rely on force majeure provisions in its customer contracts. Extreme weather events, and other natural disasters caused by climate change may directly impact the Company’s suppliers’ facilities or operations, which may result in delays in materials being delivered to the Company, or increases in costs to minimize or mitigate delays or to secure alternative sources of supply. In such a case, the Company may not, however, be successful in finding alternative sources and it may not be able to fulfill its production commitments to its customers. This may result in a loss of anticipated sales, a deterioration in relationship between the Company and its customers, and reputational damage. It may further result in damages or costs claims from customers to the extent that the Company is not able to rely on force majeure provisions in its customer contracts, or to pass on such liabilities to its suppliers. Extreme weather events, and other natural disasters caused by climate change may directly impact the Company’s customers’ production facilities or operations. If a force majeure event impacts the Company’s customers, there is a risk that the demand of the customer for the Company’s wheels decreases or is delayed. The Company’s costs may increase as it implements initiatives in response to climate change, either voluntarily or in response to requirements imposed by customers, suppliers or regulators. Suppliers may pass on cost increases related to the impact of climate change on their own operations, and the Company may not be able to pass these cost increases on to customers via increased wheel prices. The Company’s costs may also increase as a result of increased taxes or tariffs related to climate change. Changing regulatory requirements or customer, consumer or investor standards, and expectations in relation to climate change, sustainability and environmental matters may increase the Company’s operational and compliance costs. The Company, its suppliers and service providers are required to comply with environmental laws and regulations. The production and transportation of the Company’s products and other inputs in the production process involve the risk of accidents, spills or contamination. Any of these occurrences could cause harm to the environment, which may lead to disruption in the Company’s operations and supply chain, regulatory sanctions and remedial costs, and reputational harm, any of which could negatively impact the Company’s operating and financial performance. The Company may be legally required, or may face increased pressure from stakeholders, to find a recycle and re-use solution for scrap and end-of life wheels; doing so may take longer than expected, cost more than expected, or not be feasible. The Company currently does not have a feasible recycling or re-use solution for production scrap wheels or end of life wheels. Customers, consumers, regulators, investors and other stakeholders may place pressure on the Company to find a feasible recycling or reuse solution for production scrap or end of life wheels. As with all R&D activities, ongoing projects for finding and implementing recycle or reuse solutions for production scrap or end of life wheels may take longer or cost more than expected or not be feasible at all, and finding and implementing a recycle or reuse solution for end of life wheels may take longer or cost more than expected or not be feasible at all. If the Company does not have a recycling or reuse solution for production scrap or end of life wheels in place that meets expectations, the Company may suffer adverse publicity or reputational damage, demand for the Company’s wheels may decrease or projected increase in demand may not materialize, and the pool of investors willing to invest in the Company may decrease. Any of the forgoing impacts may adversely affect the Company’s financial performance and the price of its securities. 27 Table of Contents The Company may be unable to meet government, stock exchange, investor, customer or consumer standards, requirements and expectations, particularly in relation to environmental, social and governance matters, or may incur substantial costs in doing so. Demand for the Company’s products may be impacted by its ability to meet any applicable government, investor, stock exchange customer and consumer standards, requirements and expectations. In particular, the Company’s customers are increasingly concerned with environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters. For example, some OEMs require completion and passing of a sustainability survey as a hurdle in the quoting process. If the Company does not meet consumer or customer ESG expectations, demand for its products may not grow as expected, or may decline. If the Company does not meet applicable government or stock exchange ESG requirements, the Company’s reputation may be adversely impacted and it may incur fines and penalties. If the Company does not meet investor ESG expectations, the pool of investors willing to invest in the Company may decrease which may adversely impact the trading price and volume of the Company’s securities and the Company’s prospects. Workplace incidents or accidents may occur that may damage the Company’s reputation and/or expose the Company to claims and litigation, increased insurance premiums or otherwise adversely impact operations. The manufacturing of the Company’s wheels involves certain labor-intensive processes, exposure to hazardous chemicals (such as paints) and the use of complex machinery and equipment. There is also a high incidence of new production equipment being commissioned which may increase the risk of workplace incidents or accidents occurring during the commissioning and training phase. In addition, the Mega-line is a construction project involving the installation and use of new equipment and processes in day-to-day production operations. These activities, particularly during the commissioning and training phase, may carry a greater risk to health and safety compared to standard production operations using existing equipment. Workplace injuries have occurred at the Company’s production facility from time to time. Incidents or accidents may occur at the Company’s facility that may result in serious injury or death to employees, contractors or other third parties, or damage to property. Employees of the Company or other persons may also suffer injuries from engaging in research and development, and product testing activities, which can involve driving vehicles fitted with the Company’s wheels at various speeds and in various conditions. In addition to the above, employees or other personnel may have mental health issues which may be caused by or exacerbated at the workplace or may affect work performance. Further there is a risk that behaviors or work practices take place at the Company, that could result in a psychological safety issue for employees or other personnel. There is a risk that these matters are not identified by management or not brought to management’s attention or are not addressed appropriately. The occurrence of any workplace incident may result in a fine imposed by a regulatory authority, an interruption of manufacturing operations, a worker’s compensation claim, a work health and safety claim or a damages claim against the Company. Such claims or events may not be covered by the Company’s insurance or may exceed the Company’s insured limits, and may also adversely impact the Company’s business and reputation and, thereby, its ability to win new programs. Safety incidents and near misses can also result in delays to project timetables and may adversely impact the Company’s operations and profitability. 28 Table of Contents The Company manufactures and supplies a complex product incorporating many technologies, components and materials. If a court upheld a third-party intellectual property infringement claim against the Company, the Company may be subject to adverse court rulings or orders, including in relation to injunctions, declarations and/or the payment of damages. Carbon Revolution is the recognized leader in the lightweight automotive carbon fiber wheel sector and it has invested significantly in the development of its technologies over the past 15 years. The Company holds an extensive intellectual property portfolio, including patents and advanced composite wheel process know-how/trade secrets. The Company is aware of certain third-party intellectual property rights that do or may overlap with the Company’s processes and technologies and/or wheels. In particular, the Company is aware of certain patents in relation to technologies used in carbon fiber wheels that are owned by competitors/industry participants in countries into which the Company supplies its carbon fiber wheels (one patent is being challenged by the Company) and there is a risk that these competitors/industry participants may allege the Company or its products or processes infringe or could infringe these patents. The Company may also be using third party intellectual property rights under the mistaken belief that it is licensed to use the rights in the way that it is using them. It is possible that a third-party could bring a claim against the Company or one or more of its customers alleging that the Company or the relevant customer(s) are infringing the third party’s rights, including by manufacturing, supplying, exporting or selling the Company’s wheels (or vehicles featuring such wheels) in one or more jurisdictions around the world. The Company may incur substantial costs to defend any such claims. The Company may seek to reach a commercial resolution to any such claims, which may involve the Company incurring substantial costs, including the payment of licensing or royalty fees. The Company may not be able to successfully defend any such claim and/or may be unable to reach a satisfactory commercial resolution. The Company may, if necessary and feasible, seek to implement a change(s) to its wheels or processes to avoid any actual or potential infringement, of a third party’s intellectual property rights. This would cause the Company to incur additional and significant costs, and could require the Company to delay or suspend production of wheels while it seeks to implement the change(s). Any such change(s) may not be successfully implemented or validated and/or the relevant third party could allege that the modified wheels or processes still infringe its rights. Any delay in or suspension of production of any wheels could place the Company in breach of its contractual commitments to its customers and, thereby, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations and prospects. If a third party brought an infringement claim against the Company, there is a risk that the third party may seek an interlocutory (temporary) injunction preventing the Company from manufacturing or supplying, for example, wheels with any allegedly infringing feature(s) in the particular jurisdiction(s) in which the third party has intellectual property rights which it is seeking to enforce against the Company while the relevant infringement claim(s) are pending. If any such motion is granted or court order entered, it may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operations and prospects. If the Company is unable to successfully defend against such claims or proceedings or reach a commercial resolution or other solution to avoid any material impact of such claims or proceedings, the Company may be liable to the third party for damages, including compensatory, statutory, additional, punitive, lost profits or enhanced damages and/or an account of profits, and the Company may be restrained by a final (permanent) injunction, for example, from manufacturing and supplying wheels with the relevant infringing feature(s) in the jurisdiction(s) in which the third party establishes any such infringement claim(s). In addition, the Company may be liable to its customers for breach of contract/warranty and/or under any indemnity given by the Company to its customers in relation to third- party intellectual property claims. This could have a negative impact on the Company’s relationships with its customers and its customers’ trust and confidence in the Company and its products. All of these matters could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance, profitability and prospects. 29 Table of Contents There are geographical and other limitations to the Company’s patent and trademark portfolio, including because it is not economically feasible to register all such intellectual property in all jurisdictions around the world. The Company generally prefers to seek patent protection for certain key product-related technologies. Patents are country-specific. A patent application must be filed in each jurisdiction in which patent protection is desired and each patent application will go through a separate process of examination and prosecution in each country or region (in the case of Europe). Additionally, third parties can challenge a patent application or granted patent (depending on the jurisdiction) by a process known as an “opposition”. Oppositions are normally defended by the patent applicant or registered owner (as applicable). Patents give rise to a range of significant costs (particularly when protection is sought and maintained in multiple jurisdictions), including patent attorney professional fees for drafting, advising on and filing patent applications, prosecuting such applications (including responding to patent office objections) and defending oppositions, as well as government/official fees that are charged at various stages, including for filing new applications and registering and renewing patent applications or granted patents (patents must generally be renewed throughout the duration of their term to remain registered and enforceable) As a result, for reasons including costs management purposes, the Company only seeks patent protection in the jurisdictions that it considers are key manufacturing or sales markets, including, generally, the U.S., China, Japan, Germany, France, the UK and Italy. There is a risk that the Company’s patented technologies will be used and exploited by third parties in jurisdictions in which the Company does not have any enforceable rights in relation to those technologies, with the result being that the Company is unable to prevent the third parties from using or exploiting the technologies in those jurisdictions. The Company may not have patent protection in every country which is or becomes a market for carbon fiber wheels. This may mean that the Company’s competitive advantage is reduced in the countries where the Company does not have broad patent protection. This may mean that demand for the Company’s wheels may be lower in those countries, as a result of competitor activities, which might adversely affect the Company’s financial position and growth prospects. The scope of protection provided by the Company’s patents within the same patent family can differ between different jurisdictions. This may arise where the Company is required to amend the claims in its pending applications in one or more countries in order to overcome patent office objections that are not raised by the patent offices in other countries. If such amendments are required in certain countries, the scope of protection provided by any patents ultimately granted in those countries may be narrower, and it may be more difficult for the Company to prevent competitors broadly adopting the relevant technology in those countries. This may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to maintain its competitive advantage in any such countries which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance and prospects. The ability to seek trademark protection via registration of trademarks is also country specific. The Company has obtained trademark registrations for certain key trademarks in a limited number of countries. There is a risk that third parties may seek to use trademarks or register trademarks that are the same or similar to the Company’s trademarks in countries where the Company has not obtained trademark registrations, which could lead to the Company’s brand, reputation, goodwill, lost profits or products being confused with those of the third party, which may result in a deterioration in the Company’s brand and/or reputation, and/or goodwill, and/or lost profits, and/or a loss of revenue and/or this may prevent the Company from using such trademarks in those countries and/or require the Company to take costly legal action in such countries to seek to recover or secure any required rights. There is a risk that even in countries where the Company has obtained trademark registrations that certain third party actions could lead to similar outcomes. The Company may need to incur further expenditure to expand its trademark portfolio to include additional specific trademarks and /or to seek registration in other countries. The Company may also need to incur further expenditure to prevent third parties from infringing its trademarks, or in responding to third party actions which lead to the Company’s brand or products being confused with those of the third party. If the Company takes any such actions, it may not be successful. Additionally, the Company may be unable to enforce its unregistered trademarks in countries in which it does not have a sufficient reputation in the trademarks including where the marks are found to be too descriptive and not distinctive of the Company. A potential infringer may seek to make the same or similar arguments in defending any infringement claim relating to the Company’s registered trademarks in any relevant countries. The Company’s confidential wheel process know-how and trade secrets have been developed over many years, and any unauthorized access to use or disclosure of relevant materials and information could materially and adversely impair the Company’s prospects. The Company’s carbon fiber composite wheels and manufacturing processes are technically complex. The Company has developed valuable know-how and trade secrets which protect key technologies that enable the Company to produce high quality products, effectively and efficiently. If the Company’s confidential know-how and/or trade secrets were misappropriated or accessed without the Company’s authorization, disclosed publicly or shared with its competitors, other companies could develop technologies, designs or products that effectively compete with the Company, which could reduce the Company’s sales and profitability and its competitive position. 30 Table of Contents The Company may not be able to protect, register and maintain its intellectual property rights. The Company generally seeks to protect certain key product-related technologies with patents, and generally prefers to protect process-related technologies as trade secrets. If the Company elects to seek patent protection, it must file patent applications in each country in which it wishes to obtain a granted patent. Until a patent has been granted in a country, the Company will not have any enforceable patent rights in the relevant country in relation to the invention that is the subject of the pending application. A patent will not necessarily be granted in each country in which the Company files an application. A patent office may refuse the Company’s application, or reduce its scope. A patent examiner may determine, for example, that the Company’s invention is not new or sufficiently inventive and the Company may not be able to persuade the examiner otherwise. Additionally, even if a patent examiner agrees that the invention is patentable and the application is accepted or granted, a third party may be able to successfully challenge the application or patent. Either way, the Company may be unable to obtain patent protection for the invention in one or more countries in which the Company seeks such protection or such protection may be more limited in scope than anticipated and may not protect all aspects of the technology described in the patent specification. Further, publication of patent applications is a normal step in the patent process. The consequence of this is that any complete application describing the details of any invention for which the Company seeks patent protection will be published (unless the application is withdrawn by the Company before that occurs, to the extent that is possible) and the information in the patent application about the invention will enter the public domain. Publication may occur even if the Company does not obtain a granted patent. The patent application process is lengthy and costly and the Company may not have sufficient financial resources at all relevant times to fully fund pursuing comprehensive patent protection for all patentable inventions which it owns in all key jurisdictions. This may mean that the Company is unable to protect all such inventions in all or some of the jurisdictions in which it manufactures or supplies its wheels. If a patent is not ultimately granted in a country, the Company will not be able to prevent a third party from using or exploiting the relevant published invention in that country. If the Company does not hold valid patent protection for an invention incorporated in a Company wheel and a third party is able to reverse-engineer the invention from analyzing the wheel, the Company may be unable to prevent the third party from using the relevant technology. There is a risk that the Company may be unable to protect its process trade secrets. Existing records may not be sufficient to establish that particular trade secrets are held, controlled or owned by the Company, which may mean that the Company is unable to protect the relevant sensitive materials and/or information. Additionally, relevant sensitive information may be inadvertently or deliberately disclosed to the public (including to actual or potential competitors) without authorization (in breach of confidentiality obligations) by an employee or another recipient of the relevant information. Similarly, such individuals may disclose relevant sensitive information to a third party under the mistaken belief that a confidentiality agreement is in place with the third party, when that is not the case (including where an earlier confidentiality agreement has expired or lapsed before it was extended or renewed and/or a new confidentiality agreement has not been entered into). Similarly, sensitive information may be improperly accessed by a third party such as by a security breach, ransomware, hack or other intrusion. If a trade secret is accessed, disclosed or shared without authorization, the Company may be unable to recover and reinstate protection over the information when it becomes aware of the issue and the technology may thereby cease to be protected (to the extent the technology has been disclosed). Where the Company has obtained patent protection for a technology, the patents the Company holds will each have a fixed lifespan, which is generally 20 years from the applicable filing date. If a patent is granted, once this period has expired, the patent will lapse and the technology will become free for any third party to use without restriction. If the Company’s suppliers own any intellectual property which the Company has contributed to, and/or the Company is not able to register or otherwise protect any intellectual property it has created or contributed to relating to the supplier’s goods or services, and the Company does not have exclusive supply arrangements in place with the relevant supplier, subject to any applicable confidentiality obligations, the supplier may be free to supply the relevant goods or services (possibly including in such circumstances any improvements created or contributed to by the Company) to the Company’s competitors. 31 Table of Contents Registered intellectual property rights generally need to be renewed on an ongoing basis to remain registered and enforceable. If the Company missed a renewal deadline due to an administrative error or oversight, for example, and an extension of time could not be secured to renew any relevant rights, such rights could lapse and cease to be enforceable. If the Company is unable to protect (and maintain protection over) its intellectual property, it may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial performance. The Company’s business and prospects depend on our ability to build our brand. We may not succeed in continuing to establish, maintain, and strengthen our brand, and our brand and reputation could be harmed by negative publicity regarding our company or products. Our business and prospects depend on our ability to develop, maintain, and strengthen the Company’s brand and reputation. Promoting and positioning our brand will depend significantly on our ability to provide high quality wheels to our OEM customers. In addition, we expect that our ability to develop, maintain, and strengthen our brand will also depend heavily on the success of our branding efforts. To promote our brand, we need to incur increased expenses, including product demonstrations and social media promotional activities. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses the Company incurs in building and maintaining our brand and reputation. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand successfully or fail to maintain loyalty among our customers, or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract new customers and partners, or retain our existing customers and partners and our business and financial condition may be adversely affected. Moreover, any negative publicity relating to our employees, current or future partners, our technology, products, or customers who use our products, or others associated with these parties, may also tarnish our own reputation simply by association and may reduce the value of our brand. That may occur even if the negative or adverse publicity is inaccurate, factually incorrect, false, misleading or deceptive, incomplete, unclear or otherwise lacking or without proper context, explanation, basis and/or foundation. Additionally, if safety or other incidents or defects in our wheels occur or are perceived to have occurred, whether or not such incidents or defects are our fault, we could be subject to negative or adverse publicity, which could be particularly harmful to our business given our limited operating history. Given the popularity of social media, any negative or adverse publicity about our products, whether true or not, could quickly proliferate and harm customer and community perceptions and confidence in our brand. Other businesses, including our competitors, may also be incentivized to fund negative or adverse campaigns against our company to damage our brand and reputation to further their own purposes. Future customers of our products and services may have similar sensitivities and may be subject to similar public opinion and perception risks. Damage to our brand and reputation may result in reduced demand for our products and increased risk of losing market share to our competitors. Any effort to correct, counter or otherwise address any negative or adverse campaign or other publicity including to remedy or restore any damage to our reputation or the reputation of our technology or products and the value of our brand, may be costly and it could be counterproductive (for example, it may result in the negative or adverse campaign or other publicity becoming more prominent and/or continuing for longer than it otherwise would have) or it may not be successful for other reasons. If we are unable to develop, defend and maintain a strong brand, it could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results. Our ability to obtain, protect, and maintain trademark registrations in commercially important jurisdictions is subject to the same risks of government approval, third-party challenge (including for non-use), maintenance, and enforcement as we have noted for the Company’s patents. Such risks could lead to an inability or reduced ability to maintain our brand and it could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results. The Company may be unable to enforce its intellectual property and may be involved in disputes regarding intellectual property or contractual obligations. If the Company identifies that a third party may be infringing the Company’s rights, the Company may decide to notify the third party of its concerns. If the third party dismisses the Company’s concerns, refuses to provide any requested information or otherwise refuses to provide the Company with adequate assurances that address the Company’s concerns, the Company may need to take further legal action against the third party. If the Company takes such action, the Company may not be successful. 32 Table of Contents The Company may be unable to establish that the third party’s product or process infringes the Company’s rights (such as where the competitor has adopted the Company’s technology but modified it to a sufficient extent to avoid infringement) and/or a third party may be able to successfully establish that the Company is not entitled to enforce its intellectual property, either because the Company does not own, or otherwise have the right to enforce the intellectual property or because the asserted rights are invalid. Additionally, even if the Company is able to establish that its intellectual property rights have been infringed, it may not be awarded all of the remedies that it seeks. A third party may also independently challenge the Company’s intellectual property. For example, a third party may oppose or apply to revoke/cancel a Company patent application or granted patent. If this occurred and the Company considered the challenged patent application or patent was sufficiently important and valuable, the Company would defend the opposition or claim. A third party may also claim that it owns intellectual property which the Company claims it owns. For example, a customer or supplier may argue that under the relevant contract between the parties it is entitled to own (or jointly own) or that they have exclusive rights to use intellectual property which the Company claims as its own. If the parties were unable to reach a commercial resolution, litigation may ensue. For example, the Company’s OEM customer contracts contain intellectual property provisions which are largely in favor of the respective OEM customers and which vary between different OEM customer contracts. Generally, under these provisions, the OEM may own (or jointly own) or have the right to use (in some cases on an exclusive basis for a period) certain intellectual property developed by the Company in connection with the relevant contract/order, as well as the right to use other relevant intellectual property owned by the Company, including to manufacture the contracted wheels or have those wheels manufactured by a third party (which could be a Company competitor), including in certain circumstances, such as where the Company is unable to supply the contracted wheels in accordance with the relevant contract. If an OEM exercised any such rights, it may result in the disclosure of sensitive the Company technology to one or more of the Company’s competitors. Additionally, in some cases, and in the absence of a separate non-disclosure agreement with the OEM, these provisions may not provide for effective confidentiality protection over all technical information which the Company provides to the OEM. With respect to certain OEMs, the Company has procured a deviation or letter of comfort which is intended to clarify or modify the effect of certain relevant provisions. Subject to the terms of the applicable contract, if the OEM customer has an ownership interest or exclusive rights in respect of any the Company-developed intellectual property, there is a risk that the customer may claim that the Company has used such intellectual property for another customer in breach of the Company’s obligations and/or thereby infringing the customer’s rights. This claim could adversely impact the Company’s relationship with the relevant customers, cause the customer’s future orders of the Company’s wheels to decline, result in confidential information of the Company being revealed to its competitors, and/or limit the Company’s ability to exploit technology it has developed other than in connection with supplying the relevant contracted wheels (or related services) to the relevant OEM customer. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations and financial position and performance. If the Company is required to take legal action against a third party to enforce or defend its intellectual property rights, or otherwise becomes involved in intellectual-property related disputes, litigation or other proceedings, the Company would incur significant legal costs and the attention of key personnel may be diverted from operational activities to address such matters. If the Company is unable to protect, control or enforce its intellectual property including any intellectual property it has developed, the Company’s competitive position may decline and sales may decrease or not increase to the level anticipated, which would adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. The Company may face the risk of being restricted in the use of intellectual property developed jointly with another party coupled with restrictive exclusive supply of goods arrangements if the Company has been unable to reach an agreement to the contrary in advance with the relevant party. The Company engages in research and/or development activities, including with third parties, on a regular basis. 33 Table of Contents Where intellectual property is created by two or more parties, the parties may jointly-own the intellectual property, unless they have agreed otherwise. A joint owner of intellectual property is generally unable to use or exploit the intellectual property without the consent of the other joint owner(s). If the Company develops intellectual property in conjunction with other parties, the intellectual property may be jointly owned and the Company may be unable to use or exploit it as the Company sees fit, unless the Company reaches an agreement with the other joint owner(s) which gives the Company exclusive ownership of the relevant intellectual property or at least the right to use the intellectual property as the Company desires. If the Company has not secured or is unable to secure such an agreement, the Company may be restricted from using the relevant intellectual property, or alternatively securing such agreement may cost more than expected or may be on terms not favorable to the Company. Depending on the nature and importance of the intellectual property, this may have an adverse effect on the Company’s design, development or manufacturing activities, which could in turn have an adverse effect of the Company’s financial performance and prospects. The Company’s or a third party’s information technology systems or processes may fail, become materially inoperable or be subject to attack and the Company’s business may be adversely impacted. The Company relies on its own information technology (“IT”) systems and on IT systems provided by third-party technology vendors to perform key functions and support its operations, including its production processes. The Company also holds sensitive employee and customer data and information related to its intellectual property. The Company’s IT systems may be adversely affected by a number of sources, including natural disasters, power losses, computer systems failures, internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator negligence, improper operation by or supervision of employees or contractors, physical and electronic losses of data and similar events, computer viruses, penetration by hackers seeking to disrupt operations or misappropriate information and other breaches of security. Additionally, as the Company’s operations grow, they will also become more complex and require more complex IT support. Introducing more complex and sophisticated IT systems may require additional resources or divert management attention. Implementation of new systems may not be successful. Any failure of, or damage or interruption to the Company’s information systems or those provided by third-party technology vendors may compromise the Company’s data integrity (which may result in an inadvertent security breach in relation to such data) and may lead to unauthorized access to Carbon’s Revolution’s intellectual property or automated aspects of its manufacturing. As a result, the Company may lose critical or commercially sensitive data or intellectual property, may incur significant costs to rebuild or re-establish its information systems or respond to regulatory inquiries or actions, and may be exposed to third-party claims. Exploitation, unauthorized access or hacking of the systems or networks on which the Company data is stored, could lead to corruption, theft or loss of the Company’s data and proprietary information. This could cause disruption to the Company’s operations, unauthorized disclosure of confidential and proprietary information to third parties (including actual or potential competitors) and may result in regulatory action against the Company for breach of privacy and data protection laws, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations, financial position or performance. In early 2019, there was an instance of unauthorized access of the Company’s IT systems which involved unauthorized access to one email account. When the unauthorized access was identified, the access was terminated immediately and steps were then taken to increase security. There have been no known repeat events of unauthorized access of the Company’s IT systems. There was no material impact to the Company’s operations or its financial condition as a result of this unauthorized access. The Company Board actively participate in the development of the Company’s cyber security policies, procedures and protections and the oversight thereof is included in the Company’s risk framework, with responsibility therefor assigned to the audit and risk committee of the Company Board. If the Company is not able to operate its IT systems as a result of any of the above issues and it is required to run its production equipment with manual instruction or records, the Company may not be able to produce the same volume of wheels and it may therefore be unable to meet customer demands and supply requirements. 34 Table of Contents The Company’s customer contracts impose IT and cybersecurity compliance requirements and allow for the customer to audit the Company’s systems. One or more of the Company’s customers impose or may in the future impose IT and cybersecurity compliance obligations which may require the Company to upgrade its cybersecurity systems and processes and/or allow the Company’s systems to be audited. Implementing these compliance requirements and facilitating audits may require additional resources, divert management attention and expose sensitive information to review by auditor representatives. Failure to implement these requirements or facilitate audits may result in a deterioration of the relationship with the relevant customer, result in a claim for breach of contract, cause or contribute to increased cybersecurity risks for the Company, and/or lead or contribute to a loss of sales or failure to win new programs with existing or new OEM customers. Any confidential information held by the Company could be accessed by third parties via IT security breaches, attacks, ransomware, hacking and similar actions or occurrences, potentially exposing the Company to liability. The Company receives and holds confidential information of third parties, such as the Company’s customers and suppliers, pursuant to confidentiality obligations. This information is held on the Company’s servers and may be downloaded and saved on local hard drives. If there was a security breach of the Company’s IT systems and/or the Company was otherwise the victim of an IT intrusion, hack, ransomware or the like, there is a risk that such third-party confidential information could be accessed, downloaded or used by other parties without the consent of the relevant third party to which the Company owes confidentiality obligations. This could expose the Company to liability to any such third party if the third party made a claim for breach of contract or negligence, for example, against the Company, the Company may be required to incur legal costs with respect to any such claim, and the dispute may divert the attention of key personnel. If the relevant information was confidential to a Company customer, any dispute in relation to the matter could have an adverse effect on the Company’s relationship with the customer that may lead to reduced wheel sales to the customer and thereby adversely affect the Company’s profitability and performance. Similarly, if the information was confidential to a key supplier, any dispute could adversely affect the Company’s relationship with the key supplier, which could have an adverse impact on the Company’s operations if the Company is unable to procure the relevant goods or services from the supplier (or an alternative supplier) on acceptable terms or at all. An attack, ransomware or the like on or to the Company’s IT systems may expose any third-party IT systems integrated or linked to the Company’s IT systems depending on their level of vulnerability and this could expose the Company to liability. If any third party IT systems are integrated or linked to the Company’s IT systems, they could be exposed if the Company’s IT systems are subjected to a security breach, IT hack, ransomware or other intrusion depending on the vulnerability of the third party’s IT systems. If this occurred, it could expose the Company to liability for breach of contract or negligence in certain circumstances and/or damage the Company’s relationship with the third party. Any such circumstance may have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations, production processes, financial performance and prospects. The Company’s competitive position or market share may deteriorate including as a result of actions by it or its competitors. The Company operates in a competitive industry, and its competitors could include existing wheel manufacturers, new entrants and OEMs. The Company’s competitive position may deteriorate, as a result of the action of any of these participants or any deterioration of its relationship with its customers. Competitors may enter the market and take market share from the Company. Competitors may accelerate taking market share from the Company by developing equivalent or better technology for one piece carbon fiber wheels, and/or by offering equivalent or better pricing, service and/or fulfillment rates than the Company offers. Competitors which are more financially secure than the Company may take market share from the Company by offering more supply security for customers than the Company currently offers. OEMs may seek to establish alternative options for carbon fiber wheel supply to increase their own supply security and establish competitor supply tension. Existing manufacturers of steel or aluminum wheels may seek to produce their own carbon fiber wheels. Any increase in the number of industry players manufacturing carbon fiber wheels may affect the demand for the Company’s wheels and may result in downward pricing pressure for carbon fiber wheels which would impact the Company’s profitability, financial performance and prospects. 35 Table of Contents If the Company fails to maintain product design, manufacturing and performance leadership in the global automotive carbon fiber wheel market, the Company may have to quote lower prices in order to win programs, which could result in lower than expected margins; or programs may be awarded to competitors, which could result in lower sales. In addition, other wheel technologies may be developed which are lighter than carbon fiber wheels, and/or cheaper to make, and/or have other characteristics which make them more attractive to purchase for OEMs or end consumers than carbon fiber wheels. Any such circumstance may reduce the Company’s profitability and revenue. The concentration of the Company’s wheel programs and customers may adversely affect demand for the Company’s wheels if its relationships with customers deteriorate. As of November 3, 2023, the Company has thirteen active awarded programs with five OEMs, of which six programs are currently in production with four of those OEMs and a further seven awarded customer programs are in development or yet to enter production. Therefore, the number of customers that the Company currently has awarded programs with, is currently relatively concentrated, and the number of programs which the Company has in production at any single point in time is relatively concentrated. In addition, the wheel programs the Company has been awarded are relatively concentrated in terms of vehicle type (being limited to premium and high-performance vehicles and premium performance SUVs and pickups across internal combustion engine and electric vehicles). The Company’s OEM customers can readily terminate their relationship with the Company should they choose to do so including by ceasing ordering wheels from the Company, and can significantly reduce orders, should they choose to do so, without major disruption to their business as the Company’s wheels are an optional upgrade in most instances and therefore the OEM customer generally has an alternative metal wheel that can be fitted to the relevant vehicle. The effect of losing any one OEM customer, or customer program (depending on its size), may significantly adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, cash flow and liquidity position. Also, in order to expand the type of customers, vehicle types and wheel programs, the Company may be required to reduce its wheel prices to open a larger addressable market. It may not be able to do so easily and its gross margins and future profitability may decline, which may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and prospects. The Company’s OEM customer relationships may deteriorate due to financial stress from general business conditions. If the Company requests non-standard terms, proposes changes to terms already agreed, or requests advanced payment from OEM customers, this may cause such customers to designate the Company a “distressed supplier,” which may have short and long term impact on continued business with the OEMs, the terms upon which the OEMs are willing to continue engaging the Company, and the OEMs’ motivation to encourage competitors to the Company. The Company’s relationship with its OEM customers is governed by contract which is generally based on the standard contracts of the customer. In order to assist the Company’s cash position, the Company has requested and may request in future non-standard contractual terms or changes of already agreed contractual terms, shorter payment terms or advance payments. As a result of such requests, the Company’s OEM customers may qualify the Company as a “distressed supplier,” that is, a supplier facing financial or operational difficulties. The Company has had and continues to have negotiations with customers arising from certain “non-standard” terms that it has proposed. This may result in a deterioration of the business relationship and may create the risk that those OEM customers pursue opportunities with competitors of the Company, which would cause the Company’s revenue, profitability and/or market share to decline. The Company’s estimates of the size of the addressable market may be incorrect. The addressable carbon fiber wheel market and demand for carbon fiber automotive wheels may be smaller than the Company anticipates. This may occur if the benefits of carbon fiber wheels are not perceived or well received in the industry, if the cost of carbon fiber wheels remains too high, if alternative products are brought to market, or if market and industry trends cause a decline in demand for lightweight, high-performance carbon fiber wheels. 36 Table of Contents If the size of the market in which the Company operates is smaller than anticipated or demand for carbon fiber wheels is lower than anticipated, the Company’s products may be limited to high end performance and luxury vehicles. This may restrict the Company’s ability to achieve its growth objectives which, in turn, may adversely impact its prospects. Additionally, the Company also intends to pursue growth opportunities in adjacent markets, including the aerospace industry, and the industrial, freight and logistics market. The barriers to entry in these markets may be higher than anticipated, the length of time taken to enter these markets may be longer than anticipated and there is no guarantee the Company’s products will be accepted in these markets to the extent the Company anticipates, or at all, and this may impact the Company’s ability to diversify into adjacent markets. The Australian Defence Force has already accepted virtual validation of the wheel designed by the Company for the Boeing CH-47 Chinook helicopter, which would be the Company’s first entry to the aerospace market. There is a risk that the Company is not able to secure the funding required to progress this project to the next stage, being the production and validation of physical prototypes. There is a further risk that the prototype production or validation processes are more challenging than expected, cost more than expected or take longer than expected and there is a risk that the Company is not able to achieve validation of the physical wheel, or is not able to commercialize the wheel due to the cost and price thereof and/or limited demand. The Company may forego business or lose certain customer relationships as a result of not having the production capacity to meet customer demand, or not having the funds to expand production capacity to meet customer demand. the Company may be liable to its customers if it cannot meet minimum capacity obligations. The Company may not be able to meet customer demand for its wheels, whether such demand remains at current levels or increases, due to a variety of factors, including due to financial and operational challenges outlined in this “Risk Factors” section. In such circumstances the Company will forego revenue and market share which it otherwise may have been able to capture. This may further delay the Company reaching profitability and becoming cash flow positive, or otherwise reduce the Company’s profitability and financial performance. If the Company does not meet contractual minimum quantities which the Company commits to in its contracts with customers (an obligation to have capacity to supply a specified minimum quantity of wheels for a given time period), it may become liable for damages towards its customers. This may also impact the Company’s cash flow and profitability and in turn its financial performance and position. The timing of the Company’s recognition of revenue and any working capital financing requirements depend upon the terms of its agreements with its customers and may be adversely affected if the Company is required to recognize revenue upon the delivery to its customers rather than on shipment (given normal delivery timelines can be up to or greater than several months), unless the Company can negotiate more favorable terms (which may not be possible). Supply agreements with the Company’s customers may contain terms that oblige the Company to deliver the wheels to the customer’s overseas facilities (instead of making wheels ready for dispatch at the Company’s facilities) before the Company is entitled to claim payment of the price and recognize the individual sale as revenue. Shipping times can take up to several months. As such, the Company’s financial results may be adversely impacted if revenue is recognized upon delivery to customers. 37 Table of Contents The Company’s forecasts are based upon certain assumptions with respect to the determination of backlog and other metrics, including assumptions with respect to the timing and quantity of orders under awarded programs, conversion of programs in development to awarded status, the timing of new program commencement, and recognition of revenue, which assumptions may not be realized. The Company’s forecasts are predicated on various assumptions relating to demand for its wheels. Under the Company’s current OEM supply contracts, which are typical of the industry, customers are not committed to purchase a minimum number of wheels and therefore there is no guarantee that the Company will secure the sales volume it anticipates from its existing customer contracts. This may occur for reasons outside the Company’s control, including if demand for the OEM’s vehicle on which the Company’s wheels are included is lower than expected, or where the Company’s wheels are an option on the relevant vehicle, the frequency with which consumers elect to purchase the option is lower than anticipated by the Company. There is also no guarantee that customer programs will commence at the expected time or that the ramp in volumes will be as expected. Additionally, the Company has a number of engineering contracts and is also in early stage discussions with a range of other OEMs, and failure to convert this pipeline of potential programs and customers into additional contracts, delay in timing of new programs, or any other failure to sell the volume of wheels, at the targeted price and margin, that the Company anticipates (for example, if the Company cannot reduce production costs or if its addressable market is smaller than anticipated), will result in the Company failing to meet its growth targets, which will adversely impact the Company’s performance and prospects. The Company may fail to meet forecasts. The forward-looking statements, opinions and estimates provided in this document, including the financial projections, rely on various estimates, contingencies and assumptions. Various factors, both known and unknown, may impact the Company’s performance and may cause actual results to vary significantly from expected results. Accordingly, our future financial condition and results of operations may differ materially from our projections. Our failure to achieve our projected results could harm the trading price of the Company’s securities and its financial position. The Company does not have or assume any duty to update the Financial Projections included in this Report. Having been selling wheels to OEMs since 2015 on a small number of programs to date, the Company has a relatively limited operating history and has not yet become profitable, and, as such, its operating history does not provide a meaningful basis for investors to evaluate the business or its financial performance and future prospects. Accordingly, investors should consider the Company’s business and prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties, expenses and challenges that an early stage business may face. The Company intends to further industrialize its operations and achieve scale in its wheel sales to achieve a material reduction in its unit costs of production. As such, the Company’s ability to achieve its anticipated growth is dependent to a significant degree on the successful implementation of its industrialization plans and growth strategy, including designing, developing, constructing, establishing and commissioning future manufacturing facilities in one or more low cost jurisdictions. There is a risk that these plans may not be successful, or may take longer or cost more than anticipated. There can be no guarantee that the Company will achieve its stated objectives or that any forward-looking statement or forecast will be realized. The Company may not be able to reduce supply chain costs or production costs as quickly as expected or to the same extent as expected, resulting in higher cost per wheel and lower margins than expected. The Company is not yet profitable and expects to improve margins by significantly reducing labor costs per wheel and materials costs on a per wheel basis both in the near term and in the longer term. The Company expects to reduce materials costs in the near term by reusing and reducing cut carbon fiber waste, negotiating planned improved prices as a result of volume increases, shifting its strategy from being a spot buyer to a long term contracted buyer for key materials, and consolidating consumables purchases from many suppliers to a smaller number of suppliers. The Company expects to reduce labor costs in the near term by creating a fixed labor operating leverage that drives efficiency as volumes scale, automating processes via robotics and conveyor systems of the Mega-line to replace human labor, and creating further labor efficiencies through planned cycle times and lean process improvements. However, there is a risk that these measures cannot be applied or realized or that these measures do not result in the expected savings. For example, the Company may not find suitable uses for cut fiber waste or the price reduction does not eventuate or cannot be negotiated with the suppliers as expected, or the automation process does not progress or show the results as expected. The Company is exposed to changes in prices of key inputs including raw materials, energy and labor costs, including those related to inflation, international conflicts (such as the Ukraine-Russia or Israel-Hamas conflicts), and supply chain disruptions related to COVID-19. 38 Table of Contents Any increase in the cost of labor, carbon fiber, resins, energy costs or other key manufacturing inputs will increase the costs incurred by the Company in production of its wheels which could reduce the Company’s future profitability, delay the Company from becoming profitable or it may otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance and position. The Company is subject to fluctuations in financial markets and exchange rates. The financial information in the Company’s financial statements is presented in Australian Dollars, and the Company incurs the majority of its costs in Australian Dollars. However, a substantial amount of the Company’s revenues from wheel sales are generated in currencies other than Australian Dollars. Although we enter into certain hedging arrangements with respect to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and these foreign exchange exposures will also be reduced by the natural hedging that arises from the purchase of raw materials and manufacturing equipment also denominated in foreign currencies, the Company is subject to adverse exchange rate movements, particularly, adverse movements in the USD:AUD exchange rate and the EUR:AUD exchange rate. This risk is expected to become more significant in the future (as foreign denominated revenue is anticipated to grow as the vast majority of our planned growth in the near term is expected to come from customers that are located in the U.S. and such foreign denominated revenue is expected to increase in parallel to our overall revenue growth). Furthermore, the Company may not have the ability to enter into foreign exchange hedging contracts with financial institutions or may not be able to enter into these contracts on favorable terms. As such, adverse movements in exchange rates mentioned above may materially impact the Company’s financial condition and liquidity position. Compliance costs associated with changes in regulations and policies may negatively impact the Company. Government legislation and policies are subject to review and change from time to time. The Company’s operations may be affected by the requirement to comply with new legal and regulatory regimes and also by the introduction of new or changes to international, federal, state or local government laws, regulations or policies which impact on the Company’s ability to operate, or sell products in particular markets. In particular, the Company sells all of its products overseas, and the introduction of tariffs or other regulations impacting international trade could impact its ability to sell its products, the price it receives for them, or its margins, and this could adversely impact its profitability, financial performance and position. New legislation or regulations may also result in additional costs being incurred in achieving compliance with such legislation or regulations. Failure to comply with such legislation or regulations may result in fines, penalties and other expenditure and may also result in reputational damage for the Company. Working capital financing may not be available, or may cost more, to fund the expected growth in working capital requirements of the Company’s business. The Company expects to fund the working capital requirements associated with the growth in project revenues, in part, through securing increased working capital facilities including certain advanced payment arrangements for the Company’s wheels, although there is no guarantee such advance payment arrangements will continue. The extent and cost of working capital financing available is subject to and may be impacted by factors including the terms of its customer contracts, approvals from customers, approvals under the OIC Financing, the New Debt Program, any other debt provider following the refinancing or repayment of the New Debt Program, the amount of security available for debt providers and broader debt market conditions (including interest rates). The Company plans to continue to make investments to support its growth and may require additional funds to do so, including in order to develop new products, enhance technology, scale and improve operating infrastructure, or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. To allow the Company to fund its operations or realize its envisaged growth, the Company may need to secure further working capital financing. In addition, the ability to put in place working capital facilities, if such facilities are available to the Company (which is not guaranteed) is subject to and limited by restrictions under the OIC Financing and the New Debt Program and the Company may experience difficulties in securing this or it may be more expensive than anticipated. 39 Table of Contents Any inability to raise funds when required, or on favorable terms, may have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth prospects. Non-compliance with applicable laws, regulations and OEM standards, including environmental laws and regulations or the cost of compliance therewith may adversely affect the Company. The Company is exposed to risks arising from failure or inability to comply with applicable laws, regulations and OEM standards and conditions, including environmental laws and regulations, that apply in Australia and the international jurisdictions in which the Company operates and sells its wheels. As a result, the Company may be exposed to fines, litigation, or compensation to customers, regulators or other stakeholders. This may adversely impact the Company’s reputation and financial performance and position. To the extent that the Company’s plans involve engagement with customers or industry participants in the defense sector, such as the Australian Defence Force or other military partners, suppliers or customers, and involvement in the defense supply chain, the Company will be required to comply with additional requirements and obligations in relation to security and export control. These requirements may require the Company to incur expenditure in order to comply, and may cause delays in meeting defense program requirements. Regulatory and OEM compliance costs may adversely affect the Company’s cash position. We face additional business, political, regulatory, operational, financial and economic risks as part of our operation in international markets, which could increase our costs or otherwise limit our growth. Operating internationally, including by conducting manufacturing in locations with lower labor costs, and continuing to expand our business in new geographies is important to our continued success and growth. As a result of our international operations and sales efforts, we face numerous challenges and risks that could harm our international operations, delay new product releases, increase our operating costs, and hinder our ability to grow and detect underlying trends in our operations and business, and consequently adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Such risks include, but are not limited to, the following: • • geopolitical and economic instability in and impacting the localities where we have foreign operations; rising inflation impacting the stability of our workforce and foreign operations; • military conflicts impacting the localities where we have foreign operations; • • • • • • • • • limited protection for, and vulnerability to unauthorized access to, reproduction, dissemination or theft of, our intellectual property rights, including our trade secrets; compliance with local laws and regulations, and unanticipated changes in local laws and regulations, including tax laws and regulations; trade and foreign exchange restrictions and higher tariffs; the complexity of managing international trade sanctions and export restrictions from the jurisdictions in which we have foreign operations; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which may increase our expenses for employee compensation and other operating expenses that are paid in currencies other than U.S. dollars; restrictions imposed by the United States government against other countries, or foreign governments’ restrictions imposed on the United States, impacting our ability to do business with certain companies or in certain countries and the complexity of complying with those restrictions; power outages, natural disasters, and other local events that could affect the availability of the internet and the consequences of disruptions, such as large-scale outages or interruptions of service from utilities or telecommunications providers; difficulties in staffing international operations; changes in immigration policies which may impact our ability to hire personnel; 40                 Table of Contents • • • differing employment practices, laws, and labor relations; regional health issues and the impact of public health epidemics and pandemics on employees and the global economy, such as the COVID-19 pandemic; and disruptions posed by the COVID-19 pandemic and related government restrictions or other government responses. Economic developments such as inflation or raising interest rates may adversely affect the Company’s operations and profitability. The Company’s labor costs, raw material and services costs, and other operating costs are dependent on the general economic market situation including inflation and raising interest rates. As described under the risk factor above titled “— The margin received by the Company for its wheels may be lower than expected. Similarly, the Company may not recover engineering and development or tooling costs from its customers to the extent expected.” The Company may not be able to pass through all of its incurred costs for engineering, development or tooling or an increase of such costs to its customers which may impact the Company’s ability to generate revenue. Failure to generate sufficient revenue may in turn impact the Company’s financial performance and position. Not being able to pass through costs to the Company’s customers may also lead to the Company needing to raise more funding which, as shown under the risk factors above titled “—Working capital financing may not be available, or may cost more, to fund the expected growth in working capital requirement of the Company’s business”, and “—The Company will need to raise additional funds by equity, debt, or convertible debt financings, to support its growth, and those funds may be unavailable on acceptable terms, or at all. As a result, the Company may be unable to meet its future capital needs, which may limit its ability to grow and jeopardize its ability to continue its business”, may not be available or not available on acceptable terms which also may have an adverse effect on the continued development or growth and may impact the Company’s financial performance and prospects. Research and development work may cost more than expected or take longer than expected or not deliver the expected results. The Company strongly invests in research and development work to improve its product technology and production efficiency, to bring its production processes to full industrialization, expand its production capacity, and to further develop an increased number of customer programs. The cost of such research and development work has in the past been and may be higher than expected, or results have in the past been and may be delivered later than expected. Research and development work may result in no benefit at all. These outcomes may adversely affect the Company’s ability to move programs from the development phase into a supply phase and may diminish the Company’s prospects of securing new programs with existing and new customers. It may also adversely impact the Company’s product technology and innovation pipeline, its plans to improve production efficiency and reduce the cost of producing wheels, and its industrialization and/or capacity expansion plans. This may impact the Company’s ability to achieve expected levels of sales and profitability and therefore its financial performance and growth prospects. The Company may be unable to obtain tax incentives or realize the benefit of accumulated tax losses in the future. If the Company is not able to obtain sufficient short-term financing to pay its expenses or if the Company does not otherwise reach profitability, it will not be able to realize the benefit of accumulated tax losses. As of June 30, 2023, the Company had income tax losses of $172.8 million and R&D tax credits of $28.0 million at year end (2022: income tax losses $129.1 million and R&D tax credits $23.0 million) for which no deferred tax asset is recognized on the statement of financial position as they are currently not considered probable of realization. Other existing or future tax legislation may adversely impact the Company’s ability to realize the benefit of accumulated tax losses. 41     Table of Contents The Company may be or become a PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders. If the Company is, or the Company or any of its predecessors has been, during any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds or has held an interest in the Company (or any such predecessor), treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for any such taxable year, or portion thereof, such U.S. Holder may be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Please see the section entitled “Material Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Consequences to U.S. Holders—Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” for a more detailed discussion with respect to the Company’s PFIC status. Prospective U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to them. The Company has received government grant payments that may be subject to clawback, and expects to receive future government grant payments which may not materialize. The Company is a recipient of grant funding under various grants that include obligations to repay grant funding received in certain circumstances, including where the Company is in breach of certain obligations under the relevant agreements, such as, where applicable, by giving up ownership of assets purchased with grant funds without consent, using the grant funding for unauthorized expenditure, or failing to comply with budget, timeline, reporting or other requirements. If the Company was required to repay any such funding, it may have a negative impact on the Company’s available funds, and may require the Company to delay or cancel planned investments for increasing its production capacity, which could have a material and adverse impact on the Company’s cash flow and financial condition. The Company has received all A$10 million in grant payments under a Victorian Government Grant of A$10 million. The final installment of A$2 million was received in December 2022 in advance of the Company achieving certain milestones relating to CAPEX and people employed in FY23, FY24 and FY25. In December 2022, a payment of A$9 million was received from the Australian Federal Government for the Manufacturing Integration Stream Grant (“MMI grant”) for the Company’s project entitled “A sustainable and efficient wheel supply to the global electric vehicle market”, a key part of which is supporting the Company to scale up its production capacity. This A$9 million payment was received following the Company requesting an acceleration of the funding under the MMI grant for bridge financing purposes. A further A$3 million payment under this grant is expected to be paid late in fiscal year 2024. Under the relevant grant agreements, the government has a right to require all or part of a grant to be repaid in certain circumstances (which in some cases vary between the different agreements), including where the Company defaults under the agreement (and, if applicable under the relevant agreement, where a remediable breach is not remedied), where the government terminates the agreement for cause (such as where the Company breaches the agreement, or provides misleading information, becomes bankrupt or insolvent, enters into a scheme of arrangement with creditors, or comes under any form of external administration), where the grant agreement is canceled or reduced in scope due to a change in government policy, or where the Company undergoes a change in control which the government reasonably believes will negatively affect the Company’s ability to comply with the agreement. Any failure by the Company to comply with relevant requirements under the MMI grant agreement, may also impact the Company’s eligibility for the expected future grant installment under that agreement. If existing funding is clawed back, it may require the Company to divert amounts intended for other expenditure, including to support increasing its production capacity. If that occurred, the Company’s cash flow and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. Due in part to the Company’s funding position following the execution of the MMI grant agreement, the Company has been delayed from complying with the expenditure requirements and early milestones under the agreement. The Company has previously reported its progress to the Government and the company is seeking to update the activity budget and schedule and will request an extension of time to complete the project. There is a risk that the Government does not approve any revised budget or schedule and/or may not grant the Company an extension of time to complete the project, which may result in the Company being in breach of the agreement and a risk of the Government seeking to claw back funding provided to the company. Known and unknown legal proceedings, regulatory proceedings, investigations or claims against the Company may be costly and time-consuming to defend and may harm its reputation and damage its business regardless of the outcome. 42 Table of Contents The Company may be involved in disputes or litigation with third parties including suppliers, customers, employees, former employees and government bodies in the ordinary course of business. The Company has in the past received claims, allegations or suggestions from customers or suppliers that it has or may have been in breach of a contractual or other obligation or otherwise owes such third parties money. Some of such issues remain unresolved and may result in contractual disputes, litigation or the Company agreeing to settlement terms involving the Company paying a settlement sum to one or more such third parties and may also result in a deterioration of the relationship with any such third party which may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and condition. Litigation proceedings may be costly, may consume the attention and resources of management and other personnel, may impact relationships with the relevant counterparty, and may impact the Company’s reputation, and therefore may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, cash flow, and financial position. An adverse finding in a litigation may also result in the Company being required to pay the legal costs of the other party and damages or other amounts awarded in favor of the other party. Insurance might not cover any or all of the costs of the litigation, or might not continue to be available at terms acceptable to the Company. The Company has identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. If the Company is unable to remediate these material weaknesses, or if the Company identifies additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fails to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, this may result in material misstatements of the Company’s consolidated financial statements or cause the Company to fail to meet its periodic reporting obligations. As a Nasdaq-listed company, the Company is required to provide management’s attestation on internal control over financial reporting. Management may not be able to maintain controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements. If the Company is not able to maintain the additional requirements of Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) with adequate compliance, it may not be able to assess whether its internal control over financial reporting is effective, which may subject it to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence. In connection with the preparation and audit of Carbon Revolution’s consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, and for the years ended June 30, 2023, June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, material weaknesses were identified in its internal control over financial reporting. The audit of the 2022 and 2021 financial statements resulted in restatements of the financial statements, including an adjustment to intangible assets, the reclassification of the Company’s supplier finance arrangement from trade payables to borrowings, and a reclassification of contract assets and liabilities. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The material weaknesses referenced above are described below: • • Lack of appropriately designed, implemented and documented procedures and controls at both entity- and process-level to allow for the Company to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial reporting. This is pervasive across the entity-level and each of the key business processes, including controls over the preparation and review of account reconciliations and journal entries, and controls over information technology to ensure access to financial data is adequately restricted to appropriate personnel. Segregation of duties has not been sufficiently established across the key business and financial processes. Given the size, nature of the organization and the current structure of the finance function, a lack of segregation of duties applied to the key business and financial processes across the organization has been identified. A consequence of the lack of segregation of duties is the heightened risk of fraud or material misstatement when no appropriate mitigating controls are in place. 43   Table of Contents • Lack of personnel with appropriate knowledge and experience relating to SEC reporting requirements to enable the entity to design and maintain an effective financial reporting process. A lack of knowledge and experience in these areas may lead to the Company being in breach of SEC financial reporting and other related requirements, especially given that the current finance function has not been designed to include sufficient accounting and financial reporting personnel with the requisite knowledge and experience in the application of SEC financial reporting rules and regulations. The Company has begun preparation of a plan to remediate these material weaknesses. These remediation measures are ongoing and include hiring additional accounting and financial reporting personnel and implementing additional policies, procedures and controls. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting, the Company will expend and anticipates that it will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting until after it is no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed, or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect the business and operating results and could cause a decline in the price of the Ordinary Shares. These material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the mitigating controls have operated for the required period of time and until the operating effectiveness of the controls has been validated, through testing, by management. The Company’s business activities may be subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”) and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws. The Company’s business activities may be subject to the FCPA and similar anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, regulations or rules of other countries in which it operates or has customers, including the UK Bribery Act 2010. The FCPA generally prohibits offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a non-U.S. government official in order to influence official action, or breach the official’s duties or gain an improper advantage, in each case, to assist in obtaining, retaining or directing any business to, for or with any person. The FCPA also requires public companies with securities listed in the United States to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The Company’s business involves interactions with public officials, including officials of non-U.S. governments, including with the Australian Defence Force. Despite the Company taking reasonable steps to prevent bribery and corruption within its business, there is no certainty that all of its employees, agents, contractors or collaborators, or those of its affiliates, will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against the Company, its officers or employees, implementation of compliance programs, and prohibitions on the conduct of its business (such as being suspended or debarred from contracting with the U.S. Federal Government). Any such violations could include prohibitions on its ability to offer its products in one or more countries and could materially damage its reputation, brand, international expansion efforts, ability to attract and retain employees, and business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. The Company’s international operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to export controls and economic sanctions that could impair its ability to compete in international markets. Non-compliance could also have an adverse effect on its business. The Company’s products and services are, or in the future may be, subject to the U.S. Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”), the International Traffic In Arms Regulations (“ITAR”), and similar foreign export control laws. As such, an export license or other authorization may be required to export, re-export, transfer, or disclose its technology, products and services to certain persons, countries or end-users, or for certain end-uses. The Company may also need to monitor changes in export control laws and their applicability to its products and services. For example, to the extent its products or services are subject to the EAR or the ITAR, it may be required to obtain licenses, clearances, registrations, or authorizations necessary for its business. If the Company is not authorized to export its products or services, or if the clearance process is burdensome, its ability to generate revenue could be adversely affected and its operating costs could increase. 44   Table of Contents The Company must also comply with all applicable economic sanctions laws and regulations of the United States and other countries, such as laws administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, which restrict dealings with specified countries, regions, governments, individuals, and entities. Complying with export control and economic sanction laws may be time consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities or a diminution of profits. Although the Company takes precautions to prevent violations of applicable export control and economic sanction laws, it cannot guarantee that these precautions will be effective. Violations of these laws could result in significant criminal or civil fines, penalties, denial of export privileges, or other repercussions, including reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, and operating results. Investigation of any potential violations of export control or economic sanction laws could also be costly and time-consuming, even if it is ultimately determined that the Company did not violate such laws. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, requirements, or expectations relating to privacy or the protection or transfer of data relating to individuals could adversely affect our business. The Company may face legal, reputational, and financial risk if we fail to comply with laws, regulations, requirements, or expectations relating to privacy or data protection including in relation to the protection or transfer of information or data about or relating to individuals. Any such failure could result in complaints or similar processes, regulatory investigations or inquiries, other regulatory actions, contractual breaches, litigation, adverse administrative determinations or court orders or rulings including fines, loss of customers or adversely affected customer relationships, and negative publicity and associated reputational damage. All of the foregoing could adversely affect the Company’s business and prospects. Risks Related to Irish Law The Company is incorporated in Ireland; Irish law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and accordingly the rights afforded to shareholders under Irish law may be different to those afforded to shareholders under United States law. The Company is an Irish incorporated public limited company. There is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws. The U.S. and Ireland do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters and, accordingly, common law rules apply in determining whether a judgment obtained in a U.S. court is enforceable in Ireland. Although there are processes under Irish law for enforcing a judgment of a U.S. court, including seeking summary judgment in a new action in Ireland, those processes are subject to certain established principles and conditions, and there can be no assurance that an Irish court would enforce a judgment of a U.S. court in this way, and thereby impose civil liberty on us or our directors or officers. As an Irish company, the Company will be governed by the Irish Companies Act 2014 (the “ICA”), which differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the U.S. As an Irish public limited company, certain decisions to change the capital structure of the Company will require the approval of the Company shareholders, which may limit the Company’s flexibility with respect to managing its capital structure. 45 Table of Contents The Company is an Irish incorporated public limited company. As an Irish incorporated public limited company, certain capital structure decisions regarding the Company will require the approval of Company’s shareholders, which may limit our flexibility to manage our capital structure. Under Irish law, the directors of a company may only allot and issue “relevant securities” (comprising, subject to certain exceptions, new shares and rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, new shares) once generally or specifically authorized to do so by its constitution or by a resolution approved by a simple majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of its shareholders at which a quorum is present, referred to under Irish law as an “ordinary resolution.” A general authorization may be granted in respect of up to the entirety of a company’s authorized but unissued share capital and for a maximum period of five years, at which point it must be renewed by another ordinary resolution. The Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association authorize the Company Board to allot and issue new shares and rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, new shares in the capital of the Company up to the maximum of the Company’s authorized but unissued share capital for a period of five years from the date of adoption. This authorization will need to be renewed by ordinary resolution upon its expiration and at periodic intervals thereafter. While an allotment authority may be given for up to five years at each renewal, governance considerations may result in renewals for shorter periods or in respect of less than the maximum permitted number of relevant securities being sought or approved. Any increase in the Company’s authorized share capital also requires approval by an ordinary resolution. Subject to certain exceptions, Irish law also provides shareholders with statutory pre-emption rights when “equity securities” (comprising, subject to certain exceptions, new shares, and rights to subscribe for, or convert any securities into, new shares) are issued for cash. However, it is possible for such statutory pre-emption rights to be generally or specifically disapplied in a company’s constitution or by a resolution approved by not less than 75% of the votes cast at a general meeting of its shareholders at which a quorum is present, referred to under Irish law as a “special resolution”. A general disapplication of pre-emption rights may be given in respect of up to the entirety of a company’s authorized but unissued share capital and for a maximum period of five years, at which point it must be renewed by another special resolution. The Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association disapply statutory pre-emption rights up to the maximum of the authorized but unissued share capital for a period of five years from the date of adoption. The disapplication will need to be renewed by special resolution upon its expiration and at periodic intervals thereafter. While a disapplication of statutory pre- emption rights may be given for up to five years at each renewal, governance considerations may result in renewals for shorter periods or in respect of less than the maximum permitted number of equity securities being sought or approved. Any attempted takeover of the Company will be subject to the Irish Takeover Rules and will be under the jurisdiction of the Irish Takeover Panel. The Company will be subject to the Irish Takeover Rules, which regulate the conduct of takeovers of, and certain other relevant transactions affecting, Irish public limited companies listed on certain stock exchanges, including Nasdaq. The Irish Takeover Rules are administered by the Irish Takeover Panel, which has supervisory jurisdiction over such transactions. Among other matters, the Irish Takeover Rules operate to ensure that no offer is frustrated or unfairly prejudiced and, in situations involving multiple bidders, that there is a level playing field. For example, pursuant to the Irish Takeover Rules, the Company Board will not be permitted, without shareholder approval, to take certain actions which might frustrate an offer for the Ordinary Shares once the Company Board has received an approach that might lead to an offer or has reason to believe that an offer is, or may be, imminent. Under the Irish Takeover Rules, if an acquisition of the Ordinary Shares were to increase the aggregate holdings of the acquirer (together with its concert parties) to 30% or more of the voting rights of the Company, such acquirer and, in certain circumstances, its concert parties would be required (except with the consent of the Irish Takeover Panel) to make an offer for the outstanding the Ordinary Shares at a price not less than the highest price paid by such acquirer or its concert parties for the Ordinary Shares during the previous 12 months. This requirement would also be triggered by the acquisition of the Ordinary Shares by any person holding (together with its concert parties) between 30% and 50% of the voting rights of the Company if the effect of such acquisition were to increase that person’s voting rights by 0.05% within a 12-month period. Under the Irish Takeover Rules, a person, or persons acting in concert, who acquire(s), or consolidate(s), control of the Company may be required to make a mandatory cash offer for the remaining shares of the Company. Under the Irish Takeover Rules, in certain circumstances, a person, or persons acting in concert, who acquire(s), or consolidate(s), control of the Company may be required to make a mandatory cash offer for the remaining shares of the Company at a price not less than the highest price paid for the shares by that person or its concert parties during the previous 12 months. Save with the consent of the Irish Takeover Panel, this mandatory offer requirement is triggered: (i) if an acquisition of shares would result in a person or persons acting in concert holding shares representing 30% or more of the voting rights of the Company; and (ii) where a person, or persons acting in concert, already hold(s) shares representing 30% or more of the voting rights of the Company, if an acquisition of shares would result in the percentage of the voting rights of the Company held by such person, or persons acting in concert, increasing by more than 0.05% within a 12-month period. In the case of an issuance of new shares, the Irish Takeover Panel will typically waive the mandatory offer requirement in circumstances where the issuance has been approved in advance by simple majority vote given at a general meeting of the independent (i.e., not interested) Company shareholders convened in accordance with the requirements (including as to disclosure) of the Irish Takeover Rules. The mandatory offer requirements do not apply to a single holder, holding shares representing more than 50% of the voting rights of the Company. 46 Table of Contents Provisions in the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association enable a person who would otherwise incur a mandatory offer obligation under the Irish Takeover Rules by the acquisition of the Ordinary Shares to avoid that obligation by requesting that the Company redesignate some or all of its Ordinary Shares as Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares having no right to vote at general meetings of the Company but otherwise ranking pari passu with the other Ordinary Shares. The Company’s staggered board will limit shareholders’ ability to influence matters of corporate governance and may deter others from pursuing change of control transactions. The Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that the Company Board has three classes of directors with the directors of each class serving staggered three-year terms. The Company’s staggered board of directors may limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could also discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover, or other change of control transactions, which could have the effect of depriving the holders of the Ordinary Shares and the Public Warrants of the opportunity to sell their Ordinary Shares at a premium over the prevailing market price. Additionally, the Company’s staggered board of directors may discourage proxy contests for the election of directors and purchases of substantial blocks of Ordinary Shares by making it more difficult for a potential acquirer to gain control of or influence with the Company Board. Provisions in the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (including anti-takeover provisions) and under Irish law could make an acquisition of the Company more difficult, may limit attempts by the Company shareholders to replace or remove the Company directors, may limit shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company or the Company directors, officers, or employees, and may impact the market price of the Ordinary Shares and/or the Company warrants. Provisions in the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in the Company’s management. The Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association includes provisions that: • • • require that the Company Board be classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms; permit the Company Board to fill any vacancies; and prohibit shareholder action by written consent without unanimous approval of all holders of the Ordinary Shares. The Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association contain provisions that may delay or prevent a change of control, discourage bids at a premium over the market price of the Ordinary Shares, adversely affect the market price of the Ordinary Shares, and adversely affect the voting and other rights of shareholders of the Company. These provisions include: (i) permitting the Company Board to issue preference shares without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, with such rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate; and (ii) allowing the Company Board to adopt a shareholder rights plan upon such terms and conditions as it deems expedient in the interests of the Company. 47       Table of Contents The Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (the “Federal Forum Provision”). Further, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. The Company’s decision to adopt the Federal Forum Provision followed a decision by the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware holding that such provisions are facially valid under Delaware law. While there can be no assurance that federal or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that the Federal Forum Provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of the Federal Forum Provision means that suits brought by the Company’s shareholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association confirms that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, actions by the Company’s shareholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of the Company’s securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the Company’s exclusive forum provisions, including the Federal Forum Provision. Additionally, the Company’s shareholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. These provisions may lead to the Company’s shareholders incurring increased costs if they were to bring a claim against the Company, and may limit the Company’s shareholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum they find favorable for disputes with the Company or the Company’s directors, officers, or other employees or agents, which may discourage lawsuits against the Company and the Company’s directors, officers and other employees and agents. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. As a matter of Irish law, the Company’s shareholders are bound by the provisions of the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. An Irish court would be expected to recognize the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal district courts of the United States of America in respect of causes of action arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act. Irish law requires the Company to have available “distributable profits” to pay dividends to shareholders and generally to make share repurchases and redemptions. Under Irish law, the Company may only pay dividends and make other distributions (and, generally, make share repurchases and redemptions) out of “distributable profits” shown on its unconsolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the ICA and filed with the Irish Companies Registration Office. Distributable profits are the accumulated realized profits of the Company that have not previously been utilized in a distribution or capitalization less accumulated realized losses that have not previously been written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital, and include reserves created by way of a reduction of capital. In addition, no dividend may be paid or other distribution, share repurchase or redemption made by the Company unless the net assets of the Company are equal to, or exceed, the aggregate of the Company’s called up share capital plus its undistributable reserves and the dividend or other distribution, share repurchase or redemption does not reduce the Company’s net assets below such aggregate. Undistributable reserves include the undenominated capital, the capital redemption reserve fund, and the amount by which the Company accumulated unrealized profits that have not previously been utilized by any capitalization exceed the Company’s accumulated unrealized losses that have not previously been written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital. The Company, as a new parent company with no operational history, will have no distributable profits of its own. Accordingly, in order to pay dividends or make other distributions, share repurchases or redemptions, the Company will need to generate distributable profits from its business activities or otherwise create distributable profits by alternative means, including a reduction of capital. In certain limited circumstances, dividends paid by the Company may be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax. 48 Table of Contents The Company currently does not expect to pay any cash dividends on the  Ordinary Shares. If the Company were to declare and pay dividends, in certain limited circumstances, dividend withholding tax (currently at a rate of 25%) may arise in respect of dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares. A number of exemptions from dividend withholding tax exist such that shareholders resident in the U.S. and other exempt countries may be entitled to exemptions from dividend withholding tax. The Irish Revenue Commissioners have confirmed that shareholders resident in the U.S. that hold  Ordinary Shares through the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) will not be subject to dividend withholding tax, provided the addresses of the beneficial owners of such Ordinary Shares in the records of the brokers holding such Ordinary Shares are recorded as being in the U.S. (and such brokers have further transmitted the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by the Company). However, other holders of Ordinary Shares may be subject to dividend withholding tax, which could adversely affect the price of their Ordinary Shares. Dividends received by Irish residents and certain other shareholders may be subject to Irish income tax. Dividends received by Irish residents and certain other shareholders may in certain circumstances be subject to Irish income tax. Shareholders entitled to an exemption from Irish dividend withholding tax on dividends received from the Company will not be subject to Irish income tax in respect of those dividends unless they have some connection with Ireland other than their shareholding in the Company (for example, they are resident in Ireland). Shareholders who receive dividends subject to Irish dividend withholding tax will generally have no further liability to Irish income tax on those dividends. The Ordinary Shares or warrants issued by the Company received by means of a gift or inheritance could be subject to Irish capital acquisitions tax. Irish capital acquisitions tax (“CAT”) could apply to a gift or inheritance of the Ordinary Shares or the  warrants issued by the Company irrespective of the place of residence, ordinary residence or domicile of the parties. This is because the Ordinary shares or warrants issued by the Company will be regarded as property situated in Ireland. The person who receives the gift or inheritance has primary liability for CAT. Gifts and inheritances passing between spouses are exempt from CAT. Children have a tax-free threshold of €335,000 in respect of taxable gifts or inheritances received from their parents. It is recommended that each shareholder consult his or her own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of holding The Ordinary shares or warrants issued by the Company in, and receiving distributions from, the Company. Certain transfers of Ordinary Shares and warrants issued by the Company may be subject to Irish stamp duty. A transfer of Ordinary Shares or warrants issued by the Company, other than one effected by means of the transfer of book-entry interests in DTC, may be subject to Irish stamp duty. The Irish Revenue Commissioners have confirmed that transfers of Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants effected by means of the transfer of book-entry interests in DTC will not be subject to Irish stamp duty. However, if you hold your Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants or other warrants issued by the Company directly rather than beneficially through DTC, any transfer of such securities could be subject to Irish stamp duty (currently at the rate of 1% of the higher of the price paid or the market value of the securities acquired). Payment of Irish stamp duty is generally a legal obligation of the transferee. The potential for stamp duty could adversely affect the price of your securities. Investors may face difficulties in protecting their interests, and their ability to protect their rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited, because the Company is formed under Irish law. The Company is a company formed under the laws of Ireland, all of its properties are located outside of the United States, a majority of the Company’s directors and officers reside outside of the United States and all or majority of the Company’s assets are and are likely in the future to be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights against the Company, to effect service of process upon the Company’s directors or officers or to enforce judgements of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on the Company’s directors under United States laws. 49 Table of Contents The Company’s corporate affairs will be governed by the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the ICA and the common law of Ireland. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of the Company’s directors under Irish law are governed by the ICA and the common law of Ireland. The rights of the Company shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of the Company’s directors under Irish law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, Ireland has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities The market price of securities may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control. The market price of shares of our securities could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this “Risk Factors” section, and others beyond our control, including: the timing of our entry into contracts with customers; our competitors’ products; • • • manufacturing or other issues with respect to our products; • • • • • • • • • • • • • our inability to adequately protect our proprietary rights, including patents, trademarks and trade secrets; our inability to raise additional capital and the terms on which we raise it; regulatory developments, including actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products; actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results; publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry; our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market; additions and departures of key personnel; strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy; sales of our securities by us, our insiders or our other shareholders; speculation in the press or investment community; announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts; changes in market conditions for the stock of companies in our industry; and changes in general market and economic conditions. In addition, the stock market has historically experienced significant volatility. The volatility of company stocks within our industry often does not relate to the operating performance of the companies represented by the stock. As we operate in a single industry, we are especially vulnerable to these factors to the extent that they affect our industry or our product candidates, or to a lesser extent, our markets. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation. The Public Warrants may never be in the money and may expire worthless. The exercise price for our warrants is $11.50 for one-tenth of an Ordinary Share. Our warrants may never be in the money prior to their expiration, and as such, the warrants may expire worthless. Warrant holders will have no rights as ordinary shareholders until they acquire our Ordinary Shares. Until Public Warrant holders acquire our Ordinary Shares upon exercise of such warrants, they will have no rights with respect to our Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants, including the right to vote or respond to tender offers. Upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be entitled to exercise the rights of an ordinary shareholder only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date. 50               Table of Contents Our operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause the price of our securities to fluctuate or decline. If our operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our securities could decline substantially. Furthermore, any fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our securities to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our securities and our trading volume could decline. The trading market for our securities depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our securities or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our securities would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, the price of our securities would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our securities could decrease, which might cause the price and trading volume of our securities to decline. The issuance of Ordinary Shares in connection with the exercise of the Public Warrants will dilute the ownership interest of the holders of our Ordinary Shares and may materially affect the trading price of our Ordinary Shares. As of November 3, 2023, we had outstanding 12,210,732 Public Warrants each exercisable for one-tenth of one Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of $11.50 for one-tenth of an Ordinary Share. To the extent that warrant holders elect to exercise their Public Warrants, substantial amounts of our Ordinary Shares may be issued in the future. We cannot quantify the number of Ordinary Shares that will be issued in connection with the exercise, if any. However, the issuance of Ordinary Shares pursuant to such exercise could result in substantial dilution of the ownership interests of holders of our Ordinary Shares and could materially affect the trading price of our Ordinary Shares. We have never paid dividends and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. We have not paid any cash dividends since our incorporation. Even if future operations lead to significant levels of distributable profits, we currently intend to reinvest any earnings in our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends until we have an established revenue stream to support continuing dividends. Further, since we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends will be dependent upon the financial condition, liquidity and results of operations of, and our receipt of dividends, loans or other funds from, our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to make funds available to us. In addition, there are various statutory, regulatory and contractual limitations and business considerations on the extent, if any, to which our subsidiaries may pay dividends, make loans or otherwise provide funds to us. Accordingly, investors in our securities cannot rely on dividend income, and any returns on an investment in our securities will likely depend entirely upon any future appreciation in the price of such securities. We are a foreign private issuer, and, as a result, we are not subject to certain rules and obligations that are applicable to a U.S. domestic public company and are not subject to certain Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards that are applicable to a Nasdaq-listed U.S. domestic public company. We report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act and although we furnish quarterly financial information to the SEC, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities, and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until four months after the end of each financial year, while U.S. domestic issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K in less time. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. 51                 Table of Contents Furthermore, because we are a foreign private issuer, we have elected to comply with our home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder, rather than complying with certain of the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards that are applicable to U.S. companies listed on the Nasdaq. Furthermore, Nasdaq listing standards generally require Nasdaq-listed U.S. companies to, among other things, seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of securities, which we are not required to follow as a foreign private issuer. Accordingly, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers. We may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. We are a foreign private issuer, and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our Ordinary Shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(i) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and stock exchange rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time-consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would be more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of the Company Board. We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies make our Ordinary Shares less attractive to investors. We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Ordinary Shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of our second fiscal quarter before that time or if we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year end; or, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our securities less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the price of our securities may be more volatile. When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort towards ensuring compliance with them, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of such additional costs. 52           Table of Contents ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY A. History and Development of the Company The legal name of the Company is Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (formerly known as Poppetell Limited).  The Company was incorporated in Ireland as a public limited company on July 5, 2017.  The Company’s registered office is 10 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland, +353-1-920-1000. On November 3, 2023, the Company consummated the business combination pursuant to the terms of a Business Combination Agreement, dated November 29, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time, pursuant to which, among other things, Twin Ridge merged with and into MergerSub, with MergerSub surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with shareholders of Twin Ridge receiving Ordinary Shares, in exchange for their existing Twin Ridge ordinary shares and existing Twin Ridge warrant holders having their warrants automatically exchanged by assumption by the Company of the obligations under such warrants, including to become exercisable in respect of Ordinary Shares instead of Twin Ridge ordinary shares. Prior to the Business Combination, we did not conduct any material activities other than those incident to our formation and certain matters related to the Business Combination, such as the making of certain required securities law filings and the establishment of subsidiaries to effect the Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Carbon Revolution became the direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and holds all material assets and conducts all business activities and operations of the Company. In addition, Twin Ridge, Carbon Revolution and the Company implemented a scheme of arrangement under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and a capital reduction under Part 2J.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed, dated as of November 30, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time, which resulted in all shares of Carbon Revolution being canceled in return for consideration, with Carbon Revolution issuing one share to the Company (resulting in Carbon Revolution becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) and the Company issuing Ordinary Shares to the shareholders of Carbon Revolution. The Company is currently driving the industrialization of its production processes and has commissioned the initial phase of a new Mega-line.  The Mega-line project, plus associated investments across the facility, is a staged expansion program which is aligned with expected future production requirements. Subsequent phases are expected to progressively expand production through 2025 to support projected volumes from both awarded and expected new programs. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and information statements, and other information that the Company files with or furnishes electronically to the SEC. These reports and other information are also available on the Company’s website at https://www.carbonrev.com/. The information contained on the Company’s website does not form a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this Report. B. Business Overview The Company  The Company had no operations prior to entering into the Scheme Implementation Deed and Business Combination Agreement. The Company’s sole purpose was to become a holding company following the Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Company became the direct parent of, and conducts its business through, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Carbon Revolution Limited, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd (references to the Company include these subsidiaries).  Carbon Revolution is an Australian-based technology company manufacturing advanced carbon fiber wheels. Established in 2007, Carbon Revolution is the first company globally to successfully develop and manufacture single-piece carbon fiber wheels to original equipment vehicle manufacturer (“OEM”) quality standards, with commercial adoption with several major OEMs and across numerous vehicle platforms to date. Since its first OEM program for the Ford Shelby Mustang GT350R commenced production in 2015, Carbon Revolution has been awarded a further 17 programs with six OEMs, and progressively increased production capacity to address increasing OEM demand. Carbon Revolution has penetrated the performance and premium end of the market with production programs to date including programs with Ford (GT and Mustang Shelby GT350R and GT500 and Mustang Dark Horse), Ferrari (488 Pista/ F8 Tributo & F8 Spider, SF90 Stradale, 812 Competizione, 296 GTB and GTS), General Motors (Chevrolet Corvette Z06/Z07 and E-Ray), and Renault (Megane RS Trophy R). Jaguar Land Rover has now launched its Range Rover Sport SV, the first SUV wheel program launch for Carbon Revolution. 53             Table of Contents The Company is currently supplying wheels to global OEMs for luxury and high-performance vehicles and SUVs, and is developing wheels for electric vehicles (“EVs”) under contract for its OEM customers. As of November 3, 2023, the Company has six awarded programs currently in production and a further seven awarded programs in development. Based on awarded programs as at September 30, 2023 (and excluding programs that are contracted for engineering), the Company has a projected remaining lifetime gross revenue of A$1.05 billion (US$730 million) (“Backlog”). The Company’s wheels deliver a weight saving of up to 40%-50% compared to comparable aluminum wheels. These wheels and the Company’s manufacturing processes are protected by an extensive IP portfolio, including trade secrets and 82 granted patents, and 21 pending patents (including two PCT applications and one provisional application) across 14 patent families in key jurisdictions around the world. Technology The Company designs and manufactures technically advanced, high-performing, lightweight carbon fiber wheels. These wheels deliver a weight saving of up to 40%-50% compared to comparable aluminum wheels, which could deliver an up to 5%-10% increase in range for an EV, if associated weight reduction were to be reinvested in battery mass (with the top end of range assuming further benefits derived from additional aerodynamic, NVH, and structural enhancements). Carbon Fiber Carbon fiber is one of the strongest and lightest materials on earth. Carbon fiber is made when dry carbon fabric or fibers are permeated with a synthetic resin which then cures to form a rigid polymer that locks into place the fibers and allows the mechanical properties of them to be exploited. A composite structure is typically made up of many layers of carbon fiber, the strength of which is affected by their orientation and many other composite design variables. The resulting strength and stiffness of a composite part can be controlled during the design and manufacturing process of the composite fiber layup. This also makes the design and construction of structural components highly technically challenging as there are so many variables and complexities to consider in both design and manufacturing, particularly the design and manufacturing of a safety critical part that experiences the forces and environments experienced by a wheel. Carbon Revolution has spent 15 years devoted to solving these challenges and to developing and commercializing its technology. Product Engineering The Company engineering team has many years of experience with composite technology, with years of experience in automotive and aerospace design. The Company’s product engineers employ cutting-edge computer modeling tools to optimize the composite structures to very precise specifications, seeking to develop wheels that improve vehicle performance and efficiency. The Company has developed a suite of virtual engineering techniques using computational methods to design its wheels. These methods simulate and analyze the structural performance of wheel designs and enable the Company to build and test designs in a virtual environment. These advanced tools allow the team to simulate demanding on-vehicle conditions, encompassing lifetime fatigue, race conditions and impact events, with the goal of improving wheel design and accelerating the testing and validation process prior to physical prototypes being built. Once testing and virtual validation goals are achieved, outputs for manufacturing are created including drawings, specifications, reports and programs to allow prototypes to be built and their performance verified. Smart Factory The Company’s principal operations, which include its corporate office and 10,000m2 purpose-built facility, are located in Geelong, approximately 46.5 miles southwest of Melbourne, Australia. This facility has received IATF16949 and ISO9001/14001 certification, allowing the Company to become a tier-one supplier to the world’s leading automotive manufacturers. 54 Table of Contents At the heart of the Company’s production system is an advanced quality tracking system. Each wheel is tracked and data collected throughout the manufacturing process to assess conformance with customer requirements. Manufacturing Raw Material Carbon fiber is sixteen times the tensile strength of aluminum, and it provides a 44% weight saving over aluminum when in composite form. We believe that this distinctive combination of strength and light weight has reshaped the world of aerospace and motorsport over the last decade. Carbon fiber is now being used throughout the automotive industry to dramatically improve vehicle efficiency, comfort, and control. The Company’s trade secrets include its ‘dry fiber’ manufacturing processes, which allow full control of fiber placement and material properties, to create a wheel which is much lighter than the comparable aluminum wheel. The Company contracts with various suppliers for raw materials that are integral to its finished products. The Company sources its principal commodities such as carbon fiber, carbon fiber fabrics, resins, paints and aluminum hardware from various countries around the world, including Australia, France, the United Kingdom and the United States. The Company works closely with its various suppliers to assess availability and manage inventory. The Company is not substantially dependent on any single supplier. Although the Company has encountered inflationary and demand-related pressures on the prices of such raw materials from time to time, the fluctuations in such prices have not been more volatile than prevailing overall macroeconomic conditions. Fabrication The Company’s confidential manufacturing processes shape and form the carbon fiber into the complex internal structure of the wheel. Automated operations result in high- volume and precision fabrication of the carbon fiber preforms. Then, the preformed carbon fiber components are quality checked and assembled into the tool in preparation for resin infusion. Infusion/Injection Once the resin is injected into the preformed carbon fiber components, checks and measurements are made before the wheel can be removed from the tool. Advanced measuring instruments control temperature, pressure and other processing parameters. The one-piece carbon fiber wheel then emerges from the tooling, ready for post cure and then final machining, finishing and quality checks. Finishing To achieve our customer’s aesthetic requirements, molded wheels then progress through the Company’s patent-pending Diamond Weave Technology™, which creates a beautiful carbon fiber surface finish appearance on the visible surface of the wheel face. Quality The machined wheel is coated, assembled and prepared for shipping and final inspections are completed. Every wheel must pass a three-dimensional CT X-Ray scan and leak tests to ensure integrity of the parts. Additionally, key wheel dimensions are measured and a visual inspection is undertaken to ensure finished wheels meet specifications. The quality assessment process is highly repeatable and controllable, ensuring the Company consistently delivers high-quality products to its customers. 55 Table of Contents Thermal Barrier Coating To shield the wheel from the extreme brake temperatures generated during track use, the Company has developed its own thermal barrier coating (“TBC”) technology using a confidential process to give its TBC wheels increased thermal resistance to heat from the brake system. Testing The Company conducts various testing procedures during the development of its wheels to assess their strength and durability for extended use in all conditions, on the road and on the track. Testing and validation requirements are developed in conjunction with each customer and undertaken in-house, by our global testing partners and/or by our customers. Impact Testing Company wheels are engineered to withstand impacts. Impact laboratory tests simulate impacts from potholes and curbs, using a calibrated striker to verify the strength of the wheel design and quality of manufacturing. Fatigue Testing To ensure the durability of the Company’s wheels, the Company uses the most advanced wheel testing methods. utilizes a biaxial fatigue test that simulates the dynamic environment of cornering fatigue on a vehicle by applying concurrent vertical and lateral loads to the wheel and tire assembly. Vehicle Testing Laboratories are able to provide a controlled environment to create repeatable tests, but real-world situations provide final validation of the ability of Carbon Revolution wheels to perform in unpredictable conditions. In developing its technology, Carbon Revolution conducts vehicle testing for potholes and curb strikes, as well as extended durability testing on tracks and roads around the world. OEM partners also conduct extensive on-vehicle validation prior to the relevant vehicle (with Company wheels) entering full production. Benefits of Carbon Fiber Wheel Consumers can now experience a one-piece carbon fiber wheel that utilizes lightweight aerospace grade technology. Carbon Revolution wheels are up to 40%- 50% lighter than the comparable aluminum wheels resulting in significant improvements to unsprung mass and range benefits to electric vehicles. The unsprung mass is the portion of the vehicle’s mass that is not supported by the suspension springs, but is connected directly to the road. This includes 100% of the tire, wheel, hubs, bearings, brake rotors and calipers, and knuckle. Since the suspension system bridges between unsprung and sprung mass, only 50% of the suspension is usually considered unsprung. This step change reduction in rotating unsprung mass delivers a number of important performance and efficiency enhancements and other benefits. Increased Performance & Efficiency Reducing mass from the vehicle’s wheels reduces its unsprung mass. Furthermore, reducing wheel mass reduces rotational mass. A lighter wheel is easier to move and easier to stop when moving. This reduction in wheel mass vastly improves a vehicle’s efficiency, increasing performance and reducing energy consumption. Range And Fuel Economy Improving wheel efficiency reduces the amount of energy required to accelerate. This reduces fuel consumption and increases range for both internal combustion engine (“ICE”) vehicles and for EVs. For an EV, this improved efficiency can deliver an up to 5%-10% increase in vehicle range if the associated weight reduction were to be reinvested in battery mass. The top end of the range assumes further benefits are derived from additional aerodynamic, road noise and structural enhancements. 56 Table of Contents Acceleration & Braking Making a wheel lighter reduces its inertia, making it easier to input a force to that wheel. This includes acceleration, deceleration and cornering. On the road, this means faster acceleration and reduced stopping times. On the track, this means improved lap times. Better Cornering The Company’s lightweight wheels make a noticeable difference, whether on track or in everyday driving. Reducing unsprung mass allows the suspension springs and shock absorbers more precisely control the wheel/tire motion, keeping the tire in better contact with the road, resulting in sharper steering and handling. Mechanical grip is improved as the wheel is in better contact with the road, making it easier to track around corners and put down power. These benefits can result in better lap times and an improved driving experience. Strength Modern vehicles are heavy, particularly EVs, as they carry a large number of batteries. This added weight must be borne by the vehicle’s wheels. Carbon fiber reinforced polymers can be developed to be much stronger than aluminum for a given weight of material, allowing the Company to make lightweight wheels that meets OEM requirements while being significantly lighter. The Company also completed the virtual validation of a prototype wheel design for a CH-47 Chinook helicopter, with a vertical static design load requirement of over 19,800 kg per wheel. Aerodynamics Carbon fiber composite manufacturing processes allow the creation of high performance thin wall structures because the raw materials typically start life in sheet or roll forms and are laid up onto hard tooling where they are required. This is a contrast to aluminum casting processes where very hot liquid aluminum is poured into a mold to fill a cavity, as the metal cools it solidifies. This process is restricted by requiring all areas of the casting to have a minimum thickness requirement to ensure the metal does not cool too fast and solidify before the cavity is full. While aerodynamic designs may be possible with metal wheels, the added weight of the larger surface area required to create an aerodynamic form reduces the efficiency benefit. Carbon fiber allows the design of highly efficient thin aerodynamic structures in the wheel without significant weight penalty. Larger Wheels The automotive market continues to move towards larger wheels. However, the weight of increasingly large steel and aluminum wheels creates additional challenges for EV manufacturers. EVs are already heavier than equivalent ICE vehicles due to the weight of batteries, and additional weight on a vehicle reduces its range. As the size of these wheels increase, it becomes increasingly challenging to incorporate them into vehicles with EV batteries, given the combined weight. The additional weight of the larger wheels also increases the strain on vehicle suspension, challenges vehicle performance and makes it harder for manufacturers to meet performance targets for the vehicles. The Company is well progressed with the development of a 24-inch carbon fiber wheel, which is as strong as an aluminum wheel of the same size but weighs the same as an 18- inch aluminum wheel – around 40-50% lighter. At that wheel size, weight savings can be more than 100 lbs. across four wheels. Noise, Vibration and Harshness (“NVH”) Carbon fiber wheels can reduce road noise compared to aluminum wheels. Compared to metal wheels, the low density, high stiffness and highly damped nature of carbon fiber composite wheels reduce the transmission of road noise into the cabin. 57 Table of Contents Unlike metals, carbon fiber is an anisotropic material, which means the wheel design can be tailored to maximize stiffness in a certain direction that is most critical for modal performance or to avoid certain resonant frequencies, which coincide with other frequencies in the vehicle and can be an annoyance for vehicle occupants. Road noise reduction is particularly important in EVs, where near silent powertrains make road noise more apparent to occupants. While strategies to reduce sound (such as insulation around the cabin) typically result in adding weight to a vehicle, Company wheels can reduce noise transmission, thereby providing further weight saving opportunities for EV manufacturers. Durability After more than a decade of research and development, the Company’s wheels have been designed to meet all OEM durability requirements while delivering significant weight savings. Design Freedom and Flexibility Another benefit of the Company’s carbon fiber wheel technology is the appearance of the carbon fiber weave through the surface coatings on the wheel. The Company can offer design freedom and flexibility in this respect to customers, as well as a diverse range of different colors and patterns that can be incorporated into the wheel by leveraging the Company’s patent-pending Diamond Weave TechnologyTM. Business Model and Strategic Priorities The Company primarily generates revenue through the sale of carbon fiber wheels to global OEMs. The Company also generates revenue through the provision of associated engineering services and customer owned tooling related to the development of those wheel sales to global OEMs. As those services and tooling requirements are specific to each individual program, the related revenue streams are volatile. Recovery for these engineering services and tooling are agreed as part of the overall commercial agreement for each wheel program and vary from program to program. The sale of Company wheels takes place under supply contracts with OEMs. Although the OEM agreements are each on different terms (particularly when the contract is with a different OEM, typically, a vehicle program commences with the Company and the OEM agreeing an advanced wheel design (often delivered under a detailed design and engineering agreement) and a formal request for quotation process (which typically includes forecast program volume requirements by the OEM), following which the Company and the relevant OEM enter into a supply agreement (award). There is no guarantee that programs that are contracted for engineering will proceed to award, however the Company has a very strong record in converting engineering contracts to award and has in all but one instance been awarded a platform post engineering that was ultimately produced by the OEM. The supply agreement (award) typically sets out the pathway forward, including timeline for expected program lifecycle, daily or weekly production capacity requirement of the Company, the OEM engineering and tooling contribution and wheel pricing. The supply contracts are typical automotive industry supply agreements that are entered into prior to the commencement of production of a particular vehicle program. A wheel program typically lasts for around 3 to 7 years. For each of the vehicle programs for which the Company has a supply contract, the supply contract imposes on the Company an obligation to have capacity to produce and supply, if requested, a stated minimum number of wheels (the required daily or weekly production requirement referred to above) for the OEM over a specified period (given the OEM wishes to have contractual certainty that there will be enough wheels available for its vehicle production program). The production capacity obligation is not a commitment on the OEM to purchase any wheels. Typically, OEMs also provide blanket purchase orders and rolling forecast requirements for at least two to three months in advance of the required production with binding releases typically provided through electronic data interchange on a rolling weekly basis. Automotive Market Trends & Growth Focus The Company has prioritized the automotive new vehicle wheel market, where its lightweight wheels deliver substantial performance and efficiency benefits. Since the first Carbon Revolution wheel was released to the OEM market in 2015, performance benefits associated with improving wheel efficiency have become well accepted and have led to adoption in the performance and premium/luxury vehicle categories by six OEMs including Ford, Ferrari, General Motors, Jaguar Land Rover and Renault. All of the Company’s 18 awarded programs to date as of November 3, 2023 (including the six currently in production) were or are for vehicles in the performance or premium/luxury and SUV vehicle segments of the new vehicle automotive market. 58 Table of Contents The portfolio of contracted programs not yet in production includes seven awarded programs, of which five are in the performance or premium/luxury internal combustion engine vehicle segments, with the other two being the Company’s entry into the EV SUV / pick-up segment. This demand for the Company’s technology from global OEMs in the EV segment demonstrates not only the rapid gains in market share which EVs are experiencing, but, we believe, also that OEMs see our wheel technology, and particularly the weight savings it offers without sacrificing any other design, performance or safety element, as enabling to range extension. Driving this demand is an increased understanding of the significant benefits of our lightweight technology which can enable OEM vehicle engineers to deliver an increase in range (without any significant investment in overall vehicle design or manufacturing plant, because the wheels are a “bolt-on” weight-saving solution), or to include other features or elements to a vehicle without reducing range due to the offset in weight provided by Carbon Revolution wheels. We believe the weight saving opportunities afforded by carbon fiber wheels are particularly relevant as the global automotive market increasingly moves towards larger wheel sizes. Additional benefits of carbon fiber wheels are their potential to reduce road noise inside the cabin, which is a significant challenge for EVs, coupled with aerodynamic improvements. As of November 3, 2023, one of the two most recent programs to enter production is a premium SUV (the Range Rover Sport SV) and two awarded programs in development are for EV SUV / pick-ups.  This shift towards SUVs and pickups demonstrates the gains in market share which these vehicle segments are experiencing. It also demonstrates that the Company has started to penetrate beyond the performance and premium/luxury vehicle segments. The increase in popularity of SUVs and pickups is also coinciding with a move by OEMs towards larger wheel sizes. However, the weight of increasingly large steel and aluminum wheels creates additional challenges for EV manufacturers. EVs are already heavier than equivalent ICE vehicles due to the weight of batteries, and additional weight on a vehicle reduces its range. As the size of these wheels increase, it becomes increasingly challenging to incorporate them into vehicles with EV batteries, given the combined weight. The additional weight of the larger wheels also increases the strain on vehicle suspension, challenges vehicle performance and makes it harder for manufacturers to meet performance targets for the vehicles. The Company is well progressed with the development of a 24-inch carbon fiber wheel, which is as strong as an aluminum wheel of the same size but weighs the same as an 18- inch cast aluminum wheel – around 40% - 50% lighter than an equivalent 24-inch aluminum wheel. At that wheel size, weight savings can be more than 100 lbs. across four wheels. We believe that the Company is well positioned to capitalize on the shift that is concurrently occurring towards both EVs and larger wheel sizes as a result of the benefits offered by the Company’s carbon fiber wheels – as evidenced by the fact that four of the ten programs under development are for EVs, and all five of the wheel programs in production or development for SUVs or pickups are expected to have wheel size greater than or equal to 22 inches in diameter. The Company’s growth focus includes adding higher volume OEM wheel programs as the Company penetrates beyond the performance and premium/luxury vehicle segments, with a particular focus on EVs, given the relevance of our weight saving benefits for EVs and larger formats such as SUVs and light trucks, and continuing to service and expand within the performance and premium/luxury vehicle segments. 59 Table of Contents Production Progress The Company is driving the industrialization of its production processes and is commissioning the first phase of its first Mega-line. Wheel production began off the line in early 2023 and commissioning complete in Quarter 3, 2023 calendar year (“CY”), including commissioning of two new mold stations and an associated resin delivery unit. Production on the Mega-line of the third generation rim layup machine (ARL3) also began in mid-2023. Mega-line expenditures to date exceed $10 million, and subsequent phases to be funded primarily from the proceeds of OIC financing to progressively expand production through 2025, servicing projected volumes from both awarded and expected new programs. The Company’s Mega-lines represents industrialized and highly automated advanced manufacturing cells which, when installed, are expected to deliver high volumes with dramatically reduced labor inputs. Developed with the latest Industry 4.0 technology, the Mega-line started to deliver improvements in production scale and economics to enable the Company to deliver large volume programs to a broader cross-section of the market. Wheel production involves a complex series of primarily bespoke productive assets that perform discrete processes with specialized tooling to support those assets. The actual productive capacity of the plant is a function of product mix and tooling investment, with different products requiring different production times arising from features such as size, styling, material requirements and other characteristics. Future Expansion Opportunities The Company aims to leverage its technology into adjacent industries, such as the aerospace and transportation sectors. The Australian Defence Force has already accepted virtual validation of the wheel designed by the Company for the Boeing CH-47 Chinook helicopter, which would be the Company’s first entry to the aerospace market. It is expected that this wheel design would offer a 35% weight saving compared to the existing metal wheels and would, if further developed through to a fully validated and accepted product, enable retrofitting of the carbon fiber wheel to existing hardware, opening an opportunity on the global fleet of CH-47 helicopters. The Company is committed to investing in, improving and growing its operations to further its position at the forefront of carbon fiber wheel design and development into the future, and maximizing value and sustainable returns for shareholders. Research and Development As an advanced manufacturing business, research and development are at the core of the Company’s business model. The Company (and prior to the Company, Carbon Revolution) has spent over 15 years developing proprietary technology across its advanced products, and manufacturing processes. In FY23, the Company continued to invest strongly in the research and development required to improve the product technology, bring its production processes to full industrialization and develop an increased number of customer programs. In-line with the Company’s expectations, R&D expenses were A$16.2 million with additional A$4.9 million capitalized as intangible assets in fiscal year 2023. Research and development activities are carried out by more than 90 in-house technicians, engineers and researchers, of which ten have PhDs. The Company also works with leading universities, including Deakin University, and other research organizations in developing its technology. Intellectual Property The ability of the Company to protect its advanced lightweight carbon fiber technology is critical to the Company maintaining its competitive advantage in the automotive wheel market. The Company engages specialist service providers to help the Company protect the intellectual property it owns and develops in key jurisdictions around the world. The Company currently holds 82 granted patents and approximately 21 pending patents (including two PCT applications and 1 provisional application) across 14 patent families and key jurisdictions around the world. Competition The Company believes that it is well positioned in the market and it is the only company globally to have successfully developed and manufactured single piece carbon fiber automotive wheels to OEM quality standards with commercial adoption across several major OEM models. Beyond the Company, there are only a limited number of competitors currently able to manufacture a carbon fiber automotive wheel. The Company believes this is because carbon fiber wheel technology is difficult to engineer and manufacture to OEM performance and quality specifications in a repeatable way. 60 Table of Contents Current competitors with publicly disclosed programs include: • • • • • • • Action Composites (“Action”): Action (formerly Thyssenkrupp Carbon Components) has developed carbon fiber wheels for Porsche using a braided rim technology. These wheels are reportedly 20% lighter than Porsche’s regular aluminum wheels for the vehicle; Blackstone Tek (“BST”): BST produces single piece carbon fiber wheels for the motorcycle and automotive aftermarkets; Bucci Composites (“Bucci”): Bucci has developed a low volume 22-inch single piece carbon fiber wheel for the Bentley Bentayga Mulliner and a 20-inch aftermarket carbon fiber automotive wheel; Duqueine Group (“Duqueine”): Duqueine has developed a single piece carbon fiber wheel for the Alpine A110R; Dymag Group Limited (“Dymag”): Dymag sells carbon fiber motorcycle wheels and two piece carbon fiber wheels for the automotive aftermarket and niche vehicle manufacturers, and has recently developed a prototype 21-inch carbon fiber hybrid wheel in collaboration with Hankuk Carbon and Hyundai; Lacks Enterprises (“Lacks”): Lacks has developed a two-piece wheel with a carbon fiber rim and a forged aluminum face, including for the Dodge Challenger SRT Demon 170; ESE Carbon (“ESE”): ESE has developed a single piece carbon fiber wheel and has a focus on the aftermarket; and • Mubea Carbo Tech (“Carbo Tech”): Carbo Tech has developed carbon fiber wheels for BMW using a carbon-fiber/aluminum hybrid wheel, with an aluminum hub and spokes and a carbon-fiber rim. The hybrid wheel option for the vehicle such wheels are made for appears to be approximately equivalent in weight to the forged aluminum wheel option that is also offered for the vehicle. In addition, Carbo Tech’s website refers to a Carbo Tech single piece carbon fiber wheel consisting or a carbon fiber composite “rim bed and rim spider”. The Company is also aware of other competitors manufacturing carbon fiber wheels; however, these appear to be at an early stage of development or focused more on the secondary market after the sale of a vehicle by an OEM to the customer or for low volume programs. As the Company continues to industrialize its operations, and potentially expand its manufacturing operations offshore to lower cost jurisdictions in the future, it expects unit costs of production to fall further. If this occurs, it may permit Company wheels to be adopted across a broader range of vehicles outside the high performance and luxury segments. This is likely to be driven by the value proposition and trade-offs of Company wheels becoming increasingly attractive to OEM customers and end consumers. Government Regulation Safety standards in the manufacture of vehicles and automotive equipment have been established under the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, as amended. We believe that we are in material compliance with all federal standards currently applicable to manufacturers of OEM automotive wheels. Environmental Compliance Our manufacturing facilities, like other manufacturing companies, are subject to solid waste, water and air pollution control standards mandated by federal, state and local laws. Violators of these laws are subject to fines, penalties, injunctions, cancelation of license or permit, and remedial action notices. We believe our facilities are in material compliance with all presently applicable standards. We expect that future environmental compliance expenditures will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, climate change legislation or regulations restricting emission of “greenhouse gases” could result in increased operating costs. Refer to “Item 3.D Key Information—Risk Factors—The Company’s business may be impacted by climate change, existing or new environmental regulations, and related risks” in this Report. 61             Table of Contents C. Organizational Structure Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Carbon Revolution became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  The significant subsidiaries of the Company and direct subsidiaries of Carbon Revolution are listed below: Name Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd Carbon Revolution Technology Pty Ltd Carbon Revolution (USA) LLC   Carbon Revolution (UK) Limited Principal Activities Carbon fiber wheels Carbon fiber wheels Carbon fiber wheels   Carbon fiber wheels D. Property, Plants and Equipment Country of Incorporation Australia Australia United States   United Kingdom Equity Interest held by Carbon Revolution 100% 100% 100%   100% The Company’s principal operations, which include its corporate office and manufacturing facilities, are located in Geelong, which is situated approximately 75 kilometers from Melbourne, Australia. The Geelong facility is a purpose-built facility constructed in 2014 by Deakin University, on whose campus the facility sits, and progressively fitted out by the Company with its carbon fiber wheel manufacturing equipment and infrastructure. The Company leases the 10,000m2 facility under a lease until November 21, 2028, with two options to renew of five years each. The Company’s facility and related assets are subject to a lien as collateral under the terms of the New Debt Program.  The Company believes that the footprint of its current building is suitable and sufficient to meet its anticipated needs for the foreseeable future as it progresses the build of the Mega-Line. We are not aware of any environmental issues or other constraints that would materially impact the intended use of our facilities. ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS A. Operating Results The following discussion and analysis provides information which the Company’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of Carbon Revolution’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Carbon Revolution’s audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Report. This discussion and analysis should also be read together with the Item 4 of this Report and financial statements and notes included in Item 8 of this Report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” under Item 3 of this Report and elsewhere in this Report. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the sections entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”. The financial information reported herein has been prepared in accordance with IFRS and is presented in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated. This discussion and analysis focuses on information and key statistics from the audited consolidated financial statements and considers known risks and uncertainties relating to the automotive sector. This discussion should not be considered all-inclusive, as it excludes possible future changes that may occur in general economic, political, and environmental conditions. Additionally, other elements may or may not occur which could affect industry conditions and/or Carbon Revolution in the future. 62                   Table of Contents Company Overview The Company had no operations prior to entering into the Scheme Implementation Deed and Business Combination Agreement. The Company’s sole purpose was to become a holding company following the Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Company became the direct parent of, and conducts its business through, Carbon Revolution. Carbon Revolution is an Australia-based technology company manufacturing advanced carbon fiber wheels. Established in 2007, Carbon Revolution is the first company globally to successfully develop and manufacture single-piece carbon fiber wheels to OEM quality standards, with commercial adoption with several major OEMs and across numerous vehicle platforms to date. Carbon Revolution has progressed from producing single prototypes to designing and manufacturing at scale, high-performing wheels for some of the fastest street cars and most prestigious brands in the world. In July 2023, the Company passed the milestone of 70,000 wheels sold. During FY23, the Company sold wheels for vehicles built by Ford, Ferrari, General Motors and Jaguar Land Rover, and entered into supply agreements (“awards”) to provide wheels to car makers for future models. The below table represents a summary of the awarded programs the Company currently has under contract. Stage of Awarded Program Lifecycle (1) Programs Awarded programs in production Awarded Programs in development Total Active Awarded Programs Programs in Aftersales (1)    As of November 3, 2023 Electric Vehicles Premium ICE Vehicles 6 2 5 13 5 Ferrari SF90 Stradale Ferrari 812 Competizione Ferrari 296 GTB GM Corvette Z06/Z07/E-Ray JLR Range Rover Sport SV Ford Mustang Dark Horse 2 SUV / Pickup 5 Performance vehicles Ford Mustang GT350R Ford GT500 Ford GT Ferrari 488 Pista / F8 Tributo Renault Sport Megane Trophy R The Company ramped up production on the Corvette Z06/Z07/E-Ray program in Q3 FY 2023 (following production on that program backing off in the second half of CY2022 as a result of supply chain issues affecting the customer). Production by Carbon Revolution of wheels for its first premium SUV program (the Range Rover Sport SV) commenced in Q3 FY23 and are being produced on the first phase of the Mega-line. The latest wheel program with Ford, which is now in production, is the 2024 Mustang Dark Horse. In FY23, the first phase of the Mega-line was commissioned and installed and is producing customer wheels. In the final months of FY23, the production rate steadily increased, with improved reliability and tool loop cycle times. We exited the financial year with strong production cost improvement following the Mega-line commissioning and increased volumes. 63       Table of Contents With increasing customer demand for our wheels, as evidenced by the record number of active programs and record quarterly revenue for the third quarter of CY2023, and the first phase of the Mega-line development now in operation, we believe Carbon Revolution is well positioned to deliver on its potential and purpose, supported by additional Mega- line capacity being added through to 2025. Recent Developments Closing of the Business Combination On November 3, 2023, we completed the Business Combination and Carbon Revolution became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Upon consummation of the transactions in connection with the Business Combination (the “Transactions”), the Company became publicly traded on Nasdaq under the ticker symbol “CREV” and warrants trading under the ticker symbol “CREVW.” The Business Combination was accounted for as a capital reorganization. Under this method of accounting, the Company was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, Carbon Revolution is deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the Transaction and, consequently, the Transaction is treated as a capital reorganization. Accordingly, the Business Combination is treated as the equivalent of Carbon Revolution issuing shares at the closing for the net assets of the Company (including the net assets of Twin Ridge) as of the closing date, accompanied by a recapitalization as Carbon Revolution will not be the legal acquiror. Carbon Revolution is, consequently, deemed to be the accounting predecessor meaning that Carbon Revolution’s consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations will become the historical financial statements of the Company. Under IFRS2, the difference between the fair value of the Ordinary Shares issued to Twin Ridge shareholders compared to the net liabilities of Twin Ridge is recognized in the profit and loss statement as a listing expense. The shares issued by the accounting acquirer are recognized at fair value and recorded as consideration for the acquisition of the public shell company, Twin Ridge. The net assets of Twin Ridge are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. This is expected to be consistent with carrying value. The Transaction, which is not within the scope of IFRS 3 since Twin Ridge does not meet the definition of a business in accordance with IFRS 3, is accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2. Entry into the New Debt Program On May 23, 2023, Carbon Revolution announced the establishment of a new US$60 million (A$90.1 million)2 debt program (the “New Debt Program”) arranged by PIUS Limited LLC and its affiliates (“PIUS”). Under the New Debt Program, as amended, Carbon Revolution issued notes to U.S. “qualified institutional buyers” or “institutional accredited investors” in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. The notes are secured by the Carbon Revolution’s present and after- acquired property, including its intellectual property but excluding certain excluded property and certain excluded intellectual property.  The total amount borrowed under the New Debt Program is US$60 million (A$90.1 million). Of this: (i) US$13.1 million (A$19.7 million) was deducted from the proceeds on account of costs (comprising approximately US$8.8 million (A$13.1 million) for the premium on the insurance for the program plus various other fees and transactional costs relating to the New Debt Program); (ii) US$9.9 million (A$14.9 million) was used to repay the amounts owed by Carbon Revolution to previous key lenders (including Export Finance Australia and Timelio); (iii) US$15.5 million (A$23.2 million) was deposited into certain reserve funds of which US$5.8 million (A$8.6 million) was released following satisfaction of certain insurance conditions; and (iv) US$7.3 million (A$10.9 million) was used to pay creditors who assisted Carbon Revolution with its prior liquidity initiatives. US$5 million (A$7.5 million) is scheduled to be released after 6 months if not required for covenant cures in that period, US$0.3 million (A$0.5 million) will be used for initial interest payments and the balance of US$4.4 million (A$6.6 million) is held as a payment reserve. OIC Financing 2  Foreign exchange rate is as of May 23, 2023 at a rate of $1 USD = $1.501 AUD. 64 Table of Contents On September 21, 2023, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “OIC Purchase Agreement”) and other documents (the “OIC Documents”) with the OIC Investors and Carbon Revolution (for the limited purposes set forth therein), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell (i) up to an aggregate of 1,100 Class A preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Shares”), which are not convertible into Ordinary Shares, and (ii) a warrant (the “OIC Warrant”) to acquire up to an aggregate of 19.99% of Ordinary Shares calculated on a fully-diluted basis following the consummation of the Business Combination (the “OIC Warrant Shares”), with the right to acquire 12.50% of fully-diluted Ordinary Shares vesting immediately following the Business Combination, and the right to the remainder vesting upon the achievement of certain subsequent conditions. The investment in the Preferred Shares is staged in three tranches: (i) $35 million funded by the OIC Investors at the Initial Closing (as defined below) and immediately available by the Company for the use of proceeds described herein, (ii) $35 million funded by the OIC Investors at the Initial Closing into an escrow account, subject to release to the Company at a reserve release closing (as defined in the OIC Purchase Agreement) upon satisfaction of the conditions described below, and (iii) up to $40 million to be funded by the OIC Investors at one or more subsequent closings (as defined in the OIC Purchase Agreement) upon notice to the OIC Investors and satisfaction of the conditions described below, including approval by OIC Investors’ Investment Committee. On November 3, 2023, we consummated the Initial Closing and received $35 million in funding from the OIC Investors and the OIC Investors deposited $35 million into an escrow account which will be released, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, at any reserve release closing. Key Trends and Uncertainties 65 Table of Contents Key Factors Affecting Operating Results The Company believes that its performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for the Company but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this Report titled “Risk Factors”. As of November 3, 2023, the Company has thirteen active awarded programs with five global OEMs (six of which programs are currently in production and seven of which are in the development phase). The Company also has a number of prospective OEM wheel programs in its business development pipeline, some of which are under detailed design and engineering agreements. The Company has projected volumes and pricing across this portfolio of OEM programs (including awarded programs in production, awarded programs not yet in production, programs that are under design and engineering agreements but not awarded, and prospective pipeline programs) to determine forecast revenue for the relevant period. However, when a program is awarded, the OEMs do not provide volume commitments and the contracts are not take or pay by nature; and the projections also include projected sales in respect of programs that are not yet awarded. The Company has experienced delays in orders for wheels in the past, including where commencement of production is later than expected as a result of the OEM delaying the release of the relevant vehicle, but has also had actual lifetime volumes exceeding award volumes for most of its completed programs. The Company’s ability to meet forecasts for the relevant period also depends on our ability to ensure that the production facility has sufficient capacity to produce the forecast wheel volumes. Our ability to meet forecasts and predict future profitability also depends upon our ability to manage expenses, including our initiatives to improve our production efficiency and reduce labor costs per wheel, as well as the costs of raw materials. As the Company is still in a growth phase, fixed costs are relatively high proportionally and a delay or reduction in wheel sales can have a significant impact on the financial results. Refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 3 of this Report. Financial Overview The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this Report. The following table sets forth Carbon Revolution’s consolidated results of operations data for the periods presented in Australian dollars for FY23, FY22 and FY21, with a convenience translation in US dollars for FY23 in the first column also included. 66 Table of Contents Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss Sale of wheels Engineering services Sale of tooling Revenue Cost of goods sold Gross loss Other income Operational expenses Research and development Administrative expenses Marketing expenses Capital raising transaction costs Finance costs Loss before income tax expense Income tax expense Loss for the year after income tax $ 2023 US ’000 $ 2023 AU ’000 $ 2022 AU ’000 $ 2021 AU ’000 24,806  351  167  25,324  (36,467) (11,143) 2,049  (1,984) (10,710) (9,641) (989) (16,379) (3,642) (52,439) —  (52,439) 37,477  530  253  38,260  (55,094) (16,834) 3,096  (2,997) (16,180) (14,566) (1,494) (24,746) (5,502) (79,223) —  (79,223) 38,276  464  1,596  40,336  (57,445) (17,109) 4,320  (2,013) (16,933) (13,146) (1,550) —      (1,390) (47,821) —  (47,821) 32,205  2,732  —  34,937  (49,232) (14,295) 10,506  (3,366) (10,513) (15,690) (938) —  (1,704) (36,000) —  (36,000) Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 FY23 revenue of $38.3 million was 5% down on FY22 and below Carbon Revolution’s original expectations primarily due to timing of the Corvette program. Shipments for this program resumed progressively beginning in January 2023 (following production on that program backing off in the second half of CY2022 as a result of supply chain issues affecting the customer) and we exited the financial year with strong sales momentum. Initial revenue from the newly launched Range Rover Sport SV program was included in FY23 following production commencing in the third quarter of FY23. The average price of wheels sold in FY23 was $2,847, a 6% increase on FY22 due primarily to product mix changes. As global automotive supply chain issues are gradually resolved, production rates are expected to rise. We are confident that the strong demand for our wheels and the completion of the Business Combination will provide a clear path for Carbon Revolution’s long-term profitability and growth. Engineering services and tooling are revenue earned during the development phase of a new wheel program. The revenue streams fluctuate every year because every program has a different structure with respect to engineering and tooling compensation set forth in the applicable contract. Gross loss improved to $16.8 million  from $17.1 million  in FY22. Cost of Goods Sold (“COGS”) per wheel increased 6% to $4,126 per wheel in FY23. Mix of wheels more weighted to older technology resulted in higher price and cost per wheel, but with higher margin. Improvements in future periods are expected to arise from efficiency and scale benefits. Selling, general and administration expenses (being operational, administrative and marketing expenses) increased by $2.4 million  to $19.1 million  as inflationary pressures on these expenses were offset by a focus on cost control. The increase in costs is driven mainly by increase in employment costs in preparing Carbon Revolution for its growth and the listing in the US market with higher costs for the audit. Research and development in FY23 of $16.2 million decreased by 4% from FY22 and includes $2.5 million of amortization ($1.4 million in FY22). Carbon Revolution’s primary research and development costs consist of wheel design and engineering costs, implementing new and proven wheel or production technology, testing and validation wheels and new program launch costs. These investments are required to improve our carbon fiber wheel technology, bring our production processes to full industrialization and develop an increased number of customer programs. Capitalized development costs in FY23 were $4.9 million, compared to $6.0 million in FY22. 67                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table of Contents Other income in FY23 of $3.0 million decreased by 28% from FY22, and comprised primarily of government grants. Finance costs of $5.5 million and capital raising costs of $24.7 million were incurred in FY23 to support the New Debt Program and the Transaction. These higher finance and capital raising costs substantially contributed to the increased loss after tax of $79.2 million, compared with a loss of $47.8 million in FY22. Income tax – At June 30, 2023, Carbon Revolution had income tax losses of $172.8 million and R&D tax credits of $28.0 million at year end (2022: income tax losses $129.1 million and R&D tax credits $23.0 million) for which no deferred tax asset is recognized on the statement of financial position as they are currently not considered probable of realization. Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021 For a discussion of Carbon Revolution’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, see the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Carbon Revolution—Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss” in our Registration Statement on Form F-4/A (333-270047) filed with the SEC on August 28, 2023. B. Liquidity and Capital Resources Overview Since Carbon Revolution was established in 2007, it has funded its operations principally through the issuance of ordinary shares, the incurrence of debt, and government grants or subsidies. As of June 30, 2023, Carbon Revolution had $19.6 million in cash and cash equivalents. The table below presents Carbon Revolution’s cash flows for the periods indicated. Cash flow Net cash used in operating activities Capital Expenditure Intangible Expenditure Net cash used in investing activities Net cash from financing activities Net cash outflow 2023 AUD $m 2022 AUD $m Change AUD $m (52.5)   (13.1)   (4.9)   (18.0)   66.5  (4.0)   (46.0)     (15.6)     (6.0)     (21.6)     3.3      (64.3)     (6.5) 2.6  1.2  3.6  63.2  60.2  Net cash used in operating activities increased to $52.5 million from $46.0 million with increases in receipts from customers of $12.1 million and government grants of $11.7 million, respectively, which included a level of early payments arising from liquidity initiatives. These were offset by increases in borrowing costs of $20.7 million related to initial cost of the New Debt Program and $9.0 million of transaction costs. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by 16.9% to $18 million. While Carbon Revolution continued to support Mega-line milestones and invested in program development, management of cash expenditure and collections was a priority focus throughout the year given balance sheet constraints, especially before the completion of the New Debt Program in May 2023. 68                                                     Table of Contents Net cash provided by financing activities significantly increased by $63.2 million, arising primarily from the net proceeds of the New Debt Program. Net Debt (in AUD, as of June 30, 2023) Loans and borrowings Current Non-current Total loans and borrowings Less: Cash and cash equivalents Less: Restricted trust fund Adjusted debt FY23 $m FY22 $m Change $m 13.9  70.8  84.7  (19.6) (14.7) 50.4  18.7  4.3  23.0  (22.7) -  0.3  (4.8) 66.5  61.7  3.1  (14.7) 50.1  See Note 4.2.3 in Item 18 for disclosure of our financial instruments, including maturity dates. Adjusted debt in FY23 increased/(decreased) by $50.1 million mainly due to the New Debt Program. Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021 For a discussion of Carbon Revolution’s liquidity and capital resources for the years ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, see the section “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our Registration Statement on Form F-4/A (333-270047) filed with the SEC on August 28, 2023. Non-IFRS Metric Adjusted debt is calculated as total borrowings (current and non-current) less cash and cash equivalents and restricted trust fund. We believe that Adjusted debt is an important measure to monitor  leverage and evaluate our financial position. A limitation associated with using Net Debt (Net Cash) is that it subtracts cash and cash equivalents and restricted  trust fund  and therefore may imply that there is less Company debt than the comparable IFRS measures indicate.  We believe that investors may find it useful to monitor leverage and evaluate our financial position using Adjusted debt, although these measures are not explicitly defined under IFRS.  The non-IFRS financial measures described in this Report should not be viewed in isolation and are not a substitute for IFRS total debt. Additionally, our calculation of Adjusted debt may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies.  Set forth below is a presentation of Adjusted debt, including the items included in this measure and a reconciliation from total debt for the year.  Reconciliation of Adjusted debt (in AUD, as of June 30, 2023) Borrowings Current Non-current Total Debt (Less) Cash and cash equivalents (Less) Restricted trust fund Adjusted debt Operation and Funding Requirements - Current Outlook FY23 A$m FY22 A$m Change A$m 13.9  70.8  84.7  (19.6)   (14.7)   50.4  18.7      4.3      23.0      (22.7)     -      0.3      (4.8) 66.5  61.7  3.1  (14.7) 50.1  There is increasing customer demand for the Company’s wheels and with the first phase of the Mega-line development now in production, we believe that the Company is well positioned to deliver on its potential and purpose. The Company’s key focus areas for the upcoming 12 months include: • • • • Expansion of the production capacity of the Mega-line through both efficiency gains and the introduction of new production assets; Capturing demand for carbon fiber wheels from current programs, including the Corvette Z06/Z07/E-Ray program; Successful launches and ramp up of production of new programs including the wheels for the JLR Range Rover Sport SV and Ford Mustang Dark Horse and a number of yet to be named programs; Development activities for contracted programs and further awards of new programs; • Working collaboratively with existing and new customers to apply its technology to the emerging generation of electric vehicles; • • • • Delivering production cost improvements relating to labor and material costs with the objective of materially improving contribution margin; Raising sufficient funds to support the growth of the company; Reducing cash burn by minimizing operating and capital expenditure; and Introducing the business to the US investment community via investor meetings and investor conferences. New Debt Program On May 23, 2023, Carbon Revolution announced the New Debt Program with PIUS. Under the New Debt Program, as amended, Carbon Revolution issued notes to U.S. “qualified institutional buyers” or “institutional accredited investors” in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. The notes are secured by the Carbon Revolution’s present and after-acquired property, including its intellectual property but excluding certain excluded property and certain excluded intellectual property. The total amount borrowed under the New Debt Program is US$60 million (A$90.1 million). Of this: • US$13.1 million (A$19.7 million) was deducted from the proceeds on account of costs (comprising approximately US$8.8 million (A$13.1 million) for the premium on the insurance for the program plus various other fees and transactional costs relating to the New Debt Program); and 69                                                                                                           Table of Contents • US$9.9 million (A$14.9 million) was used to repay the amounts owed by Carbon Revolution to previous key lenders (including Export Finance Australia and Timelio). This resulted in net new funding of US$37.0 million (A$55.5 million) on May 23, 2023 for general corporate and other working capital purposes. Of this: • US$15.5 million (A$23.2 million) was deposited into certain reserve funds of which US$5.8 million (A$8.6 million) has been released after certain insurance conditions were met. US$5 million (A$7.5 million) is scheduled to be released after 6 months if not required for covenant cures in that period, US$0.3 million (A$0.5 million) will be used for initial interest payments and the balance of US$4.4 million (A$6.6 million) is held as a payment reserve; and • US$7.3 million (A$10.9 million) was used to pay creditors who assisted Carbon Revolution with its liquidity initiatives. The New Debt Program, as amended, contains four financial covenants, which the Company is required to meet: • • agreed thresholds for revenue, assessed monthly on a rolling trailing six month basis with specific agreed targets for each testing period, with the first testing period being the 6 months expiring June 30, 2023; agreed thresholds for EBITDA, assessed monthly on a rolling trailing six month basis with specific agreed targets for each testing period, with the first testing period being the 6 months expiring June 30, 2023; • maximum capital expenditure (capex) limits, assessed monthly and initially assessed on a rolling trailing six month basis with specific agreed maximum capex for each testing period with the first testing period being the 6 months expiring June 30, 2023, and moving to a rolling trailing 12 month basis in January 2024; and • minimum cash available requirements for each month until the average monthly EBITDA (based on the previous consecutive three months) of the Company becomes positive, following which the measure will be based on a current amount. Subject to the cure right available for the revenue and EBITDA covenants described below, a breach of a financial covenant which is not cured, entitles Newlight Capital LLC, an affiliate of PIUS and the servicer and collateral agent under the various loan documents (the “Servicer”), to accelerate payment of the principal and interest owed under the notes, and enables enforcement of the security provided in connection with the New Debt Program. The New Debt Program is secured by all of the present and after-acquired property of Carbon Revolution and its subsidiaries, except for certain excluded property and certain excluded intellectual property. The revenue and EBITDA covenants are subject to cure provisions. In the event of revenue or EBITDA performance falling below the covenanted threshold amount, the Company is permitted to make a payment equal to or greater than the shortfall, which will also reduce the principal balance owed on the New Debt Program. The amount of the payment would be added as a permanent adjustment to the revenue for the relevant 6 month testing period. This cure right can be used up to five times over the course of the New Debt Program but a maximum of twice in any four-month period. If the Company is not able to meet its financial covenants (including through exercise of any cure rights available to cure such breach), the Servicer may exercise its rights under the program documents, including accelerating payment of the principal and interest owing, enforcing upon the security, taking legal action, and commencing liquidation proceedings, any or all of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company, its business, financial condition and its creditors, as well as the value of its shares. In addition to the financial covenants described above, the New Debt Program contains a number of other positive and negative covenants and obligations binding on the Company and its subsidiaries. 70     Table of Contents If Carbon Revolution or the Company does not complete a US$60 million (A$90.3 million)3 Qualified Capital Raise (as defined in the New Debt Program documentation), including the issuance of equity or subordinated debt that does not require certain payments until at least 180 days after the repayment of the New Debt Program, by December 31, 2023, the Company must pay US$1,500,000 paid in cash and provide 50,000 Ordinary Shares to the servicer on the earlier of the (i) refinancing or payoff of the New Debt Program and (ii) May 1, 2027, provided that, if the Company raises at least US$45 million in one or more Qualified Capital Raises, the number of Ordinary Shares provided to the servicer shall be reduced by one Ordinary Share for every US$300 raised over US$45 million. The program documents contain customary events of default, including (amongst other things): • • • • failure to make a payment due under the agreement by the due date; existence of circumstances which could result in a material adverse effect; a change in control of the Carbon Revolution Group (prior to the Business Combination); events of insolvency, judgment debt, asset seizure and impairment of security; • material misrepresentation; and • if any portion of the guaranty ceases to be in full force and effect. An event of default entitles the Servicer to exercise its rights under the program documents, including accelerating payment of the principal and interest owing, enforcing upon the security, taking legal action, and commencing liquidation proceedings, any or all of which would have a material adverse effect on Carbon Revolution, its business, financial condition and its creditors, as well as the value of its shares. OIC Financing Carbon Revolution announced on September 22, 2023 that the Company entered into the OIC Documents with the OIC Investors. On November 3, 2023 (the “Initial Closing”), in accordance with the terms of the the OIC Documents, the Company issued the Preferred Shares and the OIC Warrant in exchange for initial gross proceeds of US$35 million (A$54.7 million).  Further proceeds are available in additional tranches, comprising of up to US$35 million (A$54.7 million) which have been deposited by OIC in an escrow account, and which funds are subject to release upon satisfaction of further conditions and up to a further US$40 million (A$62.5 million) in aggregate proceeds upon satisfaction of further conditions to be used for the development, construction, and/or retooling of future manufacturing facilities. The Preferred Shares resulted in OIC being provided with substantial positive and negative control rights in respect of the Company, and the OIC Warrant entitles OIC to be issued up to 543,918 Ordinary Shares. 3 Foreign exchange rate is as of June, 28, 2023 at a rate of $1 USD = $1.505 AUD. 71             Table of Contents Under the OIC Financing: • • • Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions (see below), the Company will issue US$5 million of Preferred Shares to OIC and receive US$5 million in funding from the Reserve Funds if, prior to the Second Reserve Release (as defined below), the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least US$10 million from one or more issuances and sales of the Ordinary Shares to one or more third party persons (other than OIC and its affiliates) (“First Reserve Release”). Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions, by December 1, 2024, or if the Company continues to work in good faith to satisfy the relevant condition, January 31, 2025, the Company will issue Preferred Shares to OIC equal in amount to the remaining Reserve Funds (US$30 million) plus accrued interest and receive the remaining Reserve Funds (“Second Reserve Release”). In the 24 months following the Initial Closing, the Company will, to the extent additional financing is necessary for the development, construction and/or tooling associated with any future manufacturing facility or for material upgrades to Carbon Revolution’s existing Mega-line plant operations in Australia (“Plant Investments”), have the right, subject to meeting certain conditions described below, to request that OIC subscribe for up to US$40 million of further Preferred Shares less a 2% subsequent structuring premium (“Subsequent Financing”). Completion of any such Subsequent Financing is subject to approval by OIC’s investment committee. The proceeds received from the issuance of Preferred Shares under the OIC Financing must generally be used consistent with a budget agreed between the Company and OIC. In connection with the OIC Financing, an affiliate of OIC will receive a ‘monitoring fee’ of US$80,000 per year for so long as the Preferred Shares remain issued and outstanding. Preferred Shares Under the terms of the Preferred Shares, each Preferred Share: • • • has a term of up to five years from the Initial Closing and may be redeemed earlier at the election of the Company; is entitled to a fixed rate of dividend of 12% per annum, which accrues daily and is payable quarterly in cash or in kind by the issue of additional Preferred Shares at the Company’s election; and is expected to be accounted for as borrowings. OIC Warrants Under the OIC Financing, OIC was issued the OIC Warrant, a warrant to purchase Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of US$0.01 per Ordinary Share (adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of the OIC Warrant). The OIC Warrant has a term of seven years from the Initial Closing unless exercised earlier in accordance with its terms. The OIC Warrant may be exercised for cash or may be exercised on a cashless basis. Under the terms of the OIC Warrant, OIC will be entitled to subscribe for Ordinary Shares that equal up to 543,918 Ordinary Shares, which vest in tranches comprising: • • • 12.49%, on and from the Initial Closing; plus 5%, following the issue of Preferred Shares to OIC in connection with the Second Reserve Release; plus 2.5%, subject to OIC not having failed to fund a Subsequent Financing upon the satisfaction of the relevant conditions by the Company, upon the earlier of: − completion of a Subsequent Financing; and − 24 months after the Initial Closing. Remaining Conditions of the OIC Financing 72   Table of Contents a. Reserve Funds The conditions before completion of any subscription for and issue of Preferred Shares relating to the Reserve Funds are similar to a subset of those set out above for the Initial Tranche but also include: •           for the First Reserve Release (of US$5 million): the earlier of Company having raised at least US$10 million from the issuance of Ordinary Shares (including through the CEF as described in the scheme booklet but subject to exceptions) (“First Reserve Release Condition”) or meeting the Second Reserve Release Condition (as defined below); and •           for the Second Reserve Release (of US$30 million): the Company having refinanced or repaid the New Debt Program on terms reasonably satisfactory to OIC, having realized a specified wheel production target and having realized a specified unit cost target or delivered evidence to OIC that it will be able to do so (“Second Reserve Release Condition”).   Furthermore, if the Company fails to refinance the New Debt Program, meet the specified wheel production target or unit cost target prior to December 1, 2024 (or, if the Company is continuing to work in good faith to complete or satisfy these items at December 1, 2024, on or prior to January 31, 2025), or fails to obtain the Share Capital Reduction Order (as defined below) within 60 days of the Initial Closing, OIC may choose to release the Reserve Funds and subscribe for the relevant Preferred Shares, withdraw from escrow the entire amount of the Reserve Funds (plus interest) or do some combination of the two. b. Subsequent Financing The conditions before completion of any Subsequent Financing (for up to US$40 million) are similar to a subset of those set out above for the Initial Tranche but also include: • • certain conditions relating to any future manufacturing facility constructed on or after the date of the OIC Purchase Agreement; and OIC’s investment committee approves in its discretion the subscription for the relevant Preferred Shares. Share Capital Reduction Following the Initial Closing, the Company will apply to the High Court of Ireland for an order to confirm the Share Capital Reduction within 10 business days of the Initial Closing, and will use best efforts to obtain such order as promptly as practicable (and in any event within 60 days of the Initial Closing). The Share Capital Reduction is intended to create a level of distributable profits which are available to cover, in part, the amount of any cash dividend or redemption amount payable to the holders of the Preferred Shares. If the Share Capital Reduction is implemented, the funds included in the Company’s reserves will be permitted to be used for paying dividends and redeeming the Preferred Shares, which may reduce the Company’s funds available to fund operations and the Company’s growth without any amounts expended in such dividends or redemptions being paid to holders of Ordinary Shares. 73 Table of Contents Subsidiary Restrictions In connection with the New Debt Program, under the Proceeds Disbursing and Security Agreement (“PDSA”) entered into on or about May 23, 2023, the Company’s Australian subsidiaries are restricted from paying dividends or making any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, or permitting any of their subsidiaries to do so outside the Carbon Revolution Group, subject to certain exceptions, such as (i) the repurchase of stock of former employees as long as no event of default exists prior to such repurchase and/or would occur after giving effect to such repurchase, and provided that the aggregate amount of all repurchases by all Australian subsidiaries does not exceed US$250,000.00 per fiscal year; and (ii) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares of its stock, provided that the cash payments do not exceed US$25,000.00 in aggregate in any fiscal year.  In addition, Carbon Revolution USA LLC, the Company’s United States subsidiary, must not provide intercompany indebtedness, loans and advances or pay dividends to the Company and is excluded from the definition of “Co-Obligor” under the PDSA, and so this entity does not benefit from the permitted provisions or exceptions under the PDSA. Cash Flow Projections Carbon Revolution has prepared the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections in connection with its assessment of its current and projected liquidity, including its financing needs and ability to continue as a going concern. The 12 Month Cash Flow Projections include all cash flows for the Company and its subsidiaries. Carbon Revolution projects in the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections: • • • Net cash outflows (excluding costs related to the Transaction) from operating activities of approximately $70.5 million, being cash inflows from customers (and grants), less operating costs, research and development costs, working capital needs, principal repayments, and capital expenditure; Net cash inflows from financing activities of $33 million, consisting primarily of raising new funding or accessing the Committed Equity Facility of $42.3 million and accessing US$5 million (A$7.8 million) of the funds of the OIC Financing held in escrow upon satisfaction of the First Reserve Release Condition, offset by $14.1 million of Transaction costs indicated to be payable during the remainder of the projection period, as well as $3.1 million relating to other financing activities; The Group will meet its covenants, as amended on September 18, 2023, under the New Debt Program except for the Adjusted EBITDA test where management forecasts breaches in February 2024 and August 2024. If it does not meet a covenant, the Group will seek to utilize the cure rights available to it in accordance with the New Debt Agreement.  Refer to Note 6.7, Subsequent Events to the financial statements located elsewhere in this Report. The covenants of the New Debt Program include the following: • Minimum Liquidity: From June 30, 2023 and for each month thereafter that the average monthly adjusted EBITDA (based on the previous consecutive three months) of the Group is less than zero, the Combined Group (as defined in the New Debt Program) must satisfy a minimum available cash requirement covenant, which requires the total cash available to the Group to be greater than or equal to the minimum available cash requirement. The minimum available cash requirement is an amount not less than the product of the absolute value of the average monthly adjusted EBITDA for the three months most recently ended on such date multiplied by 6.00 for the fiscal months ending June 30, 2023 to November 30, 2023 (originally June 30, 2023 to October 31, 2023) and 9.00 for the fiscal month ending December 31, 2023 (originally November 30, 2023) and on the last day of each month thereafter. • • • The Co-Obligors (as defined in the PDSA) on a consolidated basis shall have revenue (determined in accordance with IFRS) for the period of the six consecutive fiscal months  ending on the last day of each fiscal month set forth in the New Debt Program (each, a “Test Period”) (but excluding the Test Period ending September 30, 2023 (originally no such exclusion)) of not less than the amount set forth opposite such month under the column “Minimum Trailing Sixth Month Revenue”, as reflected in the applicable Compliance Certificate (as defined in the New Debt Program) (together with calculations evidencing the same). The Co-Obligors on a consolidated basis shall have Adjusted EBITDA for each Test Period (but excluding the Test Period ending September 30, 2023 (originally no such exclusion)), of not less than the amount set forth under the column “Minimum Trailing Sixth Month Adjusted EBITDA” opposite such period in the New Debt Program, as reflected in the applicable Compliance Certificate (together with calculations evidencing the same). Commencing on the Closing Date (as defined in the New Debt Program) until August 31, 2023, and commencing again on November 1, 2023 (originally no such exclusion), the Co-Obligors shall at all times maintain a reserve in U.S. Dollars in a deposit account at Commonwealth Bank of Australia or such other account bank as may be acceptable to Servicer in an amount of not less than the debt service payments on the Term Advance (as defined in the New Debt Program) consisting of the sum of (i) the next three (3) months of interest payments, plus (ii) the next three (3) months of principal payments, plus (iii) the next three months (3) of applicable fees including Loan Monitoring Fees (clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), collectively, the “Debt Service Reserve”). There is risk that the Group may not be able to meet all of its covenants under the New Debt Program and the lender may not waive any potential future breaches. Cash Flow and Liquidity Initiatives As of the date of issuance of the financial statements, the Group and the Company are undertaking the following funding initiatives: OIC Financing Carbon Revolution announced on September 22, 2023 that the Company entered into the OIC Documents with the OIC Investors, under which, subject to satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions, (including Implementation), the Company agreed to issue the Preferred Shares and the OIC Warrant to OIC in exchange for initial gross proceeds of US$35 million (A$54.7 million) with further proceeds to be available in tranches, comprising of up to US$35 million (A$54.7 million) that OIC agreed to deposit in an escrow account, which funds are subject to release upon satisfaction of further conditions and up to a further US$40 million (A$62.5 million) in aggregate proceeds upon satisfaction of further conditions to be used for the development, construction, and/or retooling of future manufacturing facilities (“OIC Financing”). The initial net proceeds of US$35 million (A$54.7 million) was received by the Company on November 3, 2023. The Company has issued a guarantee letter to Carbon Revolution whereby the Company guaranteed that the net proceeds received from OIC on the First Reserve Release (defined below) will be contributed to Carbon Revolution. Under the OIC Financing: • • • • The Company has issued US$35 million ($54.7 million) of Preferred Shares to OIC (“Initial Tranche”) and received US$35 million ($54.7 million) in aggregate gross proceeds, less amounts applied to cover certain transaction costs and an initial structuring premium payable to an entity associated with OIC of US$1.75 million ($2.7 million) (“Initial Structuring Premium”). US$35 million ($54.7 million) have been deposited into an escrow account controlled by OIC (“Reserve Funds”). Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions, the Company will issue US$5 million (A$7.8 million) of Preferred Shares to OIC and receive US$5 million (A$7.8 million) in funding from the Reserve Funds if, prior to the Second Reserve Release, the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least US$10 million ($15.6 million) from one or more issuances and sales of Ordinary Shares to one or more third party persons (other than OIC and its affiliates) pursuant to the First Reserve Release.  Carbon Revolution projects in its 12 Month Cash Flow Projections that the First Reserve Release will occur by February 2024. Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions by December 1, 2024, or if the Company continues to work in good faith to satisfy the relevant condition, January 31, 2025, the Company will issue Preferred Shares to OIC equal in amount to the remaining Reserve Funds plus accrued interest and receive the remaining Reserve Funds pursuant to the Second Reserve Release. The Second Reserve Release is not included in the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections as management does not expect the Second Reserve Release to take place within the projection period.                           • In the 24 months following the Initial Closing, the Company will, to the extent additional financing is necessary for Plant Investments, have the right, subject to meeting certain conditions described below, to request a Subsequent Financing. Completion of any such Subsequent Financing is subject to approval by OIC’s investment committee. The Subsequent Financing is not included in the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections as management does not expect the Subsequent Financing to take place within the projection period. The proceeds received from the issuance of Preferred Shares under the OIC Financing must generally be used consistent with a budget agreed between the Company and OIC. In connection with the OIC Financing, an affiliate of OIC will receive a ‘monitoring fee’ of US$80,000 ($123,000) per year for so long as the Preferred Shares remain issued and outstanding. 74   Table of Contents There are risks associated with the OIC Financing including but not limited to: • • • There are no assurances as to when the closing conditions for the OIC Financing for the Reserve Funds or Subsequent Financing will be satisfied; The Company’s ability to raise further capital is subject to consent from OIC; and The Company Board may not be able to act in the best interests of the Company or the Company shareholders as a result of the terms of the OIC Documents that impose obligations on the Company or restrict the Company’s ability to engage in some business activities, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Advance Payment Arrangement The Group has entered into bailment and advanced payment arrangements over the last 12 months with one of its key customers for shipped goods to be paid in advance in exchange for certain discounts. The Group plans to continue to request bailment and advance payment arrangements with this customer and the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections assume that the bailment and advanced payment arrangement will continue to be granted. There are risks associated with the bailment and advance payment arrangements including but not limited to: There is no contractual arrangement with the key customer that requires it to accept the request for the bailment and advance payments; The customer may not accept the Group’s request for the bailment and advance payments; and There may be a delay in the customer accepting and making the bailment and advance payments. • • • New Equity In addition to the OIC Financing, the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections include the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) raising gross funds of approximately US$27.5 million (A$42.3 million) in connection with the partial use of the Group’s US$60 million (A$92.3 million) CEF. The 12 Month Cash Flow Projections project US$10 million (A$15.4 million), $US7.5 million (A$11.5 million), and $US10 million (A$15.4 million) of gross funds will be raised in February 2024, April 2024, and June 2024, respectively. The 12 Month Cash Flow Projections also include deferred transaction costs of $10.6 million to be paid from these funds, according to the terms of the vendor deferral arrangement. In addition to the CEF, Twin Ridge also engaged Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC to act as placement agent and capital markets advisor to support the Group in potentially raising additional funding. Craig-Hallum has in particular been engaged to identify and contact potential investors, formulate a strategy, coordinate due diligence and assist in preparing any offering documents. There are risks associated with the new equity raising activities including but not limited to: • • • there may be a delay in the availability of the CEF (the CEF will not be available until after the filing by the Company of its annual report for the year ended June 30, 2023, which has not yet been filed with the SEC, and filing with the SEC of a registration statement for the resale of Ordinary Shares, and such registration statement being declared effective by the SEC); the Group’s advisors that will be assisting in raising capital through the CEF may be unable to dispose of the shares of the Company on an ongoing basis. As the terms of the CEF will not require the advisor to purchase additional shares under the CEF beyond an overall ownership of 9.99% (the CEF Ownership Restriction) or US$10 million (A$15.4 million) per week, whichever is lower, the Group may have access to materially less than the US$27.5 million projected to be drawn under the CEF during the next 12 months; In order for the Company to be able to draw down on the next advance, the CEF provider will be required to sell some or all of its Ordinary Shares issued as part of the first advance on market which, in the absence of significant demand for the Ordinary Shares, may put significant downward pressure on the trading price. This may cause the 9.99% shareholding cap under the next advance to be reached in conjunction with a lower US$ amount of cash raised under the CEF. This mechanism may create a downward spiral in the share price of the Company which may prevent CBR from being able to utilize the CEF to create liquidity; • When the Company lodges a request to drawdown an amount of equity from the CEF, the CEF Provider is specifically permitted to sell the shares in the Company during the period between lodgement of the request to drawdown and the date the shares are issued to it so that it may manage its risk should it need to. The agreement for the CEF deems a request to drawdown equity from the CEF to be an unconditional contract that is binding on both parties; • • The CEF Provider is permitted to sell the shares in the Company for which it is bound to subscribe, before it is issued with them, and before it has paid the subscription price. This might be characterized as short selling of the Ordinary Shares. Accordingly, there exists the potential for the CEF Provider to place downward pressure on the trading price of the Ordinary Shares on the public market by short selling shares it does not yet own. This effect is more severe under the CEF than other ordinary short selling arrangements because the CEF Provider will not subsequently re-enter the public market to purchase the shares it has already sold (and by doing so, provide support for the trading price) but will instead simply deliver, to either the lender of the covered position or the purchaser if the short sale was naked, the shares subscribed for under the CEF when they are issued; and the Group may not be able to raise further equity funds from sources other than the CEF in the amounts and within the timeframes necessary for the Group to remain solvent and to comply with its liquidity covenants, on satisfactory terms, or at all. 75                       Table of Contents Other initiatives As of the date of issuance of the financial statements, the Group has entered into the following cash flow, liquidity improvement, and funding initiatives: • • • The Group reached agreement with certain suppliers to defer total payments of $8.9 million including future invoices during the deferral period. Under the terms of these agreements, the deferred payments are required to be made in November 2023. The Group reached agreement with certain of its advisers relating to the deferral of $23.7 million of fees owed to them at the closing of the Business Combination, with $10.6 million of these fees projected to be payable during the next 12 month period. In connection with the OIC Financing, the Group obtained certain amendments to terms of the New Debt Program. Refer to Note 6.7 Subsequent Events to the financial statements included elsewhere in this Report. Conclusion The 12 Month Cash Flow Projections project that the Group will have sufficient funds to meet its commitments over the next twelve months based on the successful implementation of all of the above funding, cash flow and liquidity improvement initiatives. The directors consider they have reasonable grounds to believe that they will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding through New Equity. For these reasons the financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Group is a going concern. Should sufficient liquidity not be secured through the above funding initiatives, or should there be a delay in the timing of securing funds through these funding initiatives, this would have adverse implications for the Group, the Company’s shareholders and its creditors. As the Company is not yet profitable and does not yet derive positive net operating cash flows (and does not expect to be profitable or be able to derive positive net operating cash flows in the 12 month period of the 12 Month Cash Flow Projections), in these scenarios, the Group will need to seek other options, including seeking further liquidity support from customers and suppliers, delaying or reducing operating and capital expenditure, seeking waivers in respect of potential covenant breaches, the possibility of an alternative transaction or fundraising, and in the event that none of these are available, liquidation. Based on the factors above, a material uncertainty exists which may cast significant doubt as to whether the Group will continue as a going concern and therefore whether it will realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the financial statements. The Group financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or to the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Group not continue as a going concern. 76                   Table of Contents Contractual Obligations Leases (in AUD, as of June 30, 2023) Right-of-use assets Property Lease liabilities Current Non-current 2023 $’000 2022 $’000 7,446  645  7,368  8,013  7,564  579  7,461  8,040  Carbon Revolution has one lease for the head office and production facility. The lease agreement does not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. Borrowings (in AUD, as of June 30, 2023) Current borrowings Secured Working capital facility Term loan Letter of credit facility Unsecured Term loan with customer Supplier finance arrangement Non-current borrowings Secured Term loan Term loan (USD) Interest rate %   Maturity 2023 $’000 2022 $’000  7.44%  6.15%  6.45%  10% 6.00% + RBA cash rate May 2023 May 2023 May 2023 June 2024 -  6.15%  8.50%   December 2024 May 2027 -  -  -  -  4,523  9,306  13,829  -  70,833  70,833  6,843  2,889  4,000  13,732  -  4,954  18,686  4,333  4,333  77                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table of Contents The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the amortized cost of a financial liability. In May 2023, Carbon Revolution entered into the New Debt Program, a term loan of U.S Dollar $60 million (AUD 90.1 million) at an interest rate of 8.5% and an effective interest rate of 21.2%. The loan is denominated in U.S Dollar and is translated to Australian dollars at each reporting period. Principal repayments commence in December 2024, with monthly principal repayments of US$2 million. The program includes certain reserves in an amount of $14.3 million, that are not currently available at Carbon Revolution’s discretion and disclosed as restricted trust fund (refer to Note 4.1.1 to the financial statements included elsewhere in this Report). Costs of $20.7 million incurred in regard to the establishment of the term loan have been netted off with the loan amount and are being amortized over the term of the loan through the effective interest rate method. When entering into the New Debt Program, Carbon Revolution repaid its Term loan, Letter of credit facility and working capital facility. In 2023, Carbon Revolution entered a loan arrangement for $5.3 million with one of its customers as part of its bridge financing activities. The loan is repayable in three tranches including interest with the first repayment in December 2023 and the final repayment in June 2024 with an interest rate of 10%. Carbon Revolution utilizes a payables and order / invoice management service with its logistics provider for the purchase and logistics management of certain raw materials. This service is classified as a supplier finance arrangement. C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc. See “Item 5. – Research and Development.” D. Trend Information See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results.” E. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Inventories Management’s judgement is applied in determining the provision for impaired wheels. Impaired wheel provisioning has been calculated using historical data as well as management experience in determining an adequate provision. Carbon Revolution uses a traceability system for all wheels which is used to identify and isolate wheels at risk of non-recoverability. Management judgement is applied to assign a probability of recovery to individual groups of wheels. Fixed Assets Management’s judgement is applied in determining whether any impairment is required on the property, plant and equipment. The impairment testing is performed at a cash generating unit (“CGU”) level, being Carbon Revolution Group, due to the unique nature of the business. For the detailed impairment assessment, refer to “—Intangible Assets” below. 78   Table of Contents Intangible Assets Internal development expenditure, including wheel prototypes, is capitalized if it meets the recognition criteria of IAS 38 Intangible Assets. This is considered a key judgment. The Company regularly assesses the probable future cash flows supporting the capitalization of development costs in accordance with the standard. The internal development expenditure is amortized beginning when the wheel prototype development is complete. Where the recognition criteria under IAS 38 are not met, the expenditures are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Carbon Revolution has no indefinite life assets and therefore performs an impairment test when impairment indicators are identified and for intangible assets not yet available for use. The impairment testing is performed at a CGU level, being Carbon Revolution Group as it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of the individual asset. In the financial year ended June 30, 2023, the share price of Carbon Revolution continued to reduce significantly and was considered  an indicator for impairment. Carbon Revolution used a value-in-use (“VIU”) discounted cash flow model and calculated the recoverable amount of the CGU. Key estimates included in the future cash flow projections relate to revenue growth rates, direct and operating costs and capital expenditure, in addition to the terminal growth rate and discount rates noted below. Given Carbon Revolution is still in its growth phase post its Australian initial public offering in 2019, Carbon Revolution is not yet able to produce wheels profitably. The Company is driving the industrialization of its production processes and constructing its first Mega-line. Developed with the latest Industry 4.0 technology, the Mega-line will deliver improvements in production scale and economics that will enable the Company to deliver large volume programs to a broader cross-section of the market. The fully operational Mega-line, which is expected in 2025, together with the greater scale of the business are anticipated to reduce the direct cost per wheel from $2,658 in FY23 to c. $1,500 in the long term. The cash flow model includes next year’s budgeted results, with the remaining years based on growth projections with reference to key structural and market factors, utilizing past experience, external data and internal analysis. The key structural and market factors considered are in relation to the automotive new vehicle wheel market, the increase in carbon fiber wheel demand, the continued structural migration from alloy wheels to carbon wheels and GDP growth rates. Management also anticipates growth from market penetration, and continued evolution of products, and economies of scale achieved. Management is satisfied the recoverable amount of assets exceed the carrying amount with a headroom of $32.77 million and therefore no impairment charge has been recognized during the year. The following key assumptions were used in testing for impairment: − Post-tax discount rate: 11.5%. The incremental borrowing rate used for the post-tax discount rate does not consider any element of default risk associated with Carbon Revolution, which is not relevant in assessing the return expected from the assets. Terminal value growth rate beyond 5 years: 2.7% − − Compound annual growth rate wheel volume: 14.8% − Direct Material costs reduce from $1,306 per wheel in FY23 to $832 in the terminal year − Direct Labor costs reduce from $1,324 per wheel in FY23 to $589 in the terminal year Deferred income Under the relevant grant agreements, the government has a right to require all or part of a grant to be repaid in certain circumstances. Due in part to Carbon Revolution’s funding position following the execution of the MMI grant agreement, Carbon Revolution has been delayed from complying with the expenditure requirements and early milestones under the agreement. Carbon Revolution has previously reported its progress to the Government and Carbon Revolution is seeking to update the activity budget and schedule and will request an extension of time to complete the project. There is a risk that the Government does not approve any revised budget or schedule and/or may not grant Carbon Revolution an extension of time to complete the project, which may result in Carbon Revolution being in breach of the agreement and a risk of the Government seeking to claw back funding provided to Carbon Revolution. Management believe that it is not probable that the Government will claw back the funding provided to Carbon Revolution. Borrowings and other financial liabilities Debt issuance costs are included in the EIR calculation if it is directly attributable to the issuance of the debt. This is considered a key judgement. In obtaining the USD term loan, Carbon Revolution paid $20.6 million of initial costs which have been included in the EIR. Management determined that these costs are directly incremental to the issuance of the USD term loan. 79 Table of Contents The additional amounts that become payable if the Qualified Capital Raise is not completed have not been included in the effective interest rate calculation as management projects to be able to complete the Qualified Capital Raise. This is considered a key judgement. Transaction costs Carbon Revolution recognized $24.7 million of transaction costs in FY23. In recognizing the transaction costs, management considered the requirements under IAS 37 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets. As management determined that it is probable that the transaction will close, success fees for services incurred that are payable upon transaction closure have been provided for. Income Tax Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, carry forward unused tax credits, and unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, unused tax credits, or unused tax losses can be utilized.  Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits, together with future tax planning strategies. Management have determined that it is not appropriate to recognize a deferred tax asset until consistent levels of profitability can be demonstrated. The deferred tax asset has been recognized only to the extent of available taxable temporary differences. ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES A. Directors and Senior Management Information regarding the directors and executive officers of the Company after the closing of the Business Combination is included in Item 1 of this Report. Family Relationships There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors. Arrangements and Understandings Ms. Dedo and Messrs. Jordan, Lutz and Masanovich were selected from a list of director candidates mutually agreed between Carbon Revolution and Twin Ridge. There are no arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person referred to above was selected as a director or executive officer. B. Compensation Overview Carbon Revolution became our wholly owned subsidiary upon the closing of the Business Combination on November 3, 2023, and its senior management became our senior management. The following summarizes the compensation earned by the executive officers of Carbon Revolution for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. This section also discusses the material elements of the executive compensation policies and decisions of Carbon Revolution and important factors relevant to an analysis of such policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our executive officers and is intended to place in perspective the information presented in the following tables and the corresponding narrative. Elements of Remuneration Total remuneration is designed to attract, retain and reward executives to deliver sustainable returns for shareholders. Given that, a significant proportion of total remuneration is “at risk” and performance based. The key elements of Carbon Revolution’s executive key management personnel remuneration framework, since Carbon Revolution listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, are summarized below: 80                     Table of Contents (i)    Fixed – annual remuneration includes base salary, superannuation (pension contributions), other eligible salary sacrifice benefits and employee rights where this has been substituted for base salary. Annual remuneration is reviewed annually based on performance and economic data or on promotion. (ii)   At risk – short-term incentive (“STI”) is an annual incentive opportunity delivered in cash and equity, or 100% equity (typically equity includes STI deferral). The Carbon Revolution Board sets financial, and non-financial objectives for this element and determines overall weighting of the objectives annually based on business priorities. The Carbon Revolution Board has the discretion to adjust STI outcomes to ensure that individual outcomes are appropriate. Typically, fifty percent of STI award is made in cash or fully vested equity and 50% deferred into rights, which is subject to a continuous service condition. This generally requires the participant to remain employed until the one year anniversary on which the rights are granted. For fiscal year 2023, STIs were awarded at 40% and 45% of maximum opportunities for the CEO and CFO respectively, based on corporate and individual performance. This results in a fiscal year 2023 STI award of A$90,000 and A$157,590 for the CFO and CEO respectively. (iii)  At risk – long-term incentive (“LTI”) is a three-year incentive opportunity delivered through options or performance rights with vesting dependent on service conditions and achievement of challenging performance conditions. Immediately following completion of the vesting period, the performance conditions are tested to determine whether, and to what extent, awards vest. This element is intended to promote the opportunity for executives to build their interests in Carbon Revolution’s equity and to achieve shareholder alignment through equity ownership. During fiscal year 2023, all fiscal year 2020 Options vested. None of these options have been exercised as the share price is significantly below the exercise price of $2.60. No other LTI plan vested as they have not reached the end of their performance period. No grant was made for the fiscal year 2023 LTI plan as the board determined it was appropriate to consider this further in light of the potential Merger. Should shareholders approve the Merger, the Company Board will determine the fiscal year 2024 LTI Plan post completion. Compensation of Executive Officers The amount of compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to the executive officers managing the operations of Carbon Revolution and its subsidiaries with respect to the year ended June 30, 2023 is described in the table below: A$ Year end Short-term employee benefit Post- employment benefits Share-based payment June 30 Cash Other Benefits Leave Benefits Super- annuation STI expense(1) LTI expense(2) One-off equity award(3) Managing director – Jacob Dingle 2023 Chief financial officer – Gerard Buckle 2023 572,852 393,758 — — 7,206 27,500 206,484 267,106 — 22,681 25,293 145,518 114,011 9,633 (1) STI expense for FY23 plus amortization of STI relating to prior years grants. (2) (3) Employee Stock Ownership Plan and FY21& FY22 LTI grants are expensed over the vesting period at a valuation determined on grant date by a third party detailed below under “—Number of LTI Awards”. Total expense of the one-off equity grant made to Mr. Buckle on November 29, 2019 as a sign on award to replace a portion of an incentive from his previous employer which he forfeited on joining Carbon Revolution. The face value of these shares was A$262,501 and they vested on September 9, 2022. 81                 Table of Contents Director Remuneration Overview Carbon Revolution’s non-executive directors (“NEDs”) receive a base fee in relation to their service as a Director of the Carbon Revolution Board, and an additional fee for membership of, or for chairing, a Committee. The current fee schedule is set out in the first table below. The Carbon Revolution Board did not increase NED fees for FY23. The Carbon Revolution Board has undertaken market benchmarking of Non-Executive Director compensation in the US, to determine the fees and equity needed to attract and retain US based directors. It is anticipated that the Company Board will employ a US market-based approach to NED compensation which is expected to result in both a cash retainer and an annual grant of Company equity. To attract and retain NEDs to the Company Board, while providing a consistent schedule of NED compensation, the Company Board anticipates: • • for the initial equity grant only (in respect of the 12 months from closing), Mr. James Douglas as Chair of Company will be awarded US$250,000 of Company restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and the other NEDs will be awarded $200,000 of Company RSUs, which will vest three months from the Closing Date. Such grants will be made under the 2023 Stock Option and Incentive Plan; and for each subsequent annual grant, the Chair of Company will be awarded US$150,000 of Company RSUs and the other NEDs will be awarded US$120,000, which vest in four equal tranches at the end of each quarter in the 12 months from the grant date, subject to the service condition being met. • A cash retainer schedule as follows: • Chair base fee: US$60,000 cash • NED base fee: US$30,000 cash • Audit and Risk Committee Chair fee: additional US$20,000 cash • Audit and Risk Committee Member fee: additional US$10,000 cash • Remuneration and Nomination Committee Chair fee: additional US$15,000 cash • Remuneration and Nomination Committee Member fee: additional US$7,500 cash The Company Board has the discretion to determine the split between the cash component and the equity component of the Director fees and also to determine the appropriate share price to be used to determine the number of RSUs to be granted to Non-Executive Directors as described above. Awards of equity to NEDs can only be made after registration of Company’s Incentive Equity Plan with the SEC. 82                     Table of Contents NEDs do not currently participate in Carbon Revolution’s STI or LTI plans or receive any variable remuneration. No retirement allowances are payable to NEDs other than statutory superannuation allowances. To further align NEDs’ interests with those of shareholders, the Company expects all NEDs to acquire the equivalent of twelve months base fees in Carbon Revolution shares over a reasonable time period. Consistent with US market benchmarking the Company Board anticipates this will increase to US$300,000. The fees are set with consideration to the fees paid in companies of a similar size and complexity. The maximum amount of fees (including superannuation contributions) that can be paid to NEDs is capped by a pool approved by shareholders. The fee pool as approved by shareholders is currently A$800,000 per annum including superannuation. Fees paid to the NED in fiscal year 2023 are set out in the second table below. Non-Executive Director Fee Schedule Role  Chair – Carbon Revolution Board (base fees)  Other NED (base fees)  Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee  Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee  Committee memberships  Annual fee for FY23 (including super guarantee) (in A$)  $180,000  $90,000  An additional $10,000  An additional $10,000  An additional $5,000 per committee  Directors’ Fees Allocated in Rights $ Directors’ fees A$ 171,946  90,498  90,498  90,498  2 Superannuation A$ Total A$ —  —  —  —  18,054      9,502      9,502      9,502      190,000  100,000  100,000  100,000  Non-Executive Directors’ Fees Paid Year ended June 30, 2023  James Douglas (Chair) Lucia Cade Dale McKee Mark Bernhard FY23 FY23 FY23 FY23 Options Holdings The directors and executive officers of Carbon Revolution held the following options (both vested and unvested) as of June 30, 2023 (other than those that were canceled in connection with the Business Combination).  The number of securities covered has been converted into the number of Ordinary Shares based on the exchange ratio at Closing. Name of Beneficiary Jacob Dingle Gerard Buckle   Title of Options   FY22 Options   FY21 Rights   FY20 ESOP Options   FY22 Options   FY21 Rights   FY20 ESOP Options Amount of Securities Covered Exercise Price Purchase Price (if any)   Expiration Date 1,210,826  186,381  1,273,419  678,062  104,373  356,557    $   $   $   $ 83 1.60  -  2.60  1.60  -  2.60  -  -  -  -  -  -    September 20, 2026   September 20, 2023   November 29, 2024   September 20, 2026   September 20, 2023   November 29, 2024                                                                                                                                                             Table of Contents  C. Board Practices Service Period The Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that the Company Board shall have three classes of directors with the directors of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Class I directors shall serve a term expiring at the Company’s 2024 annual meeting of shareholders, Class II directors shall serve a term expiring at the Company’s 2025 annual meeting of shareholders and Class III directors shall serve a term expiring at the Company’s 2026 annual meeting of shareholders.  See “Item 1” of this Report for the names of the directors in each class and period for which the person has served as a director of the Company or Carbon Revolution. Directors’ Service Contracts with the Company or Subsidiaries Each of the directors entered into a letter agreement with respect to their appointment as a director of the Company that outlines the terms of their appointment, including his or her duties as a director of the Company. Under the terms of the letter agreement, each director is entitled to director fees (including fees applicable to chair roles and committee membership) and payment of certain expenses, but does not provide for the payment of any fees or benefits upon termination of service. Committee Information Audit and Risk Committee The audit and risk committee consists of Dale McKee, Matti Masanovich and James Douglas. Dale McKee serves as chairperson of the audit and risk committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all the directors on the audit committee must be independent; the Company Board has determined that each of Dale McKee, Matti Masanovich and James Douglas are independent under the listing standards and applicable SEC rules. The audit and risk committee assists the Company Board in overseeing the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes, the engagement of its independent auditor, and the audits of its financial statements. The Company Board has determined that each of Matti Masanovich and Dale McKee qualify as an “audit committee financial expert”, as such term is defined in the rules of the SEC. The audit and risk committee will be governed by a charter that complies with applicable rules of Nasdaq, which charter is posted on the Company’s website. Remuneration and Nominating Committee The remuneration and nominating committee consists of Lucia Cade, Burt Jordan, Jacqueline Dedo and Mark Bernhard, and Lucia Cade serves as chairperson of the remuneration and nominating committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards, we are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors; the Company Board has determined that each of Lucia Cade, Burt Jordan, Jacqueline Dedo and Mark Bernhard are independent. The remuneration and nominating committee assists the Company Board in (i) determining compensation for the Company’s directors and executive officers, (ii) identifying individuals qualified to become directors consistent with criteria established by the Company and (iii) in developing the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and other corporate governance policies and practices. The remuneration and nominating committee will be governed by a charter that is posted on the Company’s website. D. Employees As of June 30, 2023, Carbon Revolution had 449 employees, 424 full time employees, 21 part time employees and 4 casual employees (employees without a guaranteed number of hours of work per week and with limited protection from termination of employment) located in at the Company’s premises in Geelong and an additional 115 engaged through labor hire agreements. Of these, Carbon Revolution has 7 permanent and 1 contract personnel in North America and Europe, principally to service current and prospective OEM customers. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and we have not experienced any work stoppages. Carbon Revolution has a collective bargaining agreement in place in relation to its production workforce operating effective from July 11, 2023 to July 4, 2025. This agreement outlines pay rates and other conditions of employment. Where this agreement is silent or does not explicitly state an entitlement or provision, the relevant entitlement or provision of the Manufacturing and Associated Industries and Occupations Award 2020, or the National Employment Standards applies. 84                 Table of Contents E. Share Ownership Information regarding the ownership of Ordinary Shares by our directors and executive officers is set forth in Item 7.A of this Report. F. Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensation. The Company, during or after the last completed fiscal year, was not required to prepare an accounting restatement that required recovery of erroneously awarded compensation. ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS A. Major Shareholders The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares as of November 3, 2023 by: • • • • each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of outstanding Ordinary Shares; each of our directors; each of our directors and executive officers; and all of our directors and executive officers as a group. The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A shareholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (i) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (ii) the conversion of a security, (iii) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (iv) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, Ordinary Shares subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are currently exercisable, or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below. The Company’s major shareholders do not have different voting rights from other holders of Ordinary Shares. The percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 1,875,184 Ordinary Shares outstanding as of November 3, 2023, after giving effect to the Business Combination, and does not include 1,764,996 Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by them. To our knowledge, no Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by any executive officer, director or director nominee have been pledged as security. 85                             Table of Contents Beneficial Owner Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees Mark Bernhard Lucia Cade(1) Jacqueline A. Dedo Jacob Dingle(2) James Douglas Burt Jordan Robert A. Lutz Matti Masanovich Dale McKee(3) Gerard Buckle(4) David French Ashley Denmead Jesse Kalkman David Nock(5) All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons) Other 5% Shareholders Twin Ridge Capital Sponsor LLC(6) Daniel Hennessy Number of Ordinary Shares    Percentage of All Ordinary Shares  1,650     2,242     --      30,151     11,897     --      --      --      801     3,236     4,780     15,442 --      2,217       72,416     159,000   134,000      *  *  - 1.6% *  --  --  --  *  *  * * --  *  3.9% 8.5% 7.1% * (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of total outstanding Ordinary Shares. 2,147 Ordinary Shares are held by Cade & Associates Pty Ltd. 24,036 Ordinary Shares are owned by Point Grey Investments Pty Ltd. 684 Ordinary Shares are held by McKee Family Investments Pty Ltd. 213 Ordinary Shares are held jointly with his wife. 90 Ordinary Shares are held by his wife. The Sponsor is the beneficial holder of the shares reported herein. The Sponsor is controlled by Sanjay K. Morey and William P. Russell, Jr. Each of Sanjay K. Morey and William P. Russell Jr. disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the Sponsor other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. Significant Changes in Ownership by Major Shareholders We have experienced significant changes in the percentage ownership held by major shareholders as a result of our Business Combination. Holders As of November 3, 2023, we had approximately 5,545 shareholders of record of our Ordinary Shares. We estimate that as of November 3, 2023, approximately 98.52% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares are held by U.S. record holders. B. Related Party Transactions The following is a description of certain related party transactions we have entered into since July 1, 2022 with any of our executive officers, directors or their affiliates and holders of more than 10% of any class of our voting securities in the aggregate, which we refer to as related parties, other than compensation arrangements. 86                                                                                                                               Table of Contents Business Combination On November 3, 2023, Twin Ridge, the Company, Carbon Revolution and MergerSub, consummated the business combination pursuant to the terms of a Business Combination Agreement, dated November 29, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time, pursuant to which, among other things, Twin Ridge merged with and into MergerSub, with MergerSub surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with shareholders of Twin Ridge receiving Ordinary Shares, in exchange for their existing Twin Ridge ordinary shares and existing Twin Ridge warrant holders having their warrants automatically exchanged by assumption by the Company of the obligations under such warrants, including to become exercisable in respect of Ordinary Shares instead of Twin Ridge ordinary shares. In addition, Twin Ridge, Carbon Revolution and the Company implemented a scheme of arrangement under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and a capital reduction under Part 2J.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed, which resulted in all shares of Carbon Revolution being canceled in return for consideration, with Carbon Revolution issuing one share to the Company (resulting in Carbon Revolution becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) and the Company issuing Ordinary Shares to the shareholders of Carbon Revolution. Related Party Loans On March 10, 2023, Twin Ridge issued an unsecured promissory note in the total principal amount of up to $1,500,000 (the “Promissory Note”) to Carbon Revolution. The Promissory Note does not bear interest and matured upon closing of the Business Combination. Registration Rights Agreement At the closing of the Business Combination, the Company, the Founder Holders and certain shareholders of Carbon Revolution entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will agree to undertake certain shelf registration obligations in accordance with the Securities Act, and certain subsequent related transactions and obligations, including, among other things, undertaking certain registration obligations, and the preparation and filing of required documents. Lock-Up Agreements Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, certain directors and officers of the Company entered into separate Lock-Up Agreements, pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholders will be locked-up and subject to transfer restrictions for 180 days following the closing date of the Business Combination, subject to certain exceptions. Indemnification Agreements The Company entered into indemnification agreements with each of the directors and executive officers of the Company to provide contractual indemnification providing for indemnification and advancements by the Company of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from his or her service to the Company or, at the Company’s request, service to other entities, as officers or directors occurring at or prior to the closing of the Business Combination to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. The Company also maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (1) to its directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, while acting in their capacity as directors and officers of the Company, and (2) to the Company with respect to payments which may be made by the Company to such officers and directors pursuant to any indemnification provision contained in the Company Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association or otherwise as a matter of law. OIC Financing See “Item 5- B. Liquidity and Capital Resources - OIC Financing.” C. Interests of Experts and Counsel Not applicable. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information See Item 18 of this Report for Carbon Revolution’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information. All of Carbon Revolution’s sales are export sales. 87             Table of Contents Legal Proceedings From time to time, the Company and Carbon Revolution may become involved in legal proceedings or may be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Such proceedings or claims may involve disputes with customers, suppliers, consumers, regulators, employees, contractors, competitors, investors or other parties, and may involve disputes relating to intellectual property rights. Although the results of any current proceedings or claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company and Carbon Revolution currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a long term material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Litigation can have an adverse impact on us (regardless of the outcome) because of factors including the cost of defending a claim, diversion of management or related resources, impact on reputation and relationships, and depending on outcome, settlement costs and cost of remedies, which we may become liable for or subject to. Dividends The Company has not paid any cash dividends on the Ordinary Shares to date and does not intend to pay cash. The payment of any dividends in the future will be dependent, among other things, upon Carbon Revolution’s revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition as well as compliance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. In addition, under the terms of the New Debt Program, subject to certain exceptions, the Company is restricted from paying any dividends or making any other distribution on capital stock. Similarly, under the terms of the OIC Financing, in the event the Company made a dividend or distribution or other payment to shareholders, it would be considered a Springing Rights Matter. B. Significant Changes A discussion of significant changes in our business can be found under “Item 5 – Recent Developments.” ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING A. Offer and Listing Details Listing of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants The Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants were listed following the Business Combination and are listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “CREV” and “CREVW,” respectively. Holders of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants should obtain current market quotations for their securities. There can be no assurance that the Ordinary Shares and/or Public Warrants will remain listed on the Nasdaq. If the Company fails to comply with the Nasdaq listing requirements, the Ordinary Shares and/or Public Warrants could be delisted from Nasdaq. In particular, Nasdaq has initial and continuing listing standards, including public float and round lot holders requirements. A delisting of the Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants will likely affect the liquidity of the Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants and could inhibit or restrict the ability of the Company to raise additional financing. Public Warrants Upon the completion of the Business Combination, there were 12,210,732 Public Warrants outstanding. The Public Warrants, each of which is exercisable for one-tenth of an Ordinary Share, each at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation in accordance with their terms. Lock-Up Agreements Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, certain directors and officers of the Company entered into separate Lock-Up Agreements, pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares held by such shareholders will be locked-up and subject to transfer restrictions for 180 days following the closing date of the Business Combination, subject to certain exceptions. B. Plan of Distribution Not applicable. 88                         Table of Contents C. Markets The Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “CREV” and “CREVW,” respectively. There can be no assurance that the Ordinary Shares and/or Public Warrants will remain listed on Nasdaq. If the Company fails to comply with Nasdaq listing requirements, the Ordinary Shares and/or Public Warrants could be delisted from Nasdaq. In particular, Nasdaq has initial and continuing listing standards, including public float and round lot holders requirements. A delisting of the Ordinary Shares will likely affect the liquidity of the Ordinary Shares and/or Public Warrants and could inhibit or restrict the ability of the Company to raise additional financing. D. Selling Shareholders Not applicable. E. Dilution Not applicable. F. Expenses of the Issuer Not applicable. ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. Share Capital The authorized share capital of the Company is $100,010,000 divided into 800,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of $0.0001 each and 200,000,000,000 preferred shares with a nominal value of $0.0001 each and 100,000,000 class A preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each, and €25,000 divided into 25,000 deferred ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 each. As of November 3, 2023, subsequent to the closing of the Business Combination, there were 1,875,184 Ordinary Shares outstanding and 12,210,732 Public Warrants outstanding, each entitling the holder to purchase one-tenth of an Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per one-tenth of an Ordinary Share ($115.00 per whole Ordinary Share).  In addition, OIC Warrants are exercisable for 496,496 Ordinary Shares, and 1,500 Ordinary Shares are outstanding in connection with the Committed Equity Facility. The Company also holds 25,000 deferred ordinary shares of €1.00 each in the Company as treasury shares. The description of the Company’s share capital is included in the Form F-4, as amended and supplemented in the section entitled “Description of Company Securities,” which is incorporated by reference herein. B. Memorandum and Articles of Association The Company is a public limited company organized and existing under the laws of Ireland. The Company was formed on July 5, 2017 as a private limited liability company incorporated in Ireland under the name “Poppetell Limited” and changed its name on December 6, 2022 to “Carbon Revolution Limited”. The Company was re-registered as a public limited company on May 29, 2023, upon which its name changed to “Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company”. The Company’s affairs are governed by the ICA, the laws of Ireland and the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Structured Voting Rights In connection with the OIC Financing, for so long as there are Preferred Shares in issue, the prior written consent of the Preferred Shareholders holding a majority of the Preferred Shares in issue (“Class A Majority”) shall be required before the Company can undertake certain matters, as set out in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (“Structured Voting Rights”). 89                               Table of Contents Directors The directors are divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate at the conclusion of the Company’s 2024 annual general meeting; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the conclusion of the Company’s 2025 annual general meeting; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the conclusion of the Company’s 2026 annual general meeting. Directors are eligible to stand for re-election at the relevant annual general meeting. Directors shall be re-elected for a three-year term. Cumulative voting in the election of directors is not provided for. Permitted Interests of Directors Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, so long as a director has disclosed to the Company Board any interests he/she may have in a contract or proposed contract with the Company, he/she may vote in respect of any contract, appointment or arrangement in which he/she is interested and be counted in the quorum present at the meeting. Compensation of the Directors Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, the compensation of the Directors is determined by the Company Board. Where Director compensation is not provided for in the Company’s operating budget, the approval of the Class A Majority shall be required in accordance with the Structured Voting Rights. Borrowing Powers Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, among the directors’ powers are the right to borrow money and to mortgage or charge the Company’s undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof. These powers are subject to the Structured Voting Rights, pursuant to which the Company must obtain the consent of a Class A Majority before it incurs any indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness (as defined in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association). No Age Limit Requirement The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association do not impose any age restrictions or mandatory retirement age for Directors. No Share Qualification Directors are not required to be shareholders in the Company. Disclosure of Shareholding Under the Companies Act 2014 of Ireland, there is a notification requirement for shareholders who become or cease to be interested in 3% of the shares of an Irish public limited company. The shareholders must notify the Company if, as a result of a transaction, the shareholder will become interested in 3% or more of the shares of the Company or if, as a result of a transaction, a shareholder who was interested in 3% or more of the shares of the Company ceases to be so interested. Where a shareholder is interested in 3% or more of the shares of the Company, the shareholder must notify the Company of any alteration of his or her interest that brings his or her total holding through the nearest whole percentage number, whether an increase or a reduction. Amendment to Rights Where the rights attaching to shares are set out in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, any changes to these rights will need to be effected by way of a special resolution (passed by 75% of the votes cast by shareholders attending and voting at the meeting) amending the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association. Additionally, the rights attaching to a particular class of shares may only be varied if (a) the holders of 75% of the nominal value of the issued shares of that class consent in writing to the variation, or (b) a special resolution, passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of that class, sanctions the variation. For so long as there are Preferred Shares in issue, any amendments to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association will also require the consent of a Class A Majority. 90   Table of Contents Subject to the Structured Voting Rights, the Company Board is empowered to cause preferred shares to be issued from time to time and may fix the rights attaching to such preferred shares. The Company Board may change the rights of any series of preferred shares that has been created but not yet issued. Once issued, the rights attaching to a series of preferred shares may only be varied with the consent in writing of 75% of the holders of those shares or by a special resolution passed by that class. Ordinary Shares Dividend Rights The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Company Board, subject to the Structured Voting Rights. Dividends may be declared and paid out of the funds legally available therefor, or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the ICA. Voting Rights Each Ordinary Share shall be entitled to one vote on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of the Company. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by way of a poll, which shall be taken in such manner as the chairperson of the meeting directs. An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to Ordinary Shares cast at a meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than 75% of the votes cast attaching to the outstanding Ordinary Shares at a meeting. Where the shareholders wish to act by way of written resolution in lieu of holding a meeting, unanimous consent of the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be required. A special resolution (and, in the case of a Structured Voting Rights matter, the consent of a Class A Majority) will be required for important matters such as a change of name, reducing the share capital or making changes to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association to be in effect, assuming approval of all of the charter proposals and upon consummation of the Transactions. Provisions in the Memorandum and Articles of Association enable a person who would otherwise incur a mandatory offer obligation under the Irish Takeover Rules by the acquisition of Ordinary Shares to avoid that obligation by requesting that the Company redesignate some or all of its Ordinary Shares as restricted voting ordinary shares having no right to vote at general meetings of the Company but otherwise ranking pari passu with the other Ordinary Shares. Transfer of Ordinary Shares Subject to the restrictions contained in the Business Combination Agreement with respect to the Company’s Ordinary Shares, and subject to any further restrictions contained in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, any Company shareholder may transfer all or any of his or her Ordinary Shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by the Company Board. Liquidation On a return of capital on winding-up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of Ordinary Shares), assets available for distribution will first be applied in paying to holders of the Preferred Shares the relevant Class A Preferred Share Return, following which any remaining assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Ordinary Shares on a pro rata basis. If the Company’s assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay to the holders of Preferred Shares their Class A Preferred Shares Return, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by the holders of the Preferred Shares proportionately. Where there are sufficient assets available to pay the Class A Preferred Share Return to all holders of Preferred Shares, but the assets are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up Ordinary Shares, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by the Company’s ordinary shareholders proportionately. 91 Table of Contents General Meetings of Shareholders Shareholders’ meetings may be convened by the Company Board on the requisition of the shareholders or, if the Company Board fails to so convene a meeting, such extraordinary general meeting may be convened by the requisitioning shareholders where the requisitioning shareholders hold not less than 10% of the paid-up share capital of the Company. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings may be taken only upon the vote of the shareholders at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and the ICA. Unanimous consent of the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be required before the shareholders may act by way of written resolution without a meeting. Warrants Public Shareholders’ Warrants The Public Warrants will entitle the registered holder to purchase one-tenth of an Ordinary Share. Each Public Warrant will entitle the registered holder to purchase one-tenth of an Ordinary Share at a price of $11.50 per one-tenth of an Ordinary Share ($115.00 per whole Ordinary Share)., subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on November 29, 2023. The Public Warrants will expire on November 3, 2028, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. Under the Existing Warrant Agreement, the Company will not be obligated to deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares underlying the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available. No Public Warrant will be exercisable, and we are not obligated to issue any Ordinary Shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt from registration or qualification under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Public Warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any Public Warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the Ordinary Shares underlying such unit. The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the effective time of the Closing, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the effective time of the Closing, and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Warrant Agreement. If a registration statement covering the issuance of shares issuable upon the exercise of Public Warrants is not effective by the 60th business day from the Closing, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise Public Warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the Public Warrant for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Public Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (as defined below) less the exercise price of the Public Warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” as used in this paragraph shall mean the volume weighted average price of Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent. Notwithstanding the above, if Ordinary Shares are at the time of any exercise of a Public Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at our option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. 92 Table of Contents Redemption of Public Warrants when the price per Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $180.00. Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants (excluding the warrants sold in a private placement in connection with the IPO of Twin Ridge at a price of $1.50 per warrant to the Sponsor that were subsequently exchanged for one Public Warrant each (the “Founder Warrants”)): • • • • in whole and not in part; at a price of $0.01 per warrant; upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and if, and only if, the closing price of the Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $180.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments described under – Anti-dilution Adjustments) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of the redemption is sent to the warrant holders. If and when the warrants become redeemable, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. We will not redeem the Public Warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Ordinary Shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. The redemption criterion discussed above have been established to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the Warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and the Company issues a notice of redemption of the Public Warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Ordinary Shares may fall below the $180.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for adjustments described under – Anti-dilution Adjustments) as well as the $11.50 per share warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued. Redemption of Public Warrants when the price per Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $100.00. When the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants: • • • • in whole and not in part; at $1.00 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” (as defined below) of the Ordinary Shares, except as otherwise described below; if, and only if, the closing price of the Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $100.00 per public share (as adjusted for adjustments described under – Anti-dilution Adjustments) for any 20 trading days within the 30-trading day period ending three trading days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and if the closing price of the Ordinary Shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders is less than $180.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments described under – Anti-dilution Adjustments), the  Founder Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above. The “fair market value” as used in this paragraph means the volume weighted average price of Ordinary Shares for the ten (10) trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. 93                 Table of Contents Beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given until the Public Warrants are redeemed or exercised, holders may elect to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of Ordinary Shares that a warrant holder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of the Ordinary Shares on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their Public Warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $1.00 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares as reported during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Public Warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the Public Warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide our warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the 10-trading day period described above ends. The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of a Public Warrant or the exercise price of a Public Warrant is adjusted as set forth under the subheading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of Ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Public Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Public Warrant as so adjusted. The number of Ordinary Shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of a Public Warrant. If the exercise price of a Public Warrant is adjusted, (a) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the fifth paragraph under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted price multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price as set forth under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” and the denominator of which is $100.00 and (b) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the second paragraph under the heading “—Anti-dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted share price less the decrease in the exercise price of a Public Warrant pursuant to such exercise price adjustment. Redemption Date (period to expiration of warrants) 60 months 57 months 54 months 51 months 48 months 45 months 42 months 39 months 36 months 33 months 30 months 27 months 24 months 21 months 18 months 15 months 12 months 9 months 6 months 3 months 0 months ≤$100.00 0.261 0.257 0.252 0.246 0.241 0.235 0.228 0.221 0.213 0.205 0.196 0.185 0.173 0.161 0.146 0.130 0.111 0.090 0.065 0.034 — $110.00 $120.00 0.281 0.277 0.272 0.268 0.263 0.258 0.252 0.246 0.239 0.232 0.224 0.214 0.204 0.193 0.179 0.164 0.146 0.125 0.099 0.065 — 0.297 0.294 0.291 0.287 0.283 0.279 0.274 0.269 0.263 0.257 0.250 0.242 0.233 0.223 0.211 0.197 0.181 0.162 0.137 0.104 0.042 94 Fair Market Value of Ordinary Shares $140.00 $130.00 $150.00 $160.00 $170.00 0.311 0.310 0.307 0.304 0.301 0.298 0.294 0.290 0.285 0.280 0.274 0.268 0.260 0.252 0.242 0.230 0.216 0.199 0.178 0.150 0.115 0.324 0.324 0.322 0.320 0.317 0.315 0.312 0.309 0.305 0.301 0.297 0.291 0.285 0.279 0.271 0.262 0.250 0.237 0.219 0.197 0.179 0.337 0.337 0.335 0.333 0.332 0.330 0.328 0.325 0.323 0.320 0.316 0.313 0.308 0.304 0.298 0.291 0.282 0.272 0.259 0.243 0.233 0.348 0.348 0.347 0.346 0.344 0.343 0.342 0.340 0.339 0.337 0.335 0.332 0.329 0.326 0.322 0.317 0.312 0.305 0.296 0.286 0.281 0.358 0.358 0.357 0.357 0.356 0.356 0.355 0.354 0.353 0.352 0.351 0.350 0.348 0.347 0.345 0.342 0.339 0.336 0.331 0.326 0.323 ≥$180.00   0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361 0.361                                             Table of Contents The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued for each Public Warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Ordinary Shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the Public Warrants is $110.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the Public Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277  Ordinary Shares for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the Public Warrants is $135.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the Public Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their Public Warrants for 0.298 Ordinary Shares for each whole warrant. In no event will the Public Warrants be exercisable on a cashless basis in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Ordinary Shares per warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the Public Warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any Ordinary Shares. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding Public Warrants to be redeemed when the Ordinary Shares are trading at or above $100.00 per share, which may be at a time when the trading price of the Ordinary Shares is below the exercise price of the Public Warrants. This redemption feature permits redemption of the Public Warrants without the warrants having to reach the $180.00 per share threshold set forth above. Holders choosing to exercise their Public Warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of Ordinary Shares for their Public Warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input. This redemption right is an additional mechanism by which outstanding Public Warrants can be redeemed, and therefore permitting certainty with respect to capital structure as the Public Warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed. Warrant holders would receive the applicable redemption price if such redemption right were exercised; it would permit a quick redemption process, if determined to be in the best interest to do so. As such, the warrants would be redeemed in this manner, when in the best interest, to update our capital structure to remove the warrants and pay the redemption price to the warrant holders. As stated above, the Public Warrants can be redeemed when the Ordinary Shares are trading at a price starting at $100.00, which is below the exercise price of $150.00 per share, because it will provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing warrant holders with the opportunity to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of Ordinary Shares. If chooses to redeem the Public Warrants when the Ordinary Shares are trading at a price below the exercise price of the warrants, this could result in the warrant holders receiving fewer Ordinary Shares than they would have received if they exercised their Public Warrants for Ordinary Shares if and when such Ordinary Shares were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $115.00 per share. 95 Table of Contents No fractional Ordinary Shares will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holder. If, at the time of redemption, the Public Warrants are exercisable for a security other than the Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Existing Warrant Agreement, the Public Warrants may be exercised for such security. At such time as the Public Warrants become exercisable for a security other than the Ordinary Shares, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to register under the Securities Act the security issuable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants. Redemption procedures. Holder Election to Limit Exercise. A holder of a warrant may notify the Company in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (as specified by the holder) of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. Anti-dilution Adjustments. If the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a capitalization or share dividend paid in Ordinary Shares to all or substantially all holders of Ordinary Shares, or by a split up of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such capitalization or share dividend, split up, or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Public Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Ordinary Shares. A rights offering to holders of Ordinary Shares entitling holders to purchase Ordinary Shares at a price less than the historical fair market value (as defined below) will be deemed a share dividend of a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares) and (ii) one minus the quotient of (x) the price per Ordinary Share paid in such rights offering and (y) the historical fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, in determining the price payable for Ordinary Shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) “historical fair market value” means the volume weighted average price of Ordinary Shares as reported during the 10 trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights. In addition, if the Company, at any time while the Public Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pays a dividend or makes a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Ordinary Shares on account of such Ordinary Shares (or other securities into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the Ordinary Shares during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any other adjustments and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the exercise price or to the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Public Warrant) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50 per share, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each ordinary share in respect of such event. If the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share sub-divisions or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share sub-divisions, reclassification or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares. Whenever the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the Public Warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the Public Warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter. 96 Table of Contents In addition, if (x) we issue additional Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Ordinary Share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith and in the case of any such issuance to Sponsors or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Founder Holders or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, that was available for the funding of the Business Combination on the date of the completion of the Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume-weighted average trading price of the Ordinary Shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the Twin Ridge Merger Effective Time (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Public Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the Public Warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Public Warrants and in lieu of the Ordinary Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of Ordinary Shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. However, if such holders were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by such holders in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election, and if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, the holder of a warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such warrant holder had exercised the warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Ordinary Shares held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustment (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the Existing Warrant Agreement. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Ordinary Shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of Ordinary Shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the Existing Warrant Agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the Existing Warrant Agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants. 97 Table of Contents The Public Warrants that are to be exchanged for Public Warrants have been issued in registered form under the Existing Warrant Agreement. The Existing Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Public Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purposes of (i) curing any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the Existing Warrant Agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the Existing Warrant Agreement set forth in our prior proxy statement/prospectus, or defective provision, (ii) amending the definition of ordinary cash dividends on Ordinary Shares as contemplated by and in accordance with the Existing Warrant Agreement or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Existing Warrant Agreement as the parties to the Existing Warrant Agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the Public Warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. You should review a copy of the Existing Warrant Agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to this Report, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of Public Warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Ordinary Shares and any voting rights until they exercise their Public Warrants and receive Ordinary Shares. After the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Public Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each Ordinary Share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of Ordinary Shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the warrant holder. We have agreed that, subject to applicable law, any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the Existing Warrant Agreement will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. This provision applies to claims under the Securities Act but does not apply to claims under the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Founder Warrants Except as described below, the Founder Warrants will have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants. The Founder Warrants (including the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise thereof) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the Business Combination (except pursuant to limited exceptions to Twin Ridge’s officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with the Sponsor) and they will not be redeemable by us (except as described under “—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Redemption of Public Warrants for Ordinary Shares when the price per Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $100.00”) so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees (except as otherwise set forth herein). The Sponsor, or its permitted transferees, have the option to exercise the Founder Warrants on a cashless basis. If the Founder Warrants are held by holders other than Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Founder Warrants will be redeemable by us in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants. Except as described above under “—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Redemption of Public Warrants for Ordinary Shares when the price per Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $100.00”, if holders of the Founder Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering his, her or its Founder Warrants for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Founder Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “Sponsor fair market value” over the exercise price of the  Founder Warrants by (y) the Sponsor fair market value. For these purposes, the “Sponsor fair market value” shall mean the average reported closing price of the Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent. Anti-Takeover Provisions Some provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that: 98 Table of Contents • • • require that the Company Board be classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms; permit the Company Board to fill any vacancies; and prohibit shareholder action by written consent without unanimous approval of all holders of the Ordinary Shares. The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company is included herein as exhibit 1.1 to this Report. C. Material Contracts Except as otherwise disclosed in this Report (including the exhibits thereto), we are not currently, and have not been in the last two years, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. D. Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders Under the laws of Ireland, except as indicated below, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends (other than dividend withholding tax where an exemption does not apply), interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our Ordinary Shares. It is an offense under Irish law (pursuant to various statutory instruments) to transfer funds or make funds or economic resources available, directly or indirectly to any person or entity in contravention of Irish, EU or United Nations sanctions or to otherwise contravene Irish, EU or United Nations sanctions. Any transfer of, or payment in respect of, securities involving a person or entity that is currently the subject of Irish, EU or United Nations sanctions or any person or entity controlled by any of the foregoing, or any person acting on behalf of the foregoing, may be subject to restrictions pursuant to such sanctions as implemented into Irish law. The Financial Transfers Act, 1992 gives power to the Minister for Finance of Ireland to make provision for the restriction of financial transfer between Ireland and other countries and persons. Financial transfers are broadly defined and include all transfers which would be movements of capital or payments. The acquisition or disposal of shares issued by an Irish incorporated company and associated payments may fall within this definition. In addition, dividends or payments on redemption or purchase of shares and payments on a liquidation of an Irish incorporated company would fall within this definition. The 1992 Act and underlying EU regulations prohibit financial transfers with certain persons and entities listed in the EU Consolidated Financial Sanctions List and United Nations Security Council Consolidated List and include, but are not limited to, certain persons from/in and entities in Afghanistan, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, the Central African Republic, China, the Democratic Republic of Congo, the Republic of Guinea, the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, Haiti, Iran, Iraq, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea), Libya, Lebanon, Mali, Nicaragua, Pakistan, Palestinian Territory, Russia, Sudan, South Sudan, Somalia, Syria, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, Venezuela, Yemen, Zimbabwe, and certain known terrorists and terrorist groups, and countries that harbor certain terrorist groups, including the Albanian branch of Al-Haramain, Al-Qaeda members in various countries, Al Shabaab in Kenya and Somalia, and Boko Haram in Nigeria, without the prior permission of the Central Bank of Ireland. 99               Table of Contents E. Taxation Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants. This discussion addresses only those U.S. Holders that hold our Ordinary Shares and/or Public Warrants as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally property held for investment). This summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular investors in light of their particular circumstances, or to investors subject to special tax rules, such as: • • financial institutions; insurance companies; • mutual funds; • • • • • • • • • • pension plans; S corporations; broker-dealers; traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment; regulated investment companies; real estate investment trusts; trusts and estates; tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations); investors that hold our Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants as part of a “straddle”, “hedge”, “conversion”, “synthetic security”, “constructive ownership transaction”, “constructive sale” or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes; investors subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; • U.S. Holders that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar; • U.S. expatriates; • U.S. Holders owning or considered as owning (directly, indirectly, or through attribution) 5 percent (measured by vote or value) or more of our Ordinary Shares; • • • persons who received our Ordinary Shares as compensation; accrual method taxpayers that file applicable financial statements as described in Section 451(b); and persons who are not U.S. Holders, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ materially from those summarized below. This summary does not discuss any state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations, any non-income tax (such as gift or estate tax) considerations, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income. If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and the partner and certain determinations made at the partner level. If a U.S. Holder is a partner of a partnership holding our Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants, such holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants by the partnership. This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department (“Treasury Regulations”), current administrative interpretations and practices of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain a position contrary to any of the tax considerations described below. THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPREHENSIVE ANALYSIS OR DESCRIPTION OF ALL POTENTIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES OR PUBLIC WARRANTS. U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH U.S. HOLDER OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ORDINARY SHARES AND PUBLIC WARRANTS, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS. 100                                         Table of Contents Consequences to U.S. Holders For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants, as the case may be, that is: • • • • an individual who is a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of our Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants Dividends and Other Distributions on Ordinary Shares Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below under the heading “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”, distributions on our Ordinary Shares will generally be taxable as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Ordinary Shares. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares and will be treated as described below under the heading “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants”. The amount of any such distribution will include any amounts withheld by us (or another applicable withholding agent). Any amount treated as dividend income will be treated as foreign-source dividend income. Amounts treated as dividends that are paid to a U.S. Holder that is a taxable corporation generally will be taxed at regular rates and will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, under tax laws currently in effect and subject to certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), dividends generally will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate only if our Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or we are eligible for benefits under an applicable tax treaty with the United States, and we are not treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder at the time the dividend was paid or in the preceding taxable year and provided certain holding period requirements are met. The amount of any dividend distribution paid in Euros will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of payment, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt. The foreign currency gain or loss from such conversion will be ordinary income or loss and generally will be U.S. source. Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below under the heading “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”, upon any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of (x) the amount cash and (y) the fair market value of any other property received in such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Ordinary Share or Public Warrant (determined as described above or below), in each case, as calculated in U.S. dollars. Any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such Ordinary Share exceeds one year. Long-term capital gain realized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder generally will be taxable at a reduced rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. This gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss. 101         Table of Contents If Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants are sold, exchanged, redeemed, retired or otherwise disposed of in a taxable transaction for Euros, the amount realized generally will be the U.S. dollar value of the Euros received based on the spot rate in effect on the date of sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition. If you are a cash method taxpayer and the Ordinary Shares and/or Public Warrants are traded on an established securities market, Euros paid or received will be translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. An accrual method taxpayer may elect the same treatment with respect to the purchase and sale of Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants traded on an established securities market, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS. Euros received on the sale or other disposition of an Ordinary Share or Public Warrant generally will have a tax basis equal to its U.S. dollar value as determined pursuant to the rules above. Any gain or loss recognized by you on a sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of Euros will be ordinary income or loss and generally will be U.S.-source gain or loss. Exercise, Lapse, or Redemption of a Public Warrant Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below under the heading “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” and except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a Public Warrant, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of an Ordinary Share on the exercise of a Public Warrant for cash. A U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in an Ordinary Share received upon exercise of the Public Warrant generally will equal the sum of the U.S. Holder’s initial investment in the Public Warrant and the exercise price, in each case, as calculated in U.S. dollars. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Share received will commence on the date of exercise of the Public Warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the Public Warrant; in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the exercised Public Warrant. If a Public Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the Public Warrant. The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a Public Warrant are not clear under current law. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below under the heading “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”, a cashless exercise may not be taxable, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either situation, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Ordinary Shares received generally should equal the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Public Warrants. If the cashless exercise were treated as not giving rise to a realization event, it would be unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares received would be treated as commencing on the date of exercise of the Public Warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the Public Warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Ordinary Shares received would include the holding period of the Public Warrants exercised. It is also possible that a cashless exercise may be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. Holder may be deemed to have surrendered a number of Public Warrants having an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of Public Warrants to be exercised. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below under the heading “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”, the U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Public Warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such Public Warrants. In this case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Ordinary Shares received would equal the sum of the U.S. Holder’s initial investment in the Public Warrants exercised and the exercise price of such Public Warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares would commence on the date of exercise of the Public Warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the Public Warrant; in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Public Warrant. Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. Holder’s holding period would commence with respect to the Ordinary Shares received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise. 102 Table of Contents Subject to the PFIC rules described below under the heading “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”, if we redeem Public Warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions of the Public Warrants or if we purchase Public Warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase will generally be treated as a taxable disposition of such Public Warrants by the U.S. Holder, taxed as described above under “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants”. Adjustment to Exercise Price Under Section 305 of the Code, if certain adjustments are made (or not made) to the number of shares to be issued upon the exercise of a Public Warrant or to the Public Warrant’s exercise price, a U.S. Holder may be deemed to have received a constructive distribution with respect to the warrant, which could result in adverse consequences for the U.S. Holder, including the inclusion of dividend income (with the consequences generally as described above under the heading “—Dividends and Other Distributions on Ordinary Shares”). The rules governing constructive distributions as a result of certain adjustments with respect to a Public Warrant are complex, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors on the tax consequences of any such constructive distribution with respect to a Public Warrant. Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules The treatment of a U.S. Holder of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants could be materially different from that described above if we are, or we or any of our predecessors (to whom we refer to herein as “we” or “us”) have been, during any taxable year in which such U.S. Holder holds or has held an interest in us, treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year (ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year), including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. Because our PFIC status for any taxable year is an annual determination that can be made only after the end of such taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2023, or any future taxable year. Although a foreign corporation’s PFIC status is determined annually, a determination that an entity (or any of its predecessors) is or was a PFIC for a taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds or has held shares in such entity (or any such predecessor) generally continues to apply to such U.S. Holder for subsequent taxable years in which the holder continues to hold shares in such entity (including a successor entity), whether or not such entity continues to be a PFIC. As such, if we were a PFIC during the holding period of a U.S. Holder, any Ordinary Shares may, in the absence of certain elections described below, be treated as stock of a PFIC, even if we fail to meet the test for PFIC status for the taxable year ending December 31, 2023, or future taxable years. Therefore, if we are or have been determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the relevant holding period of a U.S. Holder of Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants and, in the case of Ordinary Shares, the U.S. Holder did not make either (i) a timely and effective qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in such U.S. Holder’s relevant holding period (such taxable year as it relates to each U.S. Holder, the “First PFIC Holding Year”), (ii) a QEF election along with a purging election, or (iii) a “mark-to-market” election, each as discussed below, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special and adverse rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the Ordinary Shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares). 103 Table of Contents Under these rules: • • • • the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s relevant holding period for the Ordinary Shares or Public Warrants; the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of the First PFIC Holding Year, will be taxed as ordinary income; the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. Holder with respect to the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder. PFIC Elections In general, a U.S. Holder may avoid the adverse PFIC tax consequences described above in respect of Ordinary Shares (but not Public Warrants) by making a timely and effective QEF election (if eligible to do so) with respect to such holder’s First PFIC Holding Year. A U.S. Holder that makes a QEF election will include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends if we are treated as a PFIC for that taxable year. A U.S. Holder generally can make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge. A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its Public Warrants. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of such Public Warrants (other than upon exercise of such Public Warrants for cash) and we were a PFIC at any time during the U.S. Holder’s holding period of such Public Warrants, any gain recognized generally will be treated as an excess distribution, taxed as described above. If a U.S. Holder that exercises such Public Warrants properly makes and maintains a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired Ordinary Shares, the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired Ordinary Shares (it is not clear how a previously made QEF election that is in effect with respect to Ordinary Shares would apply to Ordinary Shares subsequently acquired on the exercise of such warrants). Notwithstanding such QEF election, the adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired Ordinary Shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the holding period the U.S. Holder will have had for the Public Warrants), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. Under one type of purging election, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such shares at their fair market value and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of such purging election, the U.S. Holder will have a new basis and holding period in the Ordinary Share acquired upon the exercise of the warrants solely for purposes of the PFIC rules. The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC Annual Information Statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances. In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC Annual Information Statement from us. We have not determined whether we will provide U.S. Holders this information if we determines that we are a PFIC. 104         Table of Contents Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable shares, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If a U.S. Holder makes (or has made) a valid mark-to-market election with respect to Ordinary Shares for such holder’s First PFIC Holding Year, such holder will generally not be subject to the adverse PFIC tax consequences discussed above in respect to its Ordinary Shares as long as such shares continue to be treated as marketable shares. Instead, the U.S. Holder will generally include as ordinary income for each year in its holding period that we are treated as a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Ordinary Shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis of its Ordinary Shares over the fair market value of its Ordinary Shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of its Ordinary Shares will be treated as ordinary income. Although there is uncertainty under the current rules, the holder of an option, such as the Public Warrants, does not appear to be entitled to make a mark-to-market election. Special tax rules may also apply if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for a taxable year after such holder’s First PFIC Holding Year. The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, generally, stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the Ordinary Shares cease to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election with respect to Ordinary Shares under their particular circumstances. Related PFIC Rules If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a non-U.S. subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder generally would be deemed to own a proportionate amount of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC, or the U.S. Holder otherwise was deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark- to-market election is made) and to provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the relevant statute of limitations applicable to such U.S. Holder. The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our securities under their particular circumstances. Additional Reporting Requirements Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. In addition, certain U.S. Holders holding specified foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of the applicable dollar thresholds are required to report information to the IRS relating to Ordinary Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Ordinary Shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions), by attaching a complete IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their tax return for each year in which they hold Ordinary Shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to file IRS Form 8938 and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of these rules on the ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares. 105 Table of Contents Treasury Regulations meant to require the reporting of certain tax shelter transactions could be interpreted to cover transactions generally not regarded as tax shelters, including certain foreign currency transactions. Under the applicable Treasury Regulations, certain transactions are required to be reported to the IRS including, in certain circumstances, a sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of foreign currency, to the extent that such sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition results in a tax loss in excess of a threshold amount. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisor to determine the tax return obligations, if any, with respect to Ordinary Shares, Public Warrants, and the receipt of any non-U.S. currency in respect thereof, including any requirement to file IRS Form 8886 (Reportable Transaction Disclosure Statement). Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is included for general informational purposes only and may not be applicable depending upon a U.S. Holder’s particular situation. All U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants including the tax consequences under state, local, estate, non-U.S. and other tax laws and tax treaties and the possible effects of changes in U.S. or other tax laws. Material Irish Tax Considerations to Non-Irish Holders  Scope The following is a summary of the anticipated material Irish tax consequences of the Business Combination to certain Non-Irish Holders (as defined below) of Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants (for the purposes of this section, the “Securities”) and the acquisition, ownership and disposal of Securities received by such holders pursuant to the Business Combination. The summary is based upon Irish tax laws and the published practice of the Irish Revenue Commissioners in effect on the date of this Report and submissions which have been made to, and confirmed by, the Irish Revenue Commissioners. Changes in law and/or administrative practice may result in a change in the tax consequences described below, possibly with retrospective effect. A “Non-Irish Holder” is an individual who beneficially owns their Securities, that is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes and does not hold their Securities, in connection with a trade carried on by such person through an Irish branch or agency. This summary does not constitute tax advice and is intended only as a general guide. The summary is not exhaustive and security holders should consult their tax advisors about the Irish tax consequences (and tax consequences under the laws of other relevant jurisdictions) of the Business Combination and of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of Securities. The summary applies only to Non-Irish Holders who hold their Securities, as capital assets and does not apply to other categories of Non-Irish Holders, such as dealers in securities, trustees, insurance companies, collective investment schemes and Non-Irish Holders who acquired, or are deemed to have acquired, their Securities by virtue of an Irish office or employment (performed or carried on to any extent in Ireland). The summary does not, except where expressly stated, consider the position of Non-Irish Holders who hold their Securities directly (and not beneficially through a broker or custodian (through DTC)). The Irish tax consequences of transactions in Securities held directly are generally negative when compared with Securities held through DTC. Any Non- Irish Holder contemplating holding their Securities directly should consult their personal tax advisors as to the Irish tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of such Securities. 106   Table of Contents Irish Tax on Chargeable Gains (“Irish CGT”) The current rate of tax on chargeable gains (where applicable) in Ireland is 33%. Non-Irish Holders will not be within the territorial scope of a charge to Irish CGT on a disposal of their Securities, provided that Securities neither (a) were used in or for the purposes of a trade carried on by such Non-Irish Holder through an Irish branch or agency, nor (b) were used, held or acquired for use by or for the purposes of an Irish branch or agency. Stamp Duty The rate of stamp duty (where applicable) on transfers of shares or warrants of Irish incorporated companies is 1% of the greater of the price paid or market value of the shares or warrants acquired. Where Irish stamp duty arises, it is generally a liability of the transferee. However, in the case of a gift or transfer at less than fair market value, all parties to the transfer are jointly and severally liable. Irish stamp duty may be payable in respect of transfers of Securities, depending on the manner in which the Securities are held. The Company has entered into arrangements with DTC to allow the Securities to be settled through the facilities of DTC. As such, the discussion below discusses separately the security holders who hold their shares through DTC and those who do not. Securities Held Through DTC The Irish Revenue Commissioners have confirmed that transfers of Securities effected by means of the transfer of book entry interests in DTC will not be subject to Irish stamp duty. Securities Held Outside of DTC or Transferred Into or Out of DTC A transfer of Securities where any party to the transfer holds such Securities outside of DTC may be subject to Irish stamp duty. Should the confirmation from the Irish Revenue Commissioners be granted, holders of Securities wishing to transfer their Securities into (or out of) DTC may do so without giving rise to Irish stamp duty provided that: • • there is no change in the beneficial ownership of such shares as a result of the transfer; and the transfer into (or out of) DTC is not effected in contemplation of a sale of such shares or warrants by a beneficial owner to a third party. Withholding Tax on Dividends (“DWT”) Distributions made by the Company will, in the absence of one of many exemptions, be subject to DWT, currently at a rate of 25%. For DWT and Irish income tax purposes, a distribution includes any distribution that may be made by the Company to holders of Ordinary Shares, including cash dividends, non-cash dividends and additional stock taken in lieu of a cash dividend. Where an exemption from DWT does not apply in respect of a distribution made to a holder of Ordinary Shares, the Company is responsible for withholding DWT prior to making such distribution. 107                             Table of Contents General Exemptions Irish domestic law provides that a non-Irish resident holder of Ordinary Shares is not subject to DWT on distributions received from the Company if such holder of Ordinary Shares is beneficially entitled to the distribution and is either: • • • • • a person (not being a company) resident for tax purposes in a Relevant Territory (including the United States) and is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in Ireland (for a list of Relevant Territories for DWT purposes, please see Exhibit 15.3 to this Report; a company resident for tax purposes in a Relevant Territory, provided such company is not under the control, whether directly or indirectly, of a person or persons who is or are resident in Ireland; a company that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by persons resident in a Relevant Territory and who is or are (as the case may be) not controlled by, directly or indirectly, persons who are not resident in a Relevant Territory; a company whose principal class of shares (or those of its 75% direct or indirect parent) is substantially and regularly traded on a stock exchange in Ireland, on a recognized stock exchange either in a Relevant Territory or on such other stock exchange approved by the Irish Minister for Finance; or a company that is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by two or more companies where the principal class of shares of each of such companies is substantially and regularly traded on a stock exchange in Ireland, a recognized stock exchange in a Relevant Territory or on such other stock exchange approved by the Irish Minister for Finance, and provided, in all cases noted above (but subject to “— Ordinary Shares Held by U.S. Resident Shareholders” below), the Company or, in respect of Ordinary Shares held through DTC, any qualifying intermediary appointed by the Company, has received from the holder of such Ordinary Shares, where required, the relevant DWT Forms prior to the payment of the distribution. In practice, in order to ensure sufficient time to process the receipt of relevant DWT Forms, the holders of Ordinary Shares, where required, should furnish the relevant DWT Form to: • its broker (and the relevant information is further transmitted to any qualifying intermediary appointed by the Company) before the record date for the distribution (or such later date before the distribution payment date as may be notified to the holder of Ordinary Shares by the broker) if its Ordinary Shares are held through DTC; or  • the Company’s transfer agent before the record date for the distribution if its Ordinary Shares are held outside of DTC. Links to the various DWT Forms are available at: http://www.revenue.ie/en/tax/dwt/forms/index.html. The information on such website does not constitute a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this Report. Such forms are generally valid, subject to a change in circumstances, until December 31 of the fifth year after the year in which the forms were completed. For non-Irish resident holders of Ordinary Shares that cannot avail themselves of one of Ireland’s domestic law exemptions from DWT, it may be possible for such holder of Ordinary Shares to rely on the provisions of a double tax treaty to which Ireland is party to reduce the rate of DWT. 108                         Table of Contents Ordinary Shares Held by U.S. Resident Shareholders The Irish Revenue Commissioners have confirmed that distributions paid in respect of Ordinary Shares that are owned by a U.S. resident and held through DTC will not be subject to DWT provided the address of the beneficial owner of such Ordinary Shares in the records of the broker holding such Ordinary Shares is in the United States (and such broker has further transmitted the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by the Company). It is strongly recommended that such holders of Ordinary Shares ensure that their information is properly recorded by their brokers (so that such brokers can further transmit the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by the Company). The Irish Revenue Commissioners have confirmed that distributions paid in respect of Ordinary Shares that are held outside of DTC and are owned by a security holder who is a resident of the United States will not be subject to DWT if such holder of Ordinary Shares provides a completed IRS Form 6166 or a valid DWT Form to the Company’s transfer agent to confirm its U.S. residence and claim an exemption. If any holder of Ordinary Shares that is resident in the United States receives a distribution from which DWT has been withheld, the holder of Ordinary Shares should generally be entitled to apply for a refund of such DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners, provided the holder of Ordinary Shares is beneficially entitled to the distribution. Ordinary Shares Held by Residents of Relevant Territories Other than the United States Holders of Ordinary Shares who are residents of Relevant Territories, other than the United States, must satisfy the conditions of one of the exemptions referred to above under the heading “—General Exemptions”, including the requirement to furnish valid DWT Forms, in order to receive distributions without suffering DWT. If such holders of Ordinary Shares hold their Ordinary Shares through DTC, they must provide the appropriate DWT Forms to their brokers (so that such brokers can further transmit the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by the Company) before the record date for the distribution (or such later date before the distribution payment date as may be notified to holder of Ordinary Shares by the broker). If such holders of Ordinary Shares hold their Ordinary Shares outside of DTC, they must provide the appropriate DWT Forms to the Company’s transfer agent before the record date for the distribution. If any holder of Ordinary Shares who is resident in a Relevant Territory receives a distribution from which DWT has been withheld, the holder of Ordinary Shares may be entitled to a refund of DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners provided the holder of Ordinary Shares is beneficially entitled to the distribution. Shares Held by Other Persons Holders of Ordinary Shares that do not fall within any of the categories specifically referred to above may nonetheless fall within other exemptions from DWT. If any holders of Ordinary Shares are exempt from DWT, but receive distributions subject to DWT, such holders of Ordinary Shares may apply for refunds of such DWT from the Irish Revenue Commissioners. Distributions paid in respect of Ordinary Shares held through DTC that are owned by a partnership formed under the laws of a Relevant Territory and where all the underlying partners are resident in a Relevant Territory will be entitled to exemption from DWT if all of the partners complete the appropriate DWT Forms and provide them to their brokers (so that such brokers can further transmit the relevant information to a qualifying intermediary appointed by the Company) before the record date for the distribution (or such later date before the distribution payment date as may be notified to the holder of Ordinary Shares by the broker). If any partner is not a resident of a Relevant Territory, no part of the partnership’s position is entitled to exemption from DWT. Qualifying Intermediary Prior to paying any distribution, the Company will put in place an agreement with an entity that is recognized by the Irish Revenue Commissioners as a “qualifying intermediary”, which will provide for certain arrangements relating to distributions in respect of Ordinary Shares that are held through DTC, which are referred to as the “Deposited Securities”. The agreement will provide that the qualifying intermediary shall distribute or otherwise make available to Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, any cash dividend or other cash distribution with respect to the Deposited Securities after the Company delivers or causes to be delivered to the qualifying intermediary the cash to be distributed. 109                         Table of Contents The Company will rely on information received directly or indirectly from its qualifying intermediary, brokers and its transfer agent in determining where holders of Ordinary Shares reside, whether they have provided the required U.S. tax information and whether they have provided the required DWT Forms. Holders of Ordinary Shares that are required to file DWT Forms in order to receive distributions free of DWT should note that such forms are generally valid, subject to a change in circumstances, until December 31 of the fifth year after the year in which such forms were completed. Income Tax on Dividends Paid on Ordinary Shares Irish income tax may arise for certain persons in respect of distributions received from Irish resident companies. A Non-Irish Holder that is entitled to an exemption from DWT will generally have no Irish income tax or universal social charge liability on a distribution from the Company. A Non-Irish Holder that is not entitled to an exemption from DWT, and therefore is subject to DWT, generally will have no additional Irish income tax liability or liability to universal social charge. The DWT deducted by the Company discharges the Irish income tax liability and liability to universal social charge. Capital Acquisitions Tax (“CAT”) CAT comprises principally gift tax and inheritance tax on property situated in Ireland for CAT purposes or otherwise within the territorial scope of CAT. CAT could apply to a gift or inheritance of the Securities because the Securities are regarded as property situated in Ireland for CAT purposes as the Company’s share register must be held in Ireland. The person who receives the gift or inheritance has primary liability for CAT. CAT is currently levied at a rate of 33% on the value of any taxable gift or inheritance above certain tax-free thresholds. The appropriate tax-free threshold depends upon (1) the relationship between the donor and the donee and (2) the aggregation of the values of previous taxable gifts and inheritances received by the donee from persons within the same group threshold. Gifts and inheritances passing between spouses are exempt from CAT, as are gifts to certain charities. Children have a current lifetime tax-free threshold of €335,000 in respect of taxable gifts or inheritances received from their parents. There is also a “small gift exemption” from CAT whereby the first €3,000 of the taxable value of all taxable gifts taken by a donee from any one donor, in each calendar year, is exempt from CAT and is also excluded from any future aggregation. This exemption does not apply to an inheritance. THE IRISH TAX CONSIDERATIONS SUMMARIZED ABOVE ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO PROVIDE ANY DEFINITIVE TAX REPRESENTATIONS TO HOLDERS. EACH SECURITY HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY APPLY TO SUCH SECURITY HOLDER. F. Dividends and Paying Agents The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and has no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. G. Statement by Experts The consolidated financial statements of Carbon Revolution as of June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2023, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2023, included in this Report, have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The audited financial statements of Twin Ridge as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, and for the year ended December 31, 2022, and for the period from January 7, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021, incorporated by reference in this Report, have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report (which report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the ability of Twin Ridge to continue as a going concern), incoporated by reference in this Report, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting. 110                       Table of Contents H. Documents on Display Documents concerning the Company referred to in this Report may be inspected at the principal executive offices of the Company at Ten Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland. The Company is subject to certain of the informational filing requirements of the Exchange Act. Since the Company is a “foreign private issuer,” it is exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and the officers, directors and principal shareholders of the Company are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to their purchase and sale of Ordinary Shares. In addition, the Company is not required to file reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, the Company is required to file with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information that the Company files with or furnishes electronically to the SEC. I. Subsidiary Information Not applicable. ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk The Company is exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Foreign currency risk Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk relates primarily to the Company’s US$ denominated term loan and its operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in a different currency from the Company’s presentation currency). The business has awarded wheel programs with sales denominated in US$ in development which are scheduled to commence production in the second half of calendar year 2024. USD inflows from these new program sales are expected provide some offset against USD outflows related to the Company’s USD denominated loan. 57% (38% in FY22) of the Company’s revenues and 34% (18.5% in FY22) of costs are denominated in currencies other than AUD. The Company has material exposure to foreign currency for movements in the exchange rate. The primary currencies the Company has exposure to are U.S. Dollars and Euros. The company has not entered any hedging agreements. The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk in relation to non-derivative financial instruments at June 30, 2023 was as follows, based upon notional amounts. +/- 5% exchange rate Impact on profit after tax Impact on equity Interest rate risk 2023 $’000 1,618  (1,618) 2022 $’000 90  (90) Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company does not currently hedge its exposure to interest rate fluctuations due to the low level of exposure. 111                               Table of Contents Interest rates are only applicable for borrowings and are paid monthly for the Term loan (USD) and on receipt of inventory for the supplier finance arrangement. Variable interest is only applicable for the supplier finance arrangement while the Term loan (USD) is fixed. Interest rate movements have not had a material impact on the valuation of inventory, accounts payable or accrued expenses other than an increase in accrued interest on borrowings. Price risk The Company is not exposed to any significant price risk. Credit risk Credit risk is a risk of financial loss if a customer or other counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. Our main financial assets are cash and cash equivalents as well as receivables and which represent the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk in connection with its financial assets. The assessment of customer credit risk is straightforward as a result of the concentrated nature of receivables with only a few customers, and a simplified approach has been taken. There is currently an immaterial allowance for expected credit losses as the Company has historically collected all customer debt amounts and expects to continue to do so for the customers contained within the balance at year end. Liquidity risk The Company’s objective is to maintain a balance between the continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of operating cash flows and committed available credit facilities. The Company actively reviews its funding position to seek to ensure the available facilities are adequate to meet its current and anticipated needs. The Company manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast cash flows and seeking to ensure that adequate cash and borrowing facilities are maintained. For further details on the current liquidity position and cash flow forecast through to the next twelve months, see “—Current Outlook”. ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES Public Warrants Upon the completion of the Business Combination, there were 12,210,732 Public Warrants outstanding. The Public Warrants, which entitle the holder to purchase one-tenth of an Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per one-tenth of an Ordinary Share ($115.00 per whole Ordinary Share), will become exercisable at any time commencing on November 29, 2023, which is 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination. The Public Warrants will expire on November 3, 2028 (i.e., five years after the completion of the Business Combination), at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation in accordance with their terms. Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies. Not applicable. Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds. PART II Not applicable. Item 15. Controls and Procedures. Not applicable. Item 16. [Reserved] Item 16A. Audit committee financial expert. Not applicable. Item 16B. Code of Ethics. Not applicable. Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services. Not applicable. 112                   Table of Contents Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees. Not applicable. Item 16E Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers. Not applicable. Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant. On November 7, 2023, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (“Deloitte”) informed us that they were declining to stand for reelection as Carbon Revolution’s auditors for the fiscal period ending June 30, 2024. The audit reports of Deloitte on the two fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 consolidated financial statements did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was such report qualified or modified as to audit scope or accounting principles. The audit reports did include an emphasis of matter paragraph regarding Carbon Revolution’s ability to continue as a going concern, as discussed in Note 1.3 to the consolidated financial statements for the two fiscal years ended June 30, 2023. During the two fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, and the subsequent interim period through November 9, 2023, there were no (1) disagreements with Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement, or (2) reportable events. The Company requested that Deloitte furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the above statements. A copy of such letter, dated November 9, 2023, is filed as Exhibit 15.2 to this Form 20-F. The Company has not yet engaged a new accounting firm. Item 16G. Corporate Governance. Not applicable. Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure. Not applicable. Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections. Not applicable. Item 16J. Insider Trading Policies Not applicable. Item 16K. Cybersecurity. Not applicable. ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS See Item 18. ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PART III The unaudited condensed financial statements of Twin Ridge as of June 30, 2023, are incorporated by reference to pages F-2–F-23 in Amendment No. 6 to Form F-4 filed by the Company on August 28, 2023. The audited financial statements of Twin Ridge as of December 31, 2022 are incorporated by reference to pages F-24–F-45 in Amendment No. 6 to Form F-4 filed by the Company on August 28, 2023. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of the Carbon Revolution and Twin Ridge are attached as Exhibit 15.1 to this Report. The audited financial statements of Carbon Revolution as of June 30, 2023 are included in pages 115 to 167 of this Report. 113           Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Carbon Revolution Limited Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Carbon Revolution Limited and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2023, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Substantial doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Group will continue as a going concern. We draw attention to Note 1.3 to the financial statements, which indicates there is substantial doubt about the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are described in Note 1.3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Convenience translation Our audits also comprehended the translation of Australian dollar amounts into United States dollar amounts and, in our opinion, such translation has been made in conformity with the basis stated in Note 1.7 to the financial statements. Such United States dollar amounts are presented solely for the convenience of readers outside Australia. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (PCAOB ID No. 01070) November 9, 2023 Melbourne, Australia We have served as the Group’s auditor since fiscal 2015. 114 Table of Contents Carbon Revolution Limited Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income For the Years Ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 Sale of wheels Engineering services Sale of tooling Revenue Cost of goods sold Gross loss Other income Operational expenses Research and development expenses Administrative expenses Marketing expenses Capital raising transaction costs Finance costs Loss before income tax expense Income tax expense Loss for the year after income tax Other comprehensive loss Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: Foreign currency translation differences – foreign operations Other comprehensive loss Note 2.1 3.2.1 2.2 2.4 4.7 2.4 5 2023 US $’0005  2023 AU $’000  2022 AU $’000  2021 AU $’000  24,806  351  167  25,324  (36,467) (11,143) 2,049  (1,984) (10,710) (9,641) (989) (16,379) (3,642) (52,439) -  (52,439) 37,477  530  253  38,260  (55,094) (16,834) 3,096  (2,997) (16,180) (14,566) (1,494) (24,746) (5,502) (79,223) -  (79,223) 38,276  464  1,596  40,336  (57,445) (17,109) 4,320  (2,013) (16,933) (13,146) (1,550) -  (1,390) (47,821) -  (47,821) 32,205  2,732  -  34,937  (49,232) (14,295) 10,506  (3,366) (10,513) (15,690) (938) -  (1,704) (36,000) -  (36,000) (41) (41) (62) (62) (147) (147) 150  150  Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax (52,480) (79,285) (47,968) (35,850) Earnings per share Basic Diluted 5 Refer to Note 1.7 Convenience translation into U.S. dollars 2.5 2.5  $  $ (0.25) (0.25)  $  $ (0.38) (0.38)  $  $ (0.23) (0.23)  $  $ (0.23) (0.23) 115                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Table of Contents Carbon Revolution Limited Consolidated Statements of Financial Position As of June 30, 2023 and 2022 Current assets Cash and cash equivalents Restricted trust fund Receivables Contract assets Inventories Other current assets Total current assets Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment Right-of-use assets Intangible assets Total non-current assets Total assets Current liabilities Payables Borrowings Lease liability Contract liability Deferred income Provisions Total current liabilities Non-current liabilities Borrowings Lease liability Contract liability Deferred income Provisions Total non-current liabilities Total liabilities Net assets Equity Contributed equity Reserves Accumulated losses Total equity 6 Refer to Note 1.7 Convenience translation into U.S. dollars 116 Note June 30, 2023 US $’0007  June 30, 2023 AU $’000    June 30, 2022 AU $’000  4.1 4.1 3.1 2.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 4.2 3.4 2.1 3.7 3.8 4.2 3.4 2.1 3.7 3.8 4.4 4.6 12,961  9,715  4,256  5,453  14,676  249  47,310  41,460  4,929  11,103  57,492  104,802  10,242  9,153  427  495  1,270  8,576  30,163  46,884  4,877  1,162  10,084  1,220  64,227  94,390  10,412  19,582  14,677  6,430  8,239  22,173  378  71,479  62,638  7,446  16,774  86,858  158,337  15,474  13,829  645  748  1,919  12,957  45,572  70,833  7,368  1,755  15,235  1,843  97,034  142,606  15,731  22,693  -  14,483  5,909  20,164  1,587  64,836  57,616  7,564  14,364  79,544  144,380  9,502  18,686  579  458  1,028  4,161  34,414  4,333  7,461  323  5,211  713  18,041  52,455  91,925  255,779  4,743  (250,110) 10,412  386,432  7,166  (377,867) 15,731  383,822  6,747  (298,644) 91,925                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Table of Contents Carbon Revolution Limited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity For the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021     Note Contributed equity Share buyback reserve Balance as of June 30, 2020 Net loss after tax for the full year Other comprehensive loss for the full year Total comprehensive loss for the full year Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners Share-based payments Issue of share capital Share issue costs Total transactions with owners in their capacity as owners Balance as of June 30, 2021 Balance as of June 30, 2021 Net loss after tax for the full year Other comprehensive loss for the full year Total comprehensive loss for the full year Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners Share-based payments Total transactions with owners in their capacity as owners Balance as of June 30, 2022 4.4 AU $’000    291,226  -  -  -  1,138  95,047  (5,521) 90,664  381,890  381,890  -  -  -  1,932  1,932  383,822  AU $’000    (311) -  -  -  -  -  -  -  (311) (311) -  -  -  -  -  (311) 117 Share based payment reserve    AU $’000    1,394  -  -  -  4,585  -  -  4,585  5,979  5,979  -  -  -  1,235  1,235  7,214  Accumulated losses AU $’000    (214,823) (36,000) 0  (36,000) -  -  -  -  (250,823) (250,823) (47,821) -  (47,821) -  -  (298,644) Foreign currency translation reserve    AU $’000    (159) -  150  150  -  -  -  -  (9) (9) -  (147) (147) -  -  (156) Total equity AU $’000  77,327  (36,000) 150  (35,850) 5,723  95,047  (5,521) 95,249  136,726  136,726  (47,821) (147) (47,968) 3,167  3,167  91,925                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Table of Contents Balance as of June 30, 2022 383,822  (311) 7,214  (298,644) Net loss after tax for the full year Other comprehensive loss for the full year Total comprehensive loss for the full year Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners Share-based payments Total transactions with owners in their 4.4 capacity as owners Balance as of June 30, 2023 -  -  -  2,610  2,610  386,432  -  -  -  -  -  (311) 118 -  -  -  481  481  7,695  (79,223) -  (79,223) -  -  (377,867) (156) -  (62) (62) -  -  (218) 91,925  (79,223) (62) (79,285) 3,091  3,091  15,731                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table of Contents Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Carbon Revolution Limited For the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 Cash flow from operating activities Receipts from customers Receipt of grants and research and development incentives Payments to suppliers and employees Interest received Capital raising transaction costs Borrowing costs Finance costs Net cash used in operating activities Cash flow from investing activities Payments for property, plant and equipment Payments for intangible assets Sale proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment Net cash used in investing activities Cash flow from financing activities Proceeds from third party borrowings Repayment of third-party borrowings Repayment of related party borrowings Proceeds from share issues Reclassification to restricted trust fund Capital raising transaction costs Repayment of lease liability Net cash provided by financing activities Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents held Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of financial year Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at end of financial year 7 Refer to Note 1.7 Convenience translation into U.S. dollars  $ 2023 US ’0007   $   2023 AU ’000    $ 2022 AU ’000    $ 2021 AU ’000  30,277  10,224  (53,094) 40  (5,977) (13,685) (2,522) (34,737) (8,659) (3,226) 2  (11,883) 82,713  (28,602) -  -  (9,715) -  (400) 43,996  (2,624) 15,020  565  12,961  45,742  15,446  (80,215) 61  (9,030) (20,676) (3,810) (52,482) (13,082) (4,874) 3  (17,953) 124,963  (43,212) -  -  (14,677) -  (604) 66,470  (3,965) 22,693  854  19,582  33,643  3,767  (81,005) 94  -  -  (2,475) (45,976) (15,634) (6,007) -  (21,641) 33,657  (29,370) -  -  -  (422) (596) 3,269  (64,348) 87,257  (216) 22,693  30,236  11,888  (59,533) 69  -  -  (1,641) (18,981) (12,571) (3,990) -  (16,561) 25,774  (12,715) (13,000) 95,046  -  (5,119) (1,040) 88,946  53,404  33,861  (8) 87,257  Note 3.7 4.7 4.2 4.1.2 3.3 3.5 3.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.1 4.1.3 119                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table of Contents Notes to the Financial Statements For the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021 1. Basis of preparation 1.1 Corporate information This note sets out the accounting policies adopted by Carbon Revolution Limited (“Carbon Revolution Limited”) and its consolidated entities, collectively known as “Carbon Revolution”, the “consolidated entity” or the “Group” in the preparation and presentation of the financial statements. Where an accounting policy is specific to one note, the policy is described within the note to which it relates. The financial statements were authorized for issue by the directors as of November 9, 2023. Carbon Revolution Limited is incorporated and domiciled in Australia.  Its principal activity is the manufacture and sale of carbon fiber wheels, as well as research and development projects relating to carbon fiber wheel technology. The address of the Carbon Revolution’s registered office and its principal place of business is: Building NR 75 Pigdons Road Waurn Ponds VIC 3216, Australia On November 3, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Twin Ridge”), Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (formerly known as Poppetell Limited), a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (“MergeCo”), Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company with Australian Company Number (ACN) 128 274 653 listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (“Carbon Revolution”) and Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company and wholly-owned subsidiary of MergeCo (“MergerSub”), consummated the business combination (the “Transaction”) pursuant to the terms of a Business Combination Agreement, dated November 29, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time, pursuant to which, among other things, Twin Ridge merged with and into MergerSub, with MergerSub surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of MergeCo, with shareholders of Twin Ridge receiving Ordinary Shares of MergeCo, par value $0.0001 (“Ordinary Shares”), in exchange for their existing Twin Ridge ordinary shares and existing Twin Ridge warrant holders having their warrants automatically exchanged by assumption by MergeCo of the obligations under such warrants, including to become exercisable in respect of Ordinary Shares instead of Twin Ridge ordinary shares (the “Business Combination”). In addition, Twin Ridge, Carbon Revolution and MergeCo implemented a scheme of arrangement under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and a capital reduction under Part 2J.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed, dated as of November 30, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time, which resulted in all shares of Carbon Revolution being canceled in return for consideration, with Carbon Revolution issuing one share to MergeCo (resulting in Carbon Revolution becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of MergeCo) and the MergeCo issuing Ordinary Shares to the shareholders of Carbon Revolution. 1.2 Basis of preparation These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention. Carbon Revolution has elected to present the financial statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income using the function of expense method. These financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is Carbon Revolution’s functional and presentation currency. 120                         Table of Contents 1.3 Going concern Background The financial statements of the Group have been prepared on the going concern basis which contemplates the continuity of normal business activities and the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business. Carbon Revolution is an advanced technology manufacturing business which is in the process of industrializing and scaling up its production processes. At this pre-profitability stage of Carbon Revolution’s business lifecycle, it is essential that it has sufficient funding to meet its working capital requirements, as well as to fund the Group’s ongoing research and development of its products, material and process technologies, and investment in the expansion of its production facility (Mega-Line) required to achieve profitability and positive cash generation. For the year ended June 30, 2023, the Group incurred an operating loss after tax of $79.2 million (2022: $47.8 million) and had negative cash flows from operating activities of $52.5 million (2022: $46.0 million), with a net current asset position of $25.9 million (2022: $30.4 million) and a cash and cash equivalent balance of $19.6 million as of  June 30, 2023 (2022: $22.7 million). Subsequent to June 30, 2023 the Group continues to be loss making and has negative cash flows from operating activities. As of October 31, 2023, cash and cash equivalents amounted to $1.7 million. As discussed in Note 6.7 Subsequent Events, the following took place on November 3, 2023: • Carbon Revolution, Twin Ridge, MergeCo, and MergerSub, consummated the business combination pursuant to the terms of a Business Combination Agreement, dated November 29, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time. • MergeCo issued US$35 million (A$54.7 million) of Preferred Shares to OIC (Initial Subscription Price) (each, as defined below) and received US$32.5 million (A$49.8 million) in net proceeds. Carbon Revolution received these proceeds from MergeCo as per the loan agreement (defined below) between MergeCo and Carbon Revolution. As a result of the Business Combination, given that MergeCo and MergerSub are not operating entities, they are dependent on the Group to meet their financial obligations. Carbon Revolution has prepared a detailed cash flow projection for the 12-month period from November 4, 2023 (the “Cash Flow Projection”) in connection with its assessment of its current and projected liquidity, including its financing needs and ability to continue as a going concern. The Cash Flow Projection includes all cash flows for MergeCo and its subsidiaries. Based on revenue and operating costs, research and development costs, working capital needs, and capital expenditure plans and remaining deferred transaction costs, the Cash Flow Projection indicates that the Group must raise, in addition to the related party loan from MergeCo which was received on November 6, 2023, new debt and/or equity of at least $42.3 million to allow the Group to continue as a going concern over the next 12 month period. The Group’s Cash Flow Projection forecasts: • • • Net cash outflows (excluding costs related to the Transaction) from operating activities of approximately $70.5 million, being cash inflows from customers (and grants), less operating costs, research and development costs, working capital needs, principal repayments, and capital expenditure; Net cash inflows from financing activities of $33 million, consisting primarily of raising new funding or accessing the Committed Equity Facility (“CEF”) of $42.3 million and accessing US$5 million (A$7.8 million) of the funds of the OIC Financing held in escrow upon satisfaction of the First Reserve Release (as defined below), offset by $14.1 million of Transaction costs indicated to be payable during the remainder of the projection period, as well as $3.1 million relating to other financing activities; From November 2023 onwards, the Group projects to meet its covenants, as amended on October 18, 2023, under the USD term loan (the “New Debt Program”), except for the Adjusted EBITDA test where management forecasts breaches in February 2024 and August 2024. If it does not meet a covenant, the Group will seek to utilize the cure rights available to it in accordance with the New Debt Program.  Refer to Note 4.2, Borrowings and other financial liabilities, for information on covenants under the USD term loan, and Note 6.7, Subsequent Events for information on waivers received subsequent to the reporting period. There is risk that the Group may not be able to meet its operational cash flow targets; There is also the risk that the Group may not be able to meet all of its covenants under the New Debt Program and the lender may not waive any potential future breaches. Cash Flow and Liquidity Initiatives As of the date of issuance of the financial statements, the Group and MergeCo are undertaking the following funding initiatives: 121           Table of Contents OIC Financing Carbon Revolution announced on September 22, 2023 that MergeCo has entered into a securities purchase agreement (“OIC Purchase Agreement”) and other documents (the “OIC Documents”) with OIC Structured Equity Fund I Range, LLC and OIC Structured Equity Fund I GPFA Range, LLC (fund vehicles affiliated with Orion Infrastructure Capital) (“OIC” or, collectively, the “OIC Investors”), under which, subject to satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions (including Implementation (“closure of scheme of arrangement and capital reduction”)), MergeCo agreed to issue Class A Preferred Shares in MergeCo (“Preferred Shares”) and a warrant (“OIC Warrant”) to OIC in exchange for initial gross proceeds of US$35 million (A$54.7 million) (“Initial Subscription Price”), with further proceeds to be available in tranches, comprising of up to US$35 million (A$54.7 million) (“Reserve Funds”) that OIC agreed to deposit in an escrow account, which funds are subject to release upon satisfaction of further conditions and up to a further US$40 million (A$62.5 million) (“Subsequent Commitment Amount”) in aggregate proceeds upon satisfaction of further conditions to be used for the development, construction, and/or retooling of future manufacturing facilities (“OIC Financing”). As discussed in this going concern disclosure, the initial net proceeds of US$32.5 million (A$49.8 million) was received by the Group on November 6, 2023, as per the loan agreement between MergeCo and Carbon Revolution.  Under the terms of the loan agreement, the maturity date of the loan is November 2028. Refer to note 6.7 Subsequent Events.  MergeCo has issued a guarantee letter to Carbon Revolution whereby MergeCo guaranteed that the net proceeds received from OIC on the First Reserve Release (defined below) will be contributed to Carbon Revolution. Under the OIC Financing, in addition to the initial net proceeds received on November 6, 2023 of US$49.8 million: • • • • US$35 million (A$54.7 million) have been deposited into an escrow account  (“Reserve Funds”). Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions, MergeCo will issue US$5 million ($7.8 million) of Preferred Shares to OIC and receive US$5 million ($7.8 million) in funding from the Reserve Funds if, prior to the Second Reserve Release (as defined below), MergeCo receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least US$10 million ($15.6 million) from one or more issuances and sales of Ordinary Shares to one or more third party persons (other than OIC and its affiliates) (“First Reserve Release”).  The Group projects in its Cash Flow Projection that the First Reserve Release will occur by February 2024. Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions by December 1, 2024, or if MergeCo continues to work in good faith to satisfy the relevant condition, January 31, 2025, MergeCo will issue Preferred Shares to OIC equal in amount to the remaining Reserve Funds plus accrued interest and receive the remaining Reserve Funds (“Second Reserve Release”).  The Second Reserve Release is not included in the Cash Flow Projection as management does not expect the Second Reserve Release to take place within the projection period. In the 24 months following the Initial Closing, MergeCo will, to the extent additional financing is necessary for the development, construction and/or tooling associated with any future manufacturing facility or for material upgrades to Carbon Revolution’s existing Mega-line plant operations in Australia (“Plant Investments”), have the right, subject to meeting certain conditions described below, to request that OIC subscribe for up to US$40 million of further Preferred Shares less a 2% subsequent structuring premium (“Subsequent Financing”). Completion of any such Subsequent Financing is subject to approval by OIC’s investment committee. The Subsequent Financing is not included in the Cash Flow Projection as management does not expect the Subsequent Financing to take place within the projection period. The proceeds received from the issuance of Preferred Shares under the OIC Financing must generally be used consistent with a budget agreed between MergeCo and OIC. In connection with the OIC Financing, an affiliate of OIC will receive a ‘monitoring fee’ of US$80,000 (A$123,000) per year for so long as the Preferred Shares remain issued and outstanding. There are risks associated with the OIC Financing including but not limited to: • There are no assurances as to when the closing conditions for the OIC Financing for the Reserve Funds or Subsequent Financing will be satisfied; • MergeCo’s ability to raise further capital from third parties is subject to consent from OIC (subject to certain limited exceptions); and • The MergeCo Board may not be able to act in the best interests of MergeCo or MergeCo Shareholders as a result of the terms of the OIC Documents that impose obligations on MergeCo and its subsidiaries or restrict their ability to engage in some business activities, which could materially adversely affect MergeCo and Carbon Revolution’s business, results of operations and financial condition. 122                 Table of Contents Advance Payment Arrangement The Group has entered into bailment and advanced payment arrangements over the last 12 months with one of its key customers for shipped goods to be paid in advance in exchange for certain discounts. The Group plans to continue to request bailment and advance payment arrangements with this customer and the Group’s Cash Flow Projection assumes that the bailment and advanced payment arrangement will continue to be granted. There are risks associated with the bailment and advance payment arrangements including but not limited to: • • • There is no contractual arrangement with the key customer that requires it to accept the request for the bailment and advance payments; The customer may not accept the Group’s request for the bailment and advance payments; and There may be a delay in the customer accepting and making the bailment and advance payments. New Equity In addition to the Initial Subscription Price and First Reserve Release of the OIC Financing, the Group’s Cash Flow Projection includes MergeCo raising gross funds of US$27.5 million (A$42.3 million) in connection with the partial use of the US$60 million (A$92.3 million) Committed Equity Facility (“CEF”). The Cash Flow Projection projects US$10 million (A$15.4 million), US$7.5 million (A$11.5 million), and US$10 million (A$15.4 million) of gross funds will be raised in February 2024, April 2024, and June 2024, respectively. The Cash Flow Projection also includes deferred transaction costs of $10.6 million to be paid from these funds, according to the terms of the vendor deferral arrangements. It is expected that MergeCo will advance these funds raised to Carbon Revolution. In addition to the CEF, Twin Ridge also engaged Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC to act as placement agent and capital markets advisor to support the Group in potentially raising additional funding. Craig-Hallum has in particular been engaged to identify and contact potential investors, formulate a strategy, coordinate due diligence and assist in preparing any offering documents. There are risks associated with the New Equity raising activities including but not limited to: • • • there may be a delay in the availability of the CEF (the CEF will not be available until after the filing by MergeCo of its annual report for the year ended June 30, 2023, which has not yet been filed with the SEC and filing with the SEC of a registration statement for the resale of the Ordinary Shares, and such registration statement being declared effective by the SEC); the Group’s advisors that will be assisting in raising capital through the CEF may be unable to dispose of the shares of MergeCo on an ongoing basis. As the terms of the CEF will not require the advisor to purchase additional shares under the CEF beyond an overall ownership of 9.99% (the CEF Ownership Restriction) or US$10 million (A$15.4 million) per week, whichever is lower, the Group may have access to materially less than the US$27.5 million projected to be drawn under the CEF during the next 12 months; In order for MergeCo to be able to draw down on the next advance, the CEF provider will be required to sell some or all of its Ordinary Shares issued as part of the first advance on market which, in the absence of significant demand for Ordinary Shares, may put significant downward pressure on the trading price. This may cause the 9.99% shareholding cap under the next advance to be reached in conjunction with a lower US$ amount of cash raised under the CEF. This mechanism may create a downward spiral in the share price of MergeCo which may prevent CBR from being able to utilize the CEF to create liquidity; • When MergeCo lodges a request to drawdown an amount of equity from the CEF, the CEF Provider is specifically permitted to sell the shares in MergeCo during the period between lodgement of the request to drawdown and the date the shares are issued to it so that it may manage its risk should it need to. The agreement for the CEF deems a request to drawdown equity from the CEF to be an unconditional contract that is binding on both parties; • • The CEF Provider is permitted to sell the shares in MergeCo for which it is bound to subscribe, before it is issued with them, and before it has paid the subscription price. This might be characterized as short selling of the Ordinary Shares. Accordingly, there exists the potential for the CEF Provider to place downward pressure on the trading price of Ordinary Shares on the public market by short selling shares it does not yet own. This effect is more severe under the CEF than other ordinary short selling arrangements because the CEF Provider will not subsequently re-enter the public market to purchase the shares it has already sold (and by doing so, provide support for the trading price) but will instead simply deliver, to either the lender of the covered position or the purchaser if the short sale was naked, the shares subscribed for under the CEF when they are issued; and the Group may not be able to raise further equity funds from sources other than the CEF in the amounts and within the timeframes necessary for the Group to remain solvent and to comply with its liquidity covenants, on satisfactory terms, or at all. Other initiatives As of the date of issuance of the financial statements, the Group has entered into the following cash flow, liquidity improvement, and funding initiatives: • • • • As discussed above, the Group received $49.8 million of initial net proceeds through MergeCo’s OIC Financing as per the loan agreement between MergeCo and Carbon Revolution on November 6, 2023; The Group reached agreement with certain suppliers to defer total payments of $8.9 million including future invoices during the deferral period. Under the terms of these agreements, the deferred payments are required to be made in November 2023; The Group reached agreement with certain of its advisers relating to the deferral of $23.7 million of transaction fees owed to them at Implementation, with $10.6 million of these fees projected to be payable during the next 12 month period. Refer to Note 6.7 Subsequent Events; In connection with the OIC Financing, the Group obtained certain amendments to terms of the New Debt Program. Refer Note 6.7 Subsequent Events. 123                                 Table of Contents Conclusion The Cash Flow Projection projects that the Group will have sufficient funds to meet its commitments over the next twelve months based on the successful implementation of all of the above funding, cash flow and liquidity improvement initiatives. The directors consider they have reasonable grounds to believe that they will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding through measures such as the OIC Financing, Advance Payment Arrangement, and New Equity. For these reasons the financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Group is a going concern. Carbon Revolution is not yet profitable and does not yet derive positive net operating cash flows and does not expect to be profitable or be able to derive positive net operating cash flows in the 12 month period of the Cash Flow Projection. Should sufficient liquidity not be secured through the above funding initiatives, or should there be a delay in the timing of securing funds through these funding initiatives, or should the Group be unable to cure any breaches for its borrowings, this would have adverse implications for the Group, Carbon Revolution’s shareholders and its creditors. In these scenarios, the Group will need to seek other options, including seeking further liquidity support from customers and suppliers, delaying or reducing operating and capital expenditure, seeking waivers in respect of potential covenant breaches, the possibility of an alternative transaction or fundraising, and in the event that none of these are available, liquidation. Based on the factors above, a material uncertainty exists which may cast substantial doubt as to whether the Group will continue as a going concern and therefore whether it will realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or to the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Group not continue as a going concern. 1.4 Basis of consolidation The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars which is also the functional currency of the parent entity and its Australian subsidiaries. Controlled entities The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Carbon Revolution and of its subsidiaries as of reporting date. Carbon Revolution controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent entity, using consistent accounting policies. Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting policies which may exist.  Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is established and are de-recognized from the date that control ceases. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of Carbon Revolution are eliminated in full on consolidation. Any changes in Carbon Revolution’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in Carbon Revolution losing control over the subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions. Foreign currency translation Carbon Revolution has one overseas subsidiary in the United States of America (“US”). The results and financial position of all of Carbon Revolution’s entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: • assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date; 124                                 Table of Contents • • income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates throughout the course of the year (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rates on the dates of the transactions); and all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve, a separate component of equity. 1.5 Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of Carbon Revolution’s accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses.  Actual results may differ from these estimates.  Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to estimates are recognized prospectively. The significant judgements made by management in applying Carbon Revolution’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty are outlined in detail within the specific note to which they relate. Information about critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidation financial statements are included in the following notes. Note 3.2 Inventories Note 3.3 Property, plant and equipment Note 3.7 Deferred income Note 4.2 Borrowings and other financial liabilities 1.6 Goods and Services Tax (“GST”) Note 3.5 Intangible assets Note 5.5 Income tax Note 4.7 Transaction costs Goods and Services Tax (“GST”) is recognized in these financial statements as follows: 1. Revenues, expenses and assets are recognized net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority; 2. Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable; 3. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the consolidated balance sheet; 4. Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities are presented as operating cash flows; and 5. Commitments are disclosed net of GST. 1.7 Convenience translation into U.S. dollars The presentation currency of Carbon Revolution Limited’s consolidated financial statements are the Australian Dollar. The U.S dollar amounts disclosed in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented solely for the convenience of the reader, dividing the Australian dollar amounts by the exchange rate of AUD 0.6619 per US$1.00, which is the Xignite market exchange rate as of June 30, 2023. The use of this methodology in translating Australian dollars into U.S dollars is referred to as the “U.S. dollar translation methodology,” and should not be construed as a representation that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent or have been, or the amount that could be converted into U.S dollars at that rate or any other rate. 125                                       Table of Contents 2 Operating performance Revenue is recognized either at a point in time or over time, when (or as) Carbon Revolution satisfies performance obligations by transferring the promised goods or services to its customers, regardless of when the payment is received.  Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable, taking into account contractually defined terms of payment and excluding taxes or duty.  Carbon Revolution has concluded that it is the principal in all of its revenue arrangements since it is the primary obligor in all the revenue arrangements, has pricing discretion, and is also exposed to inventory and credit risks. 2.1 Revenue from contracts with customers In addition to the comments in Note 2.2.1 the disclosure requirements arising from IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, are grouped together in this note. Disaggregation of revenue External revenue by product line Sale of wheels Engineering services Sale of tooling Total revenue External revenue by timing of revenue Goods transferred at a point in time Goods transferred over time Services transferred at a point in time Services transferred over time Total revenue Contract asset Opening balance Additions Advance payments Transfer to trade receivables Total contract asset 2023 $’000   37,477  530  253  38,260  2023 $’000   18,885  18,592  253  530  38,260  2023 $’000  5,909  24,821  (13,064) (9,427) 8,239  2021 $’000  32,205  2,732  -  34,937  2021 $’000  9,606  22,599  1,422  1,310  34,937  2022 $’000     38,276  464  1,596  40,336  2022 $’000     15,730  22,546  1,277  783  40,336  2022 $’000      -    5,909      -      -      5,909      126                                                                                                                                                                                                             Table of Contents Contract liability Opening balance Additions Revenue recognized Total contract liability Contract liability – current Contract liability – non current Total contract liability 2.2 Other income Government grants Jobkeeper Interest income Foreign exchange gain Other income Total other income 2023 $’000  781  2,505  (783) 2,503  748  1,755  2,503  2022 $’000     3,506      -      94      448      272      4,320      2022 $’000  -  781  -  781  458  323  781  2021 $’000   3,504  6,835  84  -  83  10,506  2023 $’000   2,777  -  61  -  258  3,096  2.2.1 Information about revenue and other income In accordance with IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Carbon Revolution recognizes as revenue from contracts with customers the amount that is received as consideration for the transfer of goods or services to customers. The relevant point in time or period of time is the transfer of control of the goods or services to the customer (control approach). To determine when to recognize revenue and at what amount, the five-step model is applied. By applying the five-step model to contracts with customers, distinct performance obligations are identified. The transaction price is determined – and allocated to the performance obligations – according to the requirements of IFRS 15. The allocation of the transaction price in the case of more than one performance obligation at hand would be performed by using observable prices if possible. Otherwise, the allocation would be performed using the adjusted market assessment approach or the approach of cost plus a margin. For every performance obligation that, in accordance with IFRS 15, is distinct within the context of the contract, the revenue recognition is determined to be at a point in time or to be satisfied over time. Sale of wheels and tooling Revenue from the sale of Carbon Revolution wheels and tooling is based on the contracted sales price. Discounts on the invoice amounts can be granted to the customer in return for significant advance payments. All sales relate to customer-specific products and revenue is recognized over time when there is an enforceable right to payment and no alternative use. Otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the distinct good or service. Payment terms for both revenue recognized over time and at a point in time depend on the individual customer and are on average between 60 and 120 days. Sales are recognized when control is transferred. Control is transferred over time and revenue is recognized over time by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of the relevant performance obligation if one of the following criteria is met: 127                                                                                                                                                                       Table of Contents • • • the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by Carbon Revolution’s performance as Carbon Revolution performs; Carbon Revolution’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as Carbon Revolution performs; or Carbon Revolution’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to Carbon Revolution and Carbon Revolution has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. The output-based measurement method is used for revenue recognized over time based on products ready to be picked up by the customer or shipped to the customer or where applicable a practical expedient is used based on the date of invoice. Under Carbon Revolution’s standard contract terms, end customers have a right to claim for faulty wheels within a specified warranty period. While a warranty provision is recorded at the time of the product sale based on an assessment of possible future claims, historically, Carbon Revolution has not experienced material warranty claims. Rendering of services Revenue from a contract to provide engineering, design and testing services is recognized over time based on the stage of completion of the contract. The Directors have assessed that the stage of completion determined as the proportion of the milestones achieved under the customer contract is an appropriate measure of progress towards complete satisfaction of these performance obligations under IFRS 15. In certain circumstances where a contract to provide engineering, design and testing services is only fulfilled with the delivery of certain prototypes, the revenue is recognized at a point in time. The recognition occurs when Carbon Revolution transfers the prototype wheels to the buyer and with it the significant risks and rewards of ownership, in accordance with the relevant customer contracted commercial terms. Contract assets and contract liabilities Contract assets arise from customer-specific goods and services where performance obligations are delivered in advance of invoicing for revenue recognized over time. Contract assets are reduced when the customer is invoiced. Contract liabilities include advance payments by customers for deliveries of goods and for services to be performed. In the case of these advance payments by customers for deliveries of goods and for services to be performed, for which contract liabilities are recognized, the customer has already paid the consideration – or part of the consideration – but Carbon Revolution has not yet satisfied its performance obligation, or has done so only to a limited extent. The provision of the corresponding services to the customers by Carbon Revolution in these cases reduces the level of the associated contract liabilities. Interest income Interest income is recognized on a time proportionate basis that takes into account the effective yield on the financial asset. Government grants Government grants income includes government grants and amounts received or receivable by Carbon Revolution.  Grants are recognized where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attached conditions have been complied with.  When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as income on a systematic basis over the periods that the related costs, for which it is intended to compensate, are expensed. Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to Carbon Revolution with no future related costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they become receivable.  When the grant relates to an asset, it is recognized as income in equal amounts over the expected useful life of the related asset. JobKeeper The Federal Government’s JobKeeper scheme effectively provided a wage subsidy to the Group, which was materially impacted by COVID-19. The JobKeeper scheme ended on 28 March 2021. The group was acting as principal and the JobKeeper payments represent a government grant, which is recognized under AASB 120 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance. This grant is recognized as a receivable when there is reasonable assurance that the entity will comply with the conditions attached to the grant and the grant will be received. The grant is recognized in profit or loss in the period in which the entity recognizes the related costs as expenses. The grant is disclosed in other income in the profit and loss and within the consolidated statements of cash flows in government grants. 2.3 Segments Carbon Revolution operates in one business segment, being the manufacture and sale of carbon fiber wheels. This single segment is based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Chief Executive Officer, who is also the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), in assessing performance and determining allocation of resources.  The accounting policies adopted for internal reporting to the CODM are consistent with those adopted in the financial statements. While revenue is almost entirely international, all non- current assets are domestic. Included in revenues, are revenues of approximately $35.8 million (2022: $39.3 million, 2021: $32.6 million) which arose from sales to Carbon Revolution’s three major international customers, representing more than 94% of Carbon Revolution’s revenue. No other single customers contributed 10 per cent or more to Carbon Revolution’s revenue in either 2021,  2022 or 2023. 128                                     Table of Contents Revenue and non-current assets by geography comprise: Revenue International Domestic Non-current assets International Domestic 2021 $’000  34,937  -  34,937  2023 $’000   38,260  -  38,260  -  86,858  86,858  2022 $’000     40,336      -      40,336      -      79,544      79,544      129                                                                                                                                      Table of Contents 2.4 Expenses Finance costs Interest on third party loans Interest on lease liabilities Finance costs Supplier financing costs Interest other Interest on Ronal AG loan Facility costs Salaries and employee benefit expense Wages and salaries Post-employment benefits (defined contribution plans) Share-based payments expense Depreciation and amortization Property, plant and equipment Right of use assets Capitalized development costs Patents and trademarks Research and development expense Research and development 2.4.1 Information about expenses Finance costs Finance costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Share based payments 2023 $’000   2,676  297  1,448  446  635  -  -  5,502  39,023  3,379  3,091  45,493  7,382  695  2,376  89  10,542  2022 $’000     552      301      -      213      324      -      -      1,390      33,370      2,838      3,167      39,375      6,919      656      1,307      84      8,966      2021 $’000  400  50  -  60  91  668  435  1,704  26,034  2,259  5,723  34,016  6,391  687  520  85  7,683  16,180  16,933      10,513  Carbon Revolution operates several employee incentive schemes to remunerate employees, including senior executives, in the form of share-based payments. Refer to note 4.5 for information on share-based payments. Depreciation Property, plant and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, commencing from the time the asset is held ready for use. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the assets estimated useful life and the expected term of the lease. Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If Carbon Revolution is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option or if the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the lessee by the end of the lease term, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life. 130                                                                                                                                                                                           Table of Contents Depreciation is mainly included in cost of goods sold with minority of costs in research and development expense as it is directly attributable to the cost of producing wheels and developing new carbon fiber wheel core technologies and structures. The depreciation periods and method for each class of assets are: Class of fixed asset Leasehold improvements Manufacturing plant and equipment Tooling Other equipment Depreciation period Shorter of 20 years or the remaining term of the lease 2 to 10 years 3 to 10 years 3 to 5 years Depreciation method Straight line Diminishing value Diminishing value Diminishing value Research and development expenses Research and development expenses primarily consist of (i) purchases of supplies and materials used in our research and development projects, (ii) salaries, bonuses and related expenses for personnel engaged in research and development, (iii) consumption of low-value consumables used in our research and development projects, (iv) depreciation of property, plant and equipment used in connection with our research and development efforts, and (v) amortization of capitalized development costs. Expenditure on research activities is recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. Refer to note 3.5 Intangible assets for further information in relation to capitalized development costs, patents and trademarks. 2.5 Earnings per share The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data: The following reflects the income used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations: a) Earnings used in calculating earnings per share Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 2023 $’000  2022 $’000    2021 $’000  (79,223) (47,821) (36,000) b) Weighted average number of shares Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share 208,504  205,938  155,501  Effect of dilution Share options Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution Loss per share (basic and diluted in cents) -  208,504  (0.38)  $ -  205,938  (0.23)  $ -  155,501  (0.23)  $ There have been no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between June 30, 2023 and the date of the completion of this financial report. Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net loss divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares. Options granted under Long Term Incentive (“LTIP”), Short Term Incentive (“STI”), Tax-exempt Employee Share Ownership (“TESP”), Employee Stock Ownership (“ESOP”), Salary Restructure Scheme (“SRS”) and Non-Executive Director Fee Sacrifice (“NED Plan”) plans would generally be included in the calculation due to the conditions of issuance being satisfied. As Carbon Revolution is in a loss position, the options are anti-dilutive and, accordingly, the basic loss per share is the same as the diluted loss per share. A total number of 9,956,243 options/rights outstanding at June 30, 2023 (2022: 10,123,403) were anti-dilutive and were therefore excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share. 131                                                                                                                                                               Table of Contents These options related to the following option plans: ESOP LTIP Total Performance rights NED Plan LTIP STI TESP SRS Total 2023 No.  4,945,959  3,151,950  8,097,909  2023 No.  43,033  688,142  851,613  233,248  42,298  1,858,334  2022 No.    4,996,896      3,334,183      8,331,079      2022 No.    43,033      718,345      595,363      321,803      113,780      1,792,324      2021 No.  4,996,896  -  4,996,896  2021 No.  107,518  718,345  333,017  125,647  360,614  1,645,141  132                                                                                 Table of Contents 3  Operating assets and liabilities This section shows the assets used to generate Carbon Revolution’s revenue and the liabilities incurred. Assets and liabilities relating to Carbon Revolution’s financing activities are disclosed in note 4.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 5. 3.1 Receivables Trade receivables Not past due Past due 1 – 30 days Past due 31 – 90 days Past due 90 days and over Allowance for impairment losses Trade receivables Apprenticeship grant funding Other receivables GST recoverable Trade and other receivables 2023 $’000  4,220  623  443  216  5,502  (119) 5,383  25  267  755  6,430  2022 $’000  7,591  3,433  1,445  684  13,153  -  13,153  479  236  615  14,483  3.1.1 Information about receivables Trade and other receivables are measured at the transaction price in accordance with IFRS 15. Carbon Revolution makes use of the simplified approach in the accounting for expected credit losses related to the trade and other receivables and records the loss allowance at the amount equal to the expected lifetime credit losses. In using this practical expedient, Carbon Revolution uses its historical experience, external indicators and forward-looking information to calculate the expected credit losses which are reviewed at each reporting period. Debts that are known to be uncollectible are written off when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery. See note 4.3.2 regarding credit risk of trade receivables, which explains how Carbon Revolution manages and measures credit quality of trade receivables. There is currently a small provision for long overdue receivables. Management has assessed the risk of credit losses as minimal given the credit rating of its customers. Taking into consideration the historically collected debt and timing of those it has been deemed appropriate to record a provision for those long overdue receivables as of June 30, 2023. In reaching this view on expected credit losses and having regard to the current environment management has performed a review on an individual customer basis including monitoring customer performance and timing of payments. All sales are with major international Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) customers, which do not have any risk of credit loss on the basis of viability and transaction history. 133                                                                                                 Table of Contents 3.2 Inventories Current Raw materials Work in progress Finished goods Consumables and spare parts Provision for impaired wheels Inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value 3.2.1 Information about inventories and significant estimates 2023 $’000  13,301  5,772  3,649  2,560  (3,109) 22,173  2022 $’000  7,646  9,688  4,318  3,276  (4,764) 20,164  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale (“NRV”). Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for as follows: • • • Raw materials – recorded at standard cost, reassessed against actual costs quarterly. Finished goods and work-in-progress – cost of direct materials, labor, outsourced processing costs and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on normal operating capacity but excluding finance costs. Consumables and spare parts – recorded at purchase price.  Consumables and spares are assessed for ongoing usefulness and written off if they are no longer likely to be of use. Inventory provision for impaired wheels related to wheels that require additional rework or for obsolete stock. Amounts recognized in profit or loss Inventories recognized as an expense during the year ended June 30, 2023 amounted to $54.6 million (2022: $57.0 million, 2021: $46.9 million). These were included in cost of goods sold. During the year $4.4 million (2022: $4.0 million, 2021: $5.6 million) of obsolescence and scrap were recognized as an expense and included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and comprehensive income. Cost of goods sold relating to wheels includes raw materials, consumables, associated freight, labor costs and depreciation and overheads costs directly attributable to the manufacture of products. Overhead costs include salaries and related personnel expenses as well as facility and operating costs. Where applicable shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold. Separately calculated and allocated to costs of goods sold are costs relating to warranty provision and production scrap. Warranty costs are estimated based on historical production failure rates and production costs, while scrap costs incurred in the normal production of the wheels are included in cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold relating to engineering revenue includes labor costs, material and contractor costs. Cost of goods sold relating to tooling relates to third party expenses for tooling purchases. Critical accounting estimates and judgement Management’s judgement is applied in determining the provision for impaired wheels. Impaired wheel provisioning has been calculated using historical data as well as management experience in determining an adequate provision. Carbon Revolution uses a traceability system for all wheels which is used to identify and isolate wheels at risk of non-recoverability. Management judgement is applied to assign a probability of recovery to individual groups of wheels. 134                                                                                       Table of Contents 3.3 Property, plant and equipment Gross cost Less accumulated depreciation At June 30, 2022 Gross cost Less accumulated depreciation At June 30, 2023 Movement in carrying amounts Balance at June 30, 2021 Additions Transfer into/ (out of) capital WIP Depreciation expense Disposals/write-offs Balance at June 30, 2022 Additions Transfer of maintenance spares Transfer into/ (out of) capital WIP Depreciation expense Disposals/write-offs Balance at June 30, 2023 Capital works in progress  $’000  18,950  -  18,950  17,095  -  17,095  7,138  17,496  (5,684) -  -  18,950  11,478  -  (13,306) -  (27) 17,095  Leasehold improvements Manufacturing equipment Tooling Other equipment $’000  5,649  (1,355) 4,294  5,839  (1,642) 4,197  4,466  -  109  (281) -  4,294  -  -  189  (286) -  4,197  $’000  40,454  (14,070) 26,384  52,640  (18,467) 34,173  29,716  -  947  (4,089) (190) 26,384  -  953  11,233  (4,397) -  34,173  $’000  14,326  (7,618) 6,708  16,034  (9,964) 6,070  4,737  -  4,231  (2,173) (87) 6,708  -  -  1,709  (2,347) -  6,070  $’000  2,784  (1,504) 1,280  2,960  (1,857) 1,103  1,262  -  397  (376) (3) 1,280  -  -  175  (352) -  1,103  Total $’000  82,163  (24,547) 57,616  94,568  (31,930) 62,638  47,319  17,496  -  (6,919) (280) 57,616  11,478  953  -  (7,382) (27) 62,638  3.3.1 Information about how Carbon Revolution accounts for property, plant and equipment Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. An asset’s residual value and useful life is reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. Any depreciation and impairment losses of an asset are recognized in profit or loss. Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These gains and losses are included in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized. Capital works in progress includes leasehold improvements, manufacturing equipment, tooling and other equipment that are under construction as of the reporting date. Carbon Revolution has capital commitments of $3.6 million for manufacturing equipment as of June 30, 2023 (2022: $7.5 million). Critical accounting estimates and judgement Management’s judgement is applied in determining whether any impairment is required on the property, plant and equipment. The impairment testing is performed at a CGU level, being Carbon Revolution itself, due to the unique nature of the business. Refer to Note 3.5 for a detailed impairment assessment that was performed as of June 30, 2023. 135                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table of Contents 3.4 Leases Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position Right-of-use assets Cost at start of year Additions Closing balance at end of year Accumulated depreciation at start of year Depreciation charge for the year Closing balance at end of year Carrying amount Lease liabilities Current Non-current Amounts recognized in the statement of profit or loss The statement of profit or loss shows the following amounts relating to leases: Depreciation charge of right of use assets Interest expense Expense relating to short-term leases (included in costs of goods sold and administrative expenses) 3.4.1 Information about leases and significant estimates  $ 2023  ’000   $ 9,863  577  10,440  (2,299) (695) (2,994) 7,446  645  7,368  8,013    $ 2023  ’000    $ 695  297  181  2022  ’000  9,626  237  9,863  (1,643) (656) (2,299) 7,564  579  7,461  8,040  2022  ’000  656  301  246  Carbon Revolution has one lease for its manufacturing and head office facility in Waurn Ponds, Victoria. The lease agreement does not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. Right of use assets Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability, any initial direct costs and restoration costs reduced by any lease incentives received. Carbon Revolution applies IAS 36 Impairment of Assets to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired. The impairment testing is performed at a CGU level, being Carbon Revolution itself, due to the unique nature of the business. Refer to Note 3.5 for a detailed impairment assessment that was performed as of June 30, 2023. Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If Carbon Revolution is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option or if the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the lessee by the end of the lease term, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life. 136                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Table of Contents Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Lease liabilities The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, Carbon Revolution uses its incremental borrowing rate. The lease liability contract includes an annual Consumer Price Index increase. Refer to note 4.3.3 for maturity analysis relating to lease liabilities. Expense relating to low value leases (included in administrative expenses) for year ending June 30, 2023 was $0.2  million (2022: $0.2 million, 2021: $0.2 million). 3.5 Intangible assets Gross cost Less accumulated amortization At June 30, 2022 Gross cost Less accumulated amortization At June 30, 2023 Movement in carrying amounts Balance at July 1, 2021 Additions Amortization Balance at June 30, 2022 Additions Amortization Balance at June 30, 2023 Development costs  $’000  15,750  (2,247) 13,503  Patents and trademarks  $’000  1,354  (493) 861  20,442  (4,623) 15,819  8,890  5,920  (1,307) 13,503  4,692  (2,376) 15,819  1,537  (582) 955  859  86  (84) 861  183  (89) 955  Total $’000  17,104  (2,740) 14,364  21,979  (5,205) 16,774  9,749  6,006  (1,391) 14,364  4,875  (2,465) 16,774  3.5.1 Information about intangible assets and significant estimates Intangible assets are measured on initial recognition at cost.  Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. The majority of development costs relate to the development of new carbon fiber wheel prototypes. Subsequent to initial recognition, internally-generated intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately. Amortization commences once the intangible asset is ready for use, and is calculated using a straight-line method to allocate the cost of intangible assets over their estimated useful lives (5-year period). The useful life is determined as the period over which the assets’ future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by Carbon Revolution. An intangible asset’s residual value and useful life is reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period or more frequently if appropriate.  Any amortization or impairment losses is recognized in profit or loss.  Carbon Revolution has no intangible assets with an indefinite life. 137                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table of Contents The amortization of the intangible assets is included within Research and Development in the statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income given the future economic benefits embodied in the intangible assets are associated to the overall future growth of Carbon Revolution while it is in its pre-profitability phase. Capitalized development costs Research costs are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. An internally generated intangible asset arising from development (or from the development phase of an internal project) is recognized if it meets the definition of an intangible asset as defined in IFRS 38 Intangible Assets, and when Carbon Revolution can demonstrate all of the following: - the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale; - the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it; - the ability to use or sell the intangible asset; - how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits; - the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset; and - the ability to measure the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during the development phase. Patents and trademarks Carbon Revolution has paid to acquire patents and trademarks and these are recorded at cost. Patents are amortized over their useful life of 15 years. Critical accounting estimates and judgements Internal development expenditure, including wheel prototypes, is capitalized if it meets the recognition criteria of IAS 38 Intangible Assets. This is considered a key judgment. Carbon Revolution regularly assesses the probable future cash flows supporting the capitalization of development costs in accordance with the standard. The internal development expenditure is amortized beginning when the wheel prototype development is complete. Where the recognition criteria under IAS 38 are not met, the expenditures are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Carbon Revolution has no indefinite life assets and therefore performs an impairment test when impairment indicators are identified and for intangible assets not yet available for use. The impairment testing is performed at a CGU level, being Carbon Revolution itself, as it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of the individual asset. In the financial year ended June 30, 2023, the share price of Carbon Revolution continued to reduce significantly and was considered an indicator for impairment. Carbon Revolution used a value-in-use (VIU) discounted cash flow model and calculated the recoverable amount of the CGU. Key estimates included in the future cash flow projections relate to revenue growth rates, direct and operating costs and capital expenditure, in addition to the terminal growth rate and discount rates noted below. Given Carbon Revolution is still in its growth phase post its Australian initial public offering in 2019, Carbon Revolution is not yet able to produce wheels profitably. Carbon Revolution is driving the industrialization of its production processes and constructing its first Mega-line. Developed with the latest Industry 4.0 technology, the Mega-line will deliver improvements in production scale and economics that will enable Carbon Revolution to deliver large volume programs to a broader cross-section of the market. The fully operational Mega-line, which is expected in 2025, together with the greater scale of the business are anticipated to reduce the direct cost per wheel from $2,658 in FY23 to c. $1,500 in the long term. The cash flow model includes next year’s budgeted results, with the remaining years based on growth projections with reference to key structural and market factors, utilizing past experience, external data and internal analysis. The key structural and market factors considered are in relation to the automotive new vehicle wheel market, the increase in carbon fiber wheel demand, the continued structural migration from alloy wheels to carbon wheels and GDP growth rates. Management also anticipates growth from market penetration, and continued evolution of products, and economies of scale achieved. Management is satisfied the recoverable amount of assets exceed the carrying amount with a headroom of $32.8 million and therefore no impairment charge has been recognized during the year. 138                                 Table of Contents The following key assumptions were used in testing for impairment: - Post-tax discount rate: 11.5%. The incremental borrowing rate used for the post-tax discount rate does not consider any element of default risk associated with Carbon Revolution, which is not relevant in assessing the return expected from the assets. - Terminal value growth rate beyond 5 years: 2.7% - Compound annual growth rate wheel volume: 14.8% - Direct Material costs reduce from $1,306 per wheel in FY23 to $832 in the terminal year - Direct Labor costs reduce from $1,324 per wheel in FY23 to $589 in the terminal year Sensitivity analysis Included in the table below is a sensitivity analysis of the recoverable amount of the CGU and where applicable, the impairment charge considering reasonable change scenarios relating to key assumptions at June 30, 2023. Each of the sensitivities below assumes that a specific assumption moves in isolation, while all other assumptions are held constant. A change in one assumption could be accompanied by a change in another assumption, which may increase or decrease the net impact. Post-tax discount rate 1% (21.0) - Terminal value growth rate (1%) (14.7) - Annual reduction in wheel volume (5%) (30.6) - Annual increase in direct material costs 5% (23.6) - Annual increase in direct labor costs 5% (16.7) - 2023 $’000 3,828  10,836  427  383  15,474  2022 $’000  5,128  3,746  118  510  9,502  Change in recoverable amount in $m Impairment charge 3.6 Payables Current Unsecured liabilities Trade payables Accruals Interest accrued Other payables 3.6.1 Information about payables Trade and other payables and accruals are carried at amortized cost and represent liabilities for goods and services provided to Carbon Revolution prior to the end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise when Carbon Revolution becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services. Payables are non-interest bearing and are settled based on the specific creditor’s terms. Payables includes interest payable on borrowings. For further policy detail regarding Carbon Revolution’s liquidity risk management processes refer to note 4.3.3. 139                                                                                                       Table of Contents 3.6.2 Accruals Accruals includes an amount of $6.2 million of incurred transaction costs for the merger as referred to in note 1.1. 3.7 Deferred income Deferred income relates to government grants. Government grants have been received to assist with the purchase of certain items of plant and equipment as well as the cost of employment of new employees. None of the grants received in the past two years relate to grants linked solely to the purchase of specific plant and equipment. Grant receipts are therefore classified as operating cash flows in operating cash flow. The conditions attached to these grants will be fulfilled progressively over the period of the grant. For revenue recognition policy, refer to note 2.2.1. In December 2022 Carbon Revolution received $9 million from the Federal Government for the Modern Manufacturing Initiative – Round 2 – Manufacturing Integration Stream – Recycling & Clean Energy Priority grant. As of June 30, 2023, no income has been recognized as the assets have yet to be completed and capitalized and the amount received was recognized as deferred income and presented in the operating cash flow. In December 2022 Carbon Revolution received $4 million from the State of Victoria (“SOV”) for the SOV grant, of which $1 million was recognized as grant income in the consolidated statement of profit or loss as the amount is intended to cover the expenses already incurred to support Carbon Revolution, which is shown in the operating cash flow. The milestones in regard to the remainder of this payment are scheduled to be achieved in future periods and therefore no income was recognized. Government grants are classified either as cash flows from operating or investing activities depending on the nature of activity of which the grant is intended to compensate. Grants received in relation to the acquisition of assets are classified as cash flows from investing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows, whereas grants received as compensation for expenses incurred in the daily operations of the business are classified as cashflows from operating activities. Under the relevant grant agreements, the government has a right to require all or part of a grant to be repaid in certain circumstances. Due in part to Carbon Revolution’s funding position following the execution of the MMI grant agreement, Carbon Revolution has been delayed from complying with the expenditure requirements and early milestones under the agreement. Carbon Revolution has previously reported its progress to the Government and Carbon Revolution is seeking to update the activity budget and schedule and will request an extension of time to complete the project. There is a risk that the Government does not approve any revised budget or schedule and/or may not grant Carbon Revolution an extension of time to complete the project, which may result in Carbon Revolution being in breach of the agreement and a risk of the Government seeking to claw back funding provided to Carbon Revolution. Management believe that it is not probable that the Government will claw back the funding provided to Carbon Revolution. Deferred income – government grants Balance as of July 1 Received during the year Released to the statement of profit or loss Balance as of June 30 Current Non-current 3.8 Provisions Current Non-current At June 30, 2022 2023 $’000  6,239  13,000  (2,085) 17,154  1,919  15,235  17,154  Make good provision  $’000  -  234  234  Warranty claims  $’000  1,495  -  1,495  Transaction costs    $’000    -      -      -      Employee benefits  $’000  2,666  479  3,145  140 2022 $’000  5,842  3,202  (2,805) 6,239  1,028  5,211  6,239  Total $’000  4,161  713  4,874                                                                                                                                                  Table of Contents Current Non-current At June 30, 2023 Make good provision  $’000  -  247  247  Warranty claims  $’000  595  1,065  1,660  Transaction costs    $’000    9,459      -      9,459      Total $’000  12,957  1,843  14,800  Employee benefits  $’000  2,903  531  3,434  141                                                                       Table of Contents Movement in carrying amounts Balance at July 1, 2021 Provided for/ (released) during the year Balance at June 30, 2022 Provided for/(released) during the year Balance at June 30, 2023 Make good provision  $’000  Warranty claims    $’000    218  16  234  13  247  1,159      336      1,495      165      1,660      Total $’000  1,377  352  1,729  178  1,907  3.8.1 Information about individual provisions and significant estimates Non-employee provisions are recognized when Carbon Revolution has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will result in an amount that can be reliably measured. Make good provision Carbon Revolution is required to restore its leased premises to their original condition at the end of the lease team. A provision has been recognized for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements. These costs have been capitalized as part of the cost of leasehold improvements and are amortized over the shorter of the term of the lease and the useful life of the assets. Warranty claims Provisions for warranty-related costs are recognized when the wheel is sold to the customer based on management judgement and a growing body of historical experience. The estimate of warranty related costs is reassessed annually. Warranty claims made to date are immaterial. Employee provisions A liability is recognized for benefits accruing to employees in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, and long service leave when it is probable that settlement will be required, and they are capable of being measured reliably. Liabilities recognized in respect of employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months, are measured at their nominal values using the remuneration rate expected to apply at the time of settlement. Liabilities recognized in respect of employee benefits which are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured as the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made by Carbon Revolution in respect of services provided by employees up to reporting date. Payments to superannuation funds are recognized as an expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. 142                                                                                                                        Table of Contents Transaction costs As of June 30, 2023, all costs incurred for which services have been received relating to the successful closure of the transaction have been provided for and expensed through the consolidated statement of profit and loss. Of the total costs recognized, $9.4 million relate to costs only payable on successful closure of the transaction for which services have been received as of June 30, 2023. These costs have been incurred and it is probable that the merger transaction will close and therefore the amounts will become payable. 143     Table of Contents 4  Capital structure and financing This section outlines how Carbon Revolution manages its capital structure, including its balance sheet liquidity and access to capital markets. When managing capital, the Board’s objective is to ensure Carbon Revolution continues to maintain sufficient capital to enable it to pursue its commercial objectives.  This is achieved through the monitoring of historical and forecast performance and cash flows. 4.1 Cash and cash equivalents, restricted trust fund Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and investments in money market instruments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in values. Cash flows are presented in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis, except for the GST component of investing and financing activities, which are disclosed in operating cash flows. 4.1.1 Restricted trust fund As part of the new debt program entered into in FY23 (refer Note 4.2), Carbon Revolution was required to keep certain amount of the debt proceeds in a separate trust account to cover future interest and principal repayments. These funds are not at Carbon Revolution’s disposal and therefore has been classified as restricted trust fund. The amounts include a US$5 million (AU$7.5 million) equity cure reserve that is expected to be released to Carbon Revolution in November 2023, should there be no cure of covenants taking place. The availability of the US$5 million (AU$7.5 million) in November 2023 is part of Carbon Revolution’s going concern plan. The funds are held within a trust account with interest receivable on the amounts. Restricted trust fund also includes an amount for $0.4 million as required as per the lease agreement for the manufacturing plant and office at Waurn Ponds, Victoria. 4.1.2 Notes to the consolidated statements of cash flow For information on cash flows relating to financing activity see note 4.1.3 Reconciliation of profit for the period to cash flows from operating activities Loss after income tax Non‐cash items from ordinary activities Depreciation and amortization Share based payment expenses Loss/ (Profit) on sale of plant and equipment Movement in inventory provision Write off of property, plant and equipment Financing activity in prior financial year Reduction of borrowings from achievement of grant milestones Other Borrowing costs Changes in assets and liabilities (Increase)/decrease in assets: -          Receivables -          Contract assets -          Inventories -          Other assets Increase/(decrease) in liabilities: -          Payables -          Contract liabilities -          Deferred income -          Provisions Cash (used in) / provided by operating activities 144 2023 $’000  (79,223) 10,543  3,091  2  (1,656) -  -  -  (20,676) 8,053  (2,330) (1,306) 1,209  7,247  1,722  10,915  9,927  (52,482) 2022 $’000    (47,821) 8,966  3,167  -  (4,216) 280  (422) -  -  (8,240) -  2,231  (533) (1,174) 781  397  608  (45,976) 2021 $’000  (36,000) 7,683  5,723  -  4,563  1,230  -  (2,000) -  (4,272) -  5,084  (243) (5,270) -  3,627  894  (18,981)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Table of Contents 4.1.3 Notes to the consolidated statements of cash flow The table below details changes in Carbon Revolution’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in Carbon Revolution’s consolidated cash flow statement as cash flows from financing activities. 2023 Non-cash changes Note July 1, 2022 $’000 Financing cash flows (i) $’000 New leases $’000 Other changes (ii) $’000 Interest paid $’000 June 30, 2023 $’000 Current borrowings at amortized cost Secured Working capital facility Term loan Letter of credit facility Unsecured Term loan with customer Supplier financing arrangement Non-current borrowings at amortized cost     Secured Term loan Term loan (USD)(iii) Lease liabilities 2022 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.4 6,843  2,889  4,000  -  4,954  4,333  -  8,040  31,059  (6,843)     (2,889) (4,000) 4,523  4,352  (4,333) 70,625  (604) 60,471  -  -  -  -  -  -  577  577  320  830  64  111  446  -  2,194  297  4,262  (320) (830) (64) (111) (446) -  (1,626) (297) (3,694) -  -  -  4,523  9,306  -  70,833  8,013  92,675  Note July 1, 2021 $’000 Financing cash flows (i) $’000 New leases $’000 Other changes (ii) $’000 Interest paid $’000 June 30, 2022 $’000 Non-cash changes Current borrowings at amortized cost Secured Working capital facility Term loan Letter of credit facility Unsecured Supplier financing arrangement Non-current borrowings at amortized cost     Secured Term loan Lease liabilities 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.4 5,525  4,333  -  1,318      (1,444) 4,000  2,375  2,579  6,529  8,355  27,117  (2,196) (552) 3,705  145 -  -  -  -  237  237  324  552  -  213  -  301  1,390  (324) (552) -  (213) -  (301) (1,390) 6,843  2,889  4,000  4,954  4,333  8,040  31,059                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table of Contents 2021 Current borrowings at amortized cost Secured Working capital facility Term loan Unsecured Supplier financing arrangement Ronal AG loan facility Insurance premium funding State of Victoria loan Non-current borrowings at amortized cost Secured Term loan Lease liabilities July 1, 2020 $’000 Financing cash flows (i) $’000 New leases $’000 Other changes (ii) $’000 Interest paid $’000 June 30, 2021 $’000 Non-cash changes -  -  -  13,000  174  5,500  -  9,519  28,193  5,525  4,333  2,375  (13,000) (174) (5,500) 6,529  (1,379) (1,291) -  -  -  -  -  -  -  215  215  30  371  18  931  -  -  -  291  1,641  (30) (371) (18) (931) -  -  -  (291) (1,641) 5,525  4,333  2,375  -  -  -  6,529  8,355  27,117  (i) The cash flows from borrowings make up the net amount of proceeds from borrowings and repayments of borrowings in the cash flow statement. (ii) Other changes include interest accruals and foreign exchange movements. (iii) Amount is net of $20.7 million loan establishment cost presented within operating cash flows. Refer to Note 4.2 4.2 Borrowings and other financial liabilities Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. Current borrowings at amortized cost Secured Working capital facility Term loan Letter of credit facility Unsecured Term loan with customer Supplier finance arrangement Non-current borrowings at amortized cost Secured Term loan Term loan (USD) Interest rate %  Maturity  2023 $’000    7.44%   6.15%   6.45%   May 2023    May 2023    May 2023    10.0%   June 2024    6% + RBA cash rate  6.15%   December 2024    May 2027    8.50%   -  -  -  -  4,523  9,306  13,829  -  70,833  70,833  2022 $’000  6,843  2,889  4,000  13,732  -  4,954  18,686  4,333  -  4,333  146                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Table of Contents Financial liabilities measured subsequently at amortized cost The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the amortized cost of a financial liability. Working capital facility In 2021, Carbon Revolution entered a working capital facility of $7.5 million that provides the opportunity to factor receivables, which was repaid when entering the new term loan (USD) in May 2023. The credit risk was with Carbon Revolution, resulting in the recognition of the full carrying amount of the receivables and the cash received in short term borrowings. The facility had a variable interest rate based on underlying market rates. The interest rate as of June 30, 2022 was 7.44%. Term loan In 2021, Carbon Revolution entered a term loan arrangement for $13.0 million. In 2022, Carbon Revolution reached an agreement to extend this loan until December 2024 reducing the amounts payable each quarter to $0.7 million. Carbon Revolution has fully repaid the term loan when entering the new term loan (USD) in May 2023. The facility had a variable interest rate based on a fixed component and BBSY. The interest rate as of June 30, 2022 was 6.15%. Letter of credit facility In 2022, Carbon Revolution entered a revolving facility arrangement for $8.0 million. As of June 30, 2022 Carbon Revolution had drawn down $4.0 million against this facility, which was repaid in May 2023 when Carbon Revolution entered the new term loan (USD). The facility had a variable interest rate based on a fixed component and BBSY. The interest rate as of June 30, 2022 was 6.45%. Term loan with customer In 2023, Carbon Revolution entered a loan arrangement for $4.5 million with one of its customers as part of its bridge financing activities. The loan is repayable in three tranches including interest with the first repayment in December 2023 and the final repayment in June 2024. The amount repayable is $1.66 million each time, resulting in an interest rate of 10%. Supplier finance arrangement In 2021, Carbon Revolution entered into a supply chain finance agreement with a logistics company. Under the arrangement the logistics company agrees to pay amounts to the participating supplier in respect of invoices owed by Carbon Revolution and receives settlement from Carbon Revolution at a later date. The principal purpose of this arrangement is to facilitate efficient ordering, importation, warehousing, invoice management and payment processing. The arrangement is only for a limited number of suppliers and specific materials. As the arrangement results in extended payment terms beyond the terms agreed with those suppliers the agreement is disclosed as a current borrowing. The facility has a fixed interest rate of 6% + RBA cash rate from June 28, 2023 onwards. 147                         Table of Contents Term loan (USD) In May 2023, Carbon Revolution entered into a new debt program, a term loan of U.S Dollar $60 million (AUD 90.1 million) at an interest rate of 8.5% and an effective interest rate of 21.2%. The loan is denominated in U.S Dollar and is translated to Australian dollars at each reporting period. Principal repayments commence in December 2024, with monthly principal repayments of US$2 million. The program includes certain reserves in an amount of $14.3 million, that are not currently available at Carbon Revolution’s discretion and disclosed as restricted trust fund (refer to Note 4.1.1). Costs of $20.7 million incurred in regard to the establishment of the term loan have been netted off with the loan amount and are being amortized over the term of the loan through the effective interest rate method. The New Debt Program, as amended, contains four financial covenants, which Carbon Revolution is required to meet: • Minimum Liquidity: From June 30, 2023 and for each month thereafter that the average monthly adjusted EBITDA (based on the previous consecutive three months) of the Group is less than zero, the Combined Group must satisfy a minimum available cash requirement covenant, which requires the total cash available to the Group to be greater than or equal to the minimum available cash requirement. The minimum available cash requirement is an amount not less than the product of the absolute value of the average monthly adjusted EBITDA for the three months most recently ended on such date multiplied by 6.00 for the fiscal months ending June 30, 2023 to November 30, 2023 (originally June 30, 2023 to October 31, 2023) and 9.00 for the fiscal month ending December 31, 2023 (originally November 30, 2023) and on the last day of each month thereafter. • The Co-Obligors on a consolidated basis shall have revenue (determined in accordance with IFRS) for the period of the six consecutive fiscal months  ending on the last day of each fiscal month set forth in the New Debt Program (each, a “Test Period”) (but excluding the Test Period ending September 30, 2023 (originally no such exclusion)) of not less than the amount set forth opposite such month under the column “Minimum Trailing Sixth Month Revenue”, as reflected in the applicable Compliance Certificate (together with calculations evidencing the same). • The Co-Obligors on a consolidated basis shall have Adjusted EBITDA for each Test Period (but excluding the Test Period ending September 30, 2023 (originally no such exclusion)), of not less than the amount set forth under the column “Minimum Trailing Sixth Month Adjusted EBITDA” opposite such period in the New Debt Program, as reflected in the applicable Compliance Certificate (together with calculations evidencing the same). • Commencing on the Closing Date until August 31, 2023, and commencing again on November 1, 2023 (originally no such exclusion), the Co-Obligors shall at all times maintain a reserve in U.S. Dollars in a deposit account at Commonwealth Bank of Australia or such other account bank as may be acceptable to Servicer in an amount of not less than the debt service payments on the Term Advance consisting of the sum of (i) the next three (3) months of interest payments, plus (ii) the next three (3) months of principal payments, plus (iii) the next three months (3) of applicable fees including Loan Monitoring Fees (clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), collectively, the “Debt Service Reserve”). Subject to the cure right available for the revenue and EBITDA covenants described below, a breach of a financial covenant which is not cured, entitles the Servicer to accelerate payment of the principal and interest owed under the notes, and enables enforcement of the security provided in connection with the New Debt Program. The New Debt Program is secured by all of the present and after-acquired property of the Carbon Revolution Group, except for certain excluded property and certain excluded intellectual property. The revenue and EBITDA covenants are subject to cure provisions. In the event of revenue or EBITDA performance falling below the covenanted threshold amount, Carbon Revolution is permitted to make a payment equal to or greater than the shortfall, which will also reduce the principal balance owed on the New Debt Program. The amount of the payment would be added as a permanent adjustment to the revenue for the relevant 6 month testing period. This cure right can be used up to five times over the course of the New Debt Program but a maximum of twice in any four-month period. If Carbon Revolution is not able to meet its financial covenants (including through exercise of any cure rights available to cure such breach), the Servicer may exercise its rights under the program documents, including accelerating payment of the principal and interest owing, enforcing upon the security, taking legal action, and commencing liquidation proceedings, any or all of which would have a material adverse effect on Carbon Revolution, its business, financial condition and its creditors, as well as the value of its shares. In addition to the financial covenants described above, the New Debt Program contains a number of other positive and negative covenants and obligations binding on the Carbon Revolution Group. If Carbon Revolution or MergeCo does not complete a US$60 million (A$90.3 million) Qualified Capital Raise (as defined in the New Debt Program documentation), including the issuance of equity or subordinated debt that does not require certain payments until at least 180 days after the repayment of the New Debt Program, by December 31, 2023, Carbon Revolution must pay US$1,500,000 paid in cash and provide 50,000 Ordinary Shares to the servicer on the earlier of the (i) refinancing or payoff of the New Debt Program and (ii) May 1, 2027, provided that, if Carbon Revolution raises at least US$45 million in one or more Qualified Capital Raises, the number of Ordinary Shares provided to the servicer shall be reduced by one Ordinary Share for every US$300 raised over US$45 million. 148                         Table of Contents The program documents also provide that the failure to complete the Business Combination by September 30, 2023 would be a breach of the relevant covenant, giving rise to an event of default, subject to a 60-day cure period ending on November 29, 2023 and contains other customary events of default, including (amongst other things): • failure to make a payment due under the agreement by the due date; • existence of circumstances which could result in a material adverse effect; • a change in control of the Carbon Revolution Group (prior to the Business Combination); • events of insolvency, judgment debt, asset seizure and impairment of security; • material misrepresentation; and • if any portion of the guaranty ceases to be in full force and effect. An event of default entitles the Servicer to exercise its rights under the program documents, including accelerating payment of the principal and interest owing, enforcing upon the security, taking legal action, and commencing liquidation proceedings, any or all of which would have a material adverse effect on Carbon Revolution, its business, financial condition and its creditors, as well as the value of its shares. As outlined in note 6.7 Subsequent events Carbon Revolution has breached its debt service reserve and minimum cash requirement at September 30, 2023 under its USD term loan. Carbon Revolution has received a waiver from the lender for these covenants for September and October 2023, with the tests resuming in November 2023. Critical accounting estimates and judgements Debt issuance costs are included in the EIR calculation if it is directly attributable to the issuance of the debt. This is considered a key judgement. In obtaining the USD term loan, Carbon Revolution paid $20.6 million of initial costs which have been included in the EIR. Management determined that these costs are directly incremental to the issuance of the USD term loan. The additional amounts that become payable if the Qualified Capital Raise is not completed have not been included in the effective interest rate calculation as management projects to be able to complete the Qualified Capital Raise. This is considered a key judgement. Finance costs Finance costs can include interest expense, finance charges in respect of finance leases, amortization of discounts or premiums and ancillary costs relating to finance. Finance costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Refer to note 2.4 for more information. 4.3 Financial risk management Carbon Revolution is exposed to foreign currency risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.  Carbon Revolution’s senior management oversees the management of these risks to ensure the most appropriate use of the capital Carbon Revolution has available to achieve its commercial objectives. 4.3.1 Market risk a) Foreign currency risk 149                                         Table of Contents Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. Carbon Revolution’s exposure to foreign currency risk relates primarily to Carbon Revolution’s US$ denominated term loan (refer Note 4.2) and its operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in a different currency from Carbon Revolution’s presentation currency). The business has awarded wheel programs with sales denominated in US$ in development which are scheduled to commence production in the second half of calendar year 2024. USD inflows from these new program sales are expected provide some offset against USD outflows related to Carbon Revolution’s USD denominated loan. 57% (38% in FY22), (34% in FY 21) of Carbon Revolution’s revenues and 34% (18% in FY22, 9% in FY 21) of costs are denominated in currencies other than AUD. Carbon Revolution has material exposure to foreign currency for movements in the exchange rate. The primary currencies Carbon Revolution has exposure to are U.S. Dollars and Euros. Carbon Revolution’s exposure to foreign currency risk in relation to non-derivative financial instruments at June 30, 2023 was as follows, based upon notional amounts: 2023 Cash and cash equivalent Restricted trust fund Trade receivables Trade payables Supplier finance arrangement Borrowings Balance sheet exposure 2022 Trade receivables Trade payables Supplier finance arrangement Balance sheet exposure The aggregate net foreign exchange gains/losses recognized in profit or loss were: Net foreign exchange gain/(loss) included in other income/administration expense Sensitivity EUR $’000  632  -  2,409  (419) (4,709) -  (2,087) EUR $’000  5,650  (343) (3,253) 2,054  2023 $’000  (305) USD $’000  7,422  9,456  400  (813) (414) (46,320) (30,269) USD $’000  -  (233) (13) (246) 2022 $’000  448  As shown in the table above Carbon Revolution is primarily exposed to changes in US/AUD and EUR/AUD. The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from U.S. dollar denominated financial instruments. 150                                                                                                                       Table of Contents The below table discloses the impact of the AUD strengthened and weakened by 5% from base rates of EUR 0.6183 and USD 0.6619. +/- 5% exchange rate Impact on profit after tax Impact on equity 151 2023 $’000  1,618  (1,618) 2022 $’000  90  (90)                     Table of Contents b) Interest rate risk Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Carbon Revolution does not currently hedge its exposure to interest rate fluctuations due to the low level of exposure. The exposure to fixed or floating interest rates is described below: Financial assets Cash Restricted trust fund Short term deposits Total financial assets Financial liabilities Working capital facility Term loan Supplier finance arrangement Letter of credit facility Term loan Term loan (USD) Total financial liabilities c) Price risk Variable interest rate Fixed interest rate 2023 $’000  19,582  14,285  -  33,867  -  -  9,306  -  -  -  9,306  2022 $’000  22,301  -  -  22,301  6,843  -  -  4,000  7,222  -  18,065  2023 $’000  -  -  392  392  -  4,523  -  -  -  90,645  95,168  2022 $’000    -      -      392      392      -      -      4,954      -      -      -      4,954      Total 2023 $’000    19,582      14,285      392      34,259      -      4,523      9,306      -      -      90,645      104,474      2022 $’000  22,301  -  392  22,693  6,843  -  4,954  4,000  7,222  -  23,019  Carbon Revolution is not exposed to any significant price risk. 4.3.2 Credit risk Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. Carbon Revolution is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables and contract assets) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents Carbon Revolution held cash and cash equivalents of $19.6 million at June 30, 2023 (June 30, 2022: $22.7 million) plus restricted trust fund of $14.7 million at June 30, 2023 (June 30, 2022: $nil). The credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents is considered as minimal as the cash and cash equivalents are held with reputable financial institutions in Australia and the United States of America. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. Carbon Revolution holds $0.4 million (2022: $0.4 million) on deposit as collateral for lease and banking facility obligations which is classified as restricted trust fund. Receivables and contract assets Carbon Revolution held receivables of $6.4 million at June 30, 2023 ($14.5 million at June 30, 2022) and contract assets of $8.2 million at June 30, 2023 ($5.9 million at June 30, 2022). The assessment of customer credit risk is straightforward as a result of the concentrated nature of receivables with only a few customers and a simplified approach has been taken. Depending on the customer, Carbon Revolution’s credit terms vary between 30 and 100 days. An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date to account for the lifetime expected credit losses for all receivables. Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored and shipments to customers, to the extent that Carbon Revolution retains ownership of the goods, are covered by insurance. 152                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Table of Contents 4.3.3 Liquidity risk Carbon Revolution’s objective is to maintain a balance between the continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of operating cash flows and committed available credit facilities.  Carbon Revolution actively reviews its funding position to ensure the available facilities are adequate to meet its current and anticipated needs.  Carbon Revolution manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast cash flows and ensuring that adequate cash and borrowing facilities are maintained. Refer to 1.3 Going Concern for Carbon Revolution’s assessment of preparing these accounts on a going concern basis. Maturity analysis The table below represents the estimated and undiscounted contractual settlement terms for financial liabilities. The contractual maturity is based on the earliest date on which Carbon Revolution may be required to pay. 2023 Supplier finance arrangement Term loan Lease liabilities Term loan (USD) 2022 Working capital facility Supplier finance arrangement Letter of credit facility Term loan Lease liabilities 4.3.4 Fair value risk On demand < 3 months 3-12 months $’000   $’000   $’000   1-5 years $’000     > 5 years $’000     9,306  -  -  -  9,306  -  4,954  -  -  -  4,954  -  -  158  -  158  6,843  -  -  -  95  6,938  -  4,523  487  -  5,010  -  -  4,000  2,889  483  7,372  -      -      2,830      90,645      93,475      -      -      -      4,333      2,541      6,874      -      -      4,538      -      4,538      -      -      -      -      4,921      4,921      Total $’000  9,306  4,523  8,013  90,645  112,487  6,843  4,954  4,000  7,222  8,040  31,059  The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value, except for the USD term loan, approximates their carrying amounts as disclosed in the statement of financial position and notes to the financial statements. As of June 30, 2023 the USD term loan is impacted by fair value risk (June 30, 2022: Nil). 4.4 Contributed equity Ordinary shares – fully paid Ordinary shares – restricted Total share capital June 30, 2023 # Ordinary June 30, 2022 # Ordinary shares   shares   211,877,653  274,852  212,152,505  206,326,138  527,889  206,854,027  June 30, 2023 $’000     386,432      -      386,432      June 30, 2022 $’000  383,822  -  383,822  153                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Table of Contents Movements in ordinary share capital 2022 Balance Shares issued under Employee Share Plan Balance of fully paid shares 2023 Balance Shares issued under Employee Share Plan Balance of fully paid shares 4.4.1 Information about contributed equity Ordinary shares Date  July 1, 2021  June 30, 2022  Date  July 1, 2022  June 30, 2023  # Shares  205,421,449  904,689  206,326,138  # Shares  206,326,138  5,551,515  211,877,653  $’000  381,890  1,932  383,822  $’000  383,822  2,610  386,432  Ordinary shares participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of Carbon Revolution in proportion to the number of shares held.  At shareholders’ meetings each ordinary share is entitled to one vote when a poll is called, otherwise each shareholder has one vote on a show of hands. During the financial year ended June 30, 2023, Carbon Revolution did not pay a dividend (June 30, 2022: $nil). 4.5 Share-based payment plan arrangements Carbon Revolution operates several employee incentive schemes to remunerate employees, including senior executives, in the form of share-based payments. The cost of share-based payments is determined by the fair value of the equity instruments granted at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate valuation model. That cost is recognized in employee benefits expense together with a corresponding increase in equity over the period of service and, where applicable, when the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period). The cumulative expense recognized for share-based payments at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and Carbon Revolution’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.  The expense or credit in the statement of profit or loss for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognized as of the beginning and end of that period. Service and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of the equity instruments, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of Carbon Revolution’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value.  Any other conditions attached to a share-based payment, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting conditions.  Non- vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an instrument and lead to an immediate expensing of the instrument unless there are also service and/or performance conditions. No expense is recognized for instruments that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance and/or service conditions have not been met.  Where awards include a market or non-vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied. 154                                                                         Table of Contents Tax-exempt employee share ownership plan The tax-exempt employee share ownership plan (“TESP”) was introduced in June 2018 and enables eligible employees to acquire shares in Carbon Revolution and take advantage of certain income tax concessions available.  Eligible employees will be annually invited to apply for shares up to a value of $1,000. The shares will be held in trust for the employee and may be sold by the employee at any time after the last to occur of either: a) Elapse of three years from the date of grant; or b) Listing of Carbon Revolution’s shares on the ASX or earlier release of exercise restrictions by the board. The employee participant is entitled to receive any dividends or other income associated with the shares held in trust but is not entitled to participate in any dividend reinvestment plan operated by Carbon Revolution. For the purpose of the earnings per share calculation these shares are included in basic earnings per share either when the employee terminates or at the end of the 3 years. The TESP was not granted in FY23 due to pending merger transaction (refer Note 1.1). The fair value of shares granted under the TESP is determined based on the market price of the shares at grant date. Grant date Number of employees granted shares Value of shares granted per employee (on FTE and length of service pro-rata basis) Total number of shares Fair value at grant date Short term incentive plan 2023  2022  -  -  -  -  -    $   $ Dec 2021  266  279-$1,000  255,281  1.01  Under the STI plan, senior executives and other employees, as determined by the board, will defer a portion of their short-term incentive payment in the form of rights. In 2023, the board determined that all participants would have 100% of their STI outcome delivered in the form of rights in lieu of a cash payment. Each right is equivalent to one share and is settled only in shares with no cash alternative.  The fair value of each right is determined based on the market price of the share at grant date.  Rights have a one-year service period. Rights do not carry dividend or voting rights prior to vesting. Shares allocated on vesting of rights carry the same dividend and voting rights as other shares. 298,594 rights were granted on December 13, 2022 valued at $76,500 (2022: 162,833 rights valued at $192,833). These rights were automatically exercised and converted to shares in November 2023 to facilitate the Business Combination. No rights were forfeited, exercised or expired during the year. 4,858,487 rights were granted on December 13, 2022 valued at $1,220,594 (2022: 530,526 rights valued at $648,771). These rights automatically vest on granting. Of these rights 4,748,646 were exercised during the year and no shares were forfeited or expired. 343,422 rights were granted on April 14, 2023 valued at $87,985 (2022: $nil). These rights automatically vest on granting. Of these rights 343,422 were exercised during the year and no shares were forfeited or expired. Employee stock ownership plan The employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) was used to deliver a one-off equity award to a number of senior executives and other employees, including the CEO, to reward their efforts in Carbon Revolution achieving listing, to align their interests with the shareholders from listing and for retention purposes. Participation was of the discretion of the Board and options are subject to vesting conditions determined by the Board. 155                                                                                                     Table of Contents The exercise price of the options is equal to the market price of the underlying shares at IPO. The Board retains a discretion to make a cash payment to participants on vesting and exercise of the options in lieu of an allocation of shares. 5,093,678 options were granted to members of the executive team and a small number of other employees on December 23 2019 under the one-off ESOP award on listing. In September 2019, an independent valuation was undertaken of these options using a modified form of the Black-Scholes option pricing model which assumed a 12.5% departure rate, expected share price volatility of 40%, a 50% probability of no dividends through the 5-year option term and a 5% discount for marketability annual share price. The terms of the options are: • • • • Issue date December 23, 2019 Exercise price $2.60 (IPO price) Vesting date – December 23, 2022 Term of 5 years (exercise window from December 23, 2022 to December 23, 2024) The options were valued at $3,241,000. This cost is being amortized over the three-year vesting period. No options were forfeited during the year. These options were all canceled in November 2023 as part of the Business Combination. FY21 LTI Award The FY21 LTI Award was to deliver a one-off equity award to a number of senior executives. These performance rights entitle the participant to acquire shares at nil cost on vesting, subject to the meeting of the vesting conditions. 778,050 performance rights were granted on November 12, 2020. The performance period commenced on September 21, 2020 and ends on September 20, 2023. The performance rights were valued at $1,507,894. The cost is being amortized over the three-year vesting period. 30,203 rights were forfeited during the year. These rights were all canceled in November 2023 as part of the Business Combination. NED fee sacrifice The Non-executive director fee sacrifice plan was added in FY2021 as a way to promote further employee ownership. The offer to the NEDs was made on September 11, 2020 and the rights were granted on November 12, 2020. These rights vested on February 26, 2021 and were issued on the same date. 107,518 rights were issued under this scheme in FY2021. Salary restructure scheme The Salary restructure scheme was added in FY2021. The offer to the eligible employees was made on September 29, 2020 and the rights were granted on October 29, 2020 for all employees excluding the CEO which was made on November 12, 2020 following annual general meeting (AGM). The offer was valid in relation to an employee’s salary between the October 12 and the June 20, 2021 and includes an offer of matched rights to the maximum value of $2,500 per employee. In total 80 employees took up the offer to restructure their salary and a total number of 351,569 rights were granted under the scheme. Base rights vested on a pro-rata basis over the period in equal monthly instalments on the last day of each month (such that base rights were fully vested by June 30, 2021. The matched rights vested in full on June 30, 2021. Vested rights may be exercised by the employee with the exercise period commencing when the rights vest and ending on the expiry date. The expiry date is the 10-year anniversary of the grant date. FY22 LTI Award The FY22 LTI Award was to deliver a one-off equity award to a number of senior executives and selected senior employees. These performance options entitle the participant to acquire shares at an exercise price of $1.60 on vesting, subject to the meeting of the vesting conditions. 6,668,360 performance options were granted on December 20, 2021. The performance period commenced on September 21, 2021 and ends on September 20, 2024. 156                                     Table of Contents Terms of the options are: • • • • Issue date December 20, 2021 Exercise price $1.60 Vesting date – October 28, 2024 Term of 5 years (exercise window from October 28, 2024 to October 28, 2026) The performance rights were valued at $416,772. The cost is being amortized over the three-year vesting period. 364,459 options were forfeited during the year. These rights were all canceled in November 2023 as part of the Business Combination. 4.6 Reserves Share-based payments Share buyback Foreign currency translation 4.6.1 Information about reserves Share-based payments reserve 2023 $’000  7,695  (311) (218) 7,166  2022 $’000  7,214  (311) (156) 6,747  The reserve is used to recognize the value of equity benefits provided to employees and directors as part of their remuneration. Share buy-back reserve The share buy-back reserve relates to shares brought back from former owners of the business. Foreign currency translation reserve Exchange differences relating to the translation of the results and net assets of Carbon Revolution’s foreign operations from their functional currency to Australian dollars are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve. 157                                                             Table of Contents 4.7 Transaction costs Transaction costs recognized in the statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income Transaction costs recognized in trade payables Transaction costs recognized in accruals Transaction costs recognized in provisions Transaction costs recognized in the operating cash flow 2023 $’000   24,746  541  5,716  9,459  9,030  2022 $’000     2021 $’000  -      -      -      -      -      -  -  -  -  -  On November 30, 2022 Carbon Revolution and Twin Ridge, a special purpose acquisition company, announced they entered into a binding Business Combination Agreement and accompanying Scheme Implementation Deed pursuant to which MergeCo would acquire both Carbon Revolution (via a scheme of arrangement (“Scheme”)) and Twin Ridge (via the Business Combination Agreement) (“Transaction”). Upon closing of the Transaction on November 3, 2023, the Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants (as defined below) began trading on Nasdaq, and Carbon Revolution shares ceased to be quoted on the Australian Stock Exchange. As of June 30, 2023, all costs relating to the successful closure of the transaction had been provided for and expensed through the consolidate statement of profit or loss. Of the total costs recognized, $12.9 million relate to costs only due and payable on transaction closure and $2.9 million are due for payment before closure. Critical accounting estimates and judgements Carbon Revolution recognized $24.7 million of transaction costs in the current year. In recognizing the transaction costs, management considered the requirements under IAS 37 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets. As management determined that it is probable that the transaction will close, success fees for services incurred that are payable upon transaction closure have been provided for. This is considered a key judgement. 158                                                                                                                       Table of Contents 5 Taxes Current income tax expense or benefit for the current and prior periods is measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the tax authorities. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. Deferred tax assets have been recognized only to the extent of deferred tax liabilities, and deferred tax assets have been offset against up to the extent of the total value of the deferred tax liabilities as referred to in note 5.3. 5.1 Income tax expense The major components of income tax expense are: Consolidated statements of profit or loss Current income tax charge/benefit Adjustment for current tax relating to prior periods Deferred income tax relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences The prima facie tax benefit on loss before tax differs from the income tax expense as follows: Accounting loss before tax Benefit at the Australian statutory income tax rate of 30% (2022: 30%) Tax impact of: Non-deductible expenses Non-assessable income Impact of different tax rates in foreign jurisdictions Current year taxable loss not recognized Income tax benefit 5.2 Deferred taxes 2023 $’000  -  -  -  -  2023 $’000  (79,223) 23,767  (4,859) 29  (18,937) -  2022 $’000    2021 $’000  -  -  -  -  2022 $’000    (47,821) 14,346  (5,083) -  54  (9,317) -  -  -  -  -  2021 $’000  (36,000) 10,800  (4,964) -  (50) (5,786) -  Deferred tax is provided using the asset-liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except wherein the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward unused tax credits and unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, unused tax credits, or unused tax losses can be utilized, except where the deferred tax asset arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of  the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is not probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are re-assessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered. Deferred tax relating to items recognized outside profit or loss is recognized outside profit or loss.  Deferred tax items are recognized in correlation to the underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 159                                                                                                                                                                                      Table of Contents Carbon Revolution offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if and only if it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.  5.2.1 Research and development tax credits Carbon Revolution is entitled to claim tax offsets for investments in qualifying expenditure under the Research and Development Tax Incentive regime in Australia. Carbon Revolution accounts for these allowances as tax credits, which at present are being carried forward and which may reduce income tax payable and current tax expense in future years. A deferred tax asset, subject to accounting recognition criteria is available to be recognized for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward. At June 30, 2023 no deferred tax asset has been recognized, see note 5.4. 5.3 Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities in statement of financial position Deferred tax at June 30, 2023 relates to the following: Deferred tax liabilities relating to temporary differences: Receivables Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences: Provisions and accruals Capital raising costs Tax losses Other Total Net deferred tax liability Less: temporary differences not recognized Net deferred tax recognized in the statement of financial position 2023 $’000  -  (4,746) (12,841) (17,587) 6,981  7,833  2,682  91  17,587  -  -  -  2022 $’000  (25) (4,050) (6,551) (10,626) 3,785  1,960  -  89  5,834  (4,792) 4,792  -  Deferred tax assets have been recognized only to the extent of deferred tax liabilities as described in accounting judgements and estimates at note 5.5. Temporary differences arise in relation to capital raising costs for which Carbon Revolution claims a tax deduction on a straight-line basis over a 5-year period in accordance with Australian tax law. 5.4 Carry forward unrecognized tax losses and R&D tax credits Carbon Revolution had income tax losses of $172.8 million and R&D tax credits of $28.0 million at year end (2022: income tax losses $129.1 million and R&D tax credits $23.0 million). These tax losses and R&D tax credits are currently considered probable of realization only to the extent of any net deferred tax liability remaining after offset of other deferred tax assets. A deferred tax asset of $2.7 million has been recognized in relation to these tax losses and R&D tax credits at year end (2022: $4.8 million). The income tax losses and R&D tax credits have no expiry date and are available indefinitely for offset against future assessable income subject to Carbon Revolution continuing to meet relevant statutory tests. 160                                                                                                                             Table of Contents Critical accounting estimates and judgements Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, carry forward unused tax credits, and unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, unused tax credits, or unused tax losses can be utilized.  Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits, together with future tax planning strategies. Management have determined that it is not appropriate to recognize a deferred tax asset until consistent levels of profitability can be demonstrated. The deferred tax asset has been recognized only to the extent of available taxable temporary differences. Refer to 5.4 for details regarding unrecognized deferred tax assets. 161     Table of Contents 6 Other notes 6.1 Information about subsidiaries The table below lists the controlled entities of Carbon Revolution. Name Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd Carbon Revolution Technology Pty Ltd Carbon Revolution (USA) LLC Carbon Revolution (UK) Limited Principal activities Carbon fiber wheels Carbon fiber wheels Carbon fiber wheels Carbon fiber wheels 6.2 Directors and Key management personnel Compensation by category Short-term employment benefits Post-employment benefits Share-based payments 6.3 Transactions with related parties Country of incorporation Australia Australia United States United Kingdom % equity interest 2023 100 100 100 100 2022 100 100 100 100 $ 2023 $ 2022 $ 2021 2,211,445  99,352  -  2,310,797  2,195,825      96,132      -      2,291,957      1,037,034  82,020  1,251,222  2,370,276  There were no transactions with related parties in 2023 with other related parties, other than the key management personnel in 6.2 above. 6.4 Unrecognized items 6.4.1 Guarantees Carbon Revolution has entered into property lease rental guarantees with a face value of $391,763 (June 30, 2022: $391,763). Carbon Revolution has agreed to be responsible, on certain terms, for the reasonable costs incurred by Twin Ridge including its costs in complying with and consummating the Scheme Implementation Deed and Business Combination Agreement entered into with Carbon Revolution, if and when Twin Ridge (disregarding any funds contained in the Twin Ridge trust account) no longer has sufficient funds to pay such expenses. 6.4.2 Capital commitments Carbon Revolution has capital commitments for manufacturing equipment as of June 30, 2023 totaling $3.6 million (June 30, 2022: $7.5 million). Carbon Revolution has transaction costs commitments relating to Twin Ridge of $11.9 million on successful completion of the transaction relating to Twin Ridge. This commitment relates to transaction costs incurred by Twin Ridge which are payable upon the transaction closing, and are payable by Carbon Revolution if sufficient cash is not available from Twin Ridge as a result of Twin Ridge shareholders redeeming their shares. 6.4.3 Contingent liabilities Other than the government grant noted in Note 3.7, Carbon Revolution has no contingent liabilities as of June 30, 2023 (June 30, 2022: nil). 162                                                                                                   Table of Contents 6.5 Changes in accounting policies In the current year, Carbon Revolution has applied a number of amendments to IFRS Accounting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after January 1, 2022. Their adoption has not had any material impact on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in these financial statements. • • • • Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020 Onerous Contracts — Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37) Reference to the Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3) International Tax Reform — Pillar Two Model Rules (Amendments to IAS 12) — Application of the exception and disclosure of that fact 6.6 Accounting standards issued but not yet effective at June 30, 2023 At the date of authorization of the consolidated financial statements, other Standards and Interpretations issued but not yet effective and relevant for Carbon Revolution were listed below. Standard and Interpretation Narrow scope amendments to IAS 1, Practice statement 2 and IAS 8 Amendment to IAS 12 – deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction Amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases on sale and leaseback Amendments to IAS 1 – Non-current liabilities with covenants Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 on Supplier finance arrangements Amendments to IAS 8 – Definition of Accounting Estimates for annual reporting periods Effective beginning on or after January 1, 2023 January 1, 2023 Expected to be initially applied in the financial year ending June 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 January 1, 2024 January 1, 2024 January 1, 2024 January 1, 2023 June 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 June 30, 2024 The Directors of Carbon Revolution do not anticipate that the adoption of above amendments will have a material impact in future periods on the financial statements of Carbon Revolution. 6.7 Subsequent events Closing of the Business Combination On November 3, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), Carbon Revolution, Twin Ridge, MergeCo, and MergerSub consummated the Business Combination, pursuant to which, among other things, Twin Ridge merged with and into MergerSub, with MergerSub surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of MergeCo, with shareholders of Twin Ridge receiving Ordinary Shares, in exchange for their existing Twin Ridge ordinary shares and existing Twin Ridge warrant holders having their warrants automatically exchanged by assumption by MergeCo of the obligations under such warrants, including to become exercisable for one-tenth of an Ordinary Share instead of one Twin Ridge ordinary share, in proportion to the exchange ratio of one Ordinary Share for every ten Twin Ridge ordinary shares. In addition, Twin Ridge, Carbon Revolution and MergeCo implemented a scheme of arrangement under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and a capital reduction under Part 2J.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) in accordance with the Scheme Implementation Deed, dated as of November 30, 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Scheme Implementation Deed”), which resulted in all shares of Carbon Revolution being canceled in return for consideration, with Carbon Revolution issuing one share to MergeCo (resulting in Carbon Revolution becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of MergeCo) and MergeCo issuing Ordinary Shares to the shareholders of Carbon Revolution. MergeCo had no operations prior to entering into the Scheme Implementation Deed and Business Combination Agreement. MergeCo’s sole purpose was to become a holding company following the Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, MergeCo became the direct parent of  Carbon Revolution. The Ordinary Shares and the warrants to acquire one-tenth of an Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per one-tenth of an Ordinary Share ($115.00 per whole Ordinary Share)  (“Public Warrants”) are trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “CREV” and “CREVW”, respectively. The Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of Ordinary Shares. 163                       Table of Contents OIC Financing Carbon Revolution announced on September 22, 2023 that MergeCo has entered into the OIC Documents with the OIC Investors, under which, subject to satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions (including Implementation), MergeCo will issue the Preferred Shares and the OIC Warrant in exchange for the Initial Subscription Price, with further proceeds to be available in tranches, comprising the Reserve Funds that were deposited by OIC in an escrow account and the Subsequent Commitment Amount (the “OIC Financing”). The Preferred Shares resulted in OIC being provided with substantial positive and negative control rights in respect of MergeCo, and the OIC Warrant entitles OIC to be issued up to 19.99% of the MergeCo Shares on issue on Implementation on a fully diluted basis. Under the OIC Financing: • • • • • On November 3, 2023 (the “Initial Closing”), MergeCo issued US$35 million of Preferred Shares to OIC (Initial Tranche) and received US$35 million in aggregate gross proceeds, less amounts applied to cover certain transaction costs and an initial structuring premium payable to an entity associated with OIC of US$1.75 million (Initial Structuring Premium). On the Initial Closing, the Reserve Funds were deposited into an escrow account. Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions (see below), MergeCo will issue US$5 million of Preferred Shares to OIC and receive US$5 million in funding from the Reserve Funds if, prior to the Second Reserve Release (as defined below), the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least US$10 million ($15.6 million) from one or more issuances and sales of Ordinary Shares to one or more third party persons (other than OIC and its affiliates) pursuant to the First Reserve Release. Subject to and on the satisfaction of further conditions by December 1, 2024, or if MergeCo continues to work in good faith to satisfy the relevant condition, January 31, 2025, MergeCo will issue Preferred Shares to OIC equal in amount to the remaining Reserve Funds plus accrued interest and receive the remaining Reserve Funds pursuant to the Second Reserve Release. In the 24 months following the Initial Closing, MergeCo will, to the extent additional financing is necessary for the development, construction and/or tooling associated with any future manufacturing facility or for material upgrades to Carbon Revolution’s existing Mega-line plant operations in Australia (Plant Investments), have the right, subject to meeting certain conditions described below, to request a Subsequent Financing. Completion of any such Subsequent Financing is subject to approval by OIC’s investment committee. The proceeds received from the issuance of Preferred Shares under the OIC Financing must generally be used consistent with a budget agreed between MergeCo and OIC. In connection with the OIC Financing, an affiliate of OIC will receive a ‘monitoring fee’ of US$80,000 per year for so long as the Preferred Shares remain on issue. Preferred Shares Under the terms of the Preferred Shares, each Preferred Share: • • • has a term of up to five years from the Initial Closing and may be redeemed earlier at the election of MergeCo; is entitled to a fixed rate of dividend of 12% per annum, which accrues daily and is payable quarterly in cash or in kind by the issue of additional Preferred Shares at MergeCo’s election; and is expected to be accounted for as borrowings. OIC Warrants Under the OIC Financing, OIC was issued the OIC Warrant to purchase Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of US$0.01 per Ordinary Share (adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of the OIC Warrant). The OIC Warrant has a term of seven years from the Initial Closing unless exercised earlier in accordance with its terms. The OIC Warrant may be exercised for cash or may be exercised on a cashless basis. Under the terms of the OIC Warrant, OIC will be entitled to subscribe for Ordinary Shares that equal up to 19.99%, which vest in tranches comprising: • • • 12.49%, on and from the Initial Closing; plus 5%, following the issue of Preferred Shares to OIC in connection with the Second Reserve Release; plus 2.5%, subject to OIC not having failed to fund a Subsequent Financing upon the satisfaction of the relevant conditions by MergeCo, upon the earlier of: - completion of a Subsequent Financing; and - 24 months after the Initial Closing. Under the terms of the OIC Warrant, MergeCo must seek the prior written consent of OIC as holder of the OIC Warrant to: • o o • for so long as holders of the OIC Warrant beneficially hold 10% of the aggregate number of outstanding Ordinary Shares calculated on a fully diluted basis: issue Ordinary Shares at a price per share less than 75% of the daily volume weighted average price of Ordinary Shares for the trading day immediately preceding the issuance. OIC is deemed to have waived this consent right if all relevant conditions (excluding approval by OIC’s investment committee) have been satisfied by MergeCo but OIC fails to fund a Subsequent Financing (Subsequent Commitment Amount less 2% subsequent structuring premium); issue Ordinary Shares, if after such an issuance, holders of the OIC Warrant would be diluted to less than 10% of the aggregate number of outstanding Ordinary Shares calculated on a fully diluted basis (a “Dilutive Issuance”). OIC is deemed to have waived this consent right if all relevant conditions (excluding approval by OIC’s investment committee) have been satisfied by MergeCo but OIC fails to fund a Subsequent Financing or OIC previously provided their consent to a Dilutive Issuance; or amend MergeCo’s constitution in a manner that would be materially adverse to OIC as a holder of the OIC Warrant or as a member of MergeCo. Carbon Revolution Warrants As part of the OIC Financing, Carbon Revolution has issued warrants (“Carbon Revolution Warrants”) to OIC on September 21, 2023. Under the Carbon Revolution Warrants, OIC would have been entitled in certain circumstances to subscribe for, and to be issued, up to 6,000,000 Carbon Revolution Shares (in full or in part), which rank equally with all other Carbon Revolution Shares on issue. The Carbon Revolution Warrants were canceled on November 3, 2023, following the payment of the Initial Structuring Premium. 164                       Table of Contents Remaining conditions of the OIC Financing a. Reserve Funds The conditions before completion of any subscription for and issue of Preferred Shares relating to the Reserve Funds are similar to a subset of those set out for the Initial Tranche but also include: • (for the release of the first US$5 million from the Reserve Funds) the earlier of either MergeCo having raised at least US$10 million from the issuance of Ordinary Shares (including through the Committed Equity Facility as described in the scheme booklet but subject to exceptions); (First Reserve Release Condition) or meeting the Second Reserve Release Condition (referred to below) and; • (for the release of the balance of US$30 million from the Reserve Funds) MergeCo having refinanced or repaid the New Debt Program (as defined below) on terms reasonably satisfactory to OIC, having realized a specified wheel production target and having realized a specified unit cost target (Second Reserve Release Condition) (or delivered evidence to OIC that it will be able to do so) Furthermore, if MergeCo fails to refinance the New Debt Program, meet the specified wheel production target or unit cost target prior to December 1, 2024 (or, if MergeCo is continuing to work in good faith to complete or satisfy these items at December 1, 2024, on or prior to January 31, 2025), or fails to obtain the Share Capital Reduction Order (as defined below) within 60 days of the Initial Closing, OIC may choose to release the Reserve Funds and subscribe for the relevant Preferred Shares, withdraw from escrow the entire amount of the Reserve Funds (plus interest) or do some combination of the two. b. Subsequent Financing The conditions before completion of any Subsequent Financing are similar to a subset of those set out for the Initial Tranche but also include: • certain conditions relating to any future manufacturing facility constructed on or after the date of the OIC Purchase Agreement; and • OIC’s investment committee approves in its discretion the subscription for the relevant Preferred Shares. A summary of the full terms and conditions of the OIC Financing can be found in the Group’s press release dated September 22, 2023. Subsequent to September 22, 2023, the conditions to the Initial Tranche have been met and the Initial Tranche has been released to the Group through MergeCo, in the form of an interest bearing related party loan maturing in November 2028. Amendments to the New Debt Program As noted in Carbon Revolution’s ASX announcement dated May 24, 2023 titled ‘US$60m New Debt Program’, Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd (as borrower), Carbon Revolution  and each of its other Australian subsidiaries (as Co-Obligors), UMB Bank, National Association (as trustee for the noteholders) and Newlight Capital LLC (the “Servicer”) entered into the New Debt Program (the “New Debt Program”). As of September 30, 2023, Carbon Revolution has breached its covenants in regard to debt service reserve and minimum cash requirement as well as Revenue and EBITDA.  On October 18, 2023, Carbon Revolution has received waivers from the lender for those covenants for September and in addition received waivers for projected breaches for the debt service reserve and minimum cash requirement for October 2023, with the tests resuming in November 2023. In connection with the OIC Financing, the parties to the New Debt Program have agreed to amend the terms of the New Debt Program on September 18, 2023, with further amendments on October 18, 2023.  The amendments to the New Debt Program include: • Business Combination Transaction Close Date: The deadline to closing is amended from August 31, 2023 (with a 60-day cure period) to September 30, 2023 (with a 60-day cure period). • Qualified Capital Raise: If Carbon Revolution (before Implementation) or MergeCo (following Implementation) does not raise at least an additional US$60 million in qualifying equity or subordinated debt financing on or prior to December 31, 2023 (a “Qualified Capital Raise”), and raises: - below US$45 million in one or more Qualified Capital Raises (or does not undertake a Qualified Capital Raise), the following fees will be payable to the Servicer on the earlier of the (i) refinancing or payoff of the New Debt Program and (ii) May 1, 2027: - US$6 million paid in cash; or - as a result of the agreed amendments, if no event of default has occurred, US$1,500,000 paid in cash and 50,000 Ordinary Shares; - between US$45 million and US$60 million in one or more Qualified Capital Raises, the following fees will be payable to the Servicer on the earlier of the (i) refinancing or payoff of the New Debt Program and (ii) May 1, 2027: - US$3 million paid in cash; or - as a result of the agreed amendments, if no event of default has occurred, US$1.5 million paid in cash and 50,000 Ordinary Shares (reduced by 1 Ordinary Share for every US$300 raised over US$45 million). In each scenario, MergeCo to use commercially reasonably efforts to register the Ordinary Shares for resale under the Securities Act. Advisor Deferral Agreements Subsequent to June 30, 2023, Carbon Revolution reached agreement with certain of its advisers relating to the deferral of $23.7 million of fees owed to them at closing, with the fees becoming payable on a pro rata basis as and when additional funds are raised (excluding the OIC Financing). 165 Table of Contents ITEM 19. EXHIBITS Exhibit No. 1.1† 2.1† 2.2† 4.1+ 4.2 4.3+ 4.4 4.5 4.6† 4.7† 4.8 4.9+ 4.10# 4.11†* 4.12*# 4.13*#   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company Specimen Ordinary Shares Certificate of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company   Warrant Certificate of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company Description Business Combination Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2022, by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., Carbon Revolution Limited, Poppetell Limited and Poppettell Merger Sub (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-270047)). Amendment to the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2023, by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., Carbon Revolution Limited, Poppetell Limited and Poppettell Merger Sub (incorporated by reference to Annex A to Supplement No. 2 to the proxy/statement prospectus dated September 8, 2023 filed on October 5, 2023)). Scheme Implementation Deed, dated as of November 30, 2022, by and among Carbon Revolution Limited, Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. and Poppetell Limited  (incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-270047)). Scheme Implementation Amendment (incorporated by reference to Annex E to Supplement No. 1 to the proxy/statement prospectus dated September 8, 2023 filed on September 25, 2023)). Warrant Agreement, dated March 3, 2021, by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-270047)). Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (formerly known as Poppetell Limited), Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (included as Annex D to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333- 270047)). Warrant Amendment Agreement between Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (included as Annex E to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-270047)). Letter Agreement, dated March 3, 2021, by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., Barclays Capital Inc. and Evercore Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2021). Sponsor Side Letter, dated as of November 29, 2022, by and among Twin Ridge Capital Sponsor, LLC, Twin Ridge Capital Sponsor Subsidiary, LLC, the independent directors party thereto, the other insiders party thereto, Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., Carbon Revolution Limited, and Poppetell Limited (included as Annex F to the Form F-4). Proceeds Disbursing and Security Agreement, dated May 23, 2023 by and among UMB Bank, N.A., as trustee and disbursing Agent, Newlight Capital LLC, as servicer, collateral agent and security trustee and Carbon Revolution Operations PTY LTD. Equity Incentive Plan of the Company. Service Agreement with Jacob Dingle, dated March 14, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333- 270047)). Service Agreement with Gerard Buckle, dated August 7, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333- 270047)). 166       Table of Contents 4.14* 4.15 4.16 4.17 4.18 4.19* 4.20† 4.21† 8.1† 11.1† 15.1† 15.2† 15.3† 15.4† 15.5† Form of Voluntary Escrow Deed (incorporated by reference to Annex H to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-270047)). Securities Purchase Agreement, by and among the Company, Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and OIC Investors, dated September 21, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Annex B to Supplement No. 1 to the proxy/statement prospectus dated September 8, 2023 filed on September 25, 2023)). Form of Company OIC Warrant to purchase Ordinary Shares (incorporated by reference to Annex C to Supplement No. 1 to the proxy/statement prospectus dated September 8, 2023 filed on September 25, 2023)). Shareholder’s Agreement between the Company and OIC Investors, dated as of September 18, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Annex D to Supplement No. 1 to the proxy/statement prospectus dated September 8, 2023 filed on September 25, 2023)). Second Amendment to Proceeds Disbursing and Security Agreement, dated September 18, 2023, between UMB Bank, National Association, Newlight Capital LLC, Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd, Carbon Revolution Technology Pty Ltd and Carbon Revolution (incorporated by reference to Annex F to Supplement No. 1 to the proxy/statement prospectus dated September 8, 2023 filed on September 25, 2023)). Form of Indemnification Agreement between Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company and each of its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-270047)). Form of Lock Up Agreement Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2023, among the Company, Twin Ridge, DDGN Advisors LLC and the individuals listed on the signature pages thereto. List of Subsidiaries of the Company Insider Trading Policy   Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information of the Company and Twin Ridge.   Letter dated November 9, 2023 from Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, pertaining to Item 16F.   List of Relevant Territories for Irish Tax Purposes.   Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.   Consent of Marcum LLP. † Filed herewith. * Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. # Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted in accordance with the rules of the SEC. + Certain of the exhibits and schedules to this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request. 167             Table of Contents SIGNATURES The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this report on its behalf. November 9, 2023 Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company By: /s/ Jacob Dingle Name: Title: Jacob Dingle Director and Authorized Signatory 168         Exhibit 1.1 Companies Act 2014 PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY CONSTITUTION OF CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION 1. 2. 3. The name of the Company is CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY. The Company is a public limited company, registered under Part 17 of the Companies Act 2014. The objects for which the Company is established are: 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 To carry on the business of a holding company and to co-ordinate the administration, finances and activities of any subsidiary companies or associated companies, to do all lawful acts and things whatever that are necessary or convenient in carrying on the business of such a holding company and in particular to carry on in all its branches the business of a management services company, to act as managers and to direct or coordinate the management of other companies or of the business, property and estates of any company or person and to undertake and carry out all such services in connection therewith as may be deemed expedient by the Company’s board of directors and to exercise its powers as a shareholder of other companies. To carry on the businesses of manufacturer, distributor, wholesaler, retailer, service provider, investor, designer, trader and any other business (except the issuing of policies of insurance) which may seem to the Company’s board of directors capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with these objects or calculated directly or indirectly to enhance the value of or render more profitable any of the Company’s property. To carry on all or any of the businesses as aforesaid either as a separate business or as the principal business of the Company. To invest and deal with the property of the Company in such manner as may from time to time be determined by the Company’s board of directors and to dispose of or vary such investments and dealings. To borrow or raise money or capital in any manner and on such terms and subject to such conditions and for such purposes as the Company’s board of directors shall think fit or expedient, whether alone or jointly and/or severally with any other person or company, including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, whether by the issue of debentures or debenture stock (perpetual or otherwise) or otherwise, and to secure, with or without consideration, the payment or repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing or any debt, obligation or liability of the Company or of any other person or company whatsoever in such manner and on such terms and conditions as the Company’s board of directors shall think fit or expedient and, in particular by mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or debenture or any other security of whatsoever nature or howsoever described, perpetual or otherwise, charged upon all or any of the Company’s property, both present and future, and to purchase, redeem or pay off any such securities or borrowings and also to accept capital contributions from any person or company in any manner and on such terms and conditions and for such purposes as the Company’s board of directors shall think fit or expedient.                               3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 To lend and advance money or other property or give credit or financial accommodation to any company or person in any manner either with or without security and whether with or without the payment of interest and upon such terms and conditions as the Company’s board of directors shall think fit or expedient. To guarantee, indemnify, grant indemnities in respect of, enter into any suretyship or joint obligation, or otherwise support or secure, whether by personal covenant, indemnity or undertaking or by mortgaging, charging, pledging or granting a lien or other security over all or any part of the Company’s property (both present and future) or by any one or more of such methods or any other method and whether in support of such guarantee or indemnity or suretyship or joint obligation or otherwise, on such terms and conditions as the Company’s board of directors shall think fit, the payment of any debts or the performance or discharge of any contract, obligation or liability of any person or company (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the payment of any capital, principal, dividends or interest on any stocks, shares, debentures, debenture stock, notes, bonds or other securities of any person, authority or company) including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any company which is for the time being the Company’s holding company or another subsidiary (as defined by the Act) of the Company’s holding company or a subsidiary of the Company or otherwise associated with the Company (including any arrangements of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), in each case notwithstanding the fact that the Company may not receive any consideration, advantage or benefit, direct or indirect, from entering into any such guarantee or indemnity or suretyship or joint obligation or other arrangement or transaction contemplated herein. To grant, convey, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise alienate or dispose of any property of the Company of whatever nature or tenure for such price, consideration, sum or other return whether equal to or less than the market value thereof or for shares, debentures or securities and whether by way of gift or otherwise as the Company’s board of directors shall deem fit or expedient and where the property consists of real property to grant any fee farm grant or lease or to enter into any agreement for letting or hire of any such property for a rent or return equal to or less than the market or rack rent therefor or at no rent and subject to or free from covenants and restrictions as the Company’s board of directors shall deem appropriate. To purchase, take on, lease, exchange, rent, hire or otherwise acquire any property and to acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business and property of any company or person. To develop and turn to account any land acquired by the Company or in which it is interested and in particular by laying out and preparing the same for building purposes, constructing, altering, pulling down, decorating, maintaining, fitting out and improving buildings and conveniences and by planting, paving, draining, farming, cultivating, letting and by entering into building leases or building agreements and by advancing money to and entering into contracts and arrangements of all kinds with builders, contractors, architects, surveyors, purchasers, vendors, tenants and any other person. To construct, improve, maintain, develop, work, manage, carry out or control any property which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to advance the Company’s interest and to contribute to, subsidise or otherwise assist or take part in the construction, improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or control thereof. 2             3.12 3.13 3.14 To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments. To engage in currency exchange, interest rate and commodity transactions including, but not limited to, dealings in foreign currency, spot and forward rate exchange contracts, futures, options, forward rate agreements, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other foreign exchange, interest rate or commodity hedging arrangements and such other instruments as are similar to, or derived from, any of the foregoing whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or managing a currency, interest rate or commodity exposure or any other exposure or for any other purpose. As a pursuit in itself or otherwise and whether for the purpose of making a profit or avoiding a loss or managing a currency, interest rate or commodity exposure or any other exposure or for any other purpose whatsoever, to engage in any currency exchange transactions, interest rate transactions and commodity transactions, derivative and/or treasury transactions and any other financial or other transactions, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) securitisation, treasury and/or structured finance transactions, of whatever nature in any manner and on any terms and for any purposes whatsoever, including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any transaction entered into in connection with or for the purpose of, or capable of being for the purposes of, avoiding, reducing, minimising, hedging against or otherwise managing the risk of any loss, cost, expense, or liability arising, or which may arise, directly or indirectly, from a change or changes in any interest rate or currency exchange rate or in the price or value of any property, asset, commodity, index or liability or from any other risk or factor affecting the Company’s business, including but not limited to dealings whether involving purchases, sales or otherwise in foreign currency, spot and/or forward rate exchange contracts, futures, options, forward rate agreements, swaps, caps, floors, collars and/or any such other currency or interest rate or commodity or other hedging, treasury or structured finance arrangements and such other instruments as are similar to, or derived from any of the foregoing. 3.15 To apply for, establish, create, purchase or otherwise acquire, sell or otherwise dispose of and hold any patents, trademarks, copyrights, brevets d’invention, registered designs, licences, concessions and the like conferring any exclusive or non-exclusive or limited rights to use or any secret or other information and any invention and to use, exercise, develop or grant licences in respect of or otherwise turn to account or exploit the property, rights or information so held. 3.16 To enter into any arrangements with any governments or authorities, national, local or otherwise and to obtain from any such government or authority any rights, privileges and concessions and to carry out, exercise and comply with any such arrangements, rights, privileges and concessions. 3.17 To establish, form, register, incorporate or promote any company or companies or person, whether inside or outside of Ireland. 3.18 To procure that the Company be registered or recognised whether as a branch or otherwise in any country or place. 3.19 To enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction and to engage in any transaction in connection with the foregoing. 3                 3.20 To acquire or amalgamate with any other company or person. 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 To acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the business, good-will and assets of any person, firm or company carrying on or proposing to carry on any of the businesses which this Company is authorised to carry on, and as part of the consideration for such acquisition to undertake all or any of the liabilities of such person, firm or company, or to acquire an interest in, amalgamate with, or enter into any arrangement for sharing profits, or for co-operation, or for mutual assistance with any such person, firm or company and to give or accept by way of consideration for any of the acts or things aforesaid or property acquired, any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities that may be agreed upon, and to hold and retain or sell, mortgage or deal with any shares, debentures, debenture stock or securities so received. To promote freedom of contract, and to resist, insure against, counteract and discourage interference therewith, to join any lawful federation, union or association, or do any other lawful act or thing with a view to preventing or resisting directly or indirectly any interruption of or interference with the Company’s or any other trade or business or providing or safeguarding against the same, or resisting or opposing any strike, movement or organisation which may be thought detrimental to the interests of the Company or its employees and to subscribe to any association or fund for any such purposes. To make gifts to any person or company including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, capital contributions and to grant bonuses to the directors or any other persons or companies who are or have been in the employment of the Company including substitute directors and any other officer or employee. To establish and support or aid in the establishment and support of associations, institutions, funds, trusts and conveniences calculated to benefit directors, ex- directors, employees or ex-employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or the dependants or connections of such persons, and to grant pensions and allowances upon such terms and in such manner as the Company’s board of directors think fit, and to make payments towards insurance and to subscribe or guarantee money for charitable or benevolent objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful object, or any other object whatsoever which the Company’s board of directors may think advisable. To establish and contribute to any scheme for the purchase of shares or subscription for shares in the Company, its holding company or any of its or their respective subsidiaries, to be held for the benefit of the employees or former employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company including any person who is or was a director holding a salaried employment or office in the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and to lend or otherwise provide money to the trustees of such schemes or the employees or former employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to enable them to purchase shares of the Company, its holding company or any of its or their respective subsidiaries and to formulate and carry into effect any scheme for sharing the profits of the Company, its holding company or any of its or their respective subsidiaries with its employees and/or the employees of any of its subsidiaries. 3.26 To remunerate any person or company for services rendered or to be rendered in placing or assisting to place or guaranteeing the placing of any of the shares of the Company’s capital or any debentures, debenture stock or other securities of the Company or in or about the formation or promotion of the Company or the conduct of its business. 4               3.27 3.28 3.29 To obtain any Act of the Oireachtas or provisional order for enabling the Company to carry any of its objects into effect or for effecting any modification of the Company’s constitution or for any other purpose which may seem expedient and to oppose any proceedings or applications which may seem calculated directly or indirectly to prejudice the Company’s interests. To adopt such means of making known the products of the Company as may seem expedient and in particular by advertising in the press, by circulars, by purchase and exhibition of works of art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals and by granting prizes, rewards and donations. To undertake and execute the office of trustee and nominee for the purpose of holding and dealing with any property of any kind for or on behalf of any person or company; to act as trustee, nominee, agent, executor, administrator, registrar, secretary, committee or attorney generally for any purpose and either solely or with others for any person or company; to vest any property in any person or company with or without any declared trust in favour of the Company. 3.30 To pay all costs, charges, fees and expenses incurred or sustained in or about the promotion, establishment, formation and registration of the Company. 3.31 To do all or any of the above things in any part of the world, and as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise and by or through trustees, agents or otherwise and either alone or in conjunction with any person or company. 3.32 To distribute the property of the Company in specie among the members or, if there is only one, to the sole member of the Company. 3.33 To do all such other things as the Company’s board of directors may think incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects or any of them. NOTE: it is hereby declared that in this memorandum of association: a) b) c) the word “company”, except where used in reference to this Company, shall be deemed to include a body corporate, whether a company (wherever formed, registered or incorporated), a corporation aggregate, a corporation sole and a national or local government or other legal entity; and the word “person”, shall be deemed to include any individual, firm, body corporate, association or partnership, government or state or agency of a state, local authority or government body or any joint venture association or partnership (whether or not having a separate legal personality) and that person’s personal representatives, successors or permitted assigns; and the word “property”, shall be deemed to include, where the context permits, real property, personal property including choses or things in action and all other intangible property and money and all estates, rights, titles and interests therein and includes the Company’s uncalled capital and future calls and all and every other undertaking and asset; and d) a word or expression used in this memorandum of association which is not otherwise defined and which is also used in the Companies Act 2014 shall have the same meaning here, as it has in the Companies Act 2014; and 5                         e) any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include” and “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms, whether or not followed by the phrases “but not limited to”, “without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing” or any similar expression; and f) words denoting the singular number only shall include the plural number and vice versa and references to one gender includes all genders; and g) it is intended that the objects specified in each paragraph in this clause shall, except where otherwise expressed in such paragraph, be separate and distinct objects of the Company and shall not be in any way limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other paragraph or the order in which the paragraphs of this clause occur or the name of the Company. 4. 5. 6. The liability of the members is limited. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$100,010,000 divided into 800,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each, 200,000,000,000 preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each and 100,000,000 class A preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each and €25,000 divided into 25,000 deferred ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 each. The shares forming the capital may be increased or reduced and be divided into such classes and issued with any special rights, privileges and conditions or with such qualifications as regards preference, dividend, capital, voting or other special incidents, and be held upon such terms as may be attached thereto or as may from time to time be provided by the original or any substituted or amended articles of association and regulations of the Company for the time being, but so that where shares are issued with any preferential or special rights attached thereto such rights shall not be alterable otherwise than pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s articles of association for the time being. 6             CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION (as amended by Special Resolution dated ● 2023) Interpretation and general 1. 2. Sections 83, 84, 117(9) and 165(2) to (6) of the Act shall apply to the Company but, subject to that, the provisions set out in these Articles shall constitute the whole of the regulations applicable to the Company and no other “optional provisions” as defined by section 1007(2) of the Act shall apply to the Company. In these Articles: 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 “Accrual Period” means with respect to each Class A Preferred Share, the period commencing on its date of issuance and ending the date of the redemption of such Class A Preferred Share; “Act” means the Companies Act 2014 and every statutory modification and re-enactment thereof for the time being in force; “Acting in Concert” has the meaning given to it in Rule 2.1(a) and Rule 3.3 of Part A of the Takeover Rules; “Adjourned Meeting” has the meaning given in Article 122.1; “Adoption Date” means the effective date of adoption of these Articles; “Affiliate” has the meaning given in Article 249; “Agent” has the meaning given in Article 19.3; “Approved Nominee” means a person appointed under contractual arrangements with the Company to hold shares or rights or interests in shares of the Company on a nominee basis; 2.9 “Article” means an article of these Articles; 2.10 “Articles” means these articles of association as from time to time and for the time being in force; 2.11 “AU$” means Australian dollars; 2.12 “Auditors” means the auditors for the time being of the Company; 2.13 “Available Profits” means the profits available for distribution within the meaning of section 117 and Chapter 6 of Part 17 of the Act; 2.14 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company; 2.15 “Business Day” means a day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks in New York, New York, United States of America or Dublin, Ireland are authorised or obligated by applicable law to close; 2.16 “Chairperson” means the person occupying the position of Chairperson of the Board from time to time; 7                                             2.17 “Change of Control Transaction” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity or any other corporate reorganisation, in which the shareholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganisation, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganisation; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the shareholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power; 2.18 “Chief Executive Officer” shall include any equivalent office; 2.19 “Class A Preferred Directors” has the meaning given in Article 163; 2.20 “Class A Preferred Dividend Rate” means an annual rate of twelve percent (12%): 2.21 “Class A Preferred Dividends” has the meaning given in Article 13; 2.22 “Class A Preferred Members” means the holders from time to time of Class A Preferred Shares (including Class A Preferred PIK Shares), provided that, to the extent a Class A Preferred Member holds other equity interests in the Company, then such member will be treated as a Class A Preferred Member only with respect to the Class A Preferred Shares held thereby; 2.23 “Class A Preferred Majority” means, at the relevant date of determination, the Class A Preferred Members holding of a majority of the Class A Preferred Shares in issue on that date; 2.24 “Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date” has the meaning given in Article 16; 2.25 “Class A Preferred Payment Date” means a date that is no later than three (3) Business Days following each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, as applicable, of each year following the Initial Closing Date; 2.26 “Class A Preferred PIK Distribution” has the meaning given in Article 13; 2.27 “Class A Preferred PIK Shares” has the meaning given in Article 13; 2.28 “Class A Preferred Redemption Notice” has the meaning given in Article 16; 2.29 “Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice” has the meaning given in Article 16; 2.30 “Class A Preferred Share Amount” means: (a) with respect to the Class A Preferred Shares issued (x) on the Initial Closing, and (y) on a Reserve Release Closing (in the case of (y), paid-up from the Reserve Account) (the “Initial and Released Class A Preferred Shares”), (i) in the period, from the Initial Closing Date until the date of disbursement of the Reserve Funds (plus accrued interest thereon) then remaining in the Reserve Account to the holders of Class A Preferred Shares upon the exercise of the Draw Right following an OIC Reserve Recovery Event, an amount per Class A Preferred Share equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) US$70,000,000 by (B) the number of Initial and Released Class A Preferred Shares in issue from time to time; 8                                 (ii) in the period following the disbursement of the Reserve Funds (plus accrued interest thereon) then remaining in the Reserve Account to the holders of Class A Preferred Shares upon the exercise of the Draw Right following an OIC Reserve Recovery Event (the principal amount of such Reserve Funds, excluding accrued interest thereon, being the “OIC Reserve Recovery Amount”), an amount per Class A Preferred Share equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) US$70,000,000 less the OIC Reserve Recovery Amount by (B) the number of Initial and Released Class A Preferred Shares in issue from time to time; (b) (c) with respect to the Class A Preferred Share issued on a Subsequent Closing, US$100,000 per share; and with respect to the Class A Preferred PIK Shares, US$100,000 per share, as adjusted if and to the extent that the number of issued and outstanding Class A Preferred Shares increases or decreases as a result of any future share splits, share combinations, share distributions or similar transactions with respect to the Class A Preferred Shares only; 2.31 “Class A Preferred Share Return” means: (a) with respect to the Initial and Released Class A Shares, an amount of cash distributions and/or redemption payments made pursuant to these Articles sufficient to cause the holders of such Class A Preferred Shares, to receive, in aggregate the sum of: (i) the greater of (A) a MOIC of one and three quarters (1.75) or (B) a twelve percent (12%) IRR with respect to US$70,000,000 less the OIC Reserve Recovery Amount, if any; plus (ii) a MOIC of one and one quarter (1.25) with respect to the OIC Reserve Recovery Amount), which shall be allocated pro rata amongst the Initial and Released Class A Preferred Shares; (b) (c) with respect to each Class A Preferred Share issued on a Subsequent Closing, the greater of (A) a MOIC of one and three quarters (1.75) or (B) a twelve percent (12%) IRR with respect to the Class A Preferred Share Amount attributable thereto; and with respect to each Class A Preferred PIK Share issued, the Class A Preferred Share Amount attributable thereto, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon, provided, however, that if the Class A Preferred Share by reference to which a Class A Preferred PIK Share was issued, is redeemed, such Class A PIK Preferred Share shall also be deemed to be redeemed for no additional consideration; 2.32 “Class A Preferred Shares” means the class A preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company; 9                     2.33 “Clear Days” means, in relation to a period of notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and excluding the day for which notice is being given or on which an action or event for which notice is being given is to occur or take effect; 2.34 “committee” has the meaning given in Article 197; 2.35 “Company” means the company whose name appears in the heading to these Articles; 2.36 2.37 “Company Secretary” means the person or persons appointed as company secretary or joint company secretary of the Company from time to time and shall include any assistant or deputy secretary; “Concert Party” means, in relation to any person, a party who is deemed or presumed to be Acting in Concert with that person for the purposes of the Takeover Rules; 2.38 “contested election” has the meaning given in Article 167; 2.39 “Deferred Shares” means the Deferred Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of €1.00 each in the capital of the Company; 2.40 “Designated Valuation Firm” means an independent valuation expert; 2.41 “Designated Valuation Firm Cost Allocations” has the meaning given in Article 16; 2.42 “Directors” means the directors for the time being of the Company or any of them acting as the Board; 2.43 “Director’s Certified Email Address” has the meaning given in Article 200.3; 2.44 “disponee” has the meaning given in Article 53.1; 2.45 “Draw Right” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.46 “Early Company Call Option Election” has the meaning given in Article 16; 2.47 “elected by a plurality” has the meaning given in Article 167; 2.48 “electronic communication” has the meaning given to that word in the Electronic Commerce Act 2000 and in addition includes in the case of notices or documents issued on behalf of the Company, such documents being made available or displayed on a website of the Company (or a website designated by the Board); 2.49 “EUR” or “€” means euro; 2.50 “Exchange” means any securities exchange or other system on which the shares of the Company may be listed or otherwise authorised for trading from time to time in circumstances where the Company has approved such listing or trading; 2.51 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States, as amended; 2.52 “Fiscal Quarter” means each calendar quarter ending March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, or such other quarterly accounting period as may be established by the Company; 10                                         2.53 “Group” means the Company and its subsidiaries from time to time and for the time being; 2.54 “Independent Directors” has the meaning given in Article 249; 2.55 “Initial Closing” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.56 “Initial Closing Date” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.57 “Interested Person” has the meaning given in Article249; 2.58 “IRR” means, with respect to a Class A Preferred Member in respect of any Class A Preferred Share held by such Class A Preferred Member as of any applicable time of determination, the actual annual pre-tax rate of return as to the applicable person (but computed after all taxes imposed on the Company and its subsidiaries), accruing daily and compounded quarterly, on the Class A Preferred Share Amount referable to such Class A Preferred Share since the date on which the Company issued such Class A Preferred Share provided, however, that, for the purpose of calculating the IRR on the Initial and Released Class A Preferred Shares, all such shares shall be deemed to have been issued on the Initial Closing Date and all cash dividends and redemption payments received by the holders thereof, shall be deemed to have been received pro rata by all such holders.  Calculation of IRR shall take into account only cash dividends and redemption payments received by such Class A Preferred Member and such Class A Preferred Member’s successor(s) in interest with respect to such Class A Preferred Shares in accordance with the provisions of these Articles (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all cash dividends and redemption payments in respect of any Class A Preferred PIK Share issued by reference to such Class A Preferred Share).  In calculating IRR (i) all applicable cash dividends and redemption payments shall be considered to have been made on the date actually paid and (ii) IRR shall be calculated using the XIRR function in the most recent version of Microsoft Excel (or if such program is no longer available, such other software program for calculating IRR proposed by the Company and acceptable to the Majority Class A Preferred Holder); 2.59 “Mandatory Class A Redemption Date” has the meaning given in Article 17; 2.60 “Mandatory Class A Redemption Event” has the meaning given in Article 17; 2.61 “member” means, in relation to any share, the member whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of the share or, where the context permits, the members whose names are entered in the Register as the joint holders of shares and shall include a member’s personal representatives in consequence of his or her death or bankruptcy; 2.62 “Memorandum” means the memorandum of association of the Company; 2.63 “MOIC” means with respect to a Class A Preferred Member in respect of any Class A Preferred Share held by such Class A Preferred Member as of any time of determination, the number obtained by dividing (i) the cumulative amount of cash distributions or redemption payments that such Class A Preferred Member and such Class A Preferred Member’s predecessors in interest have received in respect of such Class A Preferred Share in accordance with the provisions of these Articles (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all cash dividends and redemption payments in respect of any Class A Preferred PIK Share issued by reference to such Class A Preferred Share); by (ii) the Class A Preferred Share Amount referable to such Class A Preferred Share, provided, however, that, for the purpose of calculating the MOIC on the Initial and Released Class A Preferred Shares, all cash dividends and redemption payments received by the holders thereof, shall be deemed to have been received pro rata by all such holders. 11                       2.64 “Order” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.65 “Office” means the registered office for the time being of the Company; 2.66 “OIC Reserve Recovery Event” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.67 “Ordinary Shares” means the Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company; 2.68 “Permitted Conflict” has the meaning given in Article 212; 2.69 “Preferred Shares” means the Preferred Shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, do not include the Class A Preferred Shares); 2.70 “Proceedings” has the meaning given in Article 264; 2.71 “Redeemable Shares” means redeemable shares as defined by section 64 of the Act; 2.72 “Re-designation Event” means; (a) (b) (c) the transfer of Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares from a Restricted Shareholder to a Shareholder or other person who is not a Restricted Shareholder; an event whereby a Restricted Shareholder ceases to be restricted from holding securities conferring voting rights in the Company without a Takeover Rules Event occurring by virtue of Rule 9 of the Takeover Rules, except in these circumstances the number of Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares which shall be re-designated as Ordinary Shares shall be the maximum number of Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares that can be re-designated without the former Restricted Shareholder becoming or remaining a Restricted Shareholder on the Re-designation Event; or a Restricted Shareholder of the Company undertaking a Takeover Rules Event and the Takeover Panel consenting to some or all of the Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares being re-designated as Ordinary Shares, in which case only those Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares the re-designation of which has been consented to by the Takeover Panel shall be re-designated as Ordinary Shares; 2.73 “Register” means the register of members of the Company to be kept as required by the Act; 2.74 “Reserve Account” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.75 “Reserve Funds” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.76 “Reserve Release Closing” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 12                                 2.77 “Restricted Shareholder” means a member of the Company or other person who is restricted from holding securities conferring voting rights in the Company without a Takeover Rules Event occurring by virtue of Rule 9 of the Takeover Rules or a member or person who would be so restricted but for the limitations on voting rights set out under Article 7, provided that where two or more persons are deemed or presumed (and such presumption has not been rebutted) to be Acting in Concert for the purpose of Rule 9 of the Takeover Rules, only the person who acquired the securities conferring voting rights which, but for the application of Article 7, would trigger the Takeover Rules Event shall be deemed to be a Restricted Shareholder in respect only of such number of those securities conferring voting rights which, but for the application of Article 7, would trigger the Takeover Rules Event; 2.78 “Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares” means (d) (e) an interest in securities acquired by a Restricted Shareholder where the Restricted Shareholder has not elected for a Takeover Rules Event to occur; or Ordinary Shares the subject of a notification by a Shareholder by at least 10 Business Days’ notice in writing to the Company that such Shareholder wishes for such Ordinary Shares to be designated as Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares; 2.79 “Rights” has the meaning given in Article 253; 2.80 “Rights Plan” has the meaning given in Article 252; 2.81 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; 2.82 2.83 “securities conferring voting rights” shall be construed in accordance with the definitions of “security” and “interest in a security” in section 1 of the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1997; “Securities Purchase Agreement” means that Securities Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, OIC Structured Equity Fund GPFA Range, LLC, OIC Structured Equity Fund I Range, LLC and solely for the purposes of certain provisions thereof, Carbon Revolution Operations PTY LTD.; dated as of 21 September 2023; 2.84 “Share Capital Reduction” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.85 “Shareholder” means a holder of shares in the capital of the Company; 2.86 “Springing Rights Event” means (i) a failure by the Company to effect a Mandatory Class A Redemption Event on the Mandatory Class A Redemption Date, (ii) the undertaking by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any Structured Voting Rights Matter without the prior written consent of a Class A Preferred Majority or (iii) a failure on the part of the Company to obtain the Share Capital Reduction Order within 60 days of the Initial Closing, (iv) comply with its obligations under section 5.10 (Further Share Capital Reductions) or (v) comply with its obligations under section 5.11 (Right of First Offer) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, whichever first occurs; 2.87 “Springing Rights Matters” means the matters listed in Schedule 2 of these Articles; 2.88 “Structured Voting Rights Matters” means the matters listed in Schedule 1 of these Articles; 2.89 “Subsequent Closing” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement; 2.90 “subsidiary” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 7 of the Act; 13                                 2.91 “Takeover Panel” means the Irish Takeover Panel established under the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1997; 2.92 “Takeover Rules” means the Takeover Panel Act 1997, Takeover Rules 2022; and 2.93 “Takeover Rules Event” means either of the following events: (a) (b) a Restricted Shareholder and/or its Concert Parties (if any) extending an offer to the holders of each class of equity shares of the Company in accordance with Rule 9 of the Takeover Rules; or the Company obtaining approval of the Takeover Panel for a waiver of Rule 9 of the Takeover Rules in respect of a Restricted Shareholder or any of its Concert Parties (as applicable); 2.94 “United States of America”, “United States” and “U.S.”  means the United States of America; 2.95 “US$” and “dollars” means United States dollars; and 2.96 “Warrant” has the meaning given in the Securities Purchase Agreement. NOTE: it is hereby declared that in these Articles: a) b) c) d) e) the word “company”, except where used in reference to this Company, shall be deemed to include a body corporate, whether a company (wherever formed, registered or incorporated), a corporation aggregate, a corporation sole and a national or local government or other legal entity; and the word “person”, shall be deemed to include any individual, firm, body corporate, association or partnership, government or state or agency of a state, local authority or government body or any joint venture association or partnership (whether or not having a separate legal personality) and that person’s personal representatives, successors or permitted assigns; and the word “property”, shall be deemed to include, where the context permits, real property, personal property including choses or things in action and all other intangible property and money and all estates, rights, titles and interests therein and includes the Company’s uncalled capital and future calls and all and every other undertaking and asset; and a word or expression used in the Articles which is not otherwise defined and which is also used in the Act shall have the same meaning here, as it has in the Act; and any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include” and “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms, whether or not followed by the phrases “but not limited to”, “without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing” or any similar expression; and f) words denoting the singular number only shall include the plural number and vice versa and references to one gender includes all genders. AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL 3. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$100,010,000 divided into 800,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each 200,000,000,000 preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each and 100,000,000 class A preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.0001 each and €25,000 divided into 25,000 Deferred Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of €1.00 each. 14                                   4. The Ordinary Shares shall rank pari passu in all respects and shall: RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THE ORDINARY SHARES 4.1 4.2 4.3 subject to the right of the Company to set record dates for the purposes of determining the identity of members entitled to notice of and/or to vote at a general meeting and the authority of the Board and chairperson of the meeting to maintain order and security, include the right to attend any general meeting of the Company and to exercise one vote per Ordinary Share held at any general meeting of the Company; include the right to participate pro rata in all dividends declared by the Company; and include the right, in the event of the Company’s winding up, to participate pro rata in the total assets of the Company. 5. 6. The rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares are subject to the rights attaching to the Class A Preferred Shares and may be subject to the terms of issue of any series or class of Preferred Shares allotted by the Directors from time to time in accordance with Article 9. RESTRICTED VOTING ORDINARY SHARES If a Restricted Shareholder acquires securities conferring voting rights in the Company, unless the Restricted Shareholder elects to acquire such securities with a Takeover Rules Event occurring, the Ordinary Shares referable to such securities conferring voting rights in the Company shall be designated as Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares having the restrictions set out in Article 7 and any share certificates to be issued in respect of such Ordinary Shares shall bear a legend making reference to such shares as Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares. A Shareholder may also, by at least 10 Clear Days’ notice in writing to the Company or such shorter time as the Company may agree, request that the Company re-designate some or all of the Ordinary Shares that it holds as Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares. 7. The following restrictions shall attach to Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares: 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 until a Re-designation Event occurs, the rights attaching to such shares shall be restricted as set out in this Article 7; the Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares shall carry no rights to receive notice of or to attend or vote at any general meeting of the Company; save as provided herein, the Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares shall rank pari passu at all times and in all respects with all other Ordinary Shares; forthwith upon a Re-designation Event, each holder of Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares that are to be re-designated shall send to the Company the certificates, if any, in respect of the Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares held immediately prior to the Re-designation Event and thereupon, but subject to receipt of such certificates, the Company shall issue to such holders respectively replacement certificates for the Ordinary Shares without a legend making reference to the shares as Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares; and re-designation of the Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares shall be effected by way of a deemed automatic re-designation of such shares as Ordinary Shares immediately upon and subject to a Re-designation Event, without the requirement of any approval by the Board or any shareholders of the Company. 15                             8. 9. Any Restricted Voting Ordinary Shares in issue shall comprise a single class with any other Ordinary Shares in issue. RIGHTS ATTACHING TO PREFERRED SHARES Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Board is empowered to cause the Preferred Shares to be issued from time to time as shares of one or more series of Preferred Shares, and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of Preferred Shares of each particular series, before issuance, the Board is expressly authorised to fix: 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 the distinctive designation of such series and the number of shares which shall constitute such series, which number may be increased (except as otherwise provided by the Board in creating such series) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then in issue) from time to time by resolution of the Board; the rate of dividends payable on shares of such series, if any, whether or not and upon what conditions dividends on shares of such series shall be cumulative and, if cumulative, the date or dates from which dividends shall accumulate and the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any other class or classes or on any other series of share capital; the procedures for, and the terms, if any, on which shares of such series may be redeemed, including without limitation, the redemption price or prices for such series, which may consist of a redemption price or scale of redemption prices applicable only to redemption in connection with a sinking fund (which term as used herein shall include any fund or requirement for the periodic purchase or redemption of shares), and the same or a different redemption price or scale of redemption prices applicable to any other redemption; the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of such series; the amount or amounts which shall be paid to the holders of shares of such series in case of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary; the terms, if any, upon which the holders of shares of such series may convert shares thereof into shares of any other class or classes or of any one or more series of the same class or of another class or classes; the voting rights, full or limited, if any, of the shares of such series; and whether or not and under what conditions the shares of such series (alone or together with the shares of one or more other series having similar provisions) shall be entitled to vote separately as a single class, for the election of one or more additional Directors in case of dividend arrears or other specified events, or upon other matters; whether or not the holders of shares of such series, as such, shall have any pre-emptive or preferential rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of any class or series of shares of the Company, now or hereafter authorised, or any securities convertible into, or warrants or other evidences of optional rights to purchase or subscribe for, shares of any class or series of the Company, now or hereafter authorised; 16                       9.9 9.10 9.11 the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends, or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, any other class or classes of shares ranking junior to the shares of such series either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up; the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issuance of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or of any other class) ranking on a parity with or prior to the shares of such series as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation; and such other rights, preferences and limitations as may be permitted to be fixed by the Board of the Company under the laws of Ireland as in effect at the time of the creation of such series. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Board is authorised to change the designations, rights, preferences and limitations of any series of Preferred Shares theretofore established, no shares of which have been issued. The rights conferred upon the member of any pre-existing shares in the share capital of the Company shall be deemed not to be varied by the creation, issue and allotment of any series of Preferred Shares in accordance with these Articles. RIGHTS ATTACHING TO CLASS A PREFERRED SHARES Notice, Attendance and Voting Rights.  Subject to the right of the Company to set record dates for the purposes of determining the identity of members entitled to notice of a general meeting, each Class A Preferred Members shall be entitled to receive notice of and attend, and to exercise a number of votes at any general meeting of the Company, calculated in accordance with the following formula: 10. 11. 12. X = [C*(A+B)-B]/(1-C)*(Y/Z) Where: “X” is the number of votes which the relevant Class A Preferred Member is entitled to exercise at the relevant general meeting; “Y” is the total number of Class A Preferred Shares held by a Class A Preferred Member at the voting record date for the relevant general meeting; “Z” is the aggregate number of Class A Preferred Shares held by all Class A Preferred Members at the voting record date for the relevant general meeting; “A” is the total number of Ordinary Shares in issue at the voting record date for the relevant general meeting (excluding issued Ordinary Shares resulting from the exercise of the Warrant and held by a Class A Preferred Member); “B” is the number of Ordinary Shares in issue at the voting record date for the relevant general meeting resulting from the exercise of the Warrant and held by a Class A Preferred Member; and “C” is 0.1999. 17                               13. Class A Preferred Dividends.  During the Accrual Period, each Class A Preferred Member shall be entitled to receive from the Company, and the Company shall pay dividends on each Class A Preferred Payment Date and prior to any dividend or other distribution being paid or made with respect to any other class of share in the capital of the Company (whether pursuant to Article 82, Article 83 or otherwise), with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ended immediately prior to such Class A Preferred Payment Date, in an amount with respect to each Class A Preferred Share held by such Class A Preferred Member equal to the amount accrued during such Fiscal Quarter at the Class A Preferred Dividend Rate on the Class A Preferred Share Amount of each Class A Preferred Share during such Fiscal Quarter (the “Class A Preferred Dividends”) as follows: 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 Class A Preferred Dividends will be cumulative and will accrue daily during the Accrual Period at the Class A Preferred Dividend Rate from the date of issuance of a Class A Preferred Share, prorated for partial Fiscal Quarters during the Accrual Period. The Class A Preferred Dividends may be paid or satisfied, at the Company’s discretion, as follows (i) by payment in cash on the Class A Preferred Payment Date (or, if such Class A Preferred Payment Date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter); and/or (ii) by issuing on the Class A Preferred Payment Date (or, if such Class A Preferred Payment Date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter), additional Class A Preferred Shares to the Class A Preferred Members calculated in accordance with the provisions of Articles 13.4 and 13.5, below (each dividend obligation, or part thereof, which is satisfied by the issue of additional Class A Preferred Shares to the Class A Preferred Members, as opposed to cash, being a “Class A Preferred PIK Distribution” and such Class A Preferred Shares so issued, being “Class A Preferred PIK Shares”). Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 13.2, to the extent that the Company does not have sufficient Available Profits to pay Class A Preferred Dividends in cash on a Class A Preferred Dividend Payment Date, Class A Preferred Dividends payable on that Class A Preferred Dividend Date shall be satisfied by making a Class A Preferred PIK Distribution. The number of Class A Preferred PIK Shares to be issued on a Class A Preferred PIK Distribution shall be determined by dividing: (i) the relevant amount of Class A Preferred Dividends to be satisfied by the issue of Class A Preferred PIK Shares; by (ii) the Class A Preferred Share Amount, and rounding up the quotient.  No fractional shares shall be issued on a Class A Preferred PIK Distribution. Class A Preferred PIK Shares may be paid up out of Available Profits or, in the event the Company has insufficient Available Profits, Class A Preferred PIK Shares may be issued as bonus shares fully paid-up to at least their nominal value.  For the purpose of calculating any amount of Class A Preferred Dividends or Class A Preferred Share Return referable to a Class A Preferred PIK Share, each Class A Preferred PIK Share shall, on issue, be deemed to have been paid-up to the Class A Preferred Share Amount on the relevant Class A Preferred Payment Date (or, if such Class A Preferred Payment Date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter). 13.6 Save with the prior written consent of a Class A Preferred Majority: (a) the Company may only issue Class A Preferred PIK Shares as expressly provided in this Article 13 and only in connection with the required quarterly dividends thereunder; and (b) the Company shall not issue any Class A Preferred PIK Shares (or any other Class A Preferred Shares) in connection with any other distribution made in respect of Class A Preferred Shares. 14. Priority Distributions:  No distributions of cash or non-cash property shall be made with respect to any shares in the capital of the Company prior to the Class A Preferred Members having received the Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to all Class A Preferred Shares as contemplated in Articles 16, 17 and 18, below. 18                 15. Liquidation Preference.  On a return of capital on liquidation, a capital reduction or otherwise, the assets of the Company remaining after the payment of its liabilities which are available for distribution to its members, shall first be applied in paying to the Class A Preferred Members prior, and in preference, to the members holding any other class of shares in the capital of the Company, by reason of their ownership of such shares, with equal priority among the Class A Preferred Members, an amount in respect of the Class A Preferred Shares, in cash, until each Class A Preferred Member receives payment in respect of each Class A Preferred Share held by that member equal to the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to such Class A Preferred Share, provided that, if, upon such return of capital, the assets of the Company available for distribution among the members shall be insufficient to permit payment to the Class A Preferred Members of an amount in cash such that each Class A Preferred Member receives payment in respect of each Class A Preferred Share held by that member at the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to each Class A Preferred Share, then all of the assets of the Company available for distribution among the members shall be distributed to the Class A Preferred Members on a pro rata basis, such that each Class A Preferred Member receives that portion of the assets available for distribution as the proportion that the aggregate amount required to provide that Class A Preferred Member with the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return on all Class A Preferred Shares held by that member bears to the aggregate amount required to provide all Class A Preferred Members with the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return on all Class A Preferred Shares held by all such members.  The provisions of this Article 15 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the proceeds of a sale on a Change of Control Transaction, which shall be paid to the Class A Preferred Members as consideration for their Class A Preferred Shares in priority to any payment to the members holding any other class of shares in the capital of the Company as if the proceeds of such Change of Control Transaction constituted the assets of the Company available for distribution to the Company’s members. 16. Redemption of Class A Preferred Shares at the Election of the Company 16.1 Prior to the fifth anniversary of the Initial Closing Date, the Company may, upon prior written notice (a “Class A Preferred Redemption Notice”) to each applicable Class A Preferred Member, redeem all or any portion of the issued Class A Preferred Shares at its election, in each case, upon payment in full of the Class A Preferred Share Return of such Class A Preferred Shares, as of the applicable Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date, for each Class A Preferred Share redeemed (an “Early Company Call Option Election”).  The Class A Preferred Redemption Notice shall specify the number of Class A Preferred Shares that will be redeemed, the date on which the Class A Preferred Shares will be redeemed pursuant to this Article 16 (which date must be a Business Day and shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days and no later than forty five (45) days, in each case, following delivery of the Class A Preferred Redemption Notice) (the “Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date”), and the Class A Preferred Share Return as of the Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date with respect to each Class A Preferred Share that the Company will redeem, including details and reasonable supporting documentation with respect to such calculation. 16.2 At any time prior to the Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date, a Class A Preferred Majority shall have the right to provide notice to the Company of any disagreement regarding the calculation of the Class A Preferred Share Return as of the Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date (a “Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice”), which Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice shall include such Class A Preferred Majority’s calculation of the Class A Preferred Share Return and reasonable supporting documentation regarding the same. 16.3 Following receipt of any such Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice by the Company, the Class A Preferred Majority that provided the Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to reach agreement regarding the amount of such Class A Preferred Share Return. 19           16.4 16.5 16.6 If the Company and the Class A Preferred Majority that provided the Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice are unable to resolve all such disputed items within ten (10) Business Days following the Company’s receipt of the Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice, then all items that have not been resolved on a mutually agreeable basis shall be submitted to a Designated Valuation Firm mutually acceptable to the Company and such Class A Preferred Majority for resolution and such Designated Valuation Firm shall be instructed to issue its determination within ten (10) Business Days after the submission of such dispute; provided, however, that if the Company and such Class A Preferred Majority are unable to agree on a Designated Valuation Firm within five (5) Business Days, the Designated Valuation Firm shall be designated by the Independent Directors.  The determination by such Designated Valuation Firm shall be binding on the Company and all Class A Preferred Members.  All costs and expenses relating to the work performed by the Designated Valuation Firm shall be borne by the Class A Preferred Members and the Company based on the inverse of the percentage that the Designated Valuation Firm’s determination bears to the total amount of the total items in dispute as originally submitted to the Designated Valuation Firm, which proportionate allocations shall also be determined by the Designated Valuation Firm at the time it renders its determination on the merits of the matters in dispute (such pro rata allocations of costs and expenses of the Designated Valuation Firm, the “Designated Valuation Firm Cost Allocations”). If, all such disputed items have not been resolved as of the Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date, the consummation of such redemption shall be deemed to be tolled until such dispute has been resolved and the Class A Preferred Share Return shall continue to accrue during such period until the date on which the Company pays such amount; provided, however, that if such redemption is initially contemplated to concur at the closing of a Change of Control Transaction then the Company may close such Change of Control Transaction and put an amount in escrow equal to the Class A Preferred Share Return amount proposed by the Class A Preferred Majority that provided the Class A Preferred Share Return Dispute Notice (taking into account the tolling and continued accrual of the Class A Preferred Share Return during the pendency of such dispute), with such amount to be released by such Class A Preferred Majority and the Company jointly, or in accordance with the determination of the Designated Valuation Firm, upon resolution of such dispute, to the Class A Preferred Members and/or the Company in accordance with the final resolution of such dispute. On the Class A Preferred Optional Redemption Date (or such later date as contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence), the Company shall pay in cash to each Class A Preferred Member the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to each such Class A Preferred Share redeemed.  Any such Redemption by the Company of Class A Preferred Shares shall be pro rata as among the Class A Preferred Members in respect of the Class A Preferred Shares that are so redeemed as set forth in the applicable Class A Preferred Redemption Notice.  Upon payment in full and in cash of the Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to each redeemed Class A Preferred Share, such redeemed Class A Preferred Share will cease to be outstanding. 20       17. Mandatory Redemption of Class A Preferred Shares 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 The Company shall redeem all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Class A Preferred Shares upon the fifth anniversary of the Initial Closing Date (a “Mandatory Class A Redemption Event”) to the extent all of the Class A Preferred Shares have not already been redeemed as of such time.  The Company shall effect such redemption by paying, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to each Class A Preferred member in respect of each Class A Preferred Share held by such member an amount in cash equal to the Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to such Class A Preferred Share on the date when such Mandatory Class A Redemption Event occurs unless it occurs on a date that is not a Business Day in which case such redemption shall occur on the next Business Day (the date on which the Company is required to effect such redemption, the “Mandatory Class A Redemption Date”); provided that the Company shall provide copies of final documentation in connection therewith, which shall include details and reasonable supporting documentation of the Company’s calculation of the Class A Preferred Share Return as of the Mandatory Class A Redemption Date.  Upon the payment of the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to each Class A Preferred Share pursuant to this Article 17 in full and in cash, the Class A Preferred Shares will cease to be outstanding; provided, however, that if there is any disagreement between the Company and a Class A Preferred Majority regarding the amount of the Class A Preferred Share Return as of the Mandatory Class A Redemption Date, such Class A Preferred Majority and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to reach agreement regarding the amount of the Class A Preferred Share Return and, in any event, the Class A Preferred Shares shall not be deemed to have been redeemed until the amount of the Class A Preferred Share Return (which shall continue to accrue during the pendency of such dispute) has been finally determined (either as agreed by such Class A Preferred Majority and the Company or otherwise by submitting the dispute to a Designated Valuation Firm ) and paid in full and in cash to the Class A Preferred Members; provided, however, that if such Redemption is initially contemplated to concur at the closing of a Change of Control Transaction then the Company may close such Change of Control Transaction and put an amount in escrow equal to the amount of the Class A Preferred Share Return proposed by a Class A Preferred Majority (taking into account the tolling and continued accrual of the Class A Preferred Share Return during the pendency of such dispute), with such amount to be released by such Class A Preferred Majority and the Company jointly, or in accordance with the determination of a Designated Valuation Firm, upon resolution of such dispute, to the Class A Preferred Members and/or the Company in accordance with the final resolution of such dispute. If such a dispute has been submitted to a Designated Valuation Firm, the Designated Valuation Firm shall be instructed to issue its determination within ten (10) Business Days after the submission of such dispute; provided, however, that if the Company and a Class A Preferred Majority are unable to agree on a Designated Valuation Firm within five (5) Business Days, the Designated Valuation Firm shall be designated by the Independent Directors. The determination by such Designated Valuation Firm shall be binding on the Company and all Class A Preferred Members.  All costs and expenses relating to the work performed by the Designated Valuation Firm shall be borne by the Class A Preferred Members  and the Company based on the Designated Valuation Firm Cost Allocations. On the Mandatory Class A Redemption Date (or such later date as contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence), the Company shall pay in cash to each Class A Preferred Member the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to each such Class A Preferred Share redeemed.  Upon payment in full and in cash of the Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to each redeemed Class A Preferred Share, such redeemed Class A Preferred Share will cease to be outstanding. 21           18. Deemed Redemption of Class A Preferred Shares Deemed Redemption.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary: (i) a Class A Preferred Share shall be deemed redeemed upon the applicable Class A Preferred Member holding the same receiving payments pursuant to these Articles in respect of such Class A Preferred Share in cash in an aggregate amount equal to the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return with respect to such Class A Preferred Share; and (ii) upon the redemption of any Class A Preferred Share in full in cash for the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return, such Class A Preferred Share shall cease to be issued. 19. The Deferred Shares shall have the rights and privileges and be subject to the restrictions set out in this Article 19: RIGHTS ATTACHING TO DEFERRED SHARES 19.1 19.2 19.3 the Deferred Shares are non-voting shares and do not convey upon the holder the right to be paid a dividend or to receive notice of or to attend, vote or speak at a general meeting; the Deferred Shares confer the right on a return of capital, on a winding-up or otherwise, only to the repayment of the nominal value paid up on the Deferred Shares after repayment of the nominal value of the Ordinary Shares; and any Director (the “Agent”) is appointed the attorney of the holder of a Deferred Share, with an irrevocable instruction to the Agent to execute all or any forms of transfer and/or renunciation and/or surrender and/or other documents in the Agent’s discretion in relation to the Deferred Shares in favour of the Company or as it may direct and to deliver such forms of transfer and/or renunciation and/or surrender and/or other documents together with any certificate(s) and/or other documents for registration and to do all such other acts and things as may in the reasonable opinion of the Agent be necessary or expedient for the purpose of, or in connection with, the surrender of the Deferred Shares, the purchase by the Company of the Deferred Shares for nil consideration or such other consideration as the Board may determine and to vest the said Deferred Shares in the Company. 20. Without prejudice to any special rights conferred on the members of any existing shares or class of shares but subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles, including Article 177, any share may be issued with such rights or restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine. 21. The following provisions shall apply: ALLOTMENT AND ACQUISITION OF SHARES 21.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles including Article 177, the shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors, and they may (subject to the provisions of the Act) allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, on such terms and conditions and at such times as they may consider to be in the best interests of the Company and its members, but so that no share shall be issued at a discount and so that, in the case of shares offered to the public for subscription, the amount payable on application on each share shall not be less than one-quarter of the nominal amount of the share and the whole of any premium thereon. 21.2 Without prejudice to the generality of the powers conferred on the Directors by other paragraphs of these Articles, but subject to the provisions of Article 177, and subject to any requirement to obtain the approval of the members under any laws, regulations or the rules of any Exchange, the Directors may grant from time to time options to subscribe for the unallotted shares in the capital of the Company to Directors and other persons in the service or employment of the Company or any subsidiary or associate company of the Company on such terms and subject to such conditions as may be approved from time to time by the Directors or by any committee thereof appointed by the Directors for the purpose of such approval and on the terms and conditions required to obtain the approval of any statutory authority in any jurisdiction. 22                       21.3 21.4 Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Directors are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot relevant securities within the meaning of section 1021 of the Act.  The maximum amount of relevant securities which may be allotted under the authority hereby conferred shall be the amount of the authorised but unissued share capital of the Company at the Adoption Date.  The authority hereby conferred shall expire on the date which is five (5) years after the Adoption Date unless and to the extent that such authority is renewed, revoked or extended prior to such date.  The Company may before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot relevant securities in pursuance of such offer or agreement, notwithstanding that the authority hereby conferred has expired. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Directors are hereby empowered pursuant to sections 1022 and 1023 of the Act to allot equity securities (within the meaning of the said section 1023) for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by Article 21.3 as if section 1022(1) of the Act did not apply to any such allotment.  The authority conferred by this Article 21.4 shall expire on the date which is five (5) years after the Adoption Date, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked; provided that the Company may before the expiry of such authority make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the power conferred by this Article 21.4 had not expired. 21.5 The Company may issue permissible letters of allotment (as defined by section 1019 of the Act) to the extent permitted by the Act. 21.6 21.7 Unless otherwise determined by the Directors or the rights attaching to or by the terms of issue of any particular shares, or to the extent required by the Act, any Exchange, depository or any operator of any clearance or settlement system, no person whose name is entered as a member in the Register shall be entitled to receive a share certificate for any shares of any class held by him or her in the capital of the Company (nor on transferring part of a holding, to a certificate for the balance). Any share certificate, if issued, shall specify the number of shares in respect of which it is issued and the amount paid thereon or the fact that they are fully paid, as the case may be, and may otherwise be in such form as shall be determined by the Directors. Such certificates may be under seal. All certificates for shares in the capital of the Company shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the shares in the capital of the Company to which they relate. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered in the Register. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares in the capital of the Company shall have been surrendered and cancelled. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the seal and authorised signature(s) affixed by some method or system of mechanical process. In respect of a share or shares in the capital of the Company held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue a certificate or certificates to each such person, and the issue and delivery of a certificate or certificates to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders. If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating such evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and, in the case of defacement or wearing out, upon delivery of the old certificate. 23           22. The Company: 22.1 may give financial assistance for the purpose of an acquisition of its shares or, where the Company is a subsidiary, its holding company where permitted by sections 82 and 1043 of the Act, and 22.2 is authorised, for the purposes of section 105(4)(a) of the Act, but subject to section 1073 of the Act, to acquire its own shares. 23. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Directors (and any committee established under Article 196 and so authorised by the Directors and any person so authorised by the Directors or such committee) may: 23.1 allot, issue, grant options over and otherwise dispose of shares in the Company; and 23.2 exercise the Company’s powers under Article 21, on such terms and subject to such conditions as they think fit, subject only to the provisions of the Act and these Articles. 24. 25. Unless the Board determines otherwise, any share in the capital of the Company shall be deemed to be a Redeemable Share on, and from the time of, the existence or creation of an agreement, transaction or trade between the Company and any person (who may or may not be a member) pursuant to which the Company acquires or will acquire a share in the capital of the Company, or an interest in shares in the capital of the Company, from the relevant person, save for an acquisition for nil consideration pursuant to section 102(1)(a) of the Act. In these circumstances, the acquisition of such shares by the Company, save where acquired for nil consideration in accordance with the Act, shall constitute the redemption of a Redeemable Share in accordance with Chapter 6 of Part 3 of the Act. No resolution, whether special or otherwise, shall be required to be passed to deem any share in the capital of the Company a Redeemable Share. VARIATION OF CLASS RIGHTS Without prejudice to the authority conferred on the Directors pursuant to Article 9 to issue Preferred Shares in the capital of the Company, where the shares in the Company are divided into different classes, the rights attaching to a class of shares may only be varied or abrogated if (a) the holders of 75% in nominal value of the issued shares of that class consent in writing to the variation, or (b) a special resolution, passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of that class, sanctions the variation.  The quorum at any such separate general meeting, other than an Adjourned Meeting, shall be two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class in question and the quorum at an Adjourned Meeting shall be one person holding or representing by proxy shares of the class in question or that person’s proxy.  The rights conferred upon the holders of any class of shares issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by a purchase or redemption by the Company of its own shares or by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith or subordinate thereto. 24                     26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. The issue, redemption or purchase of the Class A Preferred Shares shall not constitute a variation of rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, any class or series of Preferred Shares or the Ordinary Shares. The issue, redemption or purchase of any of the Preferred Shares or any class or series of Preferred Shares shall not constitute a variation of the rights of the holders of Ordinary Shares. The issue, redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares or any class or series of Preferred Shares which rank pari passu with, or junior to, any existing Preferred Shares or class of Preferred Shares shall not constitute a variation of the existing Preferred Shares or class of Preferred Shares. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith. TRUSTS NOT RECOGNISED Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as by these Articles or by law otherwise provided) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the member. This shall not preclude (i) the Company from requiring the members or a transferee of shares to furnish the Company with information as to the beneficial ownership of any share when such information is reasonably required by the Company, or (ii) the Directors, where they consider it appropriate, providing the information given to the members of shares to the holders of depositary instruments in such shares. CALLS ON SHARES The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any consideration unpaid on their shares in the Company (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), provided that in the case where the conditions of allotment or issuance of shares provide for the payment of consideration in respect of such shares at fixed times, the Directors shall only make calls in accordance with such conditions. Each member shall (subject to receiving at least thirty days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment, or such lesser or greater period of notice provided in the conditions of allotment or issuance of the shares) pay to the Company, at the time or times and place so specified, the amount called on the shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, as the Directors may determine. Subject to the conditions of allotment or issuance of the shares, a call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed and may be required to be paid by instalments if specified in the call. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of it. If the consideration called in respect of a share or in respect of a particular instalment is not paid in full before or on the day appointed for payment of it, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest in cash on the unpaid value from the day appointed for payment of it to the time of actual payment of such rate, not exceeding five per cent per annum or such other rate as may be specified by an order under section 2(7) of the Act, as the Directors may determine, but the Directors may waive payment of such interest wholly or in part. 25                           37. 38. 39. Any consideration which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable on allotment or issuance or at any fixed date (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium) shall, for the purposes of these Articles, be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, that consideration becomes payable, and in the case of non-payment of such a consideration, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise, shall apply as if such consideration had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. The Directors may, on the issue of shares, differentiate between the holders of different classes as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment. The Directors may, if they think fit: (a) (b) receive from any member willing to advance such consideration, all or any part of the consideration uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him or her; and/or pay, upon all or any of the consideration so advanced (until the amount concerned would, but for such advance, become payable) interest at such rate (not exceeding, unless the Company in a general meeting otherwise directs, five per cent per annum or such other rate as may be specified by an order under section 2(7) of the Act) as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the member paying such consideration in advance. 40. The Company may: (a) (b) (c) (d) acting by its Directors, make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares; acting by its Directors, accept from any member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him or her, although no part of that amount has been called up; acting by its Directors and subject to the Act, pay a dividend in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others; and by special resolution determine that any portion of its share capital which has not been already called up shall not be capable of being called up except in the event and for the purposes of the Company being wound up; upon the Company doing so, that portion of its share capital shall not be capable of being called up except in that event and for those purposes. 41. 42. 43. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all consideration (whether immediately payable or not) called, or payable at a fixed time, in respect of that share. LIEN The Directors may at any time declare any share in the Company to be wholly or in part exempt from Article 41. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable on it. 26                             44. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless (i) a sum in respect of which the lien exists is immediately payable; and (ii) the following conditions are satisfied: 44.1 a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is immediately payable, has been given to the registered holder of the share for the time being, or the person entitled thereto by reason of his or her death or bankruptcy; and 44.2 a period of 14 days after the date of giving of that notice has expired. 45. The following provisions apply in relation to a sale referred to in Article 44: 45.1 to give effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser of them; 45.2 the purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer; 45.3 45.4 the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase consideration, nor shall his or her title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale; and the proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is immediately payable, and the residue, if any, shall (subject to a like lien for sums not immediately payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale. FORFEITURE 46. If a member of the Company fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment of it, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of the call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on the member requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued. 47. The notice referred to in Article 46 shall: 47.1 specify a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 days after the date of service of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made; and 47.2 state that, if the amount concerned is not paid by the day so specified, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. 48. 49. If the requirements of the notice referred to in Article 47 are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been served may at any time after the day so specified (but before, should it occur, the payment required by the notice has been made) be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. On the trial or hearing of any action for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in the capital of the Company in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book and that notice of such call was duly given to the member sued, in pursuance of these Articles, and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt. 27                               50. 51. 52. A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member of the Company in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all consideration which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him or her to the Company in respect of the shares, but his or her liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such consideration in respect of the shares. A statement in writing that the maker of the statement is a Director or the Company Secretary, and that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the statement, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. 53. The following provisions apply in relation to a sale or other disposition of a share referred to in Article 50: 53.1 the Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on the sale or other disposition of it and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or otherwise disposed of (the “disponee”); 54. 55. 56. 53.2 upon such execution, the disponee shall be registered as the holder of the share; and 53.3 the disponee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase consideration, if any, nor shall his or her title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share in the capital of the Company, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share in the capital of the Company or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. The Directors may accept the surrender of any share in the capital of the Company which the Directors have resolved to have been forfeited upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed and, subject to any such terms and conditions, a surrendered share in the capital of the Company shall be treated as if it has been forfeited. VARIATION OF COMPANY CAPITAL Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Company may, by ordinary resolution and in accordance with section 83 of the Act, do any one or more of the following, from time to time: 56.1 consolidate and divide all or any of its classes of shares into shares of a larger nominal value than its existing shares; 56.2 subdivide its classes of shares, or any of them, into shares of a smaller nominal value, so however, that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; 28                           56.3 increase the nominal value of any of its shares by the addition to them of any un-denominated capital; 56.4 56.5 reduce the nominal value of any of its shares by the deduction from them of any part of that value, subject to the crediting of the amount of the deduction to un- denominated capital, other than the share premium account; without prejudice or limitation to Articles 96 to 101 and the powers conferred on the Directors thereby, convert any un-denominated capital into shares for allotment as bonus shares to holders of existing shares; 56.6 increase its share capital by new shares of such amount as it thinks expedient; or 56.7 cancel shares of its share capital which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled. 57. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Company may: 57.1 57.2 without prejudice to Article 24, by special resolution, and subject to the provisions of the Act governing the variation of rights attached to classes of shares and the amendment of these Articles, convert any of its shares into Redeemable Shares; or by special resolution, and subject to the provisions of the Act (or as otherwise required or permitted by applicable law) alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein or alter or add to these Articles. REDUCTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL 58. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Articles 15 and 177, the Company may, in accordance with the provisions of sections 84 to 87 of the Act, reduce its company capital in any way it thinks expedient and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, may thereby: 58.1 extinguish or reduce the liability on any of its shares in respect of share capital not paid up; 58.2 either with or without extinguishing or reducing liability on any of its shares, cancel any paid up company capital which is lost or unrepresented by available assets; or 58.3 either with or without extinguishing or reducing liability on any of its shares, pay off any paid up company capital which is in excess of the wants of the Company. Unless the special resolution provides otherwise, a reserve arising from the reduction of company capital is to be treated for all purposes as a realised profit in accordance with section 117(9) of the Act. Nothing in this Article 58 shall, however, prejudice or limit the Company’s ability to perform or engage in any of the actions described in section 83(1) of the Act by way of ordinary resolution only. 59. Subject to the Act and to the provisions of these Articles as may be applicable, any member may transfer all or any of his shares (of any class) by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which the Board may from time to time approve. The instrument of transfer may be endorsed on the certificate. TRANSFER OF SHARES 29                                 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. The instrument of transfer of a share shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, if the share is not fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of it. All instruments of transfer may be retained by the Company. Save in the case of a transfer of Class A Preferred Shares, the instrument of transfer of any share may be executed for and on behalf of the transferor by the Company Secretary or any other party designated by the Board for such purpose, and the Company Secretary or any other party designated by the Board for such purpose shall be deemed to have been irrevocably appointed agent for the transferor of such share or shares with full power to execute, complete and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the transferor of such share or shares all such transfers of shares held by the members in the share capital of the Company.  Any document which records the name of the transferor, the name of the transferee, the class and number of shares agreed to be transferred, the date of the agreement to transfer shares and the price per share, shall, once executed by the transferor or, other than in the case of a transfer of Class A Preferred Shares, the Company Secretary or any other party designated by the Board for such purpose as agent for the transferor, be deemed to be a proper instrument of transfer for the purposes of the Act.  The transferor shall be deemed to remain the member holding the share until the name of the transferee is entered on the Register in respect thereof, and neither the title of the transferee nor the title of the transferor shall be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale should the Directors so determine. Subject to the Act, the Company, at its absolute discretion, may, or may procure that a subsidiary of the Company shall, pay Irish stamp duty arising on a transfer of shares on behalf of the transferee of such shares of the Company. If stamp duty resulting from the transfer of shares in the Company which would otherwise be payable by the transferee is paid by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company on behalf of the transferee, then in those circumstances, the Company shall, on its behalf or on behalf of its subsidiary (as the case may be), be entitled to (i) reimbursement of the stamp duty from the transferee, (ii) set-off the stamp duty against any dividends payable to the transferee of those shares and (iii) to the extent permitted by section 1042 of the Act, claim a first and paramount lien on the shares on which stamp duty has been paid by the Company or its subsidiary for the amount of stamp duty paid. The Company’s lien shall extend to all dividends paid on those shares. The Directors shall have power to permit any class of shares to be held in uncertificated form and to implement any arrangements they think fit for such evidencing and transfer which accord with such regulations and in particular shall, where appropriate, be entitled to disapply or modify all or part of the provisions in these Articles with respect to the requirement for written instruments of transfer and share certificates (if any), in order to give effect to such regulations. The Board may, in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason for its decision, decline to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully-paid share. The Board may also decline to register any transfer if: 64.1 the instrument of transfer is not duly stamped, if required, and lodged at the Office or any other place as the Board may from time to time specify for the purpose, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; 64.2 the instrument of transfer is in respect of more than one class of share; 64.3 the instrument of transfer is in favour of more than four persons jointly; 64.4 it is not satisfied that all applicable consents, authorisations, permissions or approvals of any governmental body or agency in Ireland or any other applicable jurisdiction required to be obtained under relevant law prior to such transfer have been obtained; or 30                   64.5 it is not satisfied that the transfer would not violate the terms of any agreement to which the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) and the transferor are party or subject. Subject to any directions of the Board from time to time in force, the Company Secretary or any other party designated by the Board for such purpose may exercise the powers and discretions of the Board under Article 64, Article 88, Article 95 and Article 97. If the Board declines to register a transfer it shall, within one month after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to the transferee notice of such refusal. No fee shall be charged by the Company for registering any transfer or for making any entry in the Register concerning any other document relating to or affecting the title to any share (except that the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed on it in connection with such transfer or entry). TRANSMISSION OF SHARES In the case of the death of a member, the survivor or survivors, where the deceased was a joint holder, and the personal representatives of the deceased where he or she was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his or her interest in the shares. Nothing in Article 68 shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him or her with other persons. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time properly be required by the Directors and subject to Article 71, elect either: (a) to be registered himself or herself as holder of the share; or (b) to have some person nominated by him or her (being a person who consents to being so registered) registered as the transferee thereof. The Directors shall, in either of those cases, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that member before his or her death or bankruptcy, as the case may be. If the person becoming entitled as mentioned in Article 70: (a) elects to be registered himself or herself, the person shall furnish to the Company a notice in writing signed by him or her stating that he or she so elects; or (b) elects to have another person registered, the person shall testify his or her election by executing to that other person a transfer of the share. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of Articles 68 to 72 shall be applicable to a notice or transfer referred to in Article 72 as if the death or bankruptcy of the member concerned had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by that member. Subject to Article 75 and Article 76, a person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he or she would be entitled if he or she were the registered holder of the share. A person referred to in Article 74 shall not, before being registered as a member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 31                           76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. The Directors may at any time serve a notice on any such person requiring the person to make the election provided for by Article 70 and, if the person does not make that election (and proceed to do, consequent on that election, whichever of the things mentioned in Article 72 is appropriate) within ninety days after the date of service of the notice, the Directors may thereupon withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with. The Company may charge a fee not exceeding €10 on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death, power of attorney, notice as to stock or other instrument or order. The Directors may determine such procedures as they shall think fit regarding the transmission of shares in the Company held by a body corporate that are transmitted by operation of law in consequence of a merger or division. CLOSING REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE For the purpose of determining members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of members or any adjournment thereof, or members entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of members for any other proper purpose, the Board may provide, subject to the requirements of section 174 of the Act, that the Register shall be closed for transfers at such times and for such periods, not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of members, such Register shall, subject to applicable law and Exchange rules, be so closed for at least five days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register. In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register, the Board may fix in advance a date as the record date (a) for any such determination of members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the members, which record date shall not, subject to applicable law and Exchange rules, be more than sixty days before the date of such meeting, and (b) for the purpose of determining the members entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of members for any other proper purpose, which record date shall not, subject to applicable law and Exchange rules, be more than sixty days prior to the date of payment of such dividend or other distribution or the taking of any action to which such determination of members is relevant. If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of members, the date immediately preceding the date on which notice of the meeting is deemed given under these Articles shall be the record date for such determination of members. Where a determination of members entitled to vote at any meeting of members has been made as provided in these Articles, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof; provided, however, that the Directors may fix a new record date of the Adjourned Meeting, if they think fit. DIVIDENDS Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Articles 13, 14 and 177, the Company in a general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividends shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.  Any general meeting declaring a dividend and any resolution of the Directors declaring an interim dividend may direct payment of such dividend or interim dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets including paid up shares, debentures or debenture stocks of any other company or in any one or more of such ways, and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution. 32                   83. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Articles 13, 14 and 177, the Directors may from time to time: 83.1 83.2 pay to the members such dividends (whether as either interim dividends or final dividends) as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company, subject to section 117 and Chapter 6 of Part 17 of the Act; before declaring any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, and pending such application may, at the like discretion either be employed in the business of the Company or be held as cash or cash equivalents or invested in such investments as the Directors may lawfully determine; and 83.3 without placing the profits of the Company to reserve, carry forward any profits which they may think prudent not to distribute. Unless otherwise specified by the Directors at the time of declaring a dividend, the dividend shall be a final dividend. Where the Directors specify that a dividend is an interim dividend at the time it is declared, such interim dividend shall not constitute a debt recoverable against the Company and the declaration may be revoked by the Directors at any time prior to its payment provided that the holders of the same class of share are treated equally on any revocation. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividend (and to the rights of the Company under Articles 41 to 45 and Article 88) all dividends shall be declared and paid such that shares of the same class shall rank equally irrespective of the premium credited as paid up on such shares. If any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for a dividend as from a particular date, such share shall rank for dividend accordingly. The Directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any member, all sums of money (if any) immediately payable by him or her to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to the shares of the Company. The Directors when declaring a dividend or bonus may direct payment of such dividend or bonus wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and, in particular, paid up shares, debentures or debenture stock of any other company or in any one or more of such ways. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. Where any difficulty arises in regard to a distribution, the Directors may settle the matter as they think expedient and, in particular, may: 90.1 issue fractional certificates (subject always to the restriction on the issue of fractional shares) and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part of them; 90.2 determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed, in order to adjust the rights of all the parties; and 90.3 vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors. 91. Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of any shares may be paid: 91.1 by cheque or negotiable instrument sent by post directed to or otherwise delivered to the registered address of the holder, or where there are joint holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint holders who is first named on the register or to such person and to such address as the holder or the joint holders may in writing direct; or 33                                 91.2 by transfer to a bank account nominated by the payee or where such an account has not been so nominated, to the account of a trustee nominated by the Company to hold such moneys, provided that, in the case of the Class A Preferred Shares, all such payments shall be made by the method described in Article 91.2 only (and not by any of the methods described in Article 91.1). Any such cheque or negotiable instrument referred to in Article 91 shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give valid receipts for any dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the shares held by them as joint holders, whether paid by cheque or negotiable instrument or direct transfer. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividend, no dividend shall bear interest against the Company. If the Directors so resolve, any dividend or distribution which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date of its declaration shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company.  The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend, distribution or other moneys payable in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof. BONUS ISSUE OF SHARES Subject to Article 177, any capitalisation provided for in Articles 97 to 101 inclusive will not require approval or ratification by the members. The Directors may resolve to capitalise any part of a relevant sum (within the meaning of Article 98) by applying such sum in paying up in full unissued shares of a nominal value, or nominal value and share premium, equal to the sum capitalised, to be allotted and issued as fully paid bonus shares, to those members or the members of any class of shares in the capital of the Company who would have been entitled to that sum if it were distributed by way of dividend (and in the same proportions). For the purposes of Article 97, “relevant sum” means: (a) any sum for the time being standing to the credit of the Company’s un-denominated capital; (b) any of the Company’s profits available for distribution; (c) any sum representing unrealised revaluation reserves; (d) a merger reserve or (e) any sum standing to the credit of any other capital reserve, reserve account or capital fund, by whatever name called, of the Company, and whether distributable or non-distributable. The Directors may in giving effect to any resolution under Article 97 make: (a) all appropriations and applications of the relevant sum resolved to be capitalised by the resolution; and (b) all allotments and issues of fully paid shares, if any, and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect to the resolution. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. Without limiting Article 99, the Directors may: 100.1 make such provision as they think fit for the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (and, again, without limiting the foregoing, may sell the shares represented by such fractions and distribute the net proceeds of such sale amongst the members or members of a particular class otherwise entitled to such fractions in due proportions); 34                             100.2 authorise any person to enter, on behalf of all the members or members of a particular class concerned, into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them, respectively credited as fully paid up, of any further shares to which they may become entitled on the capitalisation concerned or, as the case may require, for the payment by the application thereto of their respective proportions of the profits resolved to be capitalised of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares, and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all the members or members of a particular class concerned. 101. Where the Directors have resolved to approve a bona fide revaluation of all the fixed assets of the Company, the net capital surplus in excess of the previous book value of the assets arising from such revaluation may be: (a) credited by the Directors to un-denominated capital other than the share premium account; or (b) used in paying up unissued shares of the Company to be issued to members or members of a particular class as fully paid bonus shares. 102. Subject to Article 103, the Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting in addition to any other meeting in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it; and not more than 15 months shall elapse between the date of one annual general meeting of the Company and that of the next. GENERAL MEETINGS – GENERAL 103. The Company will hold its first annual general meeting within eighteen months of its incorporation. 104. The annual general meeting shall be held in such place and at such time as the Directors shall determine. 105. All general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings. 106. 107. 108. 109. The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting. An extraordinary general meeting shall also be convened by the Directors on the requisition of members, or if the Directors fail to so convene an extraordinary general meeting, such extraordinary general meeting may be convened by the requisitioning members, in each case in accordance with section 178(3) to (7) of the Act. If at any time the number of Directors is less than two, any Director or any member that satisfies the criteria under section 178 of the Act may convene an extraordinary general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened by the Directors. An annual general meeting or extraordinary general meeting of the Company may be held outside of Ireland. The Company shall make, at its expense, all necessary arrangements to ensure that members can by technological means participate in any such meeting without leaving Ireland. A general meeting of the Company may be held in two or more venues (whether inside or outside of Ireland) at the same time using any technology that provides members, as a whole, with a reasonable opportunity to participate, and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting. 35                         110. The only persons entitled to notice of general meetings of the Company are: 110.1 the members; NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS 110.2 the personal representatives of a deceased member, which member would but for his death be entitled to vote; 110.3 the assignee in bankruptcy of a bankrupt member of the Company (being a bankrupt member who is entitled to vote at the meeting); 110.4 the Directors and Company Secretary; and 110.5 unless the Company is entitled to and has availed itself of the audit exemption under the Act, the Auditors (who shall also be entitled to receive other communications relating to any general meeting which a member is entitled to receive). 111. Subject to the provisions of the Act allowing a general meeting to be called by shorter notice, an annual general meeting and an extraordinary general meeting called for the passing of a special resolution shall be called by at least twenty-one days’ notice. Any other extraordinary general meeting shall also be called by at least twenty-one days’ notice, except that it may be called by fourteen days’ notice where: 111.1 all members, who hold shares that carry rights to vote at the meeting, are permitted to vote by electronic means at the meeting; and 112. 113. 114. 115. 111.2 a special resolution reducing the period of notice to fourteen days has been passed at the immediately preceding annual general meeting, or at a general meeting held since that meeting. Any notice convening a general meeting shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business and, in reasonable prominence, that a member entitled to attend, speak, ask questions and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak, ask questions and vote in his place and that a proxy need not be a member of the Company. Every notice shall specify such other details as are required by applicable law or the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the shares on any Exchange. Subject to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice shall be given to all the members and to the Directors and Auditors. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at the meeting. In cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with notices, the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceeding at any such meeting. A member present, either in person or by proxy, at any general meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares in the Company will be deemed, subject to Article 117, to have received notice of that meeting and, where required, of the purpose for which it was called. Where, by any provision contained in the Act, extended notice is required of a resolution, the resolution shall not be effective (except where the Directors have resolved to submit it) unless notice of the intention to move it has been given to the Company not less than twenty-eight days (or such shorter period as the Act permits) before the meeting at which it is moved, and the Company shall give to the members notice of any such resolution as required by and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. 36                               116. In determining the correct period of notice for a general meeting, only Clear Days shall be counted. 117. Whenever any notice is required to be given by law or by these Articles to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF THE MEMBERS 118. For so long as the Company has more than one shareholder, unanimous consent of the holders of the Ordinary Shares shall be required before the shareholders may act by way of written resolution in lieu of holding a meeting. 119. 119.1 Except in the case of the removal of statutory auditors or Directors and subject to the Act and the provisions of Article 118, anything which may be done by resolution in general meeting of all or any class of members may be done by resolution in writing, signed by all of the holders or any class thereof or their proxies (or in the case of a holder that is a corporation (whether or not a company within the meaning of the Acts) on behalf of such holder) being all of the members of the Company or any class thereof, who at the date of the resolution in writing would be entitled to attend a meeting and vote on the resolution and shall be valid and effective for all purposes as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company or any class thereof duly convened and held, and if described as a Special Resolution shall be deemed to be a Special Resolution within the meaning of the Acts.  Any such resolution in writing may be signed in as many counterparts as may be necessary. 119.2 For the purposes of any written resolution under Article 119, the date of the resolution in writing is the date when the resolution is signed by, or on behalf of, the last holder to sign and any reference in any enactment to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution in writing made in accordance with this section, a reference to such date. 119.3 A resolution in writing made in accordance with Article 119 is valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or, if applicable, by a meeting of the relevant class of holders of the Company, as the case may be.  A resolution in writing made in accordance with this section shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act and these Articles. 120. At any time that the Company is a single-member company, its sole member may pass any resolution as a written decision in accordance with section 196 of the Act. 121. Two members present in person or by proxy and having the right to attend and vote at the meeting and together holding shares representing more than 50% of the votes that may be cast by all members at the relevant time shall be a quorum at a general meeting; provided, however, that at any time when the Company is a single-member company, one member of the Company present in person or by proxy at a general meeting of it shall be a quorum. QUORUM FOR GENERAL MEETINGS 37                       122. If within 15 minutes (or such greater time determined by the chairperson) after the time appointed for a general meeting a quorum is not present, then: 122.1 the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place or to such other day and at such other time and place as the Directors may determine (the “Adjourned Meeting”); and 122.2 if at the Adjourned Meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour (or such greater time determined by the chairperson) after the time appointed for the meeting, the members present shall be a quorum. PROXIES 123. 124. Every member entitled to attend, speak, ask questions and vote at a general meeting may appoint a proxy or proxies to attend, speak, ask questions relating to items on the agenda and vote on his behalf and may appoint more than one proxy to attend, speak, ask questions and vote at the same general meeting provided that, where a member appoints more than one proxy in relation to a general meeting, each proxy must be appointed to exercise the rights attached to different shares held by that member. The appointment of a proxy shall be in writing in any usual form or in any other form which the Directors may approve and shall be signed by or on behalf of the appointor. The signature on such appointment need not be witnessed. A body corporate may sign a form of proxy under its common seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer thereof or in such other manner as the Directors may approve. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. A member shall be entitled to appoint a proxy by electronic means, to an address specified by the Company. The proxy form must make provision for three-way voting (i.e., to allow votes to be cast for or against a resolution or to be withheld) on all resolutions intended to be proposed, other than resolutions which are merely procedural. An instrument or other form of communication appointing or evidencing the appointment of a proxy or a corporate representative (other than a standing proxy or representative) together with such evidence as to its due execution as the Board may from time to time require, may be returned to the address or addresses stated in the notice of meeting or Adjourned Meeting or any other information or communication by such time or times as may be specified in the notice of meeting or Adjourned Meeting or in any other such information or communication (which times may differ when more than one place is so specified) or, if no such time is specified, at any time prior to the holding of the relevant meeting or Adjourned Meeting at which the appointee proposes to vote, and, subject to the Act, if not so delivered the appointment shall not be treated as valid. BODIES CORPORATE ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS 125. A body corporate which is a member, or a proxy for a member, of the Company may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company and, subject to evidence being furnished to the Company of such authority as the Directors may reasonably require, any person(s) so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the body corporate which he represents as that body corporate could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company or, where more than one such representative is so authorized, all or any of the rights attached to the shares in respect of which he is so authorised. Where a body corporate appoints more than one representative in relation to a general meeting, each representative must be appointed to exercise the rights attached to different shares held by that body corporate. 38                   RECEIPT OF PROXY APPOINTMENTS 126. Where the appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed or a copy certified notarially or in some other way approved by the Directors is to be received by the Company: 126.1 in physical form, it shall be deposited at the Office or (at the option of the member) at such other place or places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to the notice convening the meeting; 126.2 in electronic form, it may be so received where an address has been specified by the Company for the purpose of receiving electronic communications: (a) (b) (c) in the notice convening the meeting; or in any appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or in any invitation contained in an electronic communication to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting; provided that it is so received by the Company no later than 3 hours, or such other time as may be communicated to the members, before the time for holding the meeting or Adjourned Meeting or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than at or on the same day as the meeting or Adjourned Meeting) for the taking of the poll at which it is to be used, at which the person named in the proxy proposes to vote and in default shall not be treated as valid or, in the case of a meeting which is adjourned to, or a poll which is to be taken on, a date not later than the record date applicable to the meeting which was adjourned or the poll, it shall be sufficient if the appointment of a proxy and any such authority and certification thereof as aforesaid is so received by the Company at the commencement of the Adjourned Meeting or the taking of the poll. An appointment of a proxy relating to more than one meeting (including any adjournment thereof) having once been so received for the purposes of any meeting shall not be required to be delivered, deposited or received again for the purposes of any subsequent meeting to which it relates. 127. EFFECT OF PROXY APPOINTMENTS 127.1 Receipt by the Company of an appointment of a proxy in respect of a meeting shall not preclude a member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any adjournment thereof. However, if that member votes at the meeting or at any adjournment thereof, then as regards to the resolution(s) any proxy notice delivered to the Company by or on behalf of that same member shall on a poll, be invalid to the extent that such member votes in respect of the shares to which the proxy notice relates. 127.2 An appointment of a proxy shall be valid, unless the contrary is stated therein, as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates and shall be deemed to confer authority to speak at a general meeting and to demand or join in demanding a poll. 128. A proxy shall have the right to exercise all or any of the rights of his appointor, or (where more than one proxy is appointed) all or any of the rights attached to the shares in respect of which he is appointed as the proxy to attend, and to speak and vote, at a general meeting of the Company. Unless his appointment provides otherwise, a proxy may vote or abstain at his discretion on any resolution put to the vote. 39                           EFFECT OF REVOCATION OF PROXY OR OF AUTHORISATION A vote given or poll demanded in accordance with the terms of an appointment of a proxy or a resolution authorising a representative to act on behalf of a body corporate shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death, insanity or winding up of the principal, or the revocation of the appointment of a proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was appointed or of the resolution authorising the representative to act or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy was appointed or the authorisation of the representative to act was given, provided that no notice in writing (whether in electronic form or otherwise) of such death, insanity, winding up, revocation or transfer is received by the Company at the Office before the commencement of the meeting. The Directors may send to the members, at the expense of the Company, by post, electronic mail or otherwise, forms for the appointment of a proxy (with or without reply paid envelopes for their return) for use at any general meeting or at any class meeting, either in blank or nominating any one or more of the Directors or any other persons in the alternative. If, for the purpose of any meeting, invitations to appoint as proxy a person or one of a number of persons specified in the invitations are issued at the expense of the Company, such invitations shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the members entitled to be sent a notice of the meeting and to vote thereat by proxy, but the accidental omission to issue such invitations to, or the non-receipt of such invitations by, any member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any such meeting. THE BUSINESS OF GENERAL MEETINGS All business shall be deemed to be special business that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting or that is transacted at an annual general meeting other than, in the case of an annual general meeting, the business specified in Article 135 which shall be ordinary business. At any meeting of the members, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before such meeting. To be properly brought before an annual general meeting, business must be: 129. 130. 131. 132. 132.1 specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board; 132.2 otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board; or 132.3 otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a member. 133. Without prejudice to any procedure which may be permitted under the Act, for business to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a member, the member must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Company Secretary. To be timely, a member’s notice must be received not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual general meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary, notice by the member to be timely must be so received not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual general meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 60th day prior to such annual general meeting or (ii) the tenth day following the date on which notice of the date of the annual general meeting was mailed or public disclosure thereof was made by the Company, whichever event in this clause (ii) first occurs. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the adjournment or postponement of any general meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a member’s notice to the Company Secretary pursuant to this Article 133. Each such notice shall set forth as to each matter the member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting: 40                     133.1 a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; 133.2 the name and address, as they appear on the Register, of the member proposing such business; 133.3 the class, series and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the member; 133.4 whether and the extent to which any hedging, derivative or other transaction is in place or has been entered into within the prior six months preceding the date of delivery of the notice by or for the benefit of the member with respect to the Company or its subsidiaries or any of their respective securities, debt instruments or credit ratings, the effect or intent of which transaction is to give rise to gain or loss as a result of changes in the trading price of such securities or debt instruments or changes in the credit ratings for the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their respective securities or debt instruments (or, more generally, changes in the perceived creditworthiness of the Company or its subsidiaries), or to increase or decrease the voting power of the member, and if so, a summary of the material terms thereof; and 133.5 any material interest of the member in such business. To be properly brought before an extraordinary general meeting, other than pursuant to Article 132, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board or by the Company Secretary pursuant to the applicable provisions of these Articles or (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board. 134. The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of these Articles, and if he or she should so determine, any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Nothing herein shall be deemed to affect any rights of members to request inclusion of proposals in the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. 135. The business of the annual general meeting shall include: 135.1 the consideration of the Company’s statutory financial statements and the report of the Directors and the report of the Auditors on those statements and that report; 135.2 the review by the members of the Company’s affairs; 135.3 the authorisation of the Directors to approve the remuneration of the Auditors (if any); and 135.4 the appointment or re-appointment of Auditors. PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS 136. The Chairperson, if any, shall preside as chairperson at every general meeting of the Company, or if there is no such Chairperson, or if he or she is not present at the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting. 41                             137. 138. 139. If at any meeting no Director is willing to act as chairperson or if no Director is present at the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present shall choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting. At each meeting of members, the chairperson of the meeting shall fix and announce the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the members will vote at the meeting and shall determine the order of business and all other matters of procedure. The Directors may adopt such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of the members as they deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with any applicable rules, regulations and procedures adopted by the Board, the chairperson of any meeting may adopt such rules, regulations and procedures for the meeting, which need not be in writing, and take such actions with respect to the conduct of the meeting, as the chairperson of the meeting deems appropriate, to maintain order and safety and for the conduct of the meeting. 140. The chairperson of the meeting may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place. 141. No business shall be transacted at any Adjourned Meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. 142. When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the Adjourned Meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting but, subject to that, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an Adjourned Meeting. 143. Each Director and the Auditors shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company. 144. For business to be properly requested by a member to be brought before a general meeting, the member must comply with the requirements of the Act or: 144.1 be a member at the time of the giving of the notice for such general meeting; 144.2 be entitled to vote at such meeting; and 144.3 have given timely and proper notice in writing to the Company Secretary in accordance with Article 133. 145. Except where a greater majority is required by the Act or these Articles, any question proposed for a decision of the members at any general meeting of the Company or a decision of any class of members at a separate meeting of any class of shares shall be decided by an ordinary resolution. 146. At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll. VOTING 147. 148. Save as provided in Article 148 of these Articles, a poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairperson of the meeting directs and he or she may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. A poll demanded on the election of a chairperson of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either forthwith or at such time and place as the chairperson of the meeting may direct. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded. 42                                 149. 150. No notice need be given of a poll not taken forthwith if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case at least seven Clear Days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken. If authorised by the Directors, any vote taken by written ballot may be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic and/or telephonic transmission, provided that any such electronic or telephonic submission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic or telephonic submission has been authorised by the member or proxy. VOTES OF MEMBERS 151. Subject to the provisions of these Articles and any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares in the capital of the Company, every member of record present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share registered in his or her name in the Register. 152. Where there are joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holder or holders; and for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders stand in the Register. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. A member who has made an enduring power of attorney, or a member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in cases of unsound mind, may vote by his or her committee, donee of an enduring power of attorney, receiver, guardian or other person appointed by the foregoing court, and any such committee, donee of an enduring power of attorney, receiver, guardian or other persons appointed by the foregoing court may speak or vote by proxy. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at such general meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairperson of the general meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive. A person shall be entered on the Register by the record date specified in respect of a general meeting in order to exercise the right of a member to participate and vote at the general meeting and any change to an entry on the Register after the record date shall be disregarded in determining the right of any person to attend and vote at the meeting. Votes may be given either personally (including by a duly authorised representative of a corporate member) or by proxy. On a poll taken at a meeting of the members of the Company or a meeting of any class of members of the Company, a member, whether present in person or by proxy, entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way. Subject to such requirements and restrictions as the Directors may specify, the Company may permit members to vote by correspondence in advance of a general meeting in respect of one or more of the resolutions proposed at a meeting. Where the Company permits members to vote by correspondence, it shall only count votes cast in advance by correspondence, where such votes are received at the address and before the date and time specified by the Company, provided the date and time is no more than 24 hours before the time at which the vote is to be concluded. 43                     158. Subject to such requirements and restrictions as the Directors may specify, the Company may permit members who are not physically present at a meeting to vote by electronic means at the general meeting in respect of one or more of the resolutions proposed at a meeting. 159. Where there is an equality of votes, the chairperson of the meeting shall not have a second or casting vote. 160. No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless all calls or other sums immediately payable by him or her in respect of shares in the Company have been paid. 161. The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall, as far as applicable, apply in relation to any meeting of any class of member of the Company. CLASS MEETINGS 162. The number of Directors from time to time shall be not less than two nor more than thirteen. APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS 163. 164. 165. From and after the date that is the earlier of (i) 2 January 2024 and (ii) the first occurrence of a Springing Rights Event, for so long as any Class A Preferred Shares remain outstanding, then the Class A Preferred Majority shall be entitled from time to time to appoint two persons as Directors (the “Class A Preferred Directors”), and the Class A Preferred Majority shall be entitled, from time to time, to remove from office each and any such person appointed as a Class A Preferred Director and, upon the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal of any person appointed as a Class A Preferred Director (howsoever occasioned), to appoint another person in his or her place.  Any such appointment and/or removal shall be made by notice in writing served on the Company and shall take effect on the date specified in the notice. The Board, upon recommendations of the nomination and governance committee (or equivalent committee established by the Board), shall propose nominees for election to the office of Director (other than as a Class A Preferred Director) at each annual general meeting. The Directors (other than as a Class A Preferred Director) may be appointed by the members in general meeting, provided that no person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, save where recommended by the Board, be eligible for election to the office of Director at any general meeting unless the requirements of Article 172 as to his or her eligibility for that purpose have been complied with. 166. The Directors (other than the Class A Preferred Directors) shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  The initial division of the Board into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors in office and each class need not be of equal size or number. 166.1 The term of the initial Class I Directors shall terminate at the conclusion of the Company’s 2024 annual general meeting; the term of the initial Class II Directors shall terminate on the conclusion of the Company’s 2025 annual general meeting; and the term of the initial Class III Directors shall terminate on the conclusion of the Company’s 2026 annual general meeting. 166.2 At each annual general meeting of the Company beginning with the Company’s 2024 annual general meeting, all of the Directors of the class of directors whose term expires on the conclusion of that annual general meeting shall retire from office, unless re-elected, and successors to that class of directors shall be elected for a three-year term. 44                           166.3 The resolution appointing any Director (other than a Class A Preferred Director) must designate the Director as a Class I, Class II or Class III Director. 166.4 Every Director of the class retiring shall be eligible to stand for re-election at an annual general meeting. 166.5 If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease (other than an increase or decrease related to the appointment or removal of a Class A Preferred Director) shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as nearly equal as possible or as the Chairperson may otherwise direct.  In no case will a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any incumbent Director. 166.6 A Director (other than a Class A Preferred Director) shall hold office until the conclusion of the annual general meeting for the year in which his term expires and until he shall be re-elected or his successor shall be elected or appointed and subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. 166.7 Any vacancy on the Board, including a vacancy that results from an increase in the number of directors or from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be deemed a casual vacancy.  Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares (including, in the case of the Class A Preferred Shares, Article 163), any casual vacancy shall only be filled by the decision of a majority of the Board then in office, provided that a quorum is present and provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with these articles as the maximum number of Directors.  A Class A Preferred Director may only be appointed pursuant to Article 163, and no person may otherwise be appointed or elected to fill a casual vacancy resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal of a Class A Preferred Director. 166.8 Any Director of such class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of Directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class.  Any Director (other than a Class A Preferred Director) elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of Directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor or if there is no such remaining term, the Director shall retire, and be eligible to stand for re-election, at the annual general meeting immediately following their appointment at which time, if reelected, the Director shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class.  A Director retiring at a meeting shall retain office until the close or adjournment of the meeting. 167. Each Director (other than a Class A Preferred Director) shall be elected by an ordinary resolution at such meeting, provided that if, as of, or at any time prior to, fourteen days before the filing of the Company’s definitive proxy statement with the SEC relating to such general meeting, the number of Director nominees exceeds the number of Directors to be elected (a “contested election”), each of those nominees shall be voted upon as a separate resolution and the Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of Directors. For the purposes of this Article, “elected by a plurality” means the election of those director nominees, equalling in number to the number of positions to be filled at the relevant general meeting, that received the highest number of votes. 45                 168. 169. 170. 171. 172. Any nominee for election to the Board who is then serving as a Director and, in an uncontested election (where the number of Director nominees does not exceed the number of Directors to be elected), receives a greater number of “against” votes than “for” votes shall promptly tender his or her resignation following certification of the vote. The nomination and governance committee of the Board shall then consider the resignation offer and recommend to the Board whether to accept or reject the resignation, or whether other action should be taken; provided that any Director whose resignation is under consideration shall not participate in the nomination and governance committee’s recommendation regarding whether to accept, reject or take other action with respect to his/her resignation.  The Board shall take action on the nomination and governance committee’s recommendation within 90 days following certification of the vote, and promptly thereafter publicly disclose its decision and the reasons therefor. Any Director (other than a Class A  Preferred Director) may, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of Section 165(4) of the Act, appoint any other Director to be an alternate director as respects him or her.  Any Class A Preferred Director may, in accordance with the provisions of Section 165(4) of the Act, appoint any other Director or any other person (at his or her absolute discretion) to be an alternate director as respects him or her. The Company may from time to time, by ordinary resolution, increase or reduce the number of Directors provided that any resolution to appoint a Director approved by the members that would result in the maximum number of Directors being exceeded shall be deemed to constitute an ordinary resolution increasing the maximum number of Directors to the number that would be in office following such a resolution of appointment. The Company may by ordinary resolution appoint another person in place of a Director removed from office under section 146 of the Act (other than a Class A Preferred Director) and, without prejudice to the powers of the Directors under Article 166.7, the Company in a general meeting may appoint any person to be a Director (other than a Class A Preferred Director) either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director. DIRECTORS - MEMBER NOMINATIONS The following are the requirements mentioned in Article 165 for the eligibility of a person (the “person concerned”) for election as a Director at a general meeting, namely, any member entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally may nominate one or more persons for election as Directors at an annual general meeting only pursuant to the Company’s notice of such meeting or if written notice of such member’s intent to make such nomination or nominations has been received by the Company Secretary at the Company’s Office not less than 60 nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual general meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary, notice by the member to be timely must be so received not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual general meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 60th day prior to such annual general meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which notice of the date of the annual general meeting was mailed or public disclosure thereof was made by the Company, whichever event in this clause (ii) first occurs. Each such member’s notice shall set forth: 172.1 the name and address of the member who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; 172.2 a representation that the member is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; 46                 172.3 a description of all arrangements or understandings between the member and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) relating to the nomination or nominations; 172.4 the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by such member and by any other members known by such member to be supporting such nominees as of the date of such member’s notice; 172.5 whether and the extent to which any hedging, derivative or other transaction is in place or has been entered into within the prior six months preceding the date of delivery of the notice by or for the benefit of the member with respect to the Company or its subsidiaries or any of their respective securities, debt instruments or credit ratings, the effect or intent of which transaction is to give rise to gain or loss as a result of changes in the trading price of such securities or debt instruments or changes in the credit ratings for the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their respective securities or debt instruments (or, more generally, changes in the perceived creditworthiness of the Company or its subsidiaries), or to increase or decrease the voting power of the member, and if so, a summary of the material terms thereof; 172.6 such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such member as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC; 172.7 the consent of each nominee to serve as a Director if so elected; and 172.8 for each nominee who is not an incumbent Director: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) their name, age, business address and residential address; their principal occupation or employment; the class, series and number of securities of the Company that are owned of record or beneficially by such person; the date or dates the securities were acquired and the investment intent of each acquisition; any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in proxies for the election of Directors under any applicable securities legislation; and any information the Company may require any proposed director nominee to furnish such as it may reasonably require to comply with applicable law and to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Director and whether such proposed nominee would be considered independent as a Director or as a member of the audit or any other committee of the Board under the various rules and standards applicable to the Company. VACATION OF OFFICE BY DIRECTORS 173. Subject to the provisions of these Articles and in addition to the circumstances described in sections 146, 148(1) and 196(2) of the Act, the office of Director shall be vacated ipso facto, if that Director: 173.1 is restricted or disqualified to act as a Director under the Act; or 47                               173.2 resigns his or her office by notice in writing to the Company or in writing offers to resign and the Directors resolve to accept such offer; or 173.3 save in the case of a Class A Preferred Director, is requested to resign in writing by not less than three quarters of the other Directors. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES 174. Subject to Article 177, the remuneration of the Directors shall be such as is determined, from time to time, by the Board and such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Board may from time to time determine that, subject to the requirements of the Act, all or part of any fees or other remuneration payable to any Director shall be provided in the form of shares or other securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or options or rights to acquire such shares or other securities, on such terms as the Board may decide. 175. The Directors may also be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them: (a) in attending and returning from: (i) meetings of the Directors or any committee; or (ii) general meetings of the Company, or (b) otherwise in connection with the business of the Company. 176. The business of the Company shall be managed by its Directors who may pay all expenses incurred in promoting and registering the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act, by the Memorandum or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting, but subject to: GENERAL POWER OF MANAGEMENT AND DELEGATION 176.1 any regulations contained in these Articles (including the provisions of Articles 177 and 178); 176.2 the provisions of the Act; 176.3 from and after the Initial Closing Date until all the Class A Preferred Shares are redeemed in full in accordance with the provisions of these Articles, the provisions of Article 177; 176.4 from and after the occurrence of a Springing Rights Event, such directions as are given by a Class A Preferred Majority in accordance with the provisions of Article 178: and 176.5 following the redemption of all the Class A Preferred Shares, such directions, not being inconsistent with the foregoing regulations or provisions, as the Company in a general meeting may (by special resolution) give. 177. From and after the Initial Closing Date until all the Class A Preferred Shares are redeemed in full in accordance with the provisions of these Articles, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Articles, the Company shall not (and shall cause its subsidiaries not to), and the Board shall cause the Company (and its subsidiaries) not to, undertake any Structured Voting Rights Matter without the prior written consent of a Class A Preferred Majority. 48                           178. From and after the occurrence of a Springing Rights Event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Articles, until (a) all of the Class A Preferred Shares are redeemed in full in accordance with the provisions of these Articles or (b) if earlier, in the case of a Springing Rights Event occurring under limbs (ii) or (iii) of the definition of “Springing Rights Event”, until the non-compliance by the Company with the relevant obligations referred to therein giving rise to the Springing Rights Event (x) if capable of rectification, is rectified to the satisfaction of a Class A Preferred Majority or (y) is otherwise waived in writing by a Class A Preferred Majority, a Class A Preferred Majority shall be entitled to provide directions to the Directors with respect to each Springing Rights Matter.  In addition to the means of service of documents set out in section 51 of the Act, such directions may be served on the Company by a Class A Preferred Majority by email and the Directors shall designate an email address for that purpose, which shall be notified to the Class A Preferred Members, in accordance with the provisions of Articles 223 to 232 for the express purpose of serving directions on the Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, a Springing Rights Event may occur under limbs (ii) and (iii) of the definition of “Springing Rights Event” on more than one occasion, in each case giving rise to the rights of a Class A Preferred Majority to provide directions hereunder. 179. No direction given by the Company in a general meeting under Article 176.5 shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that direction had not been given. 180. Without prejudice to the generality of Article 176, Article 176 operates to enable, subject to a limitation (if any) arising under any of paragraphs 176.1 to 176.3 of it, the Directors exercise all powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof. 181. Without prejudice to section 40 of the Act, the Directors may delegate any of their powers (including any power referred to in these Articles) to such person or persons as they think fit, including committees; any such person or committee shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors. 182. 183. 184. 185. Any reference to a power of the Company required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting includes a reference to a power of the Company that, but for the power of the members to pass a written resolution to effect the first-mentioned power’s exercise, would be required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting. The acts of the Board or of any committee established by the Board or any delegee of the Board or any such committee shall be valid notwithstanding any defect which may afterwards be discovered in the appointment or qualification of any Director, committee member or delegee. The Directors may appoint a sole or joint company secretary, an assistant company secretary and a deputy company secretary for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit; and any such person so appointed may be removed by them. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of themselves to the office of Chief Executive Officer (by whatever name called including managing director) or such other office or position with the Company and for such period and on such terms as to remuneration, if any (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine, and, subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, may revoke such appointment. OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVES 186. Without prejudice to any claim the person so appointed under Article 185 may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between the person and the Company, the person’s appointment shall cease upon his or her ceasing, for any reason, to be a Director. 187. The Board may appoint any person whether or not he or she is a Director, to hold such executive or official position (except that of Auditor) as the Board may from time to time determine. The same person may hold more than one office of executive or official position. 49                       188. 189. The Board shall determine from time to time, the powers and duties of any such office holder or official appointed under Articles 185 and/or Article 187, and subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles, the Directors may confer upon an office holder or official any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they may think fit and in conferring any such powers, the Directors may specify that the conferral is to operate either: (a) so that the powers concerned may be exercised concurrently by them and the relevant office holder; or (b) to the exclusion of their own such powers. The Directors may (a) revoke any conferral of powers under Article 188 or (b) amend any such conferral (whether as to the powers conferred or the terms, conditions or restrictions subject to which the conferral is made). The use or inclusion of the word “officer” (or similar words) in the title of any executive or other position shall not be deemed to imply that the person holding such executive or other position is an “officer” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. 190. 190.1 The Directors may meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit. MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES 190.2 The Directors may establish attendance and procedural guidelines from time to time about how their meetings are to be conducted consistent with good corporate governance and applicable tax requirements. 190.3 Such meetings shall take place at such time and place as the Directors may determine. 190.4 Questions arising at any such meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes and where there is an equality of votes, the chairperson of the meeting shall not have a second or casting vote, provided that, from and after the occurrence of a Springing Rights Event until (a) all of the Class A Preferred Shares are redeemed in full in accordance with the provisions of these Articles or (b) if earlier, in the case of a Springing Rights Event occurring under limbs (ii) or (iii) of the definition of “Springing Rights Event”, until the non-compliance by the Company with the relevant obligations referred to therein giving rise to the Springing Rights Event (x) if capable of rectification, is rectified to the satisfaction of a Class A Preferred Majority or (y) is otherwise waived in writing by a Class A Preferred Majority, the Class A Preferred Directors (or either of them) shall, in respect of each Springing Rights Matter, be deemed to have the power to exercise such number of votes as constitute a majority of the votes that may be cast by all the Directors from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, a Springing Rights Event may occur under limbs (ii) and (iii) of the definition of “Springing Rights Event” on more than one occasion, in each case giving rise to the enhanced voting rights of the Class A Preferred Directors hereunder. 190.5 A Director may, and the Company Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors. 191. All Directors shall be entitled to reasonable notice of any meeting of the Directors. 192. Nothing in Article 191 or any other provision of the Act enables a person, other than a Director, to object to the notice given for any meeting of the Directors. 193. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors in office at the time when the meeting is convened, provided that, if any Class A Preferred Director is in office at the time when the meeting is convened, the quorum shall include at least one (1) Class A Preferred Director. 50                       194. 195. 196. 197. 198. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their number, provided that if the number of the Directors is reduced below the prescribed minimum the remaining Director or Directors shall appoint forthwith an additional Director or additional Directors to make up such minimum or shall convene a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment and apportion the Directors among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as equal as possible. CHAIRPERSON The Directors may elect a Chairperson and determine the period for which he or she is to hold office, but if no such Chairperson is elected, or, if at any meeting the Chairperson is not present after the time appointed for holding it, the Directors present may choose one of their members to be chairperson of a Board meeting. The Chairperson shall vacate office if he or she vacates his or her office as a Director (otherwise than by the expiration of his or her term of office at a general meeting of the Company at which he or she is re-appointed). COMMITTEES Subject to the other provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Directors may establish one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of members of the Board.  Subject to Article 177, the composition, function, power and obligations of any such committee will be determined by the Board from time to time, provided that, if a Class A Preferred Director so requests, at least one (1) Class A Preferred Director shall be entitled to serve on any committee so established. A committee established under Article 196 (a “committee”) may elect a chairperson of its meetings; if no such chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting the chairperson is not present after the time appointed for holding it, the members of the committee present may choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting. A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Committee meetings shall take place at such time and place as the relevant committee may determine. Questions arising at any meeting of a committee shall be determined (subject to Article 196) by a majority of votes of the members of the committee present, and where there is an equality of votes, the chairperson of the committee shall not have a second or casting vote. 199. Where any committee is established by the Directors : 199.1 the meetings and proceedings of such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed upon such committee by the Directors; and 199.2 the Directors may authorise, or may authorise such committee to authorise, any person who is not a Director to attend all or any meetings of any such committee on such terms as the Directors or the committee think fit, provided that any such person shall not be entitled to vote at meetings of the committee. WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS AND TELEPHONIC MEETINGS OF THE DIRECTORS 200. The following provision shall apply: 200.1 A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors, or by all the Directors being members of a committee referred to in Article 196, and who are for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Directors or, as the case may be, of such a committee, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors or such a committee duly convened and held. 51                           200.2 A resolution in writing shall be deemed to have been signed by a Director where the Chairperson, Company Secretary or other person designated by the Board has received an email from that Director’s Certified Email Address which identifies the resolution and states, unconditionally, “I hereby sign the resolution”. 200.3 A Director’s Certified Email Address is such email address as the Director has, from time to time, notified to such person and in such manner as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board. 200.4 The Company shall cause a copy of every email referred to in Article 200.2 to be entered in the books kept pursuant to section 166 of the Act. 201. Subject to Article 202, where one or more of the Directors (other than a majority of them) would not, by reason of: 201.1 the Act or any other enactment; 201.2 these Articles; or 201.3 an applicable rule of law or an Exchange, be permitted to vote on a resolution such as is referred to in Article 200, if it were sought to pass the resolution at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held, then such a resolution, notwithstanding anything in Article 200.1, shall be valid for the purposes of that subsection if the resolution is signed by those of the Directors who would have been permitted to vote on it had it been sought to pass it at such a meeting. 202. In a case falling within Article 201, the resolution shall state the name of each Director who did not sign it and the basis on which he or she did not sign it. 203. 204. 205. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in Articles 200 to 202 dealing with a resolution that is signed by other than all of the Directors shall be read as making available, in the case of an equality of votes, a second or casting vote to the one of their number who would, or might have been, if a meeting had been held to transact the business concerned, chairperson of that meeting. The resolution referred to in Article 200 may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more Directors and for all purposes shall take effect from the time that it is signed by the last Director. A meeting of the Directors or of a committee referred to in Article 196 may consist of a conference between some or all of the Directors or, as the case may be, members of the committee who are not all in one place, but each of whom is able (directly or by means of telephonic, video or other electronic communication) to speak to each of the others and to be heard by each of the others and: 205.1 a Director or as the case may be a member of the committee taking part in such a conference shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote (subject to Article 201) and be counted in a quorum accordingly; and 205.2 such a meeting shall be deemed to take place: (a) (b) where the largest group of those Directors participating in the conference is assembled; if there is no such group, where the chairperson of the meeting then is; or 52                                 (c) if neither subparagraph (a) or (b) applies, in such location as the meeting itself decides. DIRECTORS’ DUTIES, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST, ETC. 206. A Director may have regard to the interests of any other companies in a group of which the Company is a member to the full extent permitted by the Act. 207. 208. 209. 210. 211. A Director is expressly permitted (for the purposes of section 228(1)(d) of the Act) to use  vehicles, telephones, computers, aircraft, accommodation and any other Company property where such use is approved by the Board or by a person so authorised by the Board or where such use is in accordance with a Director’s terms of employment, letter of appointment or other contract or in the course of the discharge of the Director’s duties or responsibilities or in the course of the discharge of a Director’s employment. Nothing in section 228(1)(e) of the Act shall restrict a Director from entering into any commitment which has been approved by the Board or has been approved pursuant to such authority as may be delegated by the Board in accordance with these Articles.  It shall be the duty of each Director to obtain the prior approval of the Board before entering into any such commitment permitted by sections 228(1)(e)(ii) and 228(2) of the Act. It shall be the duty of a Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested (within the meaning of section 231 of the Act) in a contract or proposed contract with the Company, to declare the nature of his or her interest at a meeting of the Directors. Subject to any applicable law or the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the shares on any Exchange, a Director may attend and participate at Board meetings, be counted in the quorum and vote in respect of any contract, appointment or arrangement in which he or she is interested (including his or her own appointment as a director of the Company or to any other office or place of profit under the Company, and the terms of it), and each Director is hereby released from his or her duty set out in section 228(1)(f) of the Act to avoid a conflict between the Director’s duties to the Company and the Director’s other interests (including personal interests) in respect of any such contract, appointment or arrangement. For the purposes of section 228(1)(f) of the Act, the Board may release any Director from his or her duty to avoid a conflict between that Director’s duties to the Company and that Director’s other interests (including personal interests) in connection with any matter brought to the attention of the Board which would or might otherwise constitute or give rise to a conflict between that Director’s duties to the Company and that Director’s other interests (including personal interests).  Release of any Director under this Article 211 shall be effective only if the matter is considered at a meeting of the Board at which the quorum is met without counting the Director in question and the matter is agreed to without that Director voting or would have been agreed to if the vote of that Director had not been counted. 212. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 211, for the purposes of section 228(1)(f) of the Act, each Class A Preferred Director is hereby generally and unconditionally released from his or her duty to avoid a conflict between that Class A Preferred Director’s duties to the Company and that Class A Preferred Director’s other interests (including personal interests) to the extent any situation or matter constitutes a “Permitted Conflict”.  A Class A Preferred Director who is subject to a Permitted Conflict may attend and participate at Board meetings, be counted in the quorum and vote on any decision concerning such situation.  A “Permitted Conflict” is a situation or matter where, or in respect of which, a Class A Preferred Director has, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company arising from (i) that Class A Preferred Director’s relationship(s) (as described in Article 213.1) with any Class A Preferred Member who appointed him or her as a director of the Company and/or (ii) the exercise by a Class A Preferred Majority of any rights under these Articles (including the provisions of Articles 177 and 178), the Securities Purchase Agreement or otherwise, howsoever arising.  For the purposes of this Article 212, any reference to a “Class A Preferred Member” shall be deemed to include a reference to any unitholder, shareholder, general partner, limited partner, managing member, manager, investment adviser, adviser, director, officer, employee, custodian, trustee, nominee or consultant, in, of, or to, (or other person who or which is involved or interested, whether directly or indirectly, in any capacity or role whatsoever with) a (i) Class A Preferred Member, (ii) any of that Class A Preferred Member’s Affiliates or (iii) any manager, investment adviser or other adviser to such Class A Preferred Member or any of its Affiliates (or any Affiliate of any such person). 53                   213. Without prejudice to the provisions of Articles 211 and 212, a Class A Preferred Director may: 213.1 213.2 from time to time, but without limitation, be a unitholder, shareholder, general partner, limited partner, managing member, manager, investment adviser, adviser, director, officer, employee, custodian, trustee, nominee or consultant, in, of, or to, (or otherwise, be involved or interested, whether directly or indirectly, in any capacity or role whatsoever with) a (i) Class A Preferred Member, (ii) any of that Class A Preferred Member’s Affiliates, (iii) any manager, investment adviser or other adviser to such Class A Preferred Member or any of its Affiliates (or any Affiliate of any such person); and if he or she obtains information or opportunities (other than through his or her office as a Class A Preferred Director) that are confidential to any third party (including any of the persons listed in Article 213.1), or in respect of which he or she owes a duty of confidentiality or a fiduciary duty to any third party (including any of the persons listed in Article 213.1), or the disclosure of which would amount to a breach of applicable law or regulation, choose, at his or her absolute discretion, not to disclose it to the Company or to use it in relation to the Company’s affairs, and for the purposes of section 228(1)(f) of the Act, each Class A Preferred Director is hereby generally and unconditionally released from his or her duty to avoid a conflict between that Class A Preferred Director’s duties to the Company and that Class A Preferred Director’s other interests (including personal interests) in respect of the matters so permitted by this Article 213. The Directors may exercise the voting powers conferred by the shares of any other company held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as they think fit and, in particular, they may exercise the voting powers in favour of any resolution: (a) appointing the Directors or any of them as directors or officers of such other company; or (b) providing for the payment of remuneration or pensions to the directors or officers of such other company. Subject to any applicable law or the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the shares on any Exchange, any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights notwithstanding that he or she may be or may be about to become a director or officer of the other company referred to in Article 214 and as such or in any other way is or may be interested in the exercise of such voting rights in the foregoing manner. 214. 215. 216. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than Auditor) in conjunction with his or her office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine. 217. Without prejudice to the provisions of section 228 of the Act, a Director may be or become a director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, member or otherwise. 218. A Director may act by himself or herself, or his or her firm, in a professional capacity for the Company, and any Director, in such a case, or his or her firm, shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he or she were not a Director, but nothing in this Article authorises a Director, or his or her firm, to act as Auditor. 54                   219. No Director shall by reason of his or her office as a director of the Company (or the fiduciary relationship established by holding that office) be: 219.1 disqualified from contracting with the Company with regard to any situation or matter authorised or permitted under Articles 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 213, 216, 217 and/or 218; or 219.2 accountable to the Company for any remuneration, profit or other benefit resulting from any situation or matter authorised or permitted under Articles 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 213, 216, 217 and/or 218, and no contract, transaction or arrangement entered into by, or on behalf of the Company shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any Director having an interest authorised or permitted by any of such Articles. THE COMMON SEAL, OFFICIAL SEAL AND SECURITIES SEAL 220. Any seal of the Company shall be used only by the authority of the Directors, a committee authorised by the Directors to exercise such authority or by any one or more persons severally or jointly so authorised by the Directors or such a committee, and the use of the seal shall be deemed to be authorised for these purposes where the matter or transaction pursuant to which the seal is to be used has been so authorised. 221. Any instrument to which a Company’s seal shall be affixed shall be signed by any one of the following: 221.1 a Director; 221.2 the Company Secretary; or 221.3 any other person authorised to sign by (i) the Directors or (ii) a committee, and the countersignature of a second such person shall not be required. 222. The Company may have one or more duplicate common seals or official seals for use in different locations including for use abroad. SERVICE OF NOTICES ON MEMBERS 223. A notice required or authorised to be served on or given to a member of the Company pursuant to a provision of the Act or these Articles shall, save where the means of serving or giving it specified in Article 223.4 is used, be in writing and may be served on or given to the member in one of the following ways: 223.1 by delivering it to the member; 223.2 by leaving it at the registered address of the member; 223.3 by sending it by post in a prepaid letter to the registered address of the member; or 223.4 subject to Article 228, by electronic mail or other means of electronic communication approved by the Directors to the contact details notified to the Company by any such member for such purpose (or if not so notified, then to the contact details of the member last known to the Company). A notice or document may be sent by electronic means to the fullest extent permitted by the Act. 55                                     224. Without prejudice or limitation to the foregoing provisions of Article 223.1 to 223.4, for the purposes of these Articles and the Act, a document shall be deemed to have been sent to a member if a notice is given, served, sent or delivered to the member and the notice specifies the website or hotlink or other electronic link at or through which the member may obtain a copy of the relevant document. 225. Any notice served or given in accordance with Article 223 shall be deemed, in the absence of any agreement to the contrary between the Company (or, as the case may be, the officer of it) and the member, to have been served or given: 225.1 in the case of its being delivered, at the time of delivery (or, if delivery is refused, when tendered); 225.2 in the case of its being left, at the time that it is left; 225.3 in the case of its being posted on any day other than a Friday, Saturday or Sunday, 24 hours after despatch and in the case of its being posted: (a) (b) on a Friday — 72 hours after despatch; or on a Saturday or Sunday — 48 hours after despatch; 225.4 in the case of electronic means being used in relation to it, twelve hours after despatch, but this Article is without prejudice to section 181(3) of the Act. 226. 227. 228. Every legal personal representative, committee, receiver, curator bonis or other legal curator, assignee in bankruptcy, examiner or liquidator of a member shall be bound by a notice given as aforesaid if sent to the last registered address of such member, or, in the event of notice given or delivered pursuant to Article 223.4, if sent to the address notified to the Company by the member for such purpose notwithstanding that the Company may have notice of the death, his or her being of unsound mind, bankruptcy, liquidation or disability of such member. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles to the contrary, the Company shall not be obliged to take account of or make any investigations as to the existence of any suspension or curtailment of postal services within or in relation to all or any part of any jurisdiction. Any requirement in these Articles for the consent of a member in regard to the receipt by such member of electronic mail or other means of electronic communications approved by the Directors, including the receipt of the Company’s annual report, statutory financial statements and the Directors’ and Auditor’s reports thereon, shall be deemed to have been satisfied where the Company has written to the member informing him or her of its intention to use electronic communications for such purposes and the member has not, within four weeks of the issue of such notice, served an objection in writing on the Company to such member. Where a member has given, or is deemed to have given, his/her consent to the receipt by such member of electronic mail or other means of electronic communications approved by the Directors, she/he may revoke such consent at any time by requesting the Company to communicate with him or her in documented form; provided, however, that such revocation shall not take effect until five days after written notice of the revocation is received by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 228, no such consent shall be necessary, and to the extent it is necessary, such consent shall be deemed to have been given, if electronic communications are permitted to be used under the rules and regulations of any Exchange on which the shares in the capital of the Company or other securities of the Company are listed or under the rules of the SEC. 56                         229. If at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services in any territory, the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post, a general meeting may be convened by a public announcement (as defined below) and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on all members entitled thereto at noon (Ireland time) on the day on which the said public announcement is made. In any such case the Company shall put a full copy of the notice of the general meeting on its website. 230. Notice shall be given by the Company to the joint holders of a share in the capital of the Company by giving the notice to both such holders whose names stand in the Register in respect of the share. 231. 231.1 Every person who becomes entitled to a share in the capital of the Company shall, before his or her name is entered in the Register in respect of the share, be bound by any notice in respect of that share which has been duly given to a person from whom he or she derives his or her title. 231.2 A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in the capital of the Company in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of notice to a member, addressed to them at the address, if any, supplied by them for that purpose. Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred. 232. The signature (whether electronic signature, an advanced electronic signature or otherwise) to any notice to be given by the Company may be written (in electronic form or otherwise) or printed. 233. In addition to the means of service of documents set out in section 51 of the Act, a notice or other document may be served on the Company by an officer of the Company by email provided, however, that the Directors have designated an email address for that purpose and notified that email address to its officers for the express purpose of serving notices on the Company. SERVICE OF NOTICES ON THE COMPANY 234. The Company may send by post, electronic mail or any other means of electronic communication: SENDING STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO MEMBERS 234.1 the Company’s statutory financial statements; 234.2 the directors’ report; and 234.3 the statutory auditors’ report, and copies of those documents shall also be treated, for the purposes of the Act, as sent to a person where: (a) (b) the Company and that person have agreed to his or her having access to the documents on a website (instead of their being sent to him or her); the documents are documents to which that agreement applies; and 57                             (c) that person is notified, in a manner for the time being agreed for the purpose between him or her and the Company, of: (i) (ii) the publication of the documents on a website; the address of that website; and (iii) the place on that website where the documents may be accessed, and how they may be accessed. 234.4 Documents treated in accordance with Article 234 as sent to any person are to be treated as sent to him or her not less than 21 days before the date of a meeting if, and only if: (a) the documents are published on the website throughout a period beginning at least 21 days before the date of the meeting and ending with the conclusion of the meeting; and (b) the notification given for the purposes of Article 234.3(c) is given not less than 21 days before the date of the meeting. 235. Any obligation by virtue of section 339(1) or (2) of the Act to furnish a person with a document may, unless these Articles provide otherwise, be complied with by using electronic communications for sending that document to such address as may for the time being be notified to the Company by that person for that purpose. ACCOUNTING RECORDS 236. The Directors shall, in accordance with Chapter 2 of Part 6 of the Act, cause to be kept adequate accounting records, whether in the form of documents, electronic form or otherwise, that: 236.1 correctly record and explain the transactions of the Company; 236.2 will at any time enable the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy; 236.3 will enable the Directors to ensure that any financial statements of the Company, required to be prepared under sections 290 or 293 of the Act, comply with the requirements of the Act; and 236.4 will enable those financial statements of the Company to be readily and properly audited. 237. The accounting records shall be kept on a continuous and consistent basis and entries therein shall be made in a timely manner and be consistent from year to year. Adequate accounting records shall be deemed to have been maintained if they comply with the provisions of Chapter 2 of Part 6 of the Act and explain the Company’s transactions and facilitate the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and, if relevant, the Group and include any information and returns referred to in section 283(2) of the Act. 238. The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, subject to the provisions of the Act, at such other place as the Directors think fit and shall be open at all reasonable times to the inspection of the Directors. 58                                   239. 240. 241. The Directors shall determine from time to time whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounting records of the Company shall be open to the inspection of members, not being Directors.  No member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any financial statement or accounting record of the Company except (i) as conferred by the Act (ii) as authorised by the Directors (iii) as agreed between the Company and a member in a contract or agreement or (iv) as authorised by the Company in a general meeting. In accordance with the provisions of the Act, the Directors shall cause to be prepared and to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company from time to time such statutory financial statements of the Company and reports as are required by the Act to be prepared and laid before such meeting. A copy of every statutory financial statement of the Company (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the annual general meeting of the Company together with a copy of the Directors’ report and Auditors’ report, or summary financial statements prepared in accordance with section 1119 of the Act, shall be sent, by post, electronic mail or any other means of electronic communications, not less than twenty-one Clear Days before the date of the annual general meeting, to every person entitled under the provisions of the Act to receive them; provided that where the Directors elect to send summary financial statements to the members, any member may request that he be sent a copy of the statutory financial statements of the Company. The Company may, in addition to sending one or more copies of its statutory financial statements, summary financial statements or other communications to its members, send one or more copies to any Approved Nominee. For the purposes of this Article, sending by electronic communications includes the making available or displaying on the Company’s website (or a website designated by the Board) or the website of the SEC, and each member is deemed to have irrevocably consented to receipt of every statutory financial statement of the Company (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) and every copy of the Directors’ report and the Auditors’ report and every copy of any summary financial statements prepared in accordance with section 1119 of the Act, by any such document being made so available or displayed. 242. Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the Act. WINDING UP 243. 244. 245. Subject to the provisions of the Act as to preferential payments, the property of the Company on its winding up shall be distributed among the members according to their rights and interests in the Company, including, in the case of the Class A Preferred Members, in accordance with their priority liquidation preference rights set out in Article 15. Unless the conditions of issue of the shares in question provide otherwise, dividends declared by the Company more than six years preceding the commencement date of a winding up of the Company, being dividends which have not been claimed within that period of six years, shall not be a claim admissible to proof against the Company for the purposes of the winding up. If the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution among the members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid up or credited as paid up share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the members in proportion to the nominal value of the share capital paid-up or credited as paid-up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares in the capital of the Company held by them respectively.  If in a winding up the assets available for distribution among the members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital paid up or credited as paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed among the members in proportion to the nominal value of the share capital paid-up or credited as paid-up at the commencement of the winding up on the said shares held by them respectively; provided, however, that this Article shall be subject to any specific rights attaching to any class of share capital, including, in the case of the Class A Preferred Shares, the priority liquidation preference rights of the Class A Preferred Members set out in Article 15. 59                 245.1 In case of a sale by the liquidator under section 601 of the Act, the liquidator may by the contract of sale agree so as to bind all the members, for the allotment to the members directly, of the proceeds of sale in proportion to their respective interests in the Company and may further, by the contract, limit a time at the expiration of which obligations or shares in the capital of the Company not accepted or required to be sold shall be deemed to have been irrevocably refused and be at the disposal of the Company, but so that nothing herein contained shall be taken to diminish, prejudice or affect the rights of dissenting members conferred by the said section. 245.2 The power of sale of the liquidator shall include a power to sell wholly or partially for debentures, debenture stock, or other obligations of another company, either then already constituted or about to be constituted for the purpose of carrying out the sale. If the Company is wound up, the liquidator, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Act, may divide amongst the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not), and, for such purpose, may value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members.  The liquidator, with the like sanction, may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as, with the like sanction, he or she determines, but so that no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability. BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS In addition to any affirmative vote or consent required by law or these Articles, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Article 248, a Business Transaction (as defined in Article 249.3) with, or proposed by or on behalf of, any Interested Person (as defined in Article 249.6) or any Affiliate (as defined in Article 249.1) of any Interested Person or any person who thereafter would be an Affiliate of such Interested Person shall require approval by the affirmative vote of members of the Company holding not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the paid up ordinary share capital of the Company, excluding the voting rights attached to any shares beneficially owned by such Interested Person.  Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any Exchange or otherwise. The provisions of Article 247 shall not be applicable to any particular Business Transaction, and such Business Transaction shall require only such affirmative vote, if any, as is required by law or by any other provision of these Articles, or any agreement with any Exchange, if (i)  the Business Transaction shall have been approved by a majority of the Board prior to such Interested Person first becoming an Interested Person; (ii) prior to such Interested Person first becoming an Interested Person, a majority of the Board shall have approved such Interested Person becoming an Interested Person and, subsequently, a majority of the Independent Directors (as hereinafter defined) shall have approved the Business Transaction; or (iii) from and after the Initial Closing Date until all the Class A Preferred Shares are redeemed in full in accordance with the provisions of these Articles, a Class A Preferred Majority shall have approved the Business Transaction. 246. 247. 248. 249. The following definitions shall apply with respect to Articles 247 to 251: 249.1 The term “Affiliate”, with respect to any specified person, shall mean any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a specified person, and “control” includes the power to, directly or indirectly (i) to exercise, or direct the exercise of, more than one half of the shareholders’ or members’ voting rights in another person or (ii) control of that other person’s business and affairs. 60                   249.2 A person shall be a “beneficial owner” of any shares of the Company (a)  which such person or any of its Affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; (b) which such person or any of its Affiliates has, directly or indirectly, (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or subject only to the passage of time or the occurrence of one or more events), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to and in accordance with the Act; or (c) which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of the Company (except to the extent permitted by the proviso of clause (b)(ii) above). For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Person pursuant to Article 249.6, the number of shares of the Company deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed beneficially owned by such person through application of this Article 249.2, but shall not include any other shares of the Company that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. 249.3 The term “Business Transaction” shall mean any of the following transactions when entered into by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company with, or upon a proposal by or on behalf of, any Interested Person or any Affiliate of any Interested Person: (a) (b) (c) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any subsidiary with (i)  any Interested Person, or (ii)  any other body corporate which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate of an Interested Person; any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a member of the Company, to or with the Interested Person of assets of the Company (other than shares of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of the aggregate market value of all the issued share capital of the Company); any transaction that results in the issuance of shares or the transfer of treasury shares by the Company or by any subsidiary of the Company of any shares of the Company or any shares of such subsidiary to the Interested Person, except (i)  pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Company or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Person became such, (ii)  pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares of the Company subsequent to the time the Interested Person became such, (iii) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of said shares, (iv) any issuance of shares or transfer of treasury shares of the Company by the Company, provided, however, that in the case of each of the clauses (ii) through (iv) above there shall be no increase of more than one percent (1%) in the Interested Person’s proportionate share in the shares of the Company of any class or series or (v) pursuant to a public offering or private placement by the Company to an Institutional Investor; 61           (d) (e) (f) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization or other transaction involving the Company or any subsidiary of the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of (i) increasing the proportionate amount of the shares of any class or series, or securities convertible into the shares of any class or series, of the Company or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Person, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Person or (ii) increasing the voting power, whether or not then exercisable, of an Interested Person in any class or series of shares of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; the adoption of any plan or proposal by or on behalf of an Interested Person for the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company; or any receipt by the Interested Person of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a member of the Company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, tax benefits or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above) provided by or through the Company or any subsidiary thereof. 249.4 249.5 249.6 The term “Independent Directors” shall mean the members of the Board who are not Affiliates or representatives of, or associated with, an Interested Person and who were either Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Person or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a vote which includes the affirmative vote of a majority of the Independent Directors. The term “Institutional Investor” shall mean a person that (a) has acquired, or will acquire, all of its shares in the Company in the ordinary course of its business and not with the purpose nor with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the Company, nor in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect, including any transaction subject to rule 13d-3(b) under the Exchange Act, and (b) is a registered broker dealer; a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Exchange Act; an insurance company as defined in, or an investment company registered under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 of the United States; an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 of the United States; an employee benefit plan or pension fund subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the United States or an endowment fund; a parent holding company, provided that the aggregate amount held directly by the parent and directly and indirectly by its subsidiaries which are not persons specified in the foregoing subclauses of this clause (b) does not exceed one percent (1%) of the securities of the subject class; or a group, provided that all the members are persons specified in the foregoing subclauses of this clause (b). The term “Interested Person” shall mean any person (other than the Company, any subsidiary, any profit-sharing, employee share ownership or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary or any trustee of or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) who (a) is the beneficial owner of shares of the Company representing ten percent (10%)  or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all the paid up share capital of the Company; (b)  has stated in a filing with any governmental agency or press release or otherwise publicly disclosed a plan or intention to become or consider becoming the beneficial owner of shares of the Company representing ten percent (10%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all paid up share capital of the Company and has not expressly abandoned such plan, intention or consideration more than two years prior to the date in question; or (c)  is an Affiliate of the Company and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of shares representing ten percent (10%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all the paid up share capital of the Company. 62             249.7 The term “person” shall mean any individual, body corporate, partnership, unincorporated association, trust or other entity. 249.8 The term “subsidiary” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 7 of the Act. 250. A majority of the Independent Directors shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, for the purposes of (i) Articles 247 and 248, all questions arising under Articles 247 and 248 including, without limitation (a) whether a person is an Interested Person, (b) the number of shares of the Company or other securities beneficially owned by any person; and (c) whether a person is an Affiliate of another; and (ii) these Articles, the question of whether a person is an Interested Person. Any such determination made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all parties. 251. Nothing contained in Articles 247 to 250 shall be construed to relieve any Interested Person from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN 252. 253. Subject to applicable law and the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Directors are hereby expressly authorised to adopt any shareholder rights plan (a “Rights Plan”), upon such terms and conditions as the Directors deem expedient and in the best interests of the Company, including, without limitation, where the Directors are of the opinion that a Rights Plan could grant them additional time to gather relevant information or pursue strategies in response to or anticipation of, or could prevent, a potential change of control of the Company or accumulation of shares in the Company or interests therein. Subject to applicable law and the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, the Directors may exercise any power of the Company to grant rights (including approving the execution of any documents relating to the grant of such rights) to subscribe for Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares (“Rights”) in accordance with the terms of a Rights Plan. 254. Subject to applicable law and the provisions of these Articles, including Article 177, for the purposes of effecting an exchange of Rights for Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares (an “Exchange”), the Directors may: 254.1 resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of the reserves of the Company (including, but not limited to, the share premium account, capital redemption reserve, any un-denominated capital and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution, being an amount equal to the nominal value of the ordinary shares or preferred shares which are to be exchanged for the Rights; and 254.2 apply that sum in paying up in full ordinary shares or preferred shares and allot such shares, credited as fully paid, to those holders of Rights who are entitled to them under an Exchange effected pursuant to the terms of a Rights Plan. 255. The duties of the Directors to the Company under applicable law, including, but not limited to, the Act and common law, are hereby deemed amended and modified such that the adoption of a Rights Plan and any actions taken thereunder by the Directors (if so approved by the Directors) shall be deemed to constitute an action in the best interests of the Company in all circumstances, and any such action shall be deemed to be immediately confirmed, approved and ratified. 63                       UNTRACED MEMBERS 256. The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share of a member or any share to which a person is entitled by transmission if and provided that: 256.1 for a period of twelve years no cheque or warrant sent by the Company through the post in a pre-paid letter addressed to the member or to the person entitled by transmission to the share at his address on the Register or at the last known address given by the member or the person entitled by transmission to which cheques and warrants are to be sent has been cashed and no communication has been received by the Company from the member or the person entitled by transmission (provided that during such twelve year period at least three dividends shall have become payable in respect of such share); 256.2 at the expiration of the said period of twelve years by advertisement in a national daily newspaper published in Ireland and in a newspaper circulating in the area in which the address referred to in Article 256.1 is located the Company has given notice of its intention to sell such share; 256.3 during the further period of three months after the date of the advertisement and prior to the exercise of the power of sale the Company has not received any communication from the member or person entitled by transmission; and 256.4 the Company has first given notice in writing to the appropriate sections of the Exchanges of its intention to sell such shares. 257. Where a share, which is to be sold as provided in Article 256, is held in uncertificated form, the Directors may authorise any person to do all that is necessary to change such share into certificated form prior to its sale. 258. 259. 260. To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of such share and such instrument of transfer shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the member or the person entitled by the transmission to such share. The transferee shall be entered in the Register as the member of the shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase moneys nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale. The Company shall account to the member or other person entitled to such share for the net proceeds of such sale by carrying all moneys in respect thereof to a separate account which shall be a permanent debt of the Company and the Company shall be deemed to be a debtor and not a trustee in respect thereof for such member or other person. Moneys carried to such separate account may be either employed in the business of the Company or held as cash or cash equivalents, or invested in such investments as the Directors may think fit, from time to time. DESTRUCTION OF RECORDS The Company shall be entitled to destroy all instruments of transfer which have been registered at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration thereof, all notifications of change of name or change of address however received at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording thereof and all share certificates and dividend mandates which have been cancelled or ceased to have effect at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of such cancellation or cessation. It shall be presumed conclusively in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed was duly and properly made and every instrument duly and properly registered and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid and effective document duly and properly cancelled and every other document hereinbefore mentioned so destroyed was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: 64                       260.1 the provision aforesaid shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties thereto) to which the document might be relevant; 260.2 nothing herein contained shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any document earlier than as aforesaid or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article; and 260.3 references herein to the destruction of any document include references to the disposal thereof in any manner. INDEMNIFICATION 261. 261.1 Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Act, each person who is or was a Director, officer or employee of the Company, and each person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer or employee of another company, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Company (including the heirs, executors, administrators and estate of such person) shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties or in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him or her in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him or her as a director, officer or employee of the Company or such other company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and in which judgment is given in his or her favour (or the proceedings are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his or her part) or in which he or she is acquitted or in connection with any application under any statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him or her by the court. 261.2 In the case of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Company, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, each person indicated in Article 261.1 against expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defence or the settlement thereof, except no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for fraud or dishonesty in the performance of his or her duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the courts of Ireland or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court shall deem proper. 65             261.3 As far as permissible under the Act, expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in this Article shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of a written affirmation by or on behalf of the Director, officer, employee or other indemnitee of a good faith belief that the criteria for indemnification have been satisfied and a written undertaking to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director, officer or employee or other indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorised by these Articles. 261.4 It being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the persons specified in this Article shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law, the indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of: (a) any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Memorandum, these Articles, any agreement, any insurance purchased by the Company, any vote of members or disinterested Directors, or pursuant to the direction (however embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, or (b) any amendments or replacements of the Act which permit for greater indemnification of the persons specified in this Article and any such amendment or replacement of the Act shall hereby be incorporated into these Articles. As used in this Article 261.4, references to the “Company” include all constituent companies in a consolidation or merger in which the Company or any predecessor to the Company by consolidation or merger was involved. The indemnification provided by this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such Directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees. 261.5 The Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain for any Director, the Company Secretary or other officers or employees of the Company insurance against any such liability as referred to in section 235 of the Act. 261.6 The Company may additionally indemnify any agent of the Company or any director, officer, employee or agent of any of its subsidiaries to the fullest extent provided by law, and purchase and maintain insurance for any such person as appropriate. 262. Subject to the provisions of the Act and so far as may be permitted by the Act, no person shall be personally liable to the Company or its members for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a Director: 262.1 for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty or duty of care to the Company or its members; 262.2 for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; or 262.3 for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If any applicable law or the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the Company’s shares on any Exchange is amended hereafter to authorise corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the relevant law, as so amended. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article 262 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification. 66                   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION 263. 264. 265. This constitution and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter, formation, existence, negotiation, validity, termination or enforceability (including non-contractual obligations, disputes or claims) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Ireland. Subject to Article 265, the courts of Ireland are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this constitution and, for such purposes, the Company and each shareholder irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.  Any proceeding, suit or action arising out of or in connection with this Constitution (the “Proceedings”) will therefore be brought in the courts of Ireland.  Each shareholder irrevocably waives any objection to Proceedings in the courts referred to in this Article on the grounds of venue or on the grounds of forum non conveniens. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. 67         SCHEDULE 1 STRUCTURED VOTING RIGHTS MATTERS For the purposes of Article 177, Structured Voting Rights Matters shall mean: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. the declaration, making or payment of any dividends, distributions or other payments to Shareholders, including repurchases, buy-backs and redemptions of shares, other than (i) dividends or distributions by wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company to the Company or other wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, (ii) dividends or redemption payments to Class A Preferred Members in compliance with these Articles, including pursuant to an Early Company Call Option Notice and/or (iii) payments to Shareholders in accordance with arms’ length agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; the issue or authorisation of the issuance of (i) any new or additional Class A Preferred Shares (save as provided for in the Securities Purchase Agreement or to give effect to a Class A Preferred PIK Distribution), (ii) any other shares in the capital of the Company having rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to or pari passu with the Class A Preferred Shares (including with respect to distributions, liquidation, insolvency, dissolution, redemption and subordination to indebtedness) or (iii) any option, warrant or other security or instrument conferring rights to subscribe for or convert into Class A Preferred Shares or other shares as described in (i) or (ii), as aforesaid; the entry into any agreement containing any provision that would create, or permit to exist or become effective, any restriction on the ability of the Company or any other member of the Group to pay dividends or make other distributions to their equity holders, or redeem the Class A Preferred Shares in accordance with the terms set out in these Articles; the incurrence of any indebtedness by the Company or any other member of the Group other than Permitted Indebtedness, or the guarantee by the Company or any other member of the Group of the indebtedness of another person other than Permitted Indebtedness, or the granting by the Company or any other member of the Group of any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance in respect of the property or assets of the Company or any other member of the Group, other than to secure the repayment of Permitted Indebtedness; the entry into, any cancellation or termination of (except for an expiration that occurs in accordance with the terms of such agreement), amendment to, modification of, variance of (including by changing orders), impairment of, assignment of, replacement of, refinancing of, or waiver of timely compliance with, any Material Contract (or the giving of consent to any of the foregoing); the sale, transfer, lease or other disposal of any of the assets of the Company or any other member of the Group having a value, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of US$5,000,000, other than and excluding for such purpose sales of products or services in the ordinary course of business; the liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Company or any other member of the Group; the undertaking, implementation or recommendation of a Change of Control Transaction, provided that the consent of the Class A Preferred Majority shall not be required where such Change of Control Transaction results in the receipt by all Class A Preferred Members of the applicable Class A Preferred Share Return; 68       9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. the hiring, termination or modification of any material terms of any employment agreement of any of the Company’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Chief Financial Officer, (iii) Chief Technology Officer, (iv) Company Secretary, (v) Vice President of Operations or (vi) Director of Sales; the adoption or implementation of (i) a corporate budget (or any amendment or modification thereof) applicable to the Company and the other members of the Group for selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) and discretionary expenses (the “Operating Budget”) or (ii) a corporate budget (or any amendment or modification thereof) applicable to the Company and the other members of the Group for capital expenditures, investments and acquisitions (the “Capex Budget”); (i) before 1 December 2024, the incurrence or payment of any SG&A or discretionary expenses or the incurrence, payment or making of any capital expenditures, investments, and acquisitions in excess of the applicable amounts set forth in the Approved Budget (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement), provided, however, if the Company has raised at least US$15,000,000 from the issue of Ordinary Shares sufficient to cover such variances, it may incur or pay additional SG&A or discretionary expenses or it may incur, pay or make additional capital expenditures, investments and acquisitions, in aggregate, up to a total amount not exceeding 10% of the applicable amounts set forth in the Approved Budget; (ii) on, or after 1 December 2024, provided that the Company has repaid the IP Loan in full, the incurrence or payment, in aggregate, of additional SG&A or discretionary expenses in excess of 10% of the total amount set forth in the Operating Budget for the relevant year; and (iii) on, or after 1 December 2024, the incurrence, payment or making, in aggregate, of additional capital expenditures, investments, and acquisitions in excess of 10% of the total amount set forth in the Capex Budget for the relevant year, and provided that, so long as the Operating Budget and Capex Budget are consistent with the Company’s business plan, the consent of the Class A Preferred Majority shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; the making of capital or other expenditures, of a value, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of US$2,500,000 other than in accordance with the Operating Budget or Capex Budget; materially changing the nature of the business or purpose of the Company or any member of the Group, or the entry by the Company or any member of the Group into any new line of business that materially changes the nature of the business or purpose of the Company or any member of the Group, including with respect to tax status; modifying or changing the tax elections of the Company or any other member of the Group; save in connection with the appointment or removal by the Class A Preferred Majority of Class A Preferred Directors, the increase or decrease of the number of Directors on the Board (excluding any Class A Preferred Directors for the time being appointed) above 11 or below 3, or increasing or reducing the number or changing the composition of Directors which constitute a quorum of Directors for Board action; the modification of these Articles or any organisational or formation documents of any of the Company’s subsidiaries in any manner that would materially and adversely change or materially and adversely affect (directly or indirectly) the rights, privileges or preferences of the Class A Preferred Shares; the entry into or committing to enter into any joint ventures or any partnerships or establish or acquire any non-wholly-owned partnership subsidiaries; the entry into, or amendment, waiver or termination of, any transactions with an Affiliate having a value, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of US$250,000; 69 19. 20. 21. the adoption of a shareholder rights’ plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 252 to 255; save to the extent provided for in the Operating Budget, the approval of the remuneration of the Directors; and/or the capitalisation of any “relevant sum” (as defined in Article 98), save to give effect to a Class A Preferred PIK Distribution. For the purpose of this Schedule and Schedule 2: “Contract” means any outstanding legally binding lease, contract, service agreement, license, arrangement, option, instrument, evidence of Indebtedness, note, bond, letter of credit, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, security agreement or arrangement, purchase order, transaction confirmation, binding bid or other agreement or obligation, and all amendments thereto, in each case, whether written or oral; “Material Contract” means: Existing Financing (i) the Proceeds Disbursing and Security Agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and UMB Bank, National Association and Newlight Capital LLC dated 23 May 2023 (as amended from time to time prior to as the date of adoption of these Articles); (ii) Loan agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Jaguar Land Rover Limited dated 13 March 2023; (iii) Payables Services and Order and Invoice Management Services Agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and C.H. Robinson Trade Management Pty Ltd dated 10 May 2023; (iv) Standby Equity Purchase Agreement between YA II PN, Ltd and Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. dated 28 November 2022; (v) Grant Agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Ltd and the State of Victoria dated 19 July 2018 (as amended); (vi) Commonwealth Standard Grant Agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and the Commonwealth of Australia dated 29 November 2022 (MMI); Customer Contracts (vii) Commercial Program Agreement with Ford Motor Company dated 7 June 2022 and Purchase Orders dated 26 September 2022 and 17 December 2022 (Redwood); (viii) Sourcing Contract by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Ford Motor Company dated 4 April 2023 (Legend); (ix) Jaguar Land Rover Limited Purchase Order Amendments dated 21 March 2023 (Duke); (x) Purchase Contract with Ferrari S.p.A. dated 28 July 2021 and Letter of Assignment dated 1 February 2019 (Fred); 70                           (xi) Fe Purchase Contract with Ferrari S.p.A. dated 24 Jul 2021 and Nomination Letter dated 14 July 2020 (Dakota); (xii) Purchase Contract dated with Ferrari S.p.A. 9 September 2020 and Nomination Letter dated 14 July 2020 (Idaho); (xiii) Nomination Letters by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Ferrari S.p.A. dated 31 August 2022 and 27 July 2023 (Sophia); (xiv) Nomination Letter by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Ferrari S.p.A. dated 27 July 2022 (Peter); (xv) (xvi) Purchase Contracts C-3RGJ0-01B-000, C-3RGJ0-01C-000, C-3RGJ0-01D-000, C-3RGJ0-01F-000, C-3RGJ0-01G-000, C-3RGJ0-019-000 by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and General Motors LLC dated 5 April 2023 (HPV1); Purchase Contracts C-3RGJ0-01H-000, C-3RGJ0-01J-000, C-3RGJ0-01K-000, C-3RGJ0-01L-000 by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and General Motors LLC dated 17 July 2023 (HPV2); (xvii) Purchase Contracts C-3RGJ0-014-002, C-3RGJ0-015-001 by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and General Motors LLC dated 21 and 25 August 2023 (Thor); (xviii) Purchase Contracts C-3RGJ0-017-000, C-3RGJ0-018-000 by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and General Motors LLC dated 15 March 2023 (Odin); (xix) Nomination Agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Automobili Lamborghini S.p.A. dated 27 July 2023; Other (xx) Supply contracts to which the Company is party as at the date of adoption of this constitution with annual payments exceeding US$1,000,000 in any given calendar year; (xxi) Lease dated 1 May 2019 by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd, Carbon Revolution Limited and Deakin University (as amended); (xxii) Agreement for the Manufacturing, Supply and Installation of Equipment by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Marand Precision Engineering Pty Ltd dated 6 August 2021 (as amended from time to time prior to as the date of adoption of these Articles); (xxiii) Project and Partner Agreements (SOMAC) with Deakin University and Sovereign Manufacturing Automation for Composites Ltd; (xxiv) Innovation Contract by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and the Commonwealth of Australia dated 11 April 2019 (as amended from time to time prior to as the date of adoption of these Articles); (xxv) Deed of Guarantee and Indemnity by and between Carbon Revolution Ltd. and Macquarie Bank Limited dated 2 March 2022; (xxvi) ISDA 2002 Master Agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd Macquarie Bank Limited dated 2 March 2022; 71                                   (xxvii) ISDA Master Agreement Credit Support Annex by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Macquarie Bank Limited dated 2 March 2022; (xxviii) any new swap and hedging arrangements (including any trade confirmations) and related guarantees or indemnities; and (xxix) any new contract (or series of contracts) entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries that provides for the payments, expenditures, fees, damages or other liabilities (including contingent liabilities such as guarantees) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in excess of US$1,000,000 per calendar year. “Permitted Indebtedness” means: (i) (ii) (iii) indebtedness of the Group with respect to that (i) certain Proceeds Disbursing and Security Agreement, dated May 23, 2023 by and among UMB Bank, N.A., as trustee and disbursing Agent, Newlight Capital LLC, as servicer, collateral agent and security trustee and Carbon Revolution Operations PTY LTD. and (ii) certain Trust Indenture dated May 23, 2023, by and between Carbon Revolution Operations PTY LTD   and UMB Bank, N.A., as trustee and disbursing Agent, in each case in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed US$61,500,000 (the “IP Loan”); indebtedness of the Company or any other member of the Group with respect to that certain Agreement by and between Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd and Jaguar Land Rover Limited dated as of March 13, 2023 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed AU$4,975,740; indebtedness of the Company with respect to the certain Payable Services and Order and Invoice Management Services Agreement, dated May 10, 2023, with C.H. Robinson Trade Management Pty Ltd, in an aggregate amount not to exceed AU$16,000,000 outstanding at any time; (iv) indebtedness of the Group to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) indebtedness of the Company or any other member of the Group arising from the endorsement of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business; indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums by the Company or any other member of the Group in the ordinary course of business, not to exceed US$250,000 of premiums in the aggregate; indebtedness of the Company or any other member of the Group incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with corporate credit cards issued for the benefit of the Company or other member of the Group, not to exceed US$250,000 in the aggregate; unsecured obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any hedging or swap contracts entered into in by the Company or any other member of the Group in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates and not for speculative purposes; indebtedness of the Company or any other member of the Group arising from judgments with respect to any of the Company or any other member of the Group that individually or in the aggregate are less than US$250,000 or that are stayed for more than 10 days; indebtedness of the Company or any other member of the Group with respect to and resulting from customer deposits and advance payments received by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that any such payments must be netted against original payment terms and not mandatorily prepaid prior to original payment terms; 72                           (xi) (xii) indebtedness of the Company or any other member of the Group with respect to Australian employee corporate credit card accounts in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed AU$70,000 outstanding at any time; and/or cash and cash equivalents of the Company and any of the other members of the Group pledged to secure leased location security deposits in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed US$300,000 with respect to the Company and the other members of the Group outstanding at any time. 73     For the purposes of Article 178, Springing Rights Matters shall mean: SCHEDULE 2 SPRINGING RIGHTS MATTERS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. the entry into, any cancellation or termination of (except for an expiration that occurs in accordance with the terms of such agreement), amendment to, modification of, variance of (including by changing orders), impairment of, assignment of, replacement of, refinancing of, or waiver of timely compliance with, any Material Contract (or the giving of consent to any of the foregoing); the determination of the Operating Budget and/or the Capex Budget; the declaration, payment or making of any dividends, distributions or other payments to Shareholders, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; the hiring, termination or modification of any material terms of any employment agreement of the Company’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Chief Financial Officer (iii) Chief Technology Officer (iv) Company Secretary (v) Vice President of Operations or (vi) Director of Sales; the appointment and termination of any Company financial advisors or investment bankers; the issuance, and terms of issuance, of any shares or debt securities; the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of any shares; the liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; the initiation, undertaking or implementation of a Change of Control Transaction; a reduction of company capital to create distributable profits; and/or any sale of any of the Company subsidiaries. 74       Exhibit 2.1  THIS CERTIFIES THAT  is the owner of  DATED  COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,  FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE ORDINARY SHARES OF  Carbon Revolution plc (hereinafter called the “Company”). This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be transferable in accordance with, and subject to, the Company’s articles of association, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.  Given under the official seal of the Company by its duly authorized officers.  ORDINARY SHARES  NOMINAL VALUE $0.000100  ORDINARY SHARES  .  CARBON REVOLUTION PLC  INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE REPUBLIC OF IRELAND WITH COMPANY NUMBER 607450  By  AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE  July 5, 2017 IRELAND  C  A  R  B  O  N  R  E  V  O  L  U  T  I  O  N  P  L  C  SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS  Chair  Director  THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT  www.computershare.com  ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#  CUSIP G1893D 10 2  DD-MMM-YYYY  Shares  * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample  **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David  Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander  David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.  Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****  Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample  **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David  Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander  David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.  Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample  **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares***  *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****  000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0  00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00  0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000  000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000  00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000  0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000  **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000*  *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S  ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND  ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***  MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE &  MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE  Certificate Number  ZQ00000000  1  2  3  4  5  6  1  2  3  4  5  6  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  CUSIP/IDENTIFIER  Holder ID Insurance Value Number of Shares DTC  Certificate Numbers  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  Total Transaction  XXXXXX XX X XXXXXXXXXX 1,000,000.00  123456  12345678 123456789012345  Num/No. Denom. Total  MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1  ADD 2  ADD 3  ADD 4  PO Box 43004, Providence RI 02940-3004     The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.  If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.  .  CARBON REVOLUTION PLC  THE TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE REQUIRES THE COMPLETION OF A SPECIALIZED STOCK TRANSFER FORM AND MAY BE SUBJECT TO IRISH STAMP DUTY. PLEASE CONTACT THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.  THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.  The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:  TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian ................................................  TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties  (Cust) (Minor)  under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act ........................................................  JT TEN  (State)  UNIF TRF MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian (until age ................................)  - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common  (Cust)  .............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ...................  (Minor) (State)  Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.    Exhibit 2.2  THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE CERTIFIES THAT  or registered assigns, is the registered holder of warrant(s)  DATED  COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,  warrant(s) (the “Warrants” and each, a “Warrant”) to purchase one-tenth of one ordinary share, $0.0001 par value (“Ordinary Shares”), of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland (the “Company”). Each Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of fully paid and non- assessable Ordinary Shares as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “Exercise Price”) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) of the United States of America upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent referred to below, subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.  Each whole Warrant is initially exercisable for one-tenth of one fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Share. Fractional shares shall not be issued upon exercise of any Warrant. If, upon the exercise of Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Warrant holder. The number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.  The initial Exercise Price for any Warrant is equal to $11.50 per one-tenth of one ordinary share ($115.00 per whole ordinary share). The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.  Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become void. The Warrants may be redeemed, subject to certain conditions, as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.  Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.  This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement.  This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.  WARRANTS  WARRANTS  THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW  .  By  AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE  SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS  Chair  Director  ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#  DD-MMM-YYYY  * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * *   CARBON REVOLUTION PLC  INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF IRELAND  ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample  **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David  Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander  David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.  Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****  Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample  **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David  Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander  David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.  Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample  **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares***  *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****  000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0  00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00  0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000  000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000  00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000  0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000  **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000*  *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S  ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND  ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***  MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE &  MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE  ZQ00000000  1  2  3  4  5  6  1  2  3  4  5  6  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  CUSIP/IDENTIFIER  Holder ID Insurance Value Number of Shares DTC  Certificate Numbers  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  1234567890/1234567890  Total Transaction  XXXXXX XX X XXXXXXXXXX 1,000,000.00  123456  12345678 123456789012345  Num/No. Denom. Total  MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1  ADD 2  ADD 3  ADD 4  PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004  THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT  www.computershare.com  CUSIP G1893D 11 0     The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.  If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.  .  Carbon Revolution plc  The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive Ordinary Shares and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a warrant agreement dated as of March 3, 2021, as amended by an Amendment Agreement dated as of November 3, 2023 by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company ("Twin Ridge"), Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Computershare Inc.”) and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company (“Trust Company”, and together with Computershare Inc., in such capacity as warrant agent, the “Warrant Agent”) and as assigned by Twin Ridge to the Company and assumed by the Company pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement dated as of November 3, 2023 by and among Twin Ridge, the Company, Computershare Inc., and Computershare Trust Company (the “Warrant Agreement”), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder, respectively) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.  Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement. The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may exercise them by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of Election to Purchase set forth hereon properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price as specified in the Warrant Agreement (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent. In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued to the holder hereof or his, her or its assignee, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Agreement, no Warrant may be exercised unless at the time of exercise (i) a registration statement covering the issuance of the Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) a prospectus thereunder relating to the Ordinary Shares is current, except through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement.  The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holder of the Warrant.  Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.  Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.  The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a shareholder of the Company.  Election to Purchase  (To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)  The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive Ordinary Shares and herewith tenders payment for such Ordinary Shares to the order of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (the “Company”) in the amount of $ in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of , whose address is and that such Ordinary Shares be delivered to , whose address is . If said number of Ordinary Shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of , whose address is and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to , whose address is .  In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement and a holder thereof elects to exercise its Warrant pursuant to a Make-Whole Exercise, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) or Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement, as applicable.  In the event that the Warrant is a Private Placement Warrant that is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement.  In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement.  In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for would be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive Ordinary Shares. If said number of shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of , whose address is and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to , whose address is .  Dated: , 20   Signature: Address:   Tax Identification Number:   Signature Guaranteed:   THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17Ad-15 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, OF 1934, AS AMENDED).    Exhibit 4.6 ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT between TWIN RIDGE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY COMPUTERSHARE INC. and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. Dated November 3, 2023 THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated November 3, 2023, is made by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (“MergeCo”), Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company (collectively, “Computershare”), as warrant agent in relation to the warrant agreement, dated as of March 3, 2021, as amended by the Warrant Amendment Agreement (as defined below), the “Existing Warrant Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Existing Warrant Agreement; WHEREAS, on or about March 3, 2021, the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Continental”) entered into to a warrant agreement (the “Existing Warrant Agreement”); WHEREAS, on November 29, 2022, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with (i) MergeCo, (ii) Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and (iii) Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company; WHEREAS, on or about the date hereof, the Company, Continental and Computershare entered into a warrant amendment agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Warrant Amendment Agreement”) to provide for the succession of Computershare as “Warrant Agent” under the Existing Warrant Agreement and certain amendments to the Existing Warrant Agreement, to take effect on the closing of the Business Combination Agreement, that are considered necessary or desirable to deal with certain matters related to the Business Combination Agreement, including the appointment of Computershare as successor warrant agent to Continental; WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Warrant Agreement, there are 12,210,739 warrants which have been issued by the Company and are outstanding on the date hereof (the “Warrants”); WHEREAS, as contemplated by Section 4.5 of the Existing Warrant Agreement, upon effectiveness of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Warrants will no longer be exercisable for ordinary shares of the Company but instead will be exercisable for ordinary shares of MergeCo (the “MergeCo Ordinary Shares”); and WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, the Company desires to assign all of its right, title and interest in the Existing Warrant Agreement to MergeCo and MergeCo wishes to accept such assignment and assume the obligations of the Company under the Existing Warrant Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:                 1. Assignment and Assumption; Consent; Notice; Payment of Taxes. 1.1 Assignment and Assumption. As of and with effect on and from the Closing, the Company hereby assigns to MergeCo all of the Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended by the Warrant Amendment Agreement); MergeCo hereby assumes, and agrees to pay, perform, satisfy and discharge in full, as the same become due, all of the Company’s liabilities and obligations under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended by the Warrant Amendment Agreement) arising on, from and after the Closing. As of and with effect on and from the Closing, all references to the “Company” in the Existing Warrant Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) shall be references to MergeCo. MergeCo shall provide an opinion of counsel to Computershare as successor Warrant Agent pursuant to the Warrant Amendment Agreement on or prior to the Closing stating that all Warrants or MergeCo Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants, as applicable, are: (i) registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or are exempt from such registration, and (ii) all Warrants are validly issued and the MergeCo Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of such Warrants shall be validly issued and, subject to payment of the Exercise Price paid upon such exercise, fully paid and non-assessable. 1.2 Notice. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended by the Warrant Amendment Agreement) to be given or made by Computershare or by the holder of any Warrant to or on MergeCo in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement, should be made to: Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company 10 Earlsfort Terrace Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland Attn: David Nock with a copy to: Arthur Cox LLP 10 Earlsfort Terrace Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland Attn: Connor Manning, Esq. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by MergeCo to or on Computershare in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Existing Warrant Agreement, should be made to: Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Computershare Inc. 150 Royall Street Canton, MA 02021 Attention: Relationship Manager 1.3 Payment of Taxes. Without prejudice to Section 8.1 of the Existing Warrant Agreement, MergeCo, at its absolute discretion, may, or may procure that a subsidiary of MergeCo shall, pay any Irish stamp duty arising on a transfer of Warrants on behalf of the transferee of such Warrants. If stamp duty resulting from the transfer of Warrants in MergeCo which would otherwise be payable by the transferee is paid by MergeCo or any subsidiary of MergeCo on behalf of the transferee, then in those circumstances, MergeCo shall, on its behalf or on behalf of its subsidiary (as the case may be), be entitled to (i) reimbursement of the stamp duty from the transferee, (ii) set-off the stamp duty against any dividends payable by MergeCo to the transferee of those Warrants and (iii) to the extent permitted by section 1042 of the Companies Act 2014 of Ireland and every statutory modification and re- enactment thereof for the time being, claim a first and paramount lien on the Warrants (or Ordinary Shares issued upon the exercise of Warrants) on which stamp duty has been paid by MergeCo or its subsidiary for the amount of stamp duty paid. MergeCo’s lien shall extend to all dividends paid on Ordinary Shares issued upon the exercise of such Warrants. 2               2. 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Miscellaneous Provisions. Effectiveness. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be expressly subject to and substantially contemporaneous with the occurrence of Closing and shall automatically be terminated and shall be null and void if the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated for any reason. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of MergeCo, the Company, Continental or Computershare shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns. Applicable Law and Exclusive Forum. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. Each of MergeCo and the Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. Each of MergeCo and the Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable. 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written. TWIN RIDGE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. By: /s/William P. Russell, Jr. Name: William P. Russell, Jr. Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY By: /s/Jacob Dingle Name: Jacob Dingle Title: COMPUTERSHARE INC. COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. /s/ Collin Ekeogu By: Name: Collin Ekeogu Title: Manager, Corporate Actions 4                                                                     Exhibit A Form of Warrant Amendment Agreement 5 FORM OF WARRANT AMENDMENT AGREEMENT between TWIN RIDGE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY COMPUTERSHARE INC. and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. Dated [_], 2023 THIS WARRANT AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated [_], 2023, is made by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company (collectively, “Computershare”), as successor warrant agent, and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, (“Continental”) as former warrant agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the existing Warrant Agreement, dated March 3, 2021, by and between the Company and Continental (the “Existing Warrant Agreement”); WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Warrant Agreement, there are [ ● ] warrants which have been issued by the Company and are outstanding on the date hereof (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share in the Company, par value US$0.0001 (a “Company Class A Ordinary Share”) at a price of US$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, terms and limitations as described in the Existing Warrant Agreement; WHEREAS, all of the Warrants are governed by the Existing Warrant Agreement; WHEREAS, on November 29, 2022, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with (i) Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (the “Registrant”), (ii) Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and (iii) Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company; WHEREAS, effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Existing Warrant Agreement, each Warrant will become exercisable at a price of US$11.50 per one-tenth of an ordinary share, par value $0.001 per share of the Registrant ($115.00 per whole ordinary share), with Warrants exercisable only for a whole number of ordinary shares, subject to adjustment, terms and limitations as described in the Existing Warrant Agreement; WHEREAS, effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), the Company wishes to appoint Computershare to serve as successor warrant agent under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) and in furtherance of the foregoing the Company has waived the requirement in Section 8.2.1 of the Existing Warrant Agreement that the successor warrant agent be a corporation or other entity organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York; WHEREAS, in connection with and effective upon such appointment, Continental wishes to assign all of its rights, interests and obligations as warrant agent under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) to Computershare and Computershare wishes to assume all of such rights, interests and obligations and the Company wishes to approve such assignment and assumption; and               WHEREAS, the Company and Computershare desire to amend the Existing Warrant Agreement to deal with certain matters related to the Business Combination. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Appointment of Warrant Agent; Notice; Amendment of Existing Agreement. 1.1 Appointment of Warrant Agent. The Company hereby appoints Computershare to serve as successor warrant agent to Continental under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) effective upon the Closing, and Continental hereby assigns to Computershare, and Computershare hereby agrees to accept and assume, with effect from Closing, all of Continental’s rights, interests and obligations in, and under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) and the Warrants, as warrant agent; provided that, Computershare shall not assume any of Continental’s liabilities and obligations under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) arising prior to the Closing. Unless otherwise provided or the context otherwise requires, from and after Closing, any references in the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) to the “Warrant Agent” shall mean Computershare. 1.2 Amendments to Existing Warrant Agreement. The Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deemed amended pursuant to Section 9.8 thereof to reflect the subject matter contained herein, effective as of the Closing, including the following: a. The preamble is amended by deleting “Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (in such capacity, the “Warrant Agent”)” and replacing it with “Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Computershare”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company and an affiliate of Computershare (“Trust Company” and together with Computershare, in such capacity as warrant agent, the “Warrant Agent”).” As a result of the foregoing, all references in the Existing Warrant Agreement and the amendments to the Existing Warrant Agreement below to “Warrant Agent” shall be to Computershare and Trust Company, together. b. The recitals are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety as follows: WHEREAS, on or about March 3, 2021, Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Continental”) entered into to a warrant agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”); and WHEREAS, the Company entered into that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, with Twin Ridge Capital Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of 4,933,333 warrants simultaneously with the closing of the Offering (as defined below), bearing the legend set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Ordinary Share (as defined below) at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein; and WHEREAS, in order to finance the Company’s transaction costs in connection with an intended initial merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination, involving the Company and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as the Company may require, of which up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into up to an additional 1,000,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant; and WHEREAS, the Company engaged in an initial public offering (the “Offering”) of units of the Company’s equity securities, each such unit comprised of one Ordinary Share and one-third of one Public Warrant (as defined below) (the “Units”) and, in connection therewith, determined to issue 2                   and deliver up to 7,666,667 redeemable warrants (including up to 1,000,000 redeemable warrants subject to the Over-allotment Option) to public investors in the Offering (the “Public Warrants” and, together with the Private Placement Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. A holder of the Public Warrants will not be able to exercise any fraction of a Warrant; and WHEREAS the Company has issued [ ● ] Private Placement Warrants and [ ● ] Public Warrants; and WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-252363, and a prospectus (the “Prospectus”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of its securities, including the Warrants; and WHEREAS, on November 29, 2022, the Company entered into a business combination agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (the “Registrant”), (ii) Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and (iii) Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company; and WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company desires that, going forward, Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company act as warrant agent on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the Ordinary Shares and Warrants; and WHEREAS, effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and pursuant to Section 4.5 hereof, each Warrant will become exercisable at a price of US$11.50 per one-tenth of an ordinary share, par value $0.001 per share of the Registrant ($115.00 per whole ordinary share), with Warrants exercisable only for a whole number of ordinary shares, subject to adjustment, terms and limitations as described herein; WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of the Warrants; and WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent (if a physical certificate is issued), as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement. c. d. e. The penultimate sentence of Section 3.3.2 is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Section 4.6” and replacing it with “Section 4.7”. Section 3.3.5 is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as” and replacing it with the word “its”. Section 4.6 is hereby amended by adding, immediately after the first full sentence of Section 4.6, the following sentence: “The Warrant Agent shall be entitled to rely on such notice and any adjustment or statement therein contained and shall have no duty or liability with respect thereto and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such adjustment or any such event unless and until it shall have received such notice.” f. Section 5.5 is hereby amended to add the following as the final sentence thereof. 3                       “The Warrant Agent may countersign a Warrant in manual of facsimile form.” g. h. Section 6 is hereby amended by increasing each of the dollar amounts included in Section 6 by a multiple of 10. Section 7.4 is hereby amended by adding new subsections 7.4.3, 7.4.4 and 7.4.5 to the end thereof as follows: “7.4.3. Calculation of Ordinary Shares to be issued on Cashless Exercise. In connection with any cashless exercise of Warrants, the Company shall calculate and transmit to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall have no duty under this Agreement to determine, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued on such cashless exercise, and the Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation to calculate or confirm whether the Company’s determination of the Ordinary Shares to be issued on such exercise is accurate. 7.4.4. Deliver of Warrant Exercise Funds. The Warrant Agent shall forward funds received for Warrant exercises in a given month by the 5th business day of the following month by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company. 7.4.5. Cost Basis Information. In the event of a cashless exercise, the Company may instruct the Warrant Agent to record cost basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes for shares issued pursuant to a cashless exercise in a manner to be subsequently communicated by the Company in writing to the Warrant Agent at the time the Company confirms the number of Company Common Shares issuable in connection with the cashless exercise.” i. Section 8.3.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration (as may be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Warrant Agent) for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all of its reasonable and documented expenses (including reasonable and documented counsel fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, delivery, negotiation, amendment, administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.” j. Section 8.4.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking, suffering, or omitting to take any action hereunder, such fact or matter may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by a person believed in the absence of bad faith by the Warrant Agent to be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Chairman of the Board of the Company (each an “Authorized Officer”). The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for or in respect of any action taken or suffered in absence of bad faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. The Warrant Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such notice and shall have no duty or liability (in the absence of bad faith by it) with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such event unless and until it shall have received such notice.” k. Section 8.4.2 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Indemnity; Limitation on Liability. The Company also covenants and agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, reasonable and documented third party cost or expense (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) (“Losses”) that may be paid, incurred or suffered by it, or which it may become subject, other than such Losses 4                     arising in connection with the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Warrant Agent (which gross negligence, fraud, bad faith, or willful misconduct must be determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by the Warrant Agent in connection with the execution, acceptance, administration, exercise and performance of its duties under this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly, or enforcing its rights hereunder. The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall be paid by the Company. The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct (which gross negligence, fraud bad faith or willful misconduct must be determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any liability of the Warrant Agent under this Agreement will be limited to the amount of annual fees paid by the Company to the Warrant Agent during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Warrant Agent is being sought; provided, that, such liability cap shall not apply in the case of the Warrant Agent’s own fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct (which fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct must be determined by a judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) nor to any claims by Registered Holders of the Warrants which arise out of the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Warrant Agent (each as determined by a final, non- appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event will the Warrant Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect, incidental or consequential loss or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, lost profits), even if the Warrant Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damages, and regardless of the form of action. The provisions under this Article 8 shall survive the expiration of the Warrant and the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Warrant Agent.” l. Section 8.5 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Acceptance of Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the express terms and conditions (and no implied terms and conditions) herein set forth and among other things shall account for, and pay to the Company, all monies received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Ordinary Shares through the exercise of the Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder solely as agent for the Company. The Warrant Agent shall not assume any obligations or relationship of agency or trust with any of the owners or holders of the Warrants or Ordinary Shares. The Warrant Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility in the case of the receipt of any written demand from any holder of Warrants or Ordinary Shares with respect to any action or default by the Company, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise or to make any demand upon the Company. The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility to the Company, any holders of Warrants, any holders of Ordinary Shares or any other Person for interest or earnings on any moneys held by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement.” m. The following provisions are hereby incorporated into Section 8 in the numerical order set forth below: “8.7 Legal Counsel. The Warrant Agent may consult with legal counsel selected by it (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Warrant Agent as to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with such advice or opinion. 8.8 Reliance on Agreement and Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Warrants (except as to its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only. 5       8.9 No Responsibility as to Certain Matters. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Warrant Agent); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Warrant any adjustment required under this Agreement or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any other securities will, when so issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable. 8.10 Freedom to Trade in Company Securities. Subject to applicable laws, the Warrant Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrant or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent or any such stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity. 8.11 Reliance on Attorneys and Agents. The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Warrant Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith in the selection and continued employment thereof (which gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non- appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). 8.12 No Risk of Own Funds. No provision of this Agreement shall require the Warrant Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise any of its rights or powers if it shall believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 8.13 No Notice. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any event or condition hereunder, including any event or condition that may require action by the Warrant Agent, unless the Warrant Agent shall be specifically notified in writing of such event or condition by the Company, and all notices or other instruments required by this Agreement to be delivered to the Warrant Agent must, in order to be effective, be received by the Warrant Agent as specified in Section 9.2 hereof, and in the absence of such notice so delivered, the Warrant Agent may conclusively assume no such event or condition exists. 8.14 Ambiguity. In the event the Warrant Agent believes any ambiguity or uncertainty exists hereunder or in any notice, instruction, direction, request or other communication, paper or document received by the Warrant Agent hereunder, the Warrant Agent, may, in its sole discretion, refrain from taking any action, and shall be fully protected and shall not be liable in any way to Company, the holder of any Warrant or any other person for refraining from taking such action, unless the Warrant Agent receives written instructions signed by an Authorized Officer or the Company which eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty to the satisfaction of Warrant Agent. 8.15 Non-Registration. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of its obligations relating to any registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or this Agreement, including without limitation obligations under applicable regulation or law. 6       8.16 Signature Guarantee. The Warrant Agent may rely on and be fully authorized and protected in acting or failing to act upon (a) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; or (b) any related law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same. 8.17 Authorized Officers. The Warrant Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon written instructions received from any Authorized Officer of the Company and shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by, the Warrant Agent in accordance with such advice or instructions. 8.18 Bank Accounts. All funds received by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement that are to be distributed or applied by the Warrant Agent in the performance of services hereunder (the “Funds”) shall be held by the Warrant Agent as agent for the Company and deposited in one or more bank accounts to be maintained by the Warrant Agent in its name as agent for the Company. Until paid pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Warrant Agent will hold the Funds through such accounts in: deposit accounts of commercial banks with Tier 1 capital exceeding $1 billion or with an average rating above investment grade by S&P (LT Local Issuer Credit Rating), Moody’s (Long Term Rating) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (LT Issuer Default Rating) (each as reported by Bloomberg Finance L.P.). The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Funds that may result from any deposit made by the Warrant Agent in accordance with this paragraph, including any losses resulting from a default by any bank, financial institution or other third party. The Warrant Agent may from time to time receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits. The Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to pay such interest, dividends or earnings to the Company, any holder or any other party.” 8.19 Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Warrant Agent will not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, epidemics, pandemics, terrorist acts, shortage of supply, disruptions in public utilities, strikes and lock-outs, war, or civil unrest. 8.20 Confidentiality. The Warrant Agent and the Company agree that all books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party, including inter alia, personal, non- public warrant holder information, which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement including the fees for services hereunder shall remain confidential, and shall not be disclosed to any other person, until the second anniversary of the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Warrant Agent, except as may be required by law, including, without limitation, pursuant to subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions). 8.21 Further Assurances. The Company shall perform, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, documents, instruments and assurances as may be reasonably required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Warrant Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.” n. The fourth sentence of Section 8.2.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation or other entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, in good standing, having its principal office in the United States of America, and authorized under such laws to exercise transfer agency powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.” o. Section 9.8 is hereby amended to add the following sentences to the end thereof: 7     “No supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless duly executed by the Warrant Agent and the Company. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 9.8, the Warrant Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Warrant Agent shall not be required to execute any supplement or amendment to this Agreement that it has determined would adversely affect its own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under this Agreement.” p. Section 9.9 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof: “Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any excluded provision shall adversely affect the rights, immunities, liabilities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to resign immediately upon written notice to the Company.” 2. 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Miscellaneous Provisions. Effectiveness. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be expressly subject to and substantially contemporaneous with the occurrence of Closing and shall automatically be terminated and shall be null and void if the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated for any reason. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company, Continental or Computershare shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns. Applicable Law and Exclusive Forum. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable. 8       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written. TWIN RIDGE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. By: Name: Title: COMPUTERSHARE INC. and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. By: Name: Title: CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY By: 9 Name: Title:                                                       WARRANT AMENDMENT AGREEMENT between Exhibit 4.7 TWIN RIDGE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY COMPUTERSHARE INC. and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. Dated November 3, 2023 THIS WARRANT AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated November 3, 2023, is made by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company (collectively, “Computershare”), as successor warrant agent, and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, (“Continental”) as former warrant agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the existing Warrant Agreement, dated March 3, 2021, by and between the Company and Continental (the “Existing Warrant Agreement”); WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Warrant Agreement, there are 12,210,739 warrants which have been issued by the Company and are outstanding on the date hereof (the “Warrants”). Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share in the Company, par value US$0.0001 (a “Company Class A Ordinary Share”) at a price of US$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, terms and limitations as described in the Existing Warrant Agreement; WHEREAS, all of the Warrants are governed by the Existing Warrant Agreement; WHEREAS, on November 29, 2022, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with (i) Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (the “Registrant”), (ii) Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and (iii) Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company; WHEREAS, effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Existing Warrant Agreement, each Warrant will become exercisable at a price of US$11.50 per one-tenth of an ordinary share, par value $0.001 per share of the Registrant ($115.00 per whole ordinary share), with Warrants exercisable only for a whole number of ordinary shares, subject to adjustment, terms and limitations as described in the Existing Warrant Agreement; WHEREAS, effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), the Company wishes to appoint Computershare to serve as successor warrant agent under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) and in furtherance of the foregoing the Company has waived the requirement in Section 8.2.1 of the Existing Warrant Agreement that the successor warrant agent be a corporation or other entity organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York; WHEREAS, in connection with and effective upon such appointment, Continental wishes to assign all of its rights, interests and obligations as warrant agent under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) to Computershare and Computershare wishes to assume all of such rights, interests and obligations and the Company wishes to approve such assignment and assumption; and                     WHEREAS, the Company and Computershare desire to amend the Existing Warrant Agreement to deal with certain matters related to the Business Combination. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Appointment of Warrant Agent; Notice; Amendment of Existing Agreement. 1.1 Appointment of Warrant Agent. The Company hereby appoints Computershare to serve as successor warrant agent to Continental under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) effective upon the Closing, and Continental hereby assigns to Computershare, and Computershare hereby agrees to accept and assume, with effect from Closing, all of Continental’s rights, interests and obligations in, and under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) and the Warrants, as warrant agent; provided that, Computershare shall not assume any of Continental’s liabilities and obligations under the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) arising prior to the Closing. Unless otherwise provided or the context otherwise requires, from and after Closing, any references in the Existing Warrant Agreement (as amended hereby) to the “Warrant Agent” shall mean Computershare. 1.2 Amendments to Existing Warrant Agreement. The Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby deemed amended pursuant to Section 9.8 thereof to reflect the subject matter contained herein, effective as of the Closing, including the following: .a. The preamble is amended by deleting “Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (in such capacity, the “Warrant Agent”)” and replacing it with “Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Computershare”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company and an affiliate of Computershare (“Trust Company” and together with Computershare, in such capacity as warrant agent, the “Warrant Agent”).” As a result of the foregoing, all references in the Existing Warrant Agreement and the amendments to the Existing Warrant Agreement below to “Warrant Agent” shall be to Computershare and Trust Company, together. b. The recitals are hereby deleted and replaced in their entirety as follows: WHEREAS, on or about March 3, 2021, Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Continental”) entered into to a warrant agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”); and WHEREAS, the Company entered into that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, with Twin Ridge Capital Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of 4,933,333 warrants simultaneously with the closing of the Offering (as defined below), bearing the legend set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Ordinary Share (as defined below) at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein; and WHEREAS, in order to finance the Company’s transaction costs in connection with an intended initial merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination, involving the Company and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as the Company may require, of which up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into up to an additional 1,000,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant; and WHEREAS, the Company engaged in an initial public offering (the “Offering”) of units of the Company’s equity securities, each such unit comprised of one Ordinary Share and one-third of one Public Warrant (as defined below) (the “Units”) and, in connection therewith, determined to issue 2                       and deliver up to 7,666,667 redeemable warrants (including up to 1,000,000 redeemable warrants subject to the Over-allotment Option) to public investors in the Offering (the “Public Warrants” and, together with the Private Placement Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. A holder of the Public Warrants will not be able to exercise any fraction of a Warrant; and WHEREAS the Company has issued 5,107,842 Private Placement Warrants and 7,102,897 Public Warrants; and WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-252363, and a prospectus (the “Prospectus”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of its securities, including the Warrants; and WHEREAS, on November 29, 2022, the Company entered into a business combination agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (the “Registrant”), (ii) Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and (iii) Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company; and WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company desires that, going forward, Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation and its affiliate, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company act as warrant agent on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the Ordinary Shares and Warrants; and WHEREAS, effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and pursuant to Section 4.5 hereof, each Warrant will become exercisable at a price of US$11.50 per one-tenth of an ordinary share, par value $0.001 per share of the Registrant ($115.00 per whole ordinary share), with Warrants exercisable only for a whole number of ordinary shares, subject to adjustment, terms and limitations as described herein; WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of the Warrants; and WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent (if a physical certificate is issued), as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement. The penultimate sentence of Section 3.3.2 is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Section 4.6” and replacing it with “Section 4.7”. Section 3.3.5 is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as” and replacing it with the word “its”. Section 4.6 is hereby amended by adding, immediately after the first full sentence of Section 4.6, the following sentence: c. d. e. “The Warrant Agent shall be entitled to rely on such notice and any adjustment or statement therein contained and shall have no duty or liability with respect thereto and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such adjustment or any such event unless and until it shall have received such notice.” f. Section 5.5 is hereby amended to add the following as the final sentence thereof. 3                       “The Warrant Agent may countersign a Warrant in manual of facsimile form.” g. h. Section 6 is hereby amended by increasing each of the dollar amounts included in Section 6 by a multiple of 10. Section 7.4 is hereby amended by adding new subsections 7.4.3, 7.4.4 and 7.4.5 to the end thereof as follows: “7.4.3. Calculation of Ordinary Shares to be issued on Cashless Exercise. In connection with any cashless exercise of Warrants, the Company shall calculate and transmit to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall have no duty under this Agreement to determine, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued on such cashless exercise, and the Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation to calculate or confirm whether the Company’s determination of the Ordinary Shares to be issued on such exercise is accurate. 7.4.4. Deliver of Warrant Exercise Funds. The Warrant Agent shall forward funds received for Warrant exercises in a given month by the 5th business day of the following month by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company. 7.4.5. Cost Basis Information. In the event of a cashless exercise, the Company may instruct the Warrant Agent to record cost basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes for shares issued pursuant to a cashless exercise in a manner to be subsequently communicated by the Company in writing to the Warrant Agent at the time the Company confirms the number of Company Common Shares issuable in connection with the cashless exercise.” i. Section 8.3.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration (as may be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Warrant Agent) for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all of its reasonable and documented expenses (including reasonable and documented counsel fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, delivery, negotiation, amendment, administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.” j. Section 8.4.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking, suffering, or omitting to take any action hereunder, such fact or matter may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by a person believed in the absence of bad faith by the Warrant Agent to be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Chairman of the Board of the Company (each an “Authorized Officer”). The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for or in respect of any action taken or suffered in absence of bad faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. The Warrant Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such notice and shall have no duty or liability (in the absence of bad faith by it) with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such event unless and until it shall have received such notice.” k. Section 8.4.2 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Indemnity; Limitation on Liability. The Company also covenants and agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, reasonable and documented third party cost or expense (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) (“Losses”) that may be paid, incurred or suffered by it, or which it may become subject, other than such Losses 4                     arising in connection with the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Warrant Agent (which gross negligence, fraud, bad faith, or willful misconduct must be determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by the Warrant Agent in connection with the execution, acceptance, administration, exercise and performance of its duties under this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly, or enforcing its rights hereunder. The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall be paid by the Company. The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct (which gross negligence, fraud bad faith or willful misconduct must be determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any liability of the Warrant Agent under this Agreement will be limited to the amount of annual fees paid by the Company to the Warrant Agent during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Warrant Agent is being sought; provided, that, such liability cap shall not apply in the case of the Warrant Agent’s own fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct (which fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct must be determined by a judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) nor to any claims by Registered Holders of the Warrants which arise out of the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Warrant Agent (each as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event will the Warrant Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect, incidental or consequential loss or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, lost profits), even if the Warrant Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damages, and regardless of the form of action. The provisions under this Article 8 shall survive the expiration of the Warrant and the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Warrant Agent.” l. Section 8.5 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Acceptance of Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the express terms and conditions (and no implied terms and conditions) herein set forth and among other things shall account for, and pay to the Company, all monies received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Ordinary Shares through the exercise of the Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder solely as agent for the Company. The Warrant Agent shall not assume any obligations or relationship of agency or trust with any of the owners or holders of the Warrants or Ordinary Shares. The Warrant Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility in the case of the receipt of any written demand from any holder of Warrants or Ordinary Shares with respect to any action or default by the Company, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise or to make any demand upon the Company. The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility to the Company, any holders of Warrants, any holders of Ordinary Shares or any other Person for interest or earnings on any moneys held by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement.” m. The following provisions are hereby incorporated into Section 8 in the numerical order set forth below: “8.7 Legal Counsel. The Warrant Agent may consult with legal counsel selected by it (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Warrant Agent as to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with such advice or opinion. 8.8 Reliance on Agreement and Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Warrants (except as to its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only. 5       8.9 No Responsibility as to Certain Matters. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Warrant Agent); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Warrant any adjustment required under this Agreement or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any other securities will, when so issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable. 8.10 Freedom to Trade in Company Securities. Subject to applicable laws, the Warrant Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrant or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent or any such stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity. 8.11 Reliance on Attorneys and Agents. The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Warrant Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith in the selection and continued employment thereof (which gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith must be determined by a final, non- appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). 8.12 No Risk of Own Funds. No provision of this Agreement shall require the Warrant Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise any of its rights or powers if it shall believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 8.13 No Notice. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any event or condition hereunder, including any event or condition that may require action by the Warrant Agent, unless the Warrant Agent shall be specifically notified in writing of such event or condition by the Company, and all notices or other instruments required by this Agreement to be delivered to the Warrant Agent must, in order to be effective, be received by the Warrant Agent as specified in Section 9.2 hereof, and in the absence of such notice so delivered, the Warrant Agent may conclusively assume no such event or condition exists. 8.14 Ambiguity. In the event the Warrant Agent believes any ambiguity or uncertainty exists hereunder or in any notice, instruction, direction, request or other communication, paper or document received by the Warrant Agent hereunder, the Warrant Agent, may, in its sole discretion, refrain from taking any action, and shall be fully protected and shall not be liable in any way to Company, the holder of any Warrant or any other person for refraining from taking such action, unless the Warrant Agent receives written instructions signed by an Authorized Officer or the Company which eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty to the satisfaction of Warrant Agent. 8.15 Non-Registration. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of its obligations relating to any registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or this Agreement, including without limitation obligations under applicable regulation or law. 6         8.16 Signature Guarantee. The Warrant Agent may rely on and be fully authorized and protected in acting or failing to act upon (a) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; or (b) any related law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same. 8.17 Authorized Officers. The Warrant Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon written instructions received from any Authorized Officer of the Company and shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by, the Warrant Agent in accordance with such advice or instructions. 8.18 Bank Accounts. All funds received by the Warrant Agent under this Agreement that are to be distributed or applied by the Warrant Agent in the performance of services hereunder (the “Funds”) shall be held by the Warrant Agent as agent for the Company and deposited in one or more bank accounts to be maintained by the Warrant Agent in its name as agent for the Company. Until paid pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Warrant Agent will hold the Funds through such accounts in: deposit accounts of commercial banks with Tier 1 capital exceeding $1 billion or with an average rating above investment grade by S&P (LT Local Issuer Credit Rating), Moody’s (Long Term Rating) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (LT Issuer Default Rating) (each as reported by Bloomberg Finance L.P.). The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Funds that may result from any deposit made by the Warrant Agent in accordance with this paragraph, including any losses resulting from a default by any bank, financial institution or other third party. The Warrant Agent may from time to time receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits. The Warrant Agent shall not be obligated to pay such interest, dividends or earnings to the Company, any holder or any other party.” 8.19. Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Warrant Agent will not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, epidemics, pandemics, terrorist acts, shortage of supply, disruptions in public utilities, strikes and lock-outs, war, or civil unrest. 8.20 Confidentiality. The Warrant Agent and the Company agree that all books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party, including inter alia, personal, non- public warrant holder information, which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement including the fees for services hereunder shall remain confidential, and shall not be disclosed to any other person, until the second anniversary of the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Warrant Agent, except as may be required by law, including, without limitation, pursuant to subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions). 8.21 Further Assurances. The Company shall perform, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, documents, instruments and assurances as may be reasonably required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Warrant Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.” n. The fourth sentence of Section 8.2.1 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation or other entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, in good standing, having its principal office in the United States of America, and authorized under such laws to exercise transfer agency powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.” o. Section 9.8 is hereby amended to add the following sentences to the end thereof: 7           “No supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless duly executed by the Warrant Agent and the Company. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 9.8, the Warrant Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Warrant Agent shall not be required to execute any supplement or amendment to this Agreement that it has determined would adversely affect its own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under this Agreement.” p. Section 9.9 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof: “Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any excluded provision shall adversely affect the rights, immunities, liabilities, duties or obligations of the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Agent shall be entitled to resign immediately upon written notice to the Company.” 2. 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 Miscellaneous Provisions. Effectiveness. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be expressly subject to and substantially contemporaneous with the occurrence of Closing and shall automatically be terminated and shall be null and void if the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated for any reason. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company, Continental or Computershare shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns. Applicable Law and Exclusive Forum. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive forum for any such action,bproceeding or claim. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable. 8       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written. TWIN RIDGE CAPITAL ACQUISITION CORP. By: /s/William P. Russell, Jr. Name: William P. Russell, Jr. Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer COMPUTERSHARE INC. and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. By: /s/ Collin Ekeogu Name: Collin Ekeogu Title:  Manager, Corporate Actions CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY By: /s/ Stacy Aqui Name: Stacy Aqui Title:  Vice President [Signature Page to Warrant Amendment Agreement]                                                                           CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY 2023 SHARE OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS The name of the plan is the Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company 2023 Share Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with a registered number 607450) (the “Company”) and its Affiliates upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company. Exhibit 4.11 The following terms shall be defined as set forth below: “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. “Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent. “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition. “Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Share Options, Non-Qualified Share Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Units, Restricted Share Awards, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash- Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights. “Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. “Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash- denominated payment.                       "Closing Date” means the date of the closing of the transaction contemplated by that Combination Agreement entered into as of November 29, 2022, by and among Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp, a Cayman Islands exempted company, Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company with Australian Company Number (ACN) 128 274 653, the Company, and Poppetell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Transaction”). “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations. “Consultant” means a consultant or adviser who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate as an independent contractor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Act. “Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee. “Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 19. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. “Fair Market Value” of the Shares on any given date means the fair market value of the Shares determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Shares are listed on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market, The New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange or traded on any established market, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations. If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations . “Incentive Share Option” means any Share Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code. “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary. “Non-Qualified Share Option” means any Share Option that is not an Incentive Share Option. “Option” or “Share Option” means any option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 5. “Restricted Share Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. 2                     “Restricted Share Units” means an Award of Share units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. “Restricted Shares” means the Shares underlying a Restricted Share Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase. “Sale Event” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding shares immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding shares or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Shares of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted hereunder that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, a transaction or series of related transactions shall not constitute a Sale Event hereunder unless it or they also constitute a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A. “Sale Price” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by shareholders, per Share pursuant to a Sale Event. “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. “Service Relationship” means any relationship as an employee, director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant). “Share” means the Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3. “Share Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised. “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly. “Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation. 3                 “Unrestricted Share Award” means an Award of Shares free of any restrictions. SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS (a)          Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. (b)          Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority: (i)           to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted; (ii)          to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Share Options, Non-Qualified Share Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Share Awards, Restricted Share Units, Unrestricted Share Awards, Cash-Based Awards, and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees; (iii)         to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award; (iv)         to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates; (v)          to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award; (vi)         subject to the provisions of Section 5(c) or 6(d), to extend at any time the period in which Share Options or Share Appreciation Rights, respectively, may be exercised; and (vii)        at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees. (c)          Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards. Subject to and in compliance with applicable law, regulations and exchange listing standards, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to a committee consisting of one or more officers of the Company, including individuals who are subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not members of the delegated committee. Any such delegation by the  Administrator shall be made in accordance with applicable law, regulations or stock exchange listing standards. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan. 4                       (d)          Award Certificate. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the Service Relationship terminates. (e)          Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company. (f)          Non-U.S. Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law. SECTION 3. SHARE ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION (a)          Share Issuable. (i)           Promptly following the Company’s eligibility to register Shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-8 (which is expected to occur approximately 60 days following the Closing Date), Awards representing not more than 1,497,727 shares shall be granted to employees, Non-Employee Directors and/or Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates (the “Initial Grants”). The Initial Grants shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and such other vesting or other conditions as the Administrator shall determine. 5             (ii)          The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be comprised of the lessor of (A) (i) the Shares issued in connection with the Initial Grants, plus (ii) an additional 2,396,363 Shares, and (B) 13% of the Company’s Shares outstanding immediately following the Closing Date (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 3. The Initial Limit shall automatically increase on January 1 of each year, for a period of not more than 10 years, commencing on January 1, 2024 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2033, by a number of Shares that is no more than 5 percent of the total number of Shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of Shares as determined by the Administrator (the “Annual Increase”). Subject to such overall limitation, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Share Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2024 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 38,940,900 Shares, subject in all cases to adjustment as provided in this Section 3 (the “ISO Limit”). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any awards under the Plan that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied in cash or other property without the issuance of Shares or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan and, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the Shares that may be issued as Incentive Share Options. In the event the Company repurchases Shares on the open market, such Shares shall not be added to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company. Shares subject to Substitute Awards (as defined in Section 3(e)) will not be deducted from the Initial Limit as increased by the Annual Increase; provided that (i) Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options shall be counted against the ISO Limit, and (ii) Shares subject to any Substitute Award may not again be available for issuance under the Plan. (b)          Changes in Shares. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share dividend, share split, reverse share split or other similar change in the Company’s capital shares, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Share Options, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Share Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares subject to Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights) as to which such Share Options and Share Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares. 6     (c)          Mergers and Other Transactions. In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Options and Share Appreciation Rights with time-based vesting conditions or restrictions that are not vested and/or exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event shall become fully vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, all other Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding Options and Share Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (provided that, in the case of an Option or Share Appreciation Right with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Sale Price, such Option or Share Appreciation Right shall be cancelled for no consideration); or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Share Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee. The Company shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other Awards in an amount equal to the Sale Price multiplied by the number of vested Shares under such Awards. (d)          Maximum Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director in any calendar year shall not exceed $750,000 USD. For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with ASC 718 or successor provision but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions. 7     (e)          Assumption of Awards by the Company. The Company, from time to time, may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan (a “Substitute Award”). Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the Substitute Award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. The exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Substitute Award will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code and/or Section 409A of the Code, as applicable. SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY Grantees under the Plan will be such employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided that Awards may not be granted to employees, Directors or Consultants who are providing services only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Act, and who are subject U.S. income tax, unless (i) the Shares underlying the Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A or (ii) the Company has determined that such Awards are exempt from or otherwise comply with Section 409A. SECTION 5. SHARE OPTIONS (a)          Award of Share Options. The Administrator may grant Share Options under the Plan. Any Share Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve. Share Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Share Options or Non- Qualified Share Options. Incentive Share Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Share Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Share Option. Share Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Share Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish. 8               (b)          Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Share covered by a Share Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Share Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price of such Incentive Share Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Share Options may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the date of grant or (iii) if the Share Option is otherwise compliant with Section 409A, provided always that the exercise price shall not be less than the par value of each Share being $0.0001 per Share. (c)          Option Term. The term of each Share Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Share Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Share Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Share Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Share Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant. (d)          Exercisability; Rights of a Shareholder. Share Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Share Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Share Option and not as to unexercised Share Options. (e)          Method of Exercise. Share Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award Certificate: (i)           In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii)          Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of Shares that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date; (iii)         By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv)         With respect to Share Options that are not Incentive Share Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. 9                 Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Shares to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Share Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Share Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Share Option shall be net of the number of attested shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Share Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Share Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system. (f)          Annual Limit on Incentive Share Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Share Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Share Option. SECTION 6. SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS (a)          Award of Share Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may grant Share Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Share Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive Shares (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Share Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised. (b)          Exercise Price of Share Appreciation Rights. The exercise price of a Share Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Share Appreciation Rights may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the date of grant, or (iii) if the Share Appreciation Right is otherwise compliant with Section 409A, provided always that the exercise price shall not be less than the par value of each Share being $0.0001 per Share. (c)         Grant and Exercise of Share Appreciation Rights. Share Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Share Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan. (d)          Terms and Conditions of Share Appreciation Rights. Share Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined on the date of grant by the Administrator. The term of a Share Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. 10             SECTION 7. RESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS (a)          Nature of Restricted Share Awards. The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Share Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. (b)          Rights as a Shareholder. Upon the grant of the Restricted Share Award and payment of any applicable purchase price (which shall be not less than the par value of each Share being $0.0001 per Share), a grantee shall have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Share Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals or other vesting conditions, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance or vesting period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met or the vesting conditions are satisfied with respect to the Restricted Share Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe. (c)          Restrictions. Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Share Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other Service Relationship) with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other Service Relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a shareholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration. (d)          Vesting of Restricted Shares. The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.” 11         SECTION 8. RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS (a)          Nature of Restricted Share Units. The Administrator may grant Restricted Share Units under the Plan. A Restricted Share Unit is an Award of share units that may be settled in Shares (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the Award Certificate) upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Except in the case of Restricted Share Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Share Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of Shares. Restricted Share Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. (b)          Election to Receive Restricted Share Units in Lieu of Compensation. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Share Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A, if applicable to a grantee, and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Share Units based on the Fair Market Value of Share on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Share Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate. (c)          Rights as a Shareholder. A grantee shall have the rights as a shareholder only as to Share acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Share Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the Share units underlying his Restricted Share Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine. (d)          Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Share Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries for any reason. 12           SECTION 9. UNRESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Share. The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Share Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Share Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive Shares free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Share Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee. SECTION 10. CASH-BASED AWARDS Grant of Cash-Based Awards. The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified performance goals. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash- Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash- Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash. SECTION 11. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS (a)          Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the Shares specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Share Units or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional Shares, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Shares or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Share Units shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award. (b)          Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason. 13             SECTION 12. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS (a)          Transferability. Except as provided in Section 12(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void. (b)          Administrator Action. Notwithstanding Section 12(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Share Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value. (c)          Family Member. For purposes of Section 12(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in- law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests. (d)          Designation of Beneficiary. To the extent permitted by the Company, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate. SECTION 13. TAX WITHHOLDING (a)          Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Share or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any Federal, state, foreign or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or share certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee. 14             (b)          Payment in Share. The Administrator may require the Company’s tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due; provided, however, that the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory tax rate or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid liability accounting treatment. For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Shares includible in income of the grantees. The Administrator may also require the Company’s tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of Shares issued pursuant to any Award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due. SECTION 14. SECTION 409A AWARDS Awards are intended to be exempt from Section 409A to the greatest extent possible and to otherwise comply with Section 409A. The Plan and all Awards shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any provision in this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A shall be deemed to be amended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A and, to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith or be exempt therefrom, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under this Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. If any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any 409A Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither this Section 14 nor any other provision of the Plan relating to Section 409A shall apply to grantees who are foreign nationals, are employed or subject to tax laws outside of the United States and are not subject to Section 409A or to Awards granted to or held by such grantees. 15         SECTION 15. TERMINATION OF SERVICE RELATIONSHIP, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC. (a)          Termination of Service Relationship. If the grantee’s Service Relationship is with an Affiliate and such Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated his or her Service Relationship for purposes of the Plan. (b)          For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of a Service Relationship: (i)           a transfer to the employment of the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another; or (ii)          an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re- employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing. SECTION 16. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall materially and adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. The Administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or effect the repricing of such Awards through cancellation and re- grants. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Shares are listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Share Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by Company shareholders. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c). SECTION 17. STATUS OF PLAN With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Shares or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Shares or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence. SECTION 18. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a)          No Distribution. The Administrator may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. 16                     (b)          Issuance of Shares. To the extent certificated, share certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a share transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Share shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Share transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any evidence of book entry or certificates evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise or settlement of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. Any Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Share is listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Shares certificate or notations on any book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator. (c)          Shareholder Rights. Until Shares are deemed delivered in accordance with Section 18(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a shareholder will exist with respect to Shares to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Share Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award. (d)          Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary. (e)          Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time. (f)          Clawback Policy. A grantee’s rights with respect to any Award hereunder shall in all events be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any right that the Company may have under any Company clawback, forfeiture or recoupment policy as in effect from time to time or other agreement or arrangement with a grantee, or (ii) applicable law. 17           SECTION 19. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN This Plan shall become effective upon the date immediately preceding the Closing Date subject to prior shareholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules. No grants of Share Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Share Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board. SECTION 20. GOVERNING LAW This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Ireland, applied without regard to conflict of law principles. DATE APPROVED: NOVEMBER 2023 18         MERGECO LOCK-UP AGREEMENT Exhibit 4.20 This lock-up agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of November 3, 2023, by and among the undersigned (the “Holder”) and Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (formerly known as Poppetell Limited), a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (“MergeCo”). Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Business Combination Agreement and the Scheme Implementation Deed (each as defined below), as applicable. BACKGROUND A. B. C. Prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (i) MergeCo has entered into a Business Combination Agreement dated as of November 29, 2022 (as the same may be amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Business Combination Agreement”) and (ii) MergeCo has entered into a Scheme Implementation Deed, dated as of November 30, 2022 (as the same may be amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Scheme Implementation Deed”). The Holder is the record and/or beneficial owner of ordinary shares in the capital of the MergeCo (“MergeCo Shares”), or securities exchangeable or convertible into MergeCo Shares, and in connection with the Scheme and as Scheme Consideration, such Holder is expected to be issued MergeCo Shares, or securities exchangeable or convertible into MergeCo Shares, in connection with the consummation of the transactions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and the Scheme Implementation Deed. As a condition of, and as a material inducement for MergeCo to enter into and consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the Scheme Implementation Deed, the Holder has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows: 1. Lock-Up. AGREEMENT a. During the Lock-up Period (as defined below), the Holder irrevocably agrees that it, he or she will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Lock-Up Shares (as defined below), enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Shares, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of any Lock-Up Shares, or otherwise, publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, or engage in any Short Sales (as defined below) with respect to any securities of MergeCo. b. In furtherance of the foregoing, during the Lock-up Period, MergeCo will (i) place a stop order on all the Lock-Up Shares, including those which may be covered by a registration statement, and (ii) notify MergeCo’s transfer agent in writing of the stop order and the restrictions on the Lock-Up Shares under this Agreement and direct MergeCo’s transfer agent, as applicable, not to process any attempts by the Holder to resell or transfer any Lock-Up Shares, except in compliance with this Agreement.       c. For purposes hereof, “Short Sales” include, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and all types of direct and indirect stock pledges, forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-US broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers. d. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement restricts the ability of the Holder to exercise a right to vote attached to, or to dispose of, any MergeCo Shares. e. The “Lock-up Period” means the period beginning at the date hereof and ending on the 180th day after the Closing Date. 2.    Beneficial Ownership. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) MergeCo Shares and (ii) any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, or representing the rights to receive MergeCo Shares, beneficially owned by the Holder on the date that the Lock-Up Period commences or acquired following the date that the Lock-Up Period commences are collectively referred to as the “Lock-up Shares.” a. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may, by written notice to MergeCo, transfer Lock-Up Shares in connection with (a) transfers or distributions to the Holder’s current or former general or limited partners, managers or members, stockholders, other equityholders or direct or indirect affiliates (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) or to the estates of any of the foregoing; (b) transfers by bona fide gift to a member of the Holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the Holder or a member of the Holder’s immediate family for estate planning purposes; (c) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon the death of the Holder; or (d) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, in each case where such transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses it shall be a condition to any such transfer that the transferee/donee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if the transferee/donee were a party hereto. 3.    Term. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. Upon termination of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall have any further obligations or liabilities under this Agreement. In the event the Business Combination Agreement and Scheme Implementation Deed are terminated in accordance with their terms, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect. 4. Representations and Warranties. Each of the parties hereto hereby represents and warrants to each other party hereto that as of the date such party executes this Agreement: a. Existence; Authority; Enforceability. Such party has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Such party who is not an individual is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary action, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. 2                 b. Absence of Conflicts. The execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and will not (i) conflict with, or result in the breach of any material provision of the constitutive documents of such party who is not an individual, (ii) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any material contract, agreement or permit to which such party is a party or by which such party’s assets or operations are bound or affected or (iii) violate any law applicable to such party. c. Consents. Other than any consents which have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or (ii) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein. d. Lock-Up Shares. The Holder, upon the date that the Lock-Up Period commences beneficially owns [●] Lock-up Shares. 5. Exceptions. During the Lock-up Period, with the prior approval of the MergeCo board of directors, the Holder may transfer any of its Lock-Up Shares to fund the liability associated with any tax, duty, levy, fee, penalty or charge imposed by any governmental authority on the Holder in connection with any securities issued under any executive or employee incentive plan of MergeCo. 6.        Notices. Any notices required or permitted to be sent hereunder shall be sent in writing, addressed as specified below, and shall be deemed given: (a) if by hand or recognized courier service, by 4:00PM on a business day, addressee’s day and time, on the date of delivery, and otherwise on the first business day after such delivery; (b) if by fax or email, on the date that transmission is confirmed electronically, if by 4:00PM on a business day, addressee’s day and time, and otherwise on the first business day after the date of such confirmation; or (c) five days after mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notices shall be addressed to the respective parties as follows (excluding telephone numbers, which are for convenience only), or to such other address as a party shall specify to the others in accordance with these notice provisions. Notices to MergeCo: Carbon Revolution Limited 75 Pigdons Road, Warn Ponds VIC 3126 Australia Attention: David Nock E-mail: david.nock@carbonrev.com with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): Goodwin Procter LLP 100 Northern Avenue Boston, MA 02210 Attention:  Jocelyn M. Arel E-mail:  jarel@goodwinlaw.com and Goodwin Procter LLP 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Attention:  Jeffrey Letalien E-mail:  jletalien@goodwinlaw.com 3                     If to the Holder, to the address set forth on the Holder’s signature page hereto or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith. 7.    Enumeration and Headings. The enumeration and headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions of this Agreement. 8.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in facsimile and in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. 9.     Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the respective heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. The Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is entered into for the benefit of and is enforceable by MergeCo and its and their successors and assigns. 10.   Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such provision will be conformed to prevailing law rather than voided, if possible, in order to achieve the intent of the parties and, in any event, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto. 11.  Amendment and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party or parties against whom such waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay of any party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have hereunder. 12.   Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. 13.   No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. 14.   Injunctive Relief. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledges that in the event of a breach by any such party of any material provision of this Agreement, the aggrieved party may be without an adequate remedy at law. Each of the parties thereto agrees that, in the event of a breach of any material provision of this Agreement, the aggrieved party may elect to institute and prosecute proceedings to enforce specific performance or to enjoin the continuing breach of such provision, as well as to obtain damages for breach of this Agreement. By seeking or obtaining any such relief, the aggrieved party will not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which it may be entitled. 4                   15.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if (and only if) Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware or, if (and only if) the Superior Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware, and any appellate courts therefrom. Each of the parties further agrees that notice as provided herein shall constitute sufficient service of process and the parties further waive any argument that such service is insufficient. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or any proceeding in such courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. 16.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THAT FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 16. 17.   Controlling Agreement. To the extent the terms of this Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time) directly conflict with any other agreement by or among any of the parties hereto and/or any other party to the Business Combination Agreement or the Scheme Implementation Deed, the terms of this Agreement shall control. [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 5       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Lock-Up Agreement as of the date first written above. MERGECO: CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY By: Name: Title: HOLDER: Name: Address for Notice: [Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]                                                               REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT Exhibit 4.21 This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of November 3, 2023 (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into by and among Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland with registered number 607450 (the “Company”), Twin Ridge Capital Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), DDGN Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DDGN”), the individuals listed under Twin Ridge Holders on the signature page hereto (each a “Twin Ridge Holder” and, collectively, the “Twin Ridge Holders”), and the undersigned parties listed under Legacy Carbon Revolution Holders on the signature page hereto (each a “Legacy Carbon Revolution Holder” and, collectively, the “Legacy Carbon Revolution Holders” and, together with the Sponsor, DDGN, the Twin Ridge Holders and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6(e) of this Agreement, each a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”). RECITALS WHEREAS, the Company, Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. (“Twin Ridge”), Carbon Revolution Limited, an Australian public company with Australian Company Number (ACN) 128 274 653 listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (“Legacy Carbon Revolution”) and Poppettell Merger Sub, a Cayman Islands exempted company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), are party to that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2022 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), and the Company, Twin Ridge and Legacy Carbon Revolution entered into the Scheme Implementation Deed, dated as of November 30, 2022 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Scheme Implementation Deed”), pursuant to which, on the date hereof, among other things, Twin Ridge will be merged with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Business Combination”); WHEREAS, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the Sponsor, DDGN and Twin Ridge Holders will receive Company Ordinary Shares (as defined herein); WHEREAS, pursuant to the Scheme Implementation Deed and in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the Legacy Carbon Revolution Holders will receive Company Ordinary Shares (as defined herein); WHEREAS, immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination, the Sponsor will hold an aggregate of 159,000 Company Ordinary Shares and 5,107,842 warrants to purchase one-tenth of a Company Ordinary Share per warrant at an exercise price of $11.50 (the “Warrants”); WHEREAS, immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination, DDGN will hold an aggregate of 335,000 Company Ordinary Shares; WHEREAS, immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination, each of the Twin Ridge Holders will hold 2,000 Company Ordinary Shares; WHEREAS, Twin Ridge, the Sponsor and the Twin Ridge Holders are parties to that certain Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2021 (the “Prior Agreement”); WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to terminate the Prior Agreement effective as of the date of this Agreement; and WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall grant the Holders certain registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as defined below), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual premises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,                           IT IS AGREED as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: “Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. “Blackout Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(ii). “Block Trade” shall mean an offering and/or sale of Registrable Securities by any Holder on a block trade or underwritten basis (whether firm commitment or otherwise) without substantial marketing efforts prior to pricing, including, without limitation, a same day trade, overnight trade or similar transaction and without a lock-up agreement of more than forty-five (45) days to which the Company is a party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any lock-up or clear market covenant contained in the underwriting agreement for such transaction). “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. “Business Combination” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof. “Business Combination Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof. “Business Day” shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday or any days on which banks are generally not open for business in any of the city of New York in the United States of America, Victoria, Australia, or Dublin, Ireland. “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. “Company Ordinary Shares” shall mean the Company’s ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share. “DDGN” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. “Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv). “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any corresponding provision of succeeding law) and the rules and regulations thereunder. “FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. “In-Kind Distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(e). “Legacy Carbon Revolution” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof. “Legacy Carbon Revolution Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. “Legal Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(j). “Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i). “Maximum Threshold” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v). “Merger Sub” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. “Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv). 2                                                     “Misstatement” means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. “New Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i). “Non-Holder Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v). “Other Coordinated Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i). “Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or other entity or any governmental entity. “Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i). “Prior Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof. “Prospectus” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 433 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses. “Registrable Securities” shall mean any (a) Company Ordinary Shares, (b) Warrants (including any Company Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants), and (c) any other equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries issued or issuable with respect to any securities referenced in clauses (a) and (b) above by way of a share dividend or share split or in connection with a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction; provided, however, that such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities with respect to any Holder upon the earliest to occur of (x) when such Registrable Securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged by such Holder in a transaction effected in accordance with, or exempt from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and (y) the date on which such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding. “Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Underwritten Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement, Prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such Registration Statement becoming effective. “Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Securities Act which covers any Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement. “Sale Expenses” shall mean (a) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against Liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities, (b) all registration, filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including any legal investment memoranda related thereto), all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing and producing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, (c) expenses relating to any analyst or Holder presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the marketing or selling of Registrable Securities, (d) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” (e) costs of any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Registrable Securities, (f) the reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for all Holders participating in any Underwritten Offering, not to exceed $50,000 per Underwritten Offering, (g) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities and (h) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties); provided, however, that “Sale Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of any Holder (other than as set forth in clauses (b) and (f) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Securities that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by such Holder. 3                       “SEC Guidance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i). “Securities Act” Securities Act of 1933, as amended. “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i). “Shelf Takedown Limit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv). “Sponsor” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof. “Subsequent Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii). “Suspension Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(i). “Underwritten Offering” shall mean a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public. “Underwritten Shelf Takedown” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv). “Warrants” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals. “Withdrawal Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(vi). 2. REGISTERED OFFERINGS (a)    Registration Rights. (i)   Shelf Registration. Subject to Section 3(c), the Company agrees to file within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement, a shelf Registration Statement on Form F-1, or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company, providing for the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such filing) pursuant to Rule 415, from time to time (a “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering, a direct sale to purchasers or a sale through brokers or agents) to the Holders of any and all Registrable Securities. Following the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-1 (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Registration Statement on Form F-3 as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form F-3. Notwithstanding the registration obligations set forth in this Section 2(a)(i), in the event the Commission informs the Company that all of the Registrable Securities cannot, as a result of the application of Rule 415, be registered for resale as a secondary offering on a single registration statement, the Company agrees to promptly (A) inform each of the Holders and use its commercially reasonable efforts to file amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as required by the Commission and/or (B) withdraw the Shelf Registration Statement and file a new registration statement (a “New Registration Statement”), in either case covering the maximum number of Registrable Securities permitted to be registered by the Commission, on Form F-1 or Form F-3 or such other form available to register for resale the Registrable Securities as a secondary offering; provided, however, that prior to filing such amendment or New Registration Statement, the Company shall be obligated to use its commercially reasonable efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all of the Registrable Securities in accordance with any publicly-available written or oral guidance, comments, requirements or requests of the Commission staff (the “SEC Guidance”), including, without limitation, relevant Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any SEC Guidance sets forth a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities permitted to be registered on a particular Registration Statement as a secondary offering (and notwithstanding that the Company used diligent efforts to advocate with the Commission for the registration of all or a greater number of Registrable Securities), unless otherwise directed in writing by a Holder as to its Registrable Securities, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on such Registration Statement will be reduced pro rata, based on the number of Registrable Securities held by each Holder, subject to a determination by the Commission that certain Holders must be reduced first based on the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders. In the event the Company amends the Shelf Registration Statement or files a New Registration Statement, as the case may be, under clauses (A) or (B) above, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, as promptly as allowed by Commission or SEC Guidance provided to the Company or to registrants of securities in general, one or more registration statements on Form F-1 or Form F-3 or such other form available to register for resale those Registrable Securities that were not registered for resale on the Shelf Registration Statement, as amended, or the New Registration Statement. 4                         (ii)    Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, the Company shall, subject to Section 2(e), use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf Registration Statement to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf Registration Statement in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration Statement (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”), registering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two business days prior to such filing), and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) at the most recent applicable eligibility determination date) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form F-3 to the extent that the Company is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form. (iii)   Additional Registrable Securities. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, the Company, upon request of a Holder that holds at least five percent (5.0%) of the Registrable Securities, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at the Company’s option, the Shelf Registration Statement (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf Registration Statement or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall only be required to cause such Registrable Securities to be so covered twice per calendar year. (iv)    Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf Registration Statement is on file with the Commission, the Sponsor or DDGN (each, in such case, a “Demanding Holder”) may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided in each case that the Company shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Offering if such offering shall include Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Demanding Holder(s) with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $10.0 million (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) after receipt of a request for Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall give written notice of the Underwritten Shelf Takedown to all other Holders. The Company shall have the right to select the underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the initial Demanding Holder’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Sponsor may demand no more than one (1) Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to this Section 2(a)(iv), and DDGN may demand no more than three (3) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns pursuant to this Section 2(a)(iv) (collectively, the “Shelf Takedown Limit”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may effect any Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to any then effective Registration Statement, including a Form F-3, that is then available for such offering. 5     (v)     Reduction of Underwritten Shelf Takedown. If, in connection with an Underwritten Offering that is effectuated for the account of shareholders of the Company, including pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv), in which Registrable Securities are included, the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion and in consultation with the Company, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such Underwritten Offering and/or that the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any such Underwritten Offering would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such Underwritten Offering (such maximum number of securities or Registrable Securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Threshold”), then the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be allocated among the Holders and holders of Non-Holder Securities as follows: (A) first, the securities comprised of Registrable Securities, pro rata, based on the amount of such Registrable Securities initially requested to be included by the Holders (pursuant to either Section 2(a)(iv) or 2(b)(i)) or as such Holders may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the equity securities of a holder of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Securities (“Non- Holder Securities”) that either (1) the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights entered into prior to or on the date hereof or (2) such other contractual rights governing the applicable Non-Holder Securities, pro rata, based on the amount of such equity securities initially requested to be included by the holders of Non-Holder Securities or as such holders of Non-Holder Securities may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights entered into after the date hereof that do not comply with clause (B)(2) above, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Company Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.  Notwithstanding this Section 2(a)(v), the Sponsor shall be entitled to initiate one (1) Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to which it shall be entitled to sell all Registrable Securities it requests to be included in such offering, prior to the application of the reduction principles set forth in clauses (A) through (D) above; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities so requested by the Sponsor shall not exceed the Maximum Threshold. (vi)    Withdrawal. Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” Prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that any Holder may elect to have the Company continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied by the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the Holders. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv), unless the Holder reimburses the Company for all Sale Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that, if a Holder elects to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall instead count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by such Holder for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv). Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, the Company shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Sale Expenses incurred in connection with an Underwritten Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2(a)(vi), other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Sale Expenses pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 2(a)(vi). 6   (b)   Piggyback Rights. (i)      Right to Piggyback. If the Company or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Registration of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of shareholders of the Company (or by the Company and by the shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv)), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-4 (or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company, (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, (v) for a rights offering or (vi) an offering contemplated by the separate standby equity purchase agreement, by and between YA II PN, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and Twin Ridge (to the extent that no other Holders participate in such offering), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, the applicable “red herring” Prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such written notice (such Registration, a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 2(b)(ii), the Company shall cause all such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and, if applicable, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of such Piggyback Registration to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2(b)(i) to be included therein on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such Registration and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder’s agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the Company. (ii)     Reduction of Offering. If the managing underwriter or underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of Company Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with (i) the Non-Holder Securities as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements (including any other applicable contractual piggy-back registration rights) and (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 2(b)  exceeds the Maximum Threshold, then: (A)          If the Registration or registered offering is initiated by the Company primarily for its own account, the number of Company Ordinary Shares to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be allocated as follows: (A) first, the Company Ordinary Shares or other securities to be sold by the Company; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities hereunder pro rata, based on the number of shares of such Company Ordinary Shares initially requested to be included by the Holders that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to include pursuant to separate written contractual rights that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B)         If the Registration or registered offering is initiated for the account of shareholders of the Company other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, the number of Company Ordinary Shares to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be allocated as follows: (A) first, the Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights that provide that such securities must be included on a pari passu basis to the Registrable Securities, and any Registrable Securities requested to be included, pro rata, based on the amount of such securities initially requested to be included or as such holders of Non-Holder Securities and Registrable Securities may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights entered into after the date hereof that do not comply with clause (A) above, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Company Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and 7         (C)           If the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a request by Holder(s) of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv), then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering securities pursuant to Section 2(a)(v). (iii)   Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities (other than a Demanding Holder, whose right to withdrawal from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and related obligations, shall be governed by Section 2(a)(vi)) shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, the filing of the applicable “red herring” Prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf Registration Statement) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 2(a)(vi)), the Company shall be responsible for the Sale Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2(b)(iii). (iv)   Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, subject to Section 2(a)(vi), any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 2(a)(iv). (c)    Block Trades; Other Coordinated Offerings. (i)      Block Trades. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf Registration Statement is on file with the Commission, if a Demanding Holder wishes to engage in (A) a Block Trade or (B) an “at the market” or similar registered offering through a broker, sales agent or distribution agent, whether as agent or principal (an “Other Coordinated Offering”), in each case with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, either (x) $10.0 million or (y) all remaining Registrable Securities held by the Demanding Holder, then notwithstanding the time periods provided for in Section 2(a)(iv), such Demanding Holder shall notify the Company of the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering at least five (5) Business Days prior to the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering; provided that the Demanding Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and any underwriters or placement agents or sales agents prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the Registration Statement, Prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering; provided further that in the case of such underwritten Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering, only such Demanding Holders initiating such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have a right to notice of and to participate in such offering. (ii)     Withdrawal. Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” Prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to submit a Withdrawal Notice to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters or placement agents or sales agents (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering. If withdrawn, a demand for a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, unless the Holder reimburses the Company for all Sale Expenses with respect to such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering. 8           (iii)   Cap on Block Trades and Other Coordinated Offerings. Any Registration effected pursuant to this Section 2(c) shall be deemed an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and counted towards the Shelf Takedown Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 2(b) shall not apply to a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering initiated by a Demanding Holder pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall not be deemed an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and shall not count towards the Shelf Takedown Limit if the Company is not required to take any of the actions described in subsections (v), (vi) and (xi) of Section 3(a) in connection with such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering. (d)   Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Registration Statement continuously effective for the period beginning on the date on which such Registration Statement is declared effective and ending on the date that all of Registrable Securities registered under the Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Securities. During the period that such Registration Statement is effective, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to supplement or make amendments to the Registration Statement, if required by the Securities Act or if reasonably requested by a Holder (whether or not required by the form on which the securities are being registered), including to reflect any specific plan of distribution or method of sale, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such supplements and amendments declared effective, if required, as soon as practicable after filing. (e)    Suspension Period; Blackout Period. (i)     Misstatement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed (any such period, a “Suspension Period”). (ii)    Other Suspension. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board determines in good faith that any use of a Registration Statement or Prospectus hereunder involving Registrable Securities would (i) reasonably be expected to, in the good faith judgment of the majority of the Board, after consultation with counsel to the Company, materially impede, delay or interfere with, or require premature disclosure of, any material financing, offering, acquisition, disposition, merger, corporate reorganization, segment reclassification or discontinuance of operations that is required to be reflected in pro forma or restated financial statements that amends historical financial statements of the Company, or other significant transaction or any negotiations, discussions or pending proposals with respect thereto, involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control; or (iii) require, after consultation with counsel to the Company, the disclosure of material non-public information, the disclosure of which would (x) not be required to be made if a Registration Statement were not being used and (y) reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Company, then the Company shall be entitled to suspend, for not more than seventy-five (75) consecutive days (any such period, a “Blackout Period”), but in no event more than two (2) times in any consecutive twelve (12) month period (which periods may be successive), commencing on the date of this Agreement, the use of any Registration Statement or Prospectus and shall not be required to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference. The Company promptly will give written notice of any such Blackout Period to the Holders. (f)    Sale Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all Sale Expenses of any Holder incurred in connection with Section 2 and Section 3 shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as underwriters’ or agents’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Sale Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders. 9           (g)   Market Stand-Off. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of the Company (other than a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering), each Holder that holds greater than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Company Ordinary Shares that is given an opportunity to participate in the Underwritten Offering pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and each Holder that is an executive officer or director of the Company agrees that it shall not transfer any Company Ordinary Shares or other equity securities of the Company (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Company, during the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering or such shorter period during which the Company agrees not to conduct an underwritten primary offering of Company Ordinary Shares, except in the event the underwriters managing the offering otherwise agree by written consent. Each Holder that holds  greater than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Company Ordinary Shares or is an executive officer or director of the Company agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders). 3. PROCEDURES (a)    In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement or sale of Registrable Securities as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable: (i)      notify promptly the Holders and, if requested by a Holder, confirm such advice in writing promptly at the address determined in accordance with Section 6(d), (A) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (C) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any Misstatement or alleged Misstatement (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made), (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (E) of the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement; (ii)      furnish each Holder’s legal counsel, if any, copies of any comment letters relating to such Holder received from the Commission or any other request by the Commission or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information relating to such Holder; (iii)    use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement as promptly as practicable; (iv)   upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, as contemplated by Section 3(a)(i)(C), as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use its commercially reasonable efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any Misstatement or alleged Misstatement. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any Misstatement, the Company agrees promptly to notify the Holders of such determination and to furnish any Holder such number of copies of the Prospectus as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request; (v)     enter into agreements in customary form (including underwriting agreements) and take all other reasonable and customary appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities regardless of whether an underwriting agreement is entered into and regardless of whether the registration is an underwritten registration, including: (A)          for an Underwritten Offering, making such representations and warranties to the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar Underwritten Offerings as may be reasonably requested by them; (B)                for an Underwritten Offering, obtaining opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to any managing underwriter(s) and their counsel) addressed to the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in Underwritten Offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the underwriter(s); 10                   (C)        for an Underwritten Offering, obtaining “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriter(s), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar Underwritten Offerings; (D)       entering into a securities sales agreement with the Holder(s) and an agent of Holder(s) providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the Holder(s) for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Securities, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings; (E)                if an underwriting agreement is entered into, using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially similar to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 with respect to the underwriters or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to underwriters in similar types of transactions; and (F)                delivering such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the managing underwriters, if any; (vi)      make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Holders’ legal counsel and any accountant retained by a Holder, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties or assets of the Company reasonably requested by any such Persons (excluding all trade secrets and other proprietary or privileged information) to the extent required for the offering, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Company; provided, however, that the Holders’ legal counsel, if any, and the representatives of any underwriters will use commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent reasonably practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and to not unreasonably disrupt the Company’s business operations; (vii)  a reasonable time prior to filing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Registration Statement, or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the underwriter(s) of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities; within five (5) Business Days after the filing of any Registration Statement, provide copies of such Registration Statement to any Holder’s legal counsel upon request; consider in good faith making any changes requested and make such changes in any of the foregoing documents as are legally required prior to the filing thereof, or in the case of changes received from any Holder’s legal counsel by filing an amendment or supplement thereto, as the underwriter or underwriters, or in the case of changes received from a Holder’s legal counsel relating to such Holder or the plan of distribution of Registrable Securities, as such Holder’s legal counsel reasonably requests prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement; not file any such document in a form to which any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of; not include in any amendment or supplement to such documents any information about any Holders or any change to the plan of distribution of Registrable Securities that would limit the method of distribution of Registrable Securities unless such Holder’s legal counsel has been advised in advance and has approved such information or change (it being understood that any Holder that determines not to approve the inclusion of such change or information that has been specifically requested by the Commission will not have its Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and the Company shall not be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such exclusion); and reasonably during normal business hours make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders’ legal counsel, if any, on behalf of a Holder, Holder’s legal counsel or any underwriter; 11           (viii) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder; (ix)   cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA); (x)     if Registrable Securities are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, include in the registration statement to be used all such information as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters for the marketing and sale of such Registrable Securities; and (xi)    in connection with an Underwritten Offering, use its reasonable efforts to cause the appropriate officers of the Company to (A) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and (B) cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of Registrable Securities. (b)   Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts of the type described in Section 3(a)(i), each Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(i), and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. (c)   The Company may (as a condition to any Holder’s participation in an Underwritten Offering or Holder’s inclusion in a Registration Statement) require each Holder to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. 4. INDEMNIFICATION (a)    Indemnification by The Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each Holder, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) a Holder, as follows: (i)     against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment, actions, other liabilities and expenses whatsoever (the “Liabilities”), as incurred, arising out of any Misstatement contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act at the time such Registration Statement became effective, including all documents incorporated therein by reference; (ii)    against any and all Liabilities, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such Misstatement, or any such alleged Misstatement; provided that any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and (iii)  against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such Misstatement, or any such alleged Misstatement, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under Section 4(a)(i) or Section 4(a)(ii); provided, however, that the indemnity obligations in this Section 4(a) shall not apply to any Liabilities (A) to the extent arising out of any Misstatement or alleged Misstatement made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Holder with the understanding that such information will be used in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) to the extent they arise from the use of any Registration Statement during any Suspension Period or Blackout Period. 12                     (b)   Indemnification by the Holders. The Holders agree, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents and any person controlling the Company, against any and all Liabilities described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a), as incurred, but only with respect to Misstatements or alleged Misstatements made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Company by such Holder with the understanding that such information will be used in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that Holder shall not be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. (c)   Notices of Claims, etc. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any Liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any Liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all Liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. (d)   Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such Liabilities incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any Misstatement or alleged Misstatements relates to information supplied by the Company or a Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4. The aggregate amount of Liabilities incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 4, each Person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. 5.      TERMINATION. The rights of the Holders under this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in any event, with respect to each Holder, the date on which such Holder or any of its permitted assignees no longer hold any Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the parties under Section 4 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time. 13       6. MISCELLANEOUS (a)    Covenants Relating To Rule 144. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration statement, if the Company Ordinary Shares are registered under the Exchange Act, the Company agrees to: (A) file with the SEC all reports and other documents required of the Company under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and (B) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to a registration statement (at any time after it so qualifies) and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested by any Holder in order to avail itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form. (b)   No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered into, and the Company will not after the date of this Agreement enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Company hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, no registration or similar rights have been granted to any other person other than pursuant to this Agreement. (c)   Amendment; Modification; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented at any time only by written agreement of the Company and the Holders owning a majority in voting power of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of the Company, in a manner that is materially different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. The conditions to the respective obligations of each of the parties to this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that any such waiver shall only be effective if made in writing and executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under applicable law shall operate as a waiver of such rights and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no single or partial exercise thereof shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. (d)    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered in person or, by e-mail (return receipt requested), (b) on the next Business Day when sent by overnight courier or (c) on the second succeeding Business Day when sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties to this Agreement at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party to this Agreement as shall be specified by like notice): If to a Holder, to the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d). If to the Company to: Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company c/o Carbon Revolution Limited 75 Pigdons Road, Warn Ponds VIC 3126 Australia Attention: David Nock E-mail: david.nock@carbonrev.com with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: Goodwin Procter LLP 100 Northern Avenue Boston, MA 02210 Attention: Jocelyn M. Arel 14                 Email: jarel@goodwinlaw.com and Goodwin Procter LLP 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Attention: Jeffrey Letalien Email: jletalien@goodwinlaw.com All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications shall be deemed received upon (i) actual receipt thereof by the addressee, or (ii) actual delivery thereof to the appropriate address. (e)   Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Other than with respect to registration rights provided hereunder which may be assigned by a Holder to its Affiliates, no party to this Agreement may assign its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted or purported assignment or delegation in violation of this Section 6(e) shall be null and void. Provided, however, that if Sponsor or DDGN seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Registrable Securities to its direct or indirect equityholders (an “In-Kind Distribution”), the Company will use reasonable best efforts to work with Sponsor or DDGN, as applicable, to facilitate such In-Kind Distribution in the manner reasonably requested. Prior to any In-Kind Distribution, each distributee shall deliver to the Company a written acknowledgment and agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the distributee will be bound by, and will be a party to, this Agreement; provided, however, that a failure by a distributee to deliver such acknowledgment and agreement shall not render such distribution to such distributee void, but such distributee shall not be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement until such time as such acknowledgment and agreement is delivered. Upon any In-Kind Distribution, (i) in the event of a distribution of all of Sponsor’s or DDGN’s Registrable Securities, the distributees holding Registrable Securities equal to a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities then held by the Sponsor or DDGN, as applicable, at the time of such distribution shall thereafter be entitled to exercise and enforce the rights specifically granted to Sponsor or DDGN, as applicable, hereunder and (ii) each distributee shall be considered a “Holder” hereunder. (f)   Specific Performance. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the rights of each party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are unique and recognize and affirm that in the event of a breach of this Agreement by any party hereto, money damages may be inadequate and the non-breaching party may have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement agree that such non-breaching party shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in their favor at law or in equity, to enforce its rights and the other parties’ obligations hereunder not only by an action or actions for damages but also by an action or actions for specific performance, injunctive and/or other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security), including any order, injunction or decree sought by such non-breaching party to cause the other parties hereto to perform their respective agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement further agrees that the only permitted objection that it may raise in response to any action for equitable relief is that it contests the existence of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, and that no party to this Agreement shall allege, and each party to this Agreement hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law. (g)   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by e-mail shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of the Agreement. (h)   Headings. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are exclusively for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties to this Agreement and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. (i)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies. 15               (j)    Consent to Jurisdiction, etc.; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably agrees that any action, suit or proceeding between or among the parties to this Agreement arising in connection with any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any related document (each, a “Legal Dispute”) shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Delaware; provided that if subject matter jurisdiction over the Legal Dispute is vested exclusively in the United States federal courts, such Legal Dispute shall be heard in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding that is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. During the period a Legal Dispute that is filed in accordance with this Section 6(j) is pending before a court, all actions, suits or proceedings with respect to such Legal Dispute or any other Legal Dispute, including any counterclaim, cross-claim or interpleader, shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court. Each party to this Agreement may bring such Legal Dispute only if he, she or it hereby waives, and shall not assert as a defense in any Legal Dispute, that (a) such party is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason, (b) such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such court, (c) such party’s property is exempt or immune from execution, (d) such action, suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (e) the venue of such action, suit or proceeding is improper. A final judgment in any action, suit or proceeding described in this Section 6(j) following the expiration of any period permitted for appeal and subject to any stay during appeal shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BRING A LEGAL DISPUTE ONLY IF HE, SHE OR IT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY ON ANY CLAIMS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ASSERTED IN ANY LEGAL DISPUTE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM RELATING THERETO. IF THE SUBJECT MATTER OF ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE IS ONE IN WHICH THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS PROHIBITED, NO PARTY NOR ANY PERSON ASSERTING RIGHTS AS A THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY SHALL ASSERT IN SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE A NONCOMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. FURTHERMORE, NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE WITH A SEPARATE ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE WAIVED. (k)    Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party to this Agreement. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible. (l)    Brokered Sales.  At any time and from time to time in connection with a sale or transfer of Registrable Securities exempt from registration under the Securities Act or through any broker-dealer transactions described in the plan of distribution set forth within any Prospectus and pursuant to the Registration Statement of which such Prospectus forms a part, the Company shall, subject to the receipt of customary documentation required from the applicable Holders in connection therewith and compliance with applicable laws, (i) promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legends applicable to the Registrable Securities being sold or transferred and (ii) cause its legal counsel to deliver the necessary legal opinions, if any, to the transfer agent in connection with the instruction under subclause clause (i). In addition, the Company shall cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by such Holders in connection with the aforementioned sales or transfers. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 16       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written. CARBON REVOLUTION PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY By: Name: Title:  /s/ Jacob Dingle Jacob Dingle Director TWIN RIDGE CAPITAL SPONSOR, LLC  /s/ Sanjay Morey By: Name: Sanjay Morey Title: CEO and Co President DDGN ADVISORS, LLC  /s/ Daniel Zlotnitsky By: Name: Daniel Zlotnitsky Title: Vice President Twin Ridge Holders /s/ Alison Burns By: Name: Alison Burns /s/ Paul Henrys By: Name: Paul Henrys /s/ Gary Pilnick By: Name: Gary Pilnick [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]                           Legacy Carbon Revolution Holders By: Name: /s/ Jacob Dingle  Jacob Dingle By: Name: /s/ James Douglas  James Douglas By: Name: /s/ Gerard Buckle  Gerard Buckle By: Name:  /s/ Dale McKee  Dale McKee By: Name:  /s/ Mark Bernhard  Mark Bernhard By: Name:  /s/ Lucia Cade  Lucia Cade [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]                       List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant Exhibit 8.1 Carbon Revolution Limited (Australia) Carbon Revolution Operations Pty Ltd (Australia) Carbon Revolution Technology Pty Ltd (Australia) Carbon Revolution (USA) LLC (United States) Carbon Revolution (UK) Limited (United Kingdom)         Insider Trading Policy Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company Adopted by the Board In November 2023 Exhibit 11.1 Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (the “Company”) has adopted the following policy and procedures for securities trading by Company directors, employees and contractors (our “Insider Trading Policy”). Our Insider Trading Policy is intended to prevent the misuse of material nonpublic information, insider trading in securities, and the severe consequences associated with violations of insider trading laws.  It is your obligation to review, understand, and comply with this Insider Trading Policy and applicable laws.  Our Board of Directors has approved this Insider Trading Policy, and we have appointed the Company’s General Counsel as the Compliance Officer (with his or her designees, the “Compliance Officer”) to administer the policy and to be available to answer your questions. Insider Trading Policy I. Overview A.          Who Must Comply? This Insider Trading Policy applies to all of our employees and members of our Board of Directors, including anyone employed by or acting as a director of any of the Company’s subsidiaries, our contractors, as well as any other individuals whom the Compliance Officer may designate as Insiders (defined below) because they have access to material nonpublic information about the Company (“Company Personnel”). All Company Personnel must comply with the trading restrictions included in Part IIA of this Insider Trading Policy (the “Trading Restrictions”).  The Trading Restrictions provide rules for when Company Personnel can trade in our securities. In addition, all of our directors, executive officers (as defined by Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) and other individuals whom the Compliance Officer may designate must comply with the pre-clearance procedures included in Part IIB of this Insider Trading Policy (the “Pre-Clearance Procedures”); we will refer to these individuals in this policy as “Insiders.” The Pre-Clearance Procedures explain the process for mandatory pre-clearance of proposed trades by Insiders. You will be notified if you are considered to be an Insider who is required to comply with the Pre-Clearance Procedures. This Insider Trading Policy, the Trading Restrictions, and, for Insiders, the Pre-Clearing Procedures also apply to the following persons (“Affiliated Persons”): • • • your “Family Members” (“Family Members” are (a) your spouse or domestic partner, children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, siblings and in-laws who reside in the same household as you, (b) your children or your spouse’s children who do not reside in the same household as you but are financially dependent on you, (c) any of your other family members who do not reside in your household but whose transactions are directed by you, and (d) any other individual over whose account you have control and to whose financial support you materially contribute. (Materially contributing to financial support would include, for example, paying an individual’s rent but not just a phone bill.).); all trusts, family partnerships and other types of entities formed for your benefit or for the benefit of a member of your family and over which you have the ability to influence or direct investment decisions concerning securities; all persons who execute trades on your behalf; and 2                     • all investment funds, trusts, retirement plans, partnerships, corporations and other types of entities over which you have the ability to influence or direct investment decisions concerning securities; provided, however, that the Trading Procedures do not apply to any such entity that engages in the investment of securities in the ordinary course of its business (e.g., an investment fund or partnership) if the entity has established its own insider trading controls and procedures in compliance with applicable securities laws and it (or an affiliated entity) has represented to the Company that its affiliated entities:  (a) engage in the investment of securities in the ordinary course of their respective businesses; (b) have established insider trading controls and procedures in compliance with securities laws; and (c) are aware the securities laws prohibit any person or entity who has material nonpublic information concerning the Company from purchasing or selling securities of the Company or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell securities. You are responsible for ensuring compliance with this Insider Trading Policy, including the Trading Restrictions and (if applicable) the Pre-Clearance Procedures contained herein, by all of your Affiliated Persons. B.          What is Prohibited by this Insider Trading Policy? You and your Affiliated Persons are prohibited from engaging in insider trading and from trading in securities in violation of this Insider Trading Policy. “Insider trading” is (1) trading (buying or selling) the securities of a company whether for your account or for the account of another, while in the possession of material nonpublic information (see definition below) about that company or (2) disclosing material nonpublic information about a company to others who may trade on the basis of that information. Insider trading can result in criminal prosecution, jail time, significant fines and public embarrassment for you and the Company. Prohibition on Trading in Company Securities When you are in possession of material nonpublic information about the Company, whether positive or negative, you are prohibited from trading (whether for your account or for the account of another) in the Company’s securities, which include ordinary shares (“stock”), options to purchase ordinary shares, any other type of securities that the Company may issue (such as convertible debentures, warrants and exchange-traded options), and any derivative securities that provide the economic equivalent of ownership of any of the Company’s securities or an opportunity, direct or indirect, to profit from any change in the value of the Company’s securities, except for trades made pursuant to plans approved by the Compliance Officer in accordance with this policy that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. The trading prohibitions in this Insider Trading Policy do not apply to: (1) an exercise of an employee stock option when payment of the exercise price is made in cash or (2) the withholding by the Company of shares of stock upon vesting of restricted stock or upon settlement of restricted stock units to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements if (a) such withholding is required by the applicable plan or award agreement or (b) the election to exercise such tax withholding right was made by the Insider in compliance with the Trading Restrictions and (if applicable) the Pre-Clearance Procedures (the “Trading Procedures”). The trading prohibitions in this Insider Trading Policy do apply, however, to the use of outstanding Company securities to pay part or all of the exercise price of a stock option, any sale of stock as part of a broker-assisted cashless exercise of an option, and any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option. 3                 Prohibition on Tipping Providing material nonpublic information about the Company to another person who may trade or advise others to trade on the basis of that information is known as “tipping” and is illegal.  You are prohibited from providing material nonpublic information about the Company to a friend, relative, or anyone else who might buy or sell a security or other financial instrument on the basis of that information, whether or not you intend to or actually do realize a profit (or any other benefit) from such tipping.  Additionally, you are prohibited from recommending to any person that such person engage in or refrain from engaging in any transaction involving the Company’s securities, or otherwise give trading advice concerning the Company’s securities, if you are in possession of material nonpublic information about the Company. Prohibition on Trading in Securities of Other Companies This policy’s prohibitions against insider trading and tipping also apply to trading in securities of other companies, including the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners and other enterprises with which we are working (such as when negotiating an acquisition, investment or other transaction that could be material to the other company).  Whenever, during the course of your service to or employment by the Company, you become aware of material nonpublic information about another company, including any confidential information that is reasonably likely to affect the market price of that company’s securities (for example, discussions of licensing a product or acquiring that other company), neither you nor your Affiliated Persons may trade in any securities of that company, give trading advice about that company, tip or disclose that information, pass it on to others, or engage in any other action to take advantage of that information. If your work regularly involves handling or discussing confidential information of one of our partners, suppliers or customers, you should consult with the Compliance Officer before trading in any of that company’s securities. Duration of Trading Prohibitions These trading prohibitions continue whenever and for as long as you know or are in possession of material nonpublic information.  Remember, anyone scrutinizing your transactions will be doing so after the fact, with the benefit of hindsight.  As a practical matter, before engaging in any transaction, you should carefully consider even the appearance of improper insider trading and how enforcement authorities and others might view the transaction in hindsight. This Insider Trading Policy applies to you and your Affiliated Persons so long as you are associated with the Company. If you leave the Company for any reason, this Insider Trading Policy, including, if applicable, the Trading Procedures described in Part II, will continue to apply to you and your Affiliated Persons until the later of: (1) the first trading day following the public release of earnings for the fiscal quarter in which you leave the Company or (2) the first trading day after any material nonpublic information known to you has become public or is no longer material. C.          What is Material Nonpublic Information? This Insider Trading Policy prohibits you from trading in a company’s securities if you are in possession of information about the company that is both “material” and “nonpublic.”  If you have a question whether certain information you are aware of is material or has been made public, you should consult with the Compliance Officer. “Material” Information Information about our Company or any other company is “material” if it could reasonably be expected to affect the investment decisions of a shareholder or potential investor or if disclosure of the information could reasonably be expected to significantly alter the total mix of information in the marketplace about us or any other company.  We speak mostly in this Insider Trading Policy about determining whether information about us is material and nonpublic, but the same analysis applies to information about other companies that would preclude you from trading in their securities. 4                         In simple terms, material information is any type of information that could reasonably be expected to affect the market price of our securities.  Both positive and negative information may be material.  While it is not possible to identify all information that would be deemed “material,” the following items are examples of the types of information that could be material: • • • • • • • • • • • projections of future earnings or losses, or other earnings guidance; financial results that are known but have not been publicly disclosed; potential restatements of the Company’s financial statements, changes in auditors or auditor notification that the Company may no longer rely on an auditor’s audit report; pending or proposed corporate mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures or dispositions of significant assets; changes in senior management or members of our Board of Directors; significant actual or threatened litigation or governmental investigations or major developments in such matters; cybersecurity risks and incidents, including the discovery of significant vulnerabilities or breaches; significant developments regarding products, customers, suppliers, orders, contracts or financing sources (e.g., the acquisition or loss of a contract); changes in dividend policy, declarations of stock splits, or proposed securities offerings or other financings; potential defaults under our credit agreements or indentures or potential material liquidity issues; and bankruptcies or receiverships. The above items will not always be material. For example, some new products or contracts may clearly be material while others may not be. No “bright-line” standard or list of items can adequately address the range of situations that may arise; information and events should be carefully considered in terms of their materiality to the Company. “Nonpublic” Information Material information is “nonpublic” if it has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally. To demonstrate that information is public, one must be able to point to some fact that establishes that the information has become publicly available, such as the filing of a report with the SEC, the distribution of a press release, publishing the information on our website or posting on social media if those are regular ways we communicate with investors, or by other means that are reasonably designed to provide broad public access.  Before a person with material nonpublic information can trade, the market must have adequate time to absorb the information that has been disclosed.  For the purposes of this Insider Trading Policy, information will be considered public after the completion of one full day of trading following our public release of the information.  For that purpose, a full day of trading means a session of regular trading hours on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) between 9:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or such earlier closing time as has been set by exchange rules) has occurred. For example, if the Company publicly discloses material nonpublic information of which you are aware before trading begins on a Tuesday, the first time you can buy or sell Company securities is the opening of the market on Wednesday.  However, if the Company publicly discloses material information after trading begins on a Tuesday, the first time that you can buy or sell Company securities is the opening of the market on Thursday. 5                                   D. What are the Penalties for Insider Trading and Noncompliance with this Insider Trading Policy? Both the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the national securities exchanges, through the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), investigate and are very effective at detecting insider trading.  The U.S. government pursues insider trading violations vigorously, successfully prosecuting, for example, trading by employees in foreign accounts, trading by family members and friends of insiders, and trading involving only a small number of shares. The penalties for violating rules against insider trading can be severe and include: • • • • • forfeiting any profit gained or loss avoided by the trading; payment of the loss suffered by the persons who, contemporaneously with the purchase or sale of securities that are subject of a violation, have purchased or sold securities of the same class; payment of criminal penalties of up to US$5,000,000; payment of civil penalties of up to three times the profit made or loss avoided; and imprisonment for up to 20 years. The Company and/or the supervisors of the person engaged in insider trading may also be required to pay civil penalties or fines of US$2 million or more, up to three times the profit made or loss avoided, as well as criminal penalties of up to US$25,000,000, and could under some circumstances be subject to private lawsuits. Violation of this Insider Trading Policy or any federal or state insider trading laws may subject you to disciplinary action by the Company, including termination of your employment or other relationship with the Company.  The Company reserves the right to determine, in its own discretion and on the basis of the information available to it, whether this Insider Trading Policy has been violated.  The Company may determine that specific conduct violates this Insider Trading Policy whether or not it also violates the law.  It is not necessary for the Company to await the filing or conclusion of a civil or criminal action against an alleged violator before taking disciplinary action. E. How Do You Report a Violation of this Insider Trading Policy? If you have a question about this Insider Trading Policy, including whether certain information you are aware of is material or has been made public, you should consult with the Compliance Officer.  In addition, if you violate this Insider Trading Policy or any federal or state laws governing insider trading or know of any such violation by any director, employee or contractor of the Company, you should report the violation immediately to the Compliance Officer. II. A. Trading Procedures Trading Restrictions Applicable to all Company Personnel In addition to needing to comply with the restrictions on trading in our securities set forth above, all Company Personnel and their Affiliated Persons are subject to the following special trading restrictions: 6                               1.           No Trading Except During Trading Windows The announcement of the Company’s financial results almost always has the potential to have a material effect on the market for the Company’s securities.  Although a member of Company Personnel may not know the financial results prior to public announcement, if a member of Company Personnel engages in a trade before the financial results are disclosed to the public, such trades may give an appearance of impropriety that could subject the member of Company Personnel and the Company to a charge of insider trading.  Therefore, subject to limited exceptions described herein, a member of Company Personnel may trade in Company securities only during trading windows. Unless otherwise advised, the trading windows consist of the periods that begin after market close on the first full trading day following the Company’s Form 6-K or Form 20-F announcing its periodic earnings and end at the close of business on the 14th day before the end of the then-current reporting period.   For the purposes of the foregoing, a full trading day means an entire calendar day in which a session of regular trading hours on Nasdaq between 9:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or such earlier close time as has been set by exchange rules) has occurred. Company Personnel may be allowed to trade outside of a trading window only (a) pursuant to a pre-approved Rule 10b5-1 Plan as described below or (b) if granted a waiver in accordance with the procedure for granting waivers as described below. Of course, if a member of Company Personnel has material nonpublic information about the Company during one of these trading windows, the member of Company Personnel may not trade in the Company’s securities. 2.           Special Closed Trading Periods The Compliance Officer may designate, from time to time, a “Special Closed Window” during what would be a permitted trading window. During a Special Closed Window, designated Company Personnel (which could be all a member of Company Personnel or a subset of them) may not trade in the Company’s securities. The Compliance Officer may also impose a Special Closed Window on Company Personnel or a subset of them to prohibit trading in the securities of other companies, including specified peers or competitors of the Company. The imposition of a Special Closed Window will not be announced to the Company generally, should not be communicated to any other person, and may itself be considered under this Insider Trading Policy to be material nonpublic information about the Company. 3.           Prohibited Transactions • • • • No Short Sales. You may not at any time sell any securities of the Company that are not owned by you at the time of the sale (a “short sale”). No Purchases or Sales of Derivative Securities or Hedging Transactions.  You may not buy or sell puts, calls, other derivative securities of the Company or any derivative securities that provide the economic equivalent of ownership of any of the Company’s securities or an opportunity, direct or indirect, to profit from any change in the value of our securities or engage in any other hedging transaction with respect to our securities.  No Company Securities Subject to Margin Calls. You may not use the Company’s securities as collateral in a margin account. No Pledges. You may not pledge Company securities as collateral for a loan (or modify an existing pledge). 4.           Gifts and Other Distributions in Kind. Company Personnel may not donate or make any other transfer of Company securities without consideration when the restricted person is not permitted to trade unless the donee agrees not to sell the shares until the restricted person is permitted to sell. In addition to charitable donations or gifts to family members, friends, trusts or others, this prohibition applies to distributions to limited partners by limited partnerships that are subject to this Insider Trading Policy. 7                     5. B.           Pre-Clearance Procedures No Insider may trade in our securities, even during an open trading window, unless the trade has been approved by the Compliance Officer in accordance with the procedures described below.  In reviewing trading requests, the Compliance Officer may consult with our other officers and/or outside legal counsel and will seek approval of his or her own trades from the Chief Financial Officer. 1. Procedures.  No Insider may trade in our securities unless: • • • • The Insider has notified the Compliance Officer of the amount and nature of the proposed trade(s) using the Stock Transaction Request form attached to this Insider Trading Policy or an equivalent form using an online application, if set up by the Company (“Online Request”).  To provide adequate time for the preparation of any required reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, when and if it becomes applicable to the Company, a Stock Transaction Request form should, if practicable, be received by the Compliance Officer at least two (2) business days before the intended trade date; The Insider has certified to the Compliance Officer in writing (including via an Online Request) before the proposed trade(s) that the Insider does not possess material nonpublic information concerning the Company; If the Insider is an executive officer or director, the Insider has informed the Compliance Officer, using the Stock Transaction Request form or an Online Request, whether, to the Insider’s best knowledge, (a) the Insider has (or is deemed to have) engaged in any opposite way transactions within the previous six months that were not exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act when and if the Company becomes subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act1 and (b) if the transaction involves a sale by an “affiliate” of the Company or of “restricted securities” (as such terms are defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144”)), whether the transaction meets all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144; and The Compliance Officer has approved the trade(s) and has certified their approval in writing (which may be by email or by way of approval using the Online Request application). The Compliance Officer does not assume responsibility for, and approval by the Compliance Officer does not protect the Insider from, the consequences of prohibited insider trading. 2. Additional Information. Insiders shall provide to the Compliance Officer any documentation the Compliance Officer reasonably requires in furtherance of the foregoing procedures.  Any failure to provide such information will be grounds for the Compliance Officer to deny approval of the trade request. 1 As of the date of the adoption of this Insider Trading Policy, Section 16(b) does note apply to the Company because the Company is exempt thereunder as a foreign private issuer. 8                           3. Notification of Brokers of Insider Status Insiders who are required to file reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall inform their broker-dealers that (a) the Insider is subject to Section 16; (b) the broker shall confirm that any trade by the Insider or any of their affiliates has been precleared by the Company; and (c) the broker is to provide transaction information to the Insider and/or Compliance Officer on the day of a trade. 4. No Obligation to Approve Trades. The foregoing approval procedures do not in any way obligate the Compliance Officer to approve any trade.  The Compliance Officer has sole discretion to reject any trading request. From time to time, an event may occur that is material to the Company and is known only by a limited number of directors and employees.  The Compliance Officer may decline an Insider’s request to preclear a proposed trade based on the existence of a material nonpublic development – even if the Insider is not aware of that material nonpublic development.  If any Insider engages in a trade before a material nonpublic development is disclosed to the public or resolved, the Insider and the Company might be exposed to a charge of insider trading that could be costly and difficult to refute even if the Insider was unaware of the development.  So long as the event remains material and nonpublic, the Compliance Officer may decide not to approve any transactions in the Company’s securities.  The Compliance Officer will subsequently notify the Insider once the material nonpublic development is disclosed to the public or resolved.  If an Insider requests preclearance of a trade during the pendency of such an event, the Compliance Officer may reject the trading request without disclosing the reason. 5. Completion of Trades. After receiving written clearance to engage in a trade signed by the Compliance Officer, an Insider must complete the proposed trade within three (3) business days or make a new trading request.  Even if an Insider has received clearance, the Insider may not engage in a trade if (i) such clearance has been rescinded by the Compliance Officer, (ii) the Insider has otherwise received notice that the trading window has closed or (iii) the Insider has or acquires material nonpublic information. 6. Post-Trade Reporting. When and if the Company becomes subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the details of any transactions in our securities (including transactions effected pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 Plan) by an Insider (or an Affiliated Person) who is required to file reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be reported to the Compliance Officer by the Insider or their brokerage firm on the same day on which a trade order is placed or such a transaction otherwise is entered into.  The report shall include the date of the transaction, quantity of shares, the price and the name of the broker-dealer that effected the transaction.  This reporting requirement may be satisfied by providing (or having the Insider’s broker provide) a trade order confirmation to the Compliance Officer if the Compliance Officer receives such information by the required date.  Compliance by directors and executive officers with this provision is imperative given the requirement of Section 16 of the Exchange Act that these persons generally report changes in ownership of Company securities within two (2) business days.  The sanctions for noncompliance with this reporting deadline include mandatory disclosure in the Company’s proxy statement for the next annual meeting of shareholders, as well as possible civil or criminal sanctions for chronic or egregious violators. C.          Exemptions 1. Pre-Approved Rule 10b5-1 Plan. Transactions made pursuant to an approved Rule 10b5-1 Plan (as defined below) will not be subject to our trading windows or pre-clearance procedures, and Insiders are not required to complete a Stock Transaction Request form for such transactions.  Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act provides an affirmative defense from insider trading liability under the federal securities laws for trading plans, arrangements or instructions that meet specified requirements.  A trading plan, arrangement or instruction that meets the requirements of the SEC’s Rule 10b5-1 (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”) enables Insiders to trade in Company securities outside of our trading windows, even when in possession of material nonpublic information. 9                         If an Insider intends to trade pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 Plan, such plan, arrangement or instruction must: • • • • satisfy the requirements of Rule 10b5-1; be documented in writing; be established during a trading window when such Insider does not possess material nonpublic information; and be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer. Prior to approving a Rule 10b5-1 Plan, the Compliance Officer may require that the plan exclude or include certain provisions (e.g., cooling off period, minimum number of trades requirement, limited term) that ensure compliance with SEC regulations and practices the Compliance Officer deems to be in the best interests of the Company. Any proposed deviation from the specifications of an approved Rule 10b5-1 Plan (including, without limitation, the amount, price or timing of a purchase or sale) must be reported immediately to, and be approved by, the Compliance Officer.  All transactions pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be timely reported in accordance with the procedures set forth above. Any modification or termination of a Rule 10b5-1 Plan previously approved by the Compliance Officer requires a new approval by the Compliance Officer.  The Compliance Officer may require as a condition to such approval that the modification or termination occur during a trading window and that the Insider be not aware of material nonpublic information. 2. Employee Equity and Retirement Plans. Exercise of Stock Options.  The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in the Trading Procedures do not apply to the exercise for cash of an option to purchase securities of the Company.  However, when and if the Company becomes subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the exercise will be subject to the current reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and, therefore, Insiders must comply with the post-trade reporting requirement described in Section C above for any such transaction.  In addition, the securities acquired upon the exercise of an option to purchase Company securities are subject to all of the requirements of this Insider Trading Policy, including the Trading Procedures.  Moreover, the Trading Procedures apply to the use of outstanding Company securities to pay part or all of the exercise price of an option, any net option exercise, any exercise of a stock appreciation right, share withholding and any sale of stock as part of a broker-assisted cashless exercise of an option or any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price of an option. Tax Withholding on Restricted Stock/Units.  The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in the Trading Procedures do not apply to the withholding by the Company of shares of stock upon vesting of restricted stock or upon settlement of restricted stock units to satisfy tax withholding requirements if (a) withholding is required by the applicable plan or award agreement or (b) the election to exercise the tax withholding right was made by the Insider in compliance with the Trading Procedures. 10                       D.          Waivers A waiver of any provision of this Insider Trading Policy or the Trading Procedures may be authorized in writing by the Compliance Officer and a committee of the Board of Directors. All waivers shall be reported to the Board of Directors. III. Acknowledgement We will deliver a copy of this Insider Trading Policy to all current employees and directors and consultants and to future employees and directors and consultants at the start of their employment or relationship with the Company.  Each of these individuals must acknowledge that they have received a copy and agree to comply with the terms of this Insider Trading Policy, and, if applicable, the Trading Procedures contained herein.  The attached acknowledgment must be completed and submitted to the Company within ten days of receipt. At our request, directors and employees and consultants will be required to re-acknowledge and agree to comply with the Insider Trading Policy (including any amendments or modifications).  For that purpose, an individual will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed to comply with the Insider Trading Policy, as amended from time to time, when copies of those items have been delivered by regular or electronic mail (or other delivery option used by the Company) to the Compliance Officer. Questions regarding this Insider Trading Policy are encouraged and may be directed to the Compliance Officer. *          *          * 11                 Pursuant to Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company’s Insider Trading Policy, I hereby notify Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (the “Company”) of my intent to trade the securities of the Company as indicated below: EXHIBIT A STOCK TRANSACTION REQUEST REQUESTER INFORMATION Insider’s Name:           _________________________________________ INTENT TO PURCHASE Number of shares:          __________________________ Intended trade date:          __________________________ Means of acquiring shares: ☐ Acquisition through employee benefit plan (please specify): ___________________________________________________________ ☐ ☐ Purchase through a broker on the open market Other (please specify): ________________________________________ INTENT TO SELL Number of shares:          __________________________ Intended trade date:          __________________________ Means of selling shares: ☐ Sale through employee benefit plan (please specify): ___________________________________________________________ ☐ ☐ Sale through a broker on the open market Other (please specify): ________________________________________ SECTION 16 RULE 144 (Not applicable if transaction requested involves a purchase) ☐ I am not subject to Section 16. ☐ I am not an “affiliate” of the Company and the transaction requested above does not involve the sale of “restricted securities” (as those terms are defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended). ☐ To the best of my knowledge, I have not (and am not deemed to ☐ have) engaged in an opposite way transaction within the previous 6 months that was not exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. To the best of my knowledge, the transaction requested above will meet all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144. ☐ None of the above. ☐ ☐ The transaction requested will be made pursuant to an effective registration statement covering such transaction. None of the above. 12                                     CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that I am not (1) in possession of any material nonpublic information concerning the Company, as defined in the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and (2) purchasing any securities of the Company on margin in contravention of the Company’s Trading Procedures.  I understand that, if I trade while possessing such information or in violation of such trading restrictions, I may be subject to severe civil and/or criminal penalties and may be subject to discipline by the Company including termination of my employment. Insider’s Signature APPROVAL Signature of Compliance Officer (or designee) *NOTE: Multiple lots must be listed on separate forms or broken out. Date Date 13                   EXHIBIT B ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I hereby acknowledge that I have read, that I understand, and that I agree to comply with the Insider Trading Policy of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company (the “Company”).  I further acknowledge and agree that I am responsible for ensuring compliance with the Insider Trading Policy and the Trading Procedures applicable to me by all of my “Affiliated Persons.”  I also understand and agree that I will be subject to sanctions, including termination of employment, that may be imposed by the Company, in its sole discretion, for violation of the Insider Trading Policy, and that the Company may give stop-transfer and other instructions to the Company’s transfer agent or any brokerage firm managing the Company’s equity incentive plan(s) against the transfer of any Company securities that the Company considers to be in contravention of the Insider Trading Policy. This acknowledgement constitutes consent for the Company to impose sanctions for violation of the Insider Trading Policy, including the Trading Procedures applicable to me, and to issue any stop-transfer orders to the Company’s transfer agent that the Company, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate to ensure compliance. Date: Send signed Acknowledgement to: David Nock General Counsel and Company Secretary Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company 75 Pigdons Rd Waurn Ponds VIC 3216, Australia Signature: Name: Title: 14                                 Exhibit 15.1 Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION MergeCo was formed on July 5, 2017 as a private limited liability company incorporated in Ireland under the name ‘‘Poppetell Limited’’ and changed its name on December 6, 2022 to ‘‘Carbon Revolution Limited’’ for the purpose of effecting the Business Combination described herein. MergeCo was re-registered as a public limited company on May 29, 2023, upon which its name changed to ‘‘Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company’’. MergeCo, as a shell company, has no assets and liabilities and does not operate any business. Accordingly, no financial statements of MergeCo have been included in this Report. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the historical financial statements of Carbon Revolution Limited, a company incorporated in Australia (‘‘Carbon Revolution’’) and Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands (‘‘Twin Ridge’’), adjusted to give effect to the transactions that completed on November 3, 2023 as set out in the Scheme Implementation Deed and the Business Combination Agreement (the ‘‘Pro Forma Transactions’’). The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information comprises: • • A condensed combined statement of financial position as of June 30, 2023 assuming the transaction was consummated on that date; and A condensed combined statement of comprehensive income for the year ended June 30, 2023 assuming the transaction was consummated as of July 1, 2022, at the commencement of the earliest period presented. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information gives effect to the following: • • • • The exchange of shares between MergeCo, Carbon Revolution and Twin Ridge as a result of the Scheme Implementation Deed and the Business Combination Agreement and associated transaction costs; and The issuance of shares as a commitment fee as consideration for the CEF (as defined below) upon completion of the Business Combination; and The issuance of preferred shares and warrants and assumption of liabilities pursuant to the OIC securities purchase agreement that is effective on completion of the Business Combination and receipt of the proceeds and escrow deposits in reserve funds therefrom; and The partial deferral of Twin Ridge transaction costs on completion of the Business Combination. The three-year committed equity facility (‘‘CEF’’) entered into by MergeCo allows it to issue shares in the future at its discretion (subject to the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement). Such issuances are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information because the consummation of the Business Combination is not conditioned on future issuances under the CEF. Pursuant to the terms of the CEF, MergeCo is not required to issue a minimum number of shares and the counterparty to the CEF, Yorkville Advisors, is not required to purchase additional shares under the CEF beyond the CEF Ownership Restriction, or US$10 million (A$15.0 million) per Advance Notice (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), whichever is lower, which means MergeCo may not have full access to the stated $60 million of capital. The obligations of the investor to purchase shares pursuant to the CEF are also subject to certain conditions, which MergeCo may be unable to satisfy. Issuances of shares under the CEF may, however, have a material impact on MergeCo’s financial position in future periods if MergeCo issues and sells additional shares under the CEF following the Closing. MergeCo’s financial position and results of operations may also be impacted if it issues and sells additional shares or incurs additional indebtedness in connection with any other financing transaction that it may enter into or consummate prior to or concurrently with the Business Combination. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position as of June 30, 2023 assumes that the Pro Forma Transactions occurred on June 30, 2023. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive income for the year ended June 30, 2023 presents the pro forma effect of the Pro Forma Transactions for the combined company as if the Business Combination had been completed on July 1, 2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily reflect what the combined company’s financial condition or results of operations would have been if the Pro Forma Transactions occurred on the dates indicated. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information also may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the combined company. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors. The pro forma adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are based on information currently available, assumptions, and estimates underlying the pro forma adjustments and are described in the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions used to present the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. This unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was derived from, and should be read in conjunction with; • • • Carbon Revolution’s audited financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2023 and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Report; Twin ridge’s audited financials for December 2022 and unaudited interim financials for March 31 and June 30, 2023 and 2022 and September 30, 2022. Twin Ridge results of operations for pro forma purposes for the 12 months ended June 30, 2023 are arithmetically derived from these financial statements; and the sections titled ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Carbon Revolution’’ and ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Twin Ridge’’ in our Registration Statement on Form F-4/A (333-270047) filed with the SEC on August 28, 2023 and other financial information.                                       Anticipated Accounting Treatment The Business Combination will be accounted for as a capital reorganization. Under this method of accounting, MergeCo will be treated as the ‘‘acquired’’ company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of Carbon Revolution issuing shares at the closing for the net assets of MergeCo (including the net assets of Twin Ridge) as of the closing date, accompanied by a recapitalization as Carbon Revolution will not be the legal acquiror. The net assets of MergeCo will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded in accordance with IFRS. This is expected to be consistent with carrying value. Carbon Revolution will, consequently, be deemed the accounting predecessor meaning that Carbon Revolution’s consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations will become the historical financial statements of MergeCo. Carbon Revolution has determined that it will be the accounting acquirer (notwithstanding it is legally acquired by MergeCo) based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances: • • • • Carbon Revolution’s existing shareholders will have the greatest voting interest in the combined entity after the 99.70% Redemptions. Further, Twin Ridge shareholders would not have a substantial majority of the voting interests, being approximately 27% and board and management representation are considered further below; Carbon Revolution’s directors will represent the majority of the board of directors of the combined company following the consummation of the Business Combination; Carbon Revolution’s senior management will be the senior management of the combined company following the consummation of the Business Combination as disclosed elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Of the disclosed executive officers, all of them are current Carbon Revolution employees; Carbon Revolution is the larger entity based on historical operating activity and its employee base; and • MergeCo will continue to operate under the Carbon Revolution trade name and the combined entity’s headquarters will be based in Australia with its corporate head office in Geelong, consistent with the current location of Carbon Revolution’s head office. Other factors were considered, including the purpose and intent of the Business Combination, noting that the preponderance of evidence as described above is indicative that Carbon Revolution is the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination. The Business Combination, which is not within the scope of IFRS 3 since Twin Ridge does not meet the definition of a business in accordance with IFRS 3, is accounted for within the scope of IFRS 2. The fair value of MergeCo’s Ordinary Shares is derived from a recent observable trading price for the underlying Carbon Revolution shares prior to the date of this Report, not the $10.00 value per share articulated in the Business Combination Agreement. As of October 19, 2023, that share price was A$0.135. The excess of fair value of MergeCo’s Ordinary Shares issued to the holders of Twin Ridge Class A Ordinary Shares over the fair value of Twin Ridge’s identifiable net assets is expensed as incurred as required by IFRS 2. Pro Forma Presentation The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on the 99.70% redemptions in connection to the Twin Ridge shareholder vote with respect to the Business Combination. Description of the Transactions Business Combination On November 29, 2022, Carbon Revolution entered into the Scheme Implementation Deed and the Business Combination Agreement with Twin Ridge and MergeCo. Pursuant to the agreements, Twin Ridge will merge with and into a wholly-owned subsidiary of MergeCo and the wholly-owned subsidiary of MergeCo shall continue as the surviving corporation of the merger. Immediately thereafter MergeCo will issue shares to Carbon Revolution shareholders (collectively, the ‘‘Business Combination’’). Upon completion of the Business Combination, eligible Carbon Revolution shareholders received MergeCo Ordinary Shares and existing Twin Ridge Shareholders received MergeCo Ordinary Shares in exchange for their existing Twin Ridge Ordinary Shares. Existing Twin Ridge warrant holders automatically exchanged for MergeCo Warrants, subject to substantially the same terms and conditions, including to become exercisable in respect of MergeCo Ordinary Shares instead of Twin Ridge Ordinary Shares, subject to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. After completion of the Transactions, MergeCo became the parent of a wholly-owned group including both Carbon Revolution and Twin Ridge (the ‘‘Group’’). This happened through an exchange, and registration via Form F-4, of MergeCo Ordinary Shares. Similarly, existing outstanding Warrants were automatically exchanged by assumption by MergeCo of the obligations under the Warrants, including to become exercisable in respect of MergeCo Ordinary Shares instead of Twin Ridge Ordinary Shares. Such MergeCo Warrants are subject to substantially the same terms and conditions as existing Warrants. MergeCo is listed on Nasdaq and, current shareholders of Carbon Revolution hold the majority of MergeCo Ordinary Shares.                                       Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement and immediately prior to the Twin Ridge Merger Effective Time: Each Twin Ridge Class B Ordinary Share, automatically converted, on a one-for-one basis, into a Twin Ridge Class A Ordinary Share; Immediately after the Pre-Merger Conversion, each Twin Ridge Class A Ordinary Share was automatically canceled in exchange for one validly issued, fully paid and non- assessable MergeCo Ordinary Share; Each Public Warrant was automatically exchanged to become one MergeCo Public Warrant. Each such MergeCo Public Warrant is subject to substantially the same terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Warrant Agreement, pursuant to which such Twin Ridge Public Warrant was issued immediately prior to the Twin Ridge Merger Effective Time; and Each Private Placement Warrant was automatically exchanged to become one MergeCo Public Warrant (each, a ‘‘Company Founder Warrant’’). Each such Company Founder Warrant is subject to substantially the same terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Warrant Agreement pursuant to which such Twin Ridge Private Warrant was issued immediately prior to the Twin Ridge Merger Effective Time. • • • • CEF Twin Ridge entered into the Equity Purchase Agreement with Yorkville Advisors with respect to the potential future issuance of up to $60 million in MergeCo Ordinary Shares, at MergeCo’s election. Under the terms of the CEF: • • • For a period of three years from closing, MergeCo has the right to require Yorkville Advisors to purchase new MergeCo Ordinary Shares in a series of advances, with each advance being in an amount up to the greater of (i) $10 million or (ii) the aggregate trading volume of MergeCo Ordinary Shares for the five trading days immediately preceding MergeCo requesting an advance. MergeCo's is not obliged to require Yorkville Advisors to purchase a minimum volume of MergeCo Ordinary Shares. MergeCo can choose one of two Purchase Price Options: ○ Purchase Price Option 1: Yorkville Advisors will purchase MergeCo Ordinary Shares at a price equal to 95.0% of the average VWAP during the day on which the advance request was made. If the volume threshold under an advance is not reached during the pricing period, the number of shares purchased will be reduced to the greater of (i) 35.0% of the trading volume during the pricing period, or (ii) the number of shares sold by the Yorkville Advisors during the pricing period. The volume threshold is the amount of the advance in shares divided by 35.0%. ○ Purchase Price Option 2: Yorkville Advisors will purchase MergeCo Ordinary Shares at a price equal to 97.0% of the lowest VWAP of MergeCo's Ordinary Shares during the pricing period of three consecutive trading days commencing on the trading day commencing after the advance notice is received by Yorkville Advisors. During either pricing period, Yorkville Advisors will have the ability to hedge its position by short selling in full the quantum of shares that it is required to purchase under any advance notice. Under Purchase Price Option 2, MergeCo will have the ability to notify Yorkville Advisors of the minimum acceptable price (‘‘MAP’’) at which it can sell the new shares. If the Company does not set a MAP, this may have a material and adverse impact on MergeCo’s share price depending on the quantum of shares being sold relative to overall liquidity of MergeCo’s shares. Yorkville Advisors cannot be issued MergeCo Ordinary Shares in an amount that would result in it holding more than the CEF Ownership Restriction at any one time. In the circumstance where Yorkville Advisors is unable to dispose of its MergeCo Ordinary Shares on an ongoing basis, it will not be required to purchase additional shares under the CEF beyond the CEF Ownership Restriction, which means MergeCo may not have full access to the stated $60 million CEF capital. Carbon Revolution determined that the CEF right to issue shares represents a purchased put option which is classified as a derivative asset with a de minimus fair value at inception. • MergeCo has agreed to issue 15,000 MergeCo Ordinary Shares to Yorkville Advisors as a ‘commitment fee’ to secure the facility. These must be issued upon completion of the Business Combination. OIC Financing On September 21, 2023, MergeCo entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement pursuant to which MergeCo agreed to sell preferred shares and issue warrants immediately following consummation of the Business Combination. The investment is staged in multiple tranches being (i) $35 million funded by the OIC Investors at the initial closing and immediately available by MergeCo, (ii) $35 million funded by the OIC Investors into an escrow account, subject to release to MergeCo at one or more reserve release closings upon satisfaction of certain conditions described as set out in the supplement to the prospectus dated September 25, 2023, and (iii) up to $40 million to be funded by the OIC Investors at one or more subsequent closings upon notice to the OIC Investors and satisfaction of certain conditions.                             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET (in thousands, except share and per share data) UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET As of 30 June 2023 (in thousands) Carbon Revolution     As of 30 June 2023 (unaudited)     Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. As of 30 June 2023 (unaudited) Pro Forma Combined (Historical)     US GAAP (Historical) AUD USD     AUD   IFRS Adjustments    AUD IFRS (Historical)   Notes AUD ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents 19,582      130      197    197  Restricted trust fund Receivables Contract assets Inventories 14,677      6,430      8,239      22,173      -      -      -      -      -    -    -    -    -  -  -  -  Notes 1A 1A.1 1C 1C 1D 1K 1L Transaction Accounting Adjustments AUD 99,214    (98,161)   (8,797)   (12,248)   (18,386)   (965)   49,321    -    -    -    -    Pro Forma AUD 29,757  14,677  6,430  8,239  22,173                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Prepaid expenses Other current assets Total current assets -      378      71,479      120      -      250      181  -  378  Non–current assets Marketable securities held in Trust Account Restricted trust fund Property, plant and equipment Right-of-use assets Intangible assets Total non–current assets Total assets Current liabilities Payables Due to related party, net Promissory note - related party Borrowings Warrant liabilities Lease liability Contract liability Deferred income Provisions Total current liabilities -      -      65,779        -      99,214   -   62,638      7,446      16,774      86,858      158,337      -      -      -      65,779       66,029       -  -  -  99,214   99,592   15,474      -      5,832      1      -      13,829      -      645      748      1,919      12,957      45,572      640      -      -       -      -      -      6,473      8,797  2  965  -  -   -  -  -  -  9,764  181  -  378  99,214   -   -  -  -  99,214   99,592   8,797  2  965  -  -   -  -  -  -  9,764  -   -   -   -   -    -    9,978    (99,214)   52,790     -    -    -    (46,424)   (34,446)   (8,797)   -    (965)   6,487    -    -    -    (9,458)   (12,733)   1A 1M 1C 1K 1L 1D 181  378  81,835  -  52,790  62,638  7,446  16,774  139,648  221,483  15,474  2  -  13,829  6,487  645  748  1,919  3,499  42,603                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Non–current liabilities Borrowings Lease liability Contract liability Deferred income Provisions Warrant liabilities Commitment fee shares liability Total non-current liabilities Total Liabilities Commitment Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 6,266,645 shares at redemption value of approximately $10.50 at June 30, 2023 Stockholders’ Equity Twin Ridge Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; none shares issued and outstanding (excluding 6,266,645 shares subject to possible redemption at June 30, 2023) 70,833      -      -   99,214   99,214   (a) 7,368      1,755      15,235      1,843      -      -      -      -      -      684      -   -   -   -   1,032   -      157      237.10   -    -    -    -    1,032    237    1A 1L 1M (99,214)   42,834    52,790     -    -    -    -    -    (237)   1E 97,034      142,606      841      7,314      1,269   11,033   99,214   99,214   100,483    110,247    (3,827)   (16,560)   -      65,779      99,214   (99,214) -  (a) -      -      -   -    -    -    -      -      -   -    -    166,457  7,368  1,755  15,235  1,843  1,032  -  193,690  236,293  -  -  -                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 5,327,203 shares issued and outstanding MergeCo Ordinary Shares -      1      1  -  34,554  -  34,555  (b) -    Additional paid-in-capital Share based payment reserves Carbon Revolution Contributed equity Carbon Revolution Reserves     Accumulated losses -      2,059      3,105  -  3,105    -      -  386,432      7,166      (377,867)     -      -      (9,124)     -  -  (13,761) -    -    -    (34,554) (48,315) (b) Total Stockholders’ Equity     Total Liabilities and 15,731      (7,064) (10,655) (99,214) (10,655)   Stockholders’ Equity 158,337      66,029       99,592   0 99,592    (34,555)   99,214    (86,947)   31    386,432    3,105    445    34,555    (3,105)   1G 1A 1A.1 1E 1F 1B 1H 1G 1B 24,757    1C.1 1F 1D 1E 1C 1C.1 1H 1A.1 (386,432)   -    (8,928)   206    (12,248)   (24,757)   (445)   (11,214)   (19,886)   (36,446)   -  436,835  -  24,757  -  7,166  (483,568) (14,810) 221,483                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS For the year ended 30 June 2023 For the year ended 30 June 2023 (unaudited)     Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. for the year ended 30 June 2023 (unaudited) Pro Forma Combined CRL Twin Ridge AUD US$ AUD   IFRS Conversion and Presentation Alignment AUD Twin Ridge IFRS  Notes Transaction Accounting Adjustments Notes Pro Forma Combined AUD AUD AUD Revenue: Sale of wheels Engineering services Sale of tooling Total revenue Cost of goods sold Gross margin Other income (expense), net: Other income Operational expenses Research and development Administrative expenses Marketing expenses Capital raising transaction costs -      -      5,696      (5,687)     37,477      530      253      38,260      (55,094)     (16,834)     3,096      (2,997)     (16,180)     (14,566)     (1,494)     (24,746)     -    -    -    -    -    -    8,474    (8,526)   -    -    -    -    -  -  -  -  -  -  8,474  (8,526) -  -  -  -  Finance costs (5,502)     -  827  827   (d) Fair value of Commitment fee shares Change in fair value of warrant liability (Loss) profit before income taxes Income tax expense Net (loss) profit -      (157)     (239) -      547      (79,223)     399      -      (79,223)     399      827  536  -  536  -  (827) -  -  -   (d)  (d) -  -  775  -  775  -    -    -    -    -    -    (445)   (305)   1H 1J (24,757)   (8,928)   305    (12,248)   (11,206)   (13,574)   1C.1 1D 1J 1C 1A.1 1N 206    1E -    (71,960)   -    (71,960)   37,477  530  253  38,260  (55,094) (16,834) 11,570  (11,523) (16,180) (15,316) (1,494) (81,580) (18,249) (33) -  (149,647) -  (149,647)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ADJUSTMENTS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Pro Forma Transactions (as defined in section 7.10(a) of the Scheme Booklet together with the OIC funding arrangement as defined in the Supplementary Scheme Booklet) under IFRS and has been prepared for informational purposes only. The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are intended to present relevant information necessary to understand the Combined Group’s financial position and results of operations upon the consummation of the Pro Forma Transactions. The Business Combination is not within the scope of IFRS 3 as Twin Ridge does not meet the definition of a business in accordance with IFRS 3. Nevertheless, the principles of IFRS 3 were applied to identify the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination, and it was concluded that Carbon Revolution is the accounting acquirer. 64,730 or 0.30% of Twin Ridge Class A Shares that were issued in the Twin Ridge’s IPO remained outstanding, because the holders of these Twin Ridge Class A Shares did not exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Extension Meeting. The pro forma presentation is prepared on this basis.   The adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheets as of 30 June 2023, and unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations as of 30 June 2023 are as follows: U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustments  - Twin Ridge historical financial information • (a) Reflects the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) to IFRS conversion adjustment related to the reclassification of Twin Ridge’s historical mezzanine equity (Twin Ridge Class A Shares subject to possible redemption) into Non-current Liabilities (Borrowings).     • • (b) Reflects the award of Twin Ridge Class B Shares measured at fair value of A$34.6 million in accumulated losses representing an IFRS 2 charge for the Twin Ridge Class B Shares awarded to the Sponsor in Q1, 2021. IFRS 2 requires that where an issuance of shares is made for less than fair value, an IFRS 2 expense is recognized for any unidentifiable services provided at the value of the difference. The adjustment represents the value of the difference between the aggregate consideration paid and the aggregate value of Twin Ridge Class B Shares issued with reference to the US$5.01 fair value of the Twin Ridge Class B Shares as determined by the concurrent award of Twin Ridge Class B Shares to the directors of Twin Ridge described below. As the award did not contain any performance or forfeiture conditions, nor any variability based on the outcome of a subsequent business combination, the IFRS 2 charge is recognized at the date of issuance of the shares being for services deemed to be provided by the Sponsor up to that date. As this took place prior to July 1, 2022 no corresponding pro forma compensation charge is recognized in the pro forma statement of operations for the twelve months ended 30 June 2023. US GAAP does not contain a similar prescriptive requirement regarding unidentifiable services. Additionally, in February 2021, the Sponsor transferred 60,000 Twin Ridge Class B Shares in aggregate to three Twin Ridge directors. Per share consideration was equal to the amount paid by the Sponsor to Twin Ridge for each Twin Ridge Class B Share. The award is contingent on the successful completion of a business combination and an IFRS2 charge has been recognized as a pro forma adjustment accordingly for the fair value of the shares determined at grant date. An IFRS 2 charge of A$445,000 is reflected in adjustment (1H). The pro forma adjustments also include the effect of the arrangement between the Sponsor and DDGN Advisors whereby the Sponsor agreed to the transfer of 3,350,000 existing Twin Ridge Class B Shares owned by the Sponsor to DDGN Advisors immediately prior to Implementation of the Transaction. Neither Carbon Revolution nor Twin Ridge was party to this agreement and no incremental Twin Ridge Class B Shares will be issued. However, the scope of IFRS 2 requires that a compensation expense be recognized in the Twin Ridge’s statement of operations if Twin Ridge’s shareholders are party to an arrangement for the award of shares in consideration for services provided to Twin Ridge that are fulfilled by the shareholders. Specifically, IFRS 2 requires a compensation charge to be recognized, notwithstanding that Twin Ridge is not a party to the arrangement, nor that any new shares will be issued by Twin Ridge as a result of the arrangement. As Twin Ridge will be the beneficiary of any successful business combination, a pro forma compensation expense and associated non-share capital contribution is recognized for the US$16.4 million fair value of Twin Ridge Class B Shares to be awarded to DDGN Advisors on Implementation of the Business Combination. Accordingly, an IFRS 2 charge of A$24.8 million is reflected in adjustment (1C.1). (c) As reflected in the pro forma C and D series of adjustments below, Transaction costs that are not direct and incremental to the issuance of new MergeCo Shares for consideration are expensed as a pro forma adjustment. These include consulting fees, Australian legal counsel fees in relation to the issue of MergeCo Shares to existing Carbon Revolution Shareholders and the Extension Payments. IAS32 generally requires an allocation between equity and profit and loss of direct and incremental transaction costs such as US counsel fees and other costs relating to preparation of the registration statement for lodgement with the SEC based on the proportion of existing Carbon Revolution shareholders to total shares on issue. Given the 99.70% Twin Ridge shareholder redemption rate, all such transaction costs have been recognized in profit and loss.   • (d) Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment related to the reclassification of Twin Ridge’s change in fair value of warrant liability and fair value of commitment fees shares into finance expenses (Borrowings). Pro forma adjustments to historical consolidated combined financial information • • • • • • • • • • (1A) Reflects the recognition and reclassification of AUD equivalent US$65.8 million of cash and marketable securities held in Twin Ridge Trust Account as of June 30, 2023 to cash and cash equivalents that becomes available for general use by MergeCo following Implementation of the Transaction. It also reflects the issuance of MergeCo Shares in exchange for Twin Ridge Class A Shares currently classified in borrowings. (1A.1) Represents the impact to cash of a 99.70% redemption in which 6,215,862 Twin Ridge Class A Shares are redeemed for A$100.714 million allocated to common stock, using a par value of US$0.0001 per share at a redemption price of US$10.00 per share. Additionally, an IFRS 2 charge of A$11.2 million has been recognized for the excess of the fair value of  MergeCo Ordinary Shares issued to Twin Ridge shareholders over the pro forma net asset deficiency of Twin Ridge after transaction costs and redemptions as a pro forma transaction accounting adjustment to give effect to the acquisition of the Twin Ridge net liabilities in exchange for MergeCo Ordinary Shares. (1B) Under Australian law share capital does not have any par value or share premium. Accordingly, this pro forma adjustment represents the reclassification of Twin Ridge additional paid-in-capital to  MergeCo Shares as a result of the Business Combination. (1C) Represents the preliminary estimated direct and incremental Transaction costs incurred prior to, or concurrent with, the completion of the Business Combination by the Twin Ridge recognized in profit and loss. (1C.1) Represents a non-cash compensation incurred, concurrent with, the completion of the Business Combination by the Twin Ridge through a share-based award payment to advisors. US$16.4 million is translated at the relevant AUD/USD exchange rates. (1D) Represents recognition of and settlement of preliminary estimated direct and incremental Transaction costs which include Transaction costs incurred by Carbon Revolution which have been recognized at June 30, 2023 of $9.5 million and transaction costs yet to be incurred of $8.9 million. (1E) Represents the remeasurement of the commitment fee liability prior to settlement being the fair value of 1,500 MergeCo Shares to be issued to Yorkville for establishment of the CEF which takes effect at closing of the Business Combination. The fair value of  MergeCo Shares is determined by reference to the implied value based on the market price of Carbon Revolution Shares as October 19, 2023 and associated proposed merger ratio of 0.0065 MergeCo Shares per Carbon Revolution Share. (1F) Represents the pro forma adjustment for the exchange of Carbon Revolution Shares as a result of the Business Combination. (1G) Represents the pro forma adjustment for the award of Twin Ridge Class B Shares of A$34.6 million as a result of the Business Combination with no forfeiture conditions and the award of Twin Ridge Class B Shares to the Twin Ridge directors that are contingent on successful completion of the Business Combination. (1H) Represents the pro forma adjustment for the share-based compensation in relation to MergeCo Shares offered to the directors of the Twin Ridge that is contingent on successful completion of the Business Combination.   • • • (1J) Represents a reclassification of Transaction expenses comprising existing staff costs to administrative expenses. (1K) Represents the pro forma adjustment for balances outstanding between Twin Ridge and Carbon Revolution at June 30, 2023. (1L) Reflects the A$106 million consideration under the OIC securities purchase agreement for the issuance of preferred shares and warrants effective upon consummation of the Business Combination. The adjustment gives effect to amounts immediately available to MergeCo on issuance of an initial tranche of preferred shares, the issuance of MergeCo warrants, transaction expenses and financing fees of A$3.5 million and an additional tranche to be issued by December 2024 subject to milestones. Restricted trust fund Transaction costs and financing fees Cash (Net proceeds) Total A$’000 52,790 3,469 49,321 105,580 The fair value of the warrant liability is based on 339,847 warrants issued to OIC investors and the implied value of MergeCo shares based on the Carbon Revolution share price as at October 19, 2023, consistent with the measurement of pro forma IFRS2 expenses. (1M) Reflects the A$52.8 million Tranche 2 funding pursuant to the OIC securities purchase agreement subject to release upon satisfaction of certain future conditions as reflected in adjustment (1L). (1N) Reflects dividend accrual at 12.00% per annum on the Initial Tranche of preferred shares issued to OIC, accretion of the Tranche 2 funding obligation based on the minimum obligated return of 25% under the arrangement and the amortization of transaction related costs on the drawdown of borrowings under the Orion Funding as if it had been drawn down on July 1, 2022 concurrent with the Business Combination as presented in the pro forma statement of operations. Loss per Share Loss per share is calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional MergeCo Shares in connection with the Pro Forma Transactions, assuming such shares were outstanding since July 1, 2022. As the Pro Forma Transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the Carbon Revolution ordinary shares issuable relating to the Pro Forma Transactions have been outstanding for the entire period presented. If the maximum number of Twin Ridge Class  A Ordinary Shares is redeemed, this calculation is retroactively adjusted to eliminate such shares for the entire period. As of June 30, 2023, prior to giving effect to the Pro Forma Transactions, the following Twin Ridge Ordinary Shares were authorized, issued and outstanding: • • Class A Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which were subject to possible redemption at approximately $10.00 per share: 500,000,000 shares authorized, 21,308,813 shares issued and outstanding; and Class B Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share: 50,000,000 shares authorized, 5,327,203 shares issued and outstanding (0.3 million of which will be forfeited). For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, after giving effect to the Pro Forma Transactions, no Twin Ridge Ordinary Shares of any series will be authorized, issued or outstanding. For the purpose of calculating the pro forma MergeCo Shares outstanding as of June 30, 2023 it was assumed that: • • None of Carbon Revolution’s outstanding vested or unvested options were exercised immediately prior to the Business Combination; and None of the MergeCo OIC investor warrants were exercised immediately upon consummation of the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared assuming 99.70% redemption for the period then ended: Year ended June 30, 2023 Pro forma net loss (in thousands) Net loss per share-basic and diluted Number of Shares Twin Ridge shareholders* Carbon Revolution Shareholders Yorkville Advisors Global, LP Net Earnings (loss) per share-basic and diluted For the Year ended June 30, 2023 (149,647) (79.80) 506,473  1,367,211  1,500  1,875,184  (*) The historical shares of MergeCo outstanding prior to the Business Combination will be canceled.                                                                          Exhibit 15.2 November 9, 2023 Securities and Exchange Commission 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549-7561 Dear Sirs/Madams, We have read the Item titled “16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant” of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company’s Form 20-F, and have the following comments: 1. We agree with the first, second and third paragraphs included in Item 16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.  We also agree with the first and second sentence of the last paragraph included in Item 16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant. 2. We have no basis on which to agree or disagree with the last sentence of the last paragraph included in Item 16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant. Yours sincerely /s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu       List of Relevant Territories for the Purposes of Irish Dividend Withholding Tax Exhibit 15.3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. The Republic of Albania The Republic of Armenia Australia The Republic of Austria The Kingdom of Bahrain The Republic of Belarus Belgium Bosnia and Herzegovina The Republic of Botswana The Republic of Bulgaria Canada The Republic of Chile The People’s Republic of China The Republic of Croatia Cyprus Czech Republic The Kingdom of Denmark The Arab Republic of Egypt The Republic of Estonia The Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia Finland France Georgia The Federal Republic of Germany The Republic of Ghana The Hellenic Republic (Greece) Hong Kong The Republic of Hungary                                                                                                             29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. The Republic of Iceland The Republic of India The State of Israel Italy Japan The Republic of Kazakhstan The Republic of Kenya The Republic of Korea The Republic of Kosovo The State of Kuwait The Republic of Latvia The Republic of Lithuania The Grand Duchy of Luxembourg The Republic of Macedonia (now the Republic of North Macedonia) Malaysia Malta The United Mexican States (Mexico) The Republic of Moldova Montenegro The Kingdom of Morocco The Kingdom of the Netherlands New Zealand The Kingdom of Norway The Islamic Republic of Pakistan The Republic of Panama The Republic of Poland Portuguese Republic State of Qatar Romania                                                                                                                 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. Russian Federation Kingdom of Saudi Arabia The Republic of Serbia The Republic of Singapore Slovak Republic The Republic of Slovenia The Republic of South Africa Kingdom of Spain Sweden Switzerland Kingdom of Thailand The Republic of Turkey United Kingdom Ukraine United Arab Emirates The Republic of Uzbekistan United States of America The Socialist Republic of Vietnam The Republic of Zambia                                                                         We consent to the use in this Report on Form 20-F of our report dated November 9, 2023, relating to the financial statements of Carbon Revolution Limited. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Statement by Experts" in such Report. CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Exhibit 15.4 /s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Melbourne, Australia November 9, 2023 INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Form 20-F of Carbon Revolution Public Limited Company our report dated March 31, 2023, except for Note 9 as to which the date is April 4, 2023, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern with respect to our audits of the financial statements of Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2022 and for the period from January 7, 2021 (inception) through December 31, 2021 appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Twin Ridge Capital Acquisition Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2022. We also consent to the reference to our firm in Section 10.G of this Form 20-F. Exhibit 15.5 /s/ Marcum LLP Marcum LLP New York, NY November 9, 2023 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above